Вы находитесь на странице: 1из 596

LINKBELT

MATERIALS HANDLING
AND PROCESSING
.

EQUIPMENT
CATALOG

1000

L INK BELT COMPANY


Copyright 1958 by Unk-hlt Company

t--t--t-----+-4--

- --

S Al!; - /- L -

/-.e

lntroduction, page 2
Industries served, page 1O

.Bu.l k

handling, page 34

\.

catalog

1000

AND

unloading, page 38

hQIJloge mochines 41, cor shokers 50, cor dumpers 52, power
unlooding scoops 60, boxear unlooders 62, hydroulic truck dumper 68,
receiving hoppers 70, goles ond volves 73

feeding, page 84

EQUIPMENT

opron feeders 117, belt feeders 96, reciprocoting feeders 98,


vibrotory feed~rs 100, grovimetric weigh feeders 106, mechonicol
vibroting feeders 108, bar flight feeders 11 O, screw feeders 11 2,
rotory table feeders 116, rolory plow feeders 119,
rotory vone feeders 122

conveying and elevating, page 1 23


belt conveyors 127, oscilloting conveyors 236, opron conveyors 248 ,
screw conveyors 259, flight conveyors 294, wide choin drog
conveyors 301, SidekorKorrier 302, circular corrier 304,
weigh lorries 306, bucket elevotors 307, skip hoisls 352,
Bulk-Flo 357, Rotorlift 371 , grovity-dischorge
conveyor-elevotors 373, Peck corrier 376

M.ARCONA Ml~lNO Co.


r: n: t~ .b:I V M:U

1963
PLANT MAINT. SUPT.

Processing equipment, page 386


icing equipment 389, dryers ond coolers 396, vibroting screens 405,
revolving screens 421, seporotors, clossifiers ond woshers 423,
troveling water screens 429, water, sewoge, ond industrial
woste treotment 437, cool preporotion equipment 453,
cool crushers 462, foundry equipment 470

Parts and package handling, page 476


e ngineering 483, ploin choin conveyors 484,
pusher choin conveyors 487, corrier choin conveyors 489,
crossbor choin cooveyors 491, slot conveyors 492, palle! type ond
cor type conveyor( '494, Aot belt conveyors 497, orm ond troy
elevotors 500, peris feeders 506, trolley conveyors 508,
power ond free conveyors 539, Trukveyors 546

Technical infor.mation, page 562


Subsidiary companis, page 582
lndex, page 587

"""""

Meterais handling ond processing equipment is on

-- --

integral port of most modern industrial operotions.

For more thon 80 yeors Link-Belt has served industry

by developing, designing ond monufocturing this


type of mechonized equipment. Todoy, more thon ever
before, Link-Belt meterais handling ond processing
equipment is the key to effective cost reduction

ond on od toword profitoble operotion.

l....

- --'

------ ------.-

......

"

on

.-1

- -

nn .

>- -

..

11~~

..
'

rr

11

.. ...

(J \ 1

1 1

~1

1 1

~ 1 1 11 1 11 1

+-+-

tfn.mc'.-:.M

1
1

1
1

1
1

-!

'!:::

1 1
1
1

1 rl

1 1

'

L __ J

~~/~ l~Y~~

modern
are
The tool1
of mate rlal1 handllne
ore !he vorious types of
co nveyors, elevators,
f ee ders, ond ou xillory
e quipmenl used to tronsport, unloa d, loa d, store
ond recla im malerlals.
link-Bel! build s a comple te
line of this equlpmenl. This
auure s you of !he corred
se lection for your speciflc
a pplication.

Materials handling equipment is of vital importonce


in the economical ond efficient performance of all modern
industrial operotions where materials are handl ed and rehandled from their source, through monufacturing and processing. In many cases, materials handling equipment is the
only possible means of moving materiols becouse of their
characteristics or for other reasons such as location, safety
and capacity requirements. In fact, in many plants the predominant operotion is the handling of materials from their
raw sta te until they become flnished products.
Materials handling equipment, whether o si ngle unit or a
complex system, con link various processes together and
synchronize them in a monner not possible b y any other
means. Under certain conditions moterials handling units
themselves ore often adapted to process materials.
Processing equipment includes such items as Link-Belt
screens, d ryers, coolers, mixers, crushers and other related
machines.
The successful applicotion of moteriols handling and processing equipment requires a thorough basic knowledge of
the capabilities and economies provided by eoch unit as o
single machine or in combinotion to form a system. Knowledge of the industry ond of the process involved in eoch
opplication is of vitol importonce.

The toob of 111race H ln9 a re !he varlous unils such as screens,


dryers, coolers, a nd mixen lo lra nsfo rm ro w ar semi-Anishe d
malerials lnlo usable pro ducts and for adding value lo origina l
materials.
Typk al of Industrial applica lions o f p rocessing equip menl ore
water, sewoge ond lndustrial wa ste treotment, cool pre paration

and foundries.

2 LINK - BELT

handling and processing


modern indusrial
Link-Belt's extensive experience in materials handling and
processing covers a span of more than 80 years. The
knowledge gained over this long period is available to you.

Link-Be lt Cat a log 1000 presents the entire


line of Link-Belt materials handling and processing equipment. Essential information including
application, selection, engineering, speciflcations
is presented for this equipment.

Whether a single unit


- or a complete sy st e m

The equipment shown in this catalog is presented in three major categories:

No job is too small for Link-Be lt. lnquiries for a small

bulk handling equipment for unload-

installation or a single unit receive the sorne close attention


and careful consideration as inquiries for a complete system.
Broad experience in many industries assures the correct
selection for each application. Link-Belt is also equipped to
develop specially constructed units for special applications
beyond the range of catalogued units.

ing, loading, feeding, conveying, and elevating all types of bulk materials which can
be handled mechanically. For conven ient
reference, this equipment is again divided
into three groups: unloading, feeding, convey ing and elevating.

No job is too large for Link-Belt. Link-Belt will design,


furnish and install complete systems of materials handling
and processing equipment to meet speciflc requirements.
Long experience in this fleld has resulted in extensive knowhow in the arrangement of equipment for the most effective
and efficient operations . . . and is your assurance of an
installation providing the greatest possible economies in
flrst cost and operating cost. Link-Belt will assume singlecontract responsibilities for such jobs.

parts and package handling equlpment for handling work-in-process-indi-

Complete 1y1tem1

link-8elt designs, furnishes ond lnstolls complete molerlols handling systems, lncorpo
roling processing equipment, under single controct responsibilities, generolly where

vidual parts, subassem bl ies and complete


assemblies-os well os steel coils, poper
rolls, boxes, coses, etc.

processlng equlpme nt including screens,


crushers, dryers, coolers and mixers, for
processing a wide variety of materiols.

a Link-Bel sales office IS ready

Link-Belt Company
Albany 6, New York
21 Colvin Avenue
Atlanta 1O, Georgia
1116 Murphy Avenue, S.W.,
P.O. Box 10514, Station A
Baltimore 18, Maryland
2315 St. Paul Street
Birmingham 9 , Alabama
321 Oxmoor Road
Boston 15, Massachusetts
136 Brookline Avenue
Buffalo 23, New York
956 Kenmore Avenue
Charlotte 2, North Carolina
1 12 S. Tryon Stre et
Chicago 9 , lllinois
301 W . Pershing Road
Cincinnati 2, Ohio
138 E. Court Street
Cleveland 20, Ohio
3592 Lee Road
Dallas 26, Texas
500 Good- Latimer Expressway

Louisville 8 , Kentucky
23 5 E. Bu rnett Streel
Milwaukee 3, Wisconsin
808 N. Third St reet
Minneapolis 5, Minnesota
200 Lynd cle Avenue, N.
Moline, lllinois
161 4 Y2 Fifth Avenue
New Orleans 16, Louisiana
2025 Canal Stree t
New York 36, New York
530 Fifth Avenue
Philadelphia 40, Pennsylvania
20 45 W . Hunting Pa rk Avenue
Pittsburgh 13, Pennsylvania
5020 Centre Avenue
Portland 10, Oregon
3030 N. W. Ind ustrial Street
St. Louis 1, Missouri
317 N. Eleventh Street
Salt Lake City 1, Utah
l 08 S. Fourth W. Street

Denver 2 , Colorado
Schloss & Shubarl, 1626 Wazee Street

San Francisco 24, California


400 Paul Avenue

Detroit 4 , Michigan
5938 Linsdale Avenue

Seattle 4 , Wash ington


3405 Sixth Avenue S.

Duluth 2, Minnesota
30 l W . First Street

Shreveport, Louisiana
3 109 Alexander Street

Grand Rapids 7, Michigan


1330 Bu rton Street, S.E.
Houston 1, Texas
3203 S. Wayside, P.O. Box 2563
Huntington 1, We st Virginia
1009 Fifth Avenue, P.O. Box 51 O
lndianapolis 6 , Indiana
220 S. Belmont Avenue
Ja cksonville 2, Florida
1 37 E. Forsyth Street

Spokane 10, Washington


N. 1303 W ashington Street
Summit, New Jersey
293 Morris Avenue
Wash ington 1, D.C.
7 40 Eleventh Street, N.W.
Wilmington 1, Delaware
805 Orange Street

Kansas City 8 , Missouri


2630 Holmes Street

Export division

Los Angeles 22, California


P.O. Box 22056 (1200 Sycamore St.,
Montebello)

New York 7 , New York


233 Broadway
Cable address Linkbelt New York

4 L I N K- B ELT

rve you Wherever you are

Link-Belt Limited
Hal ifa x, Nova Scotia
Austen Brothers Limited, 11 8 Holl is Street
Hamilton, Ontario
605 Ja mes Street N.
Montreal 15, Quebec
945 Be aumont Avenue
Scarboro (Toronto 13) Ontario
1960 Eglinton Avenue E.,
P.O. Box 173, Station H
Cable Address Linkb elt Toronto
Swastika, Ontario
8 Boisvert Street
Sydney, Nova Scotia
Austen Brothers Limited, 361 G eorge
Street.
Vancouver 12, British Columbia
255 0 Boundory Rood
Winnipeg 10, Manitoba
1 315 Portoge Avenue

Maleo Industries Limited


Ma rrickville, N.S.W. Australia
Rich St., P.O. Box 41
Cable Address Molcoind Ma rrickville

Link-Belt Speeder Corporation


Cedar Rapids, lowa
1201 Sixth Street S.W.
Cable Address Linkspeedr Ced er Rapid s
Refer to poge 582

Syntron Company
Homer City, Pennsylvania
Re fer to poge 584

Link-Belt Africa Limited

Detroit Power Screwdriver


Company

Springs, Transvaal, Union of South


A frica
P.O. Box 287, lndustry Rood, New Ero
Cable Address Linkbe lt Springs

Detroit 16, Michigan


280 1 W. Fort Streel
Re fer to p age 586

Link-Belt Company Pty. Limited


Marrickville (Sydney) N.S.W., Australia
Rich Street, P.O. Box 41
Cable Address Linkb e lt Morrickville

Link-Belt (S.A.) Pty. Limlted

EXECUTIVE OFFICES
Chicago 1, lllinois
Prud entiol Plazo

Adela ide, S.A ., Australia


43 69 Sturt Street

LINK BELT 5

Link-Bel
manufacturing

planl's

.-..
SEA TTLE

SAN FRANCISCO

AUSTRALIA MA RRI CKVILLE


(SYONEY)

Widespread operations . .. strategically located


in key industrial oreas to better serve you .
These plants-staffed to provide competent enginee ring services
and equipp ed with mod ern manufacturing facilities - a re wellprepared to meet the specific requirements of the oreas they se rve.
They a re your assurance of the finest quality material s ha nd ling,
processing and power transmiss ion equ ipment built for t ho roughly
dependable performance .

6 LIN K - B ELT

PHILADELPHIA
OLNEY FOUNDRY

.....__

HOMER CITY SYNTRON COMPANY

BLAIRSVILLE
SYNTRON COMPANY

CEOAR RAPIOS
LINK-BELT SPEEDER

INDIANAPOLIS

EWART

SOUTH AFRICA

LINK - BELT 7

Llnk-Belf reearch laclllles

Materlals handling equlpme nt a n d t e ch nlques


spe clflcally e nglne ered fo r y o ur p roduct
To assist in the proper application of Unk-Belt conveying, elevating,
and feeding equipment, pilot or full- scale tests may be conducted
to study the characteristics of customer's materials and operating
conditions. Photos-Laboratory al Chicago Pershing Road plant.

Physlcal research
and testlng facilities
The malerials and manufocturing processes
used in link-Belt equipment are under constan!
check by Link-Belt physical research and testing facilities. Pholo-Laborotory al lndianapolis Ewart plant.

8 LINK B E LT

-a servlce o lnclusry

Link-Be lt lobo roto ries ore devoted to progress in the ort


of mechonized ha ndling ond processing of moterio ls.
These fac ilities ore constontl y used to do two things:
develop ond test new equipment for the purpose of
handling ond processing moteriols.
improve the estoblished methods for mecha nized
handling ond processing of moteriols.
The performance of equipment is evoluoted under the
operoting conditions imposed by the chorocteristics of
the moteriols hondled, ond oll other factors involved in

opplying the equipment for dependoble, relioble performance. Facilities ovoiloble olso include supplemenlo ry
onol yticol instrumentotion for complete onol ysis of processing operotions.
lt is occosionolly odvisoble to conduct tests using your
particular material to solve speciflc handling or processing problems. Consult your neorest Link-Belt District Soles
Office for the feosibility of such tests. Under certoin
conditions leosed equipment is ovoiloble for conducting
tests on your property. The results of these tests oid in
the final selection of the correct equipment for your speciflc opplicotion.

Proce11ln9 tests on smoll, pllot slze


or full-scale equlpment
Unk-lelt materials handling and processing laboratories indude facilities for both small batch,
ond continuous run processing tests. Equipment
ranges from small bench size units to actual commercial companents lhat can be arranged to
simulate actual fleld condltians. Unk-lelt, wilh its
many years of experience in thls type of test worlc,
is well qualifled to anolyze completely your materials handling and processing problems. Photos
-laboratory at Chlcago Pershlng Road plant.

LINK BELT 9

metal mlnlng-ferrous and no n-fe rrous.

metal producers- fe rrous and nonferrous.

con1tructlon materlal1 including such industries as cement, lime, gyp


sum, sand and grave!, stone, clay, glass, brick, ceramics.

chemlcal1 including such industries as phormaceuticol, fertilizers, paint


and varnish, soaps, oils and fats.

Link-Bel
and

water, 1ewage and lndu1trlal wa1te treatment

food including such industries as dairies and creameries, grain, flour,


cereal, meat packers, sugar milis, breweries, canning plants, bakery and
confedionery, ice and cold storage.

10 LINK-BELT

automotfve and tran1portatlon including such industries o s a uto


mobile, rallrood, truck, aircraft, thips.

foundries-ferrous and nonferrous.

coal preparation

pulp and paper

power planta

processing equipmen
s erves all lnclusry
This section contains a selection af photographs of
link-Belt equipment in only a few of the many
industries served. The combination of illustrations
shawn in each industry graup, and throughaut this
boak, demonstrates the wide range af link-Belt
equipment available and same of the many applications of this equipment.
Far each application illustrated there are many
more in daily operation ali over the world. Yaur
nearest Link-Belt District Sales Office can give you
full information about these and other Link-Belt
equipment applicatians in your industry and in
your geographlcal orea.
general manufacturlng

LINK - BELT 11

Me11111 eteel epre11 teetlere al secondary crvsher


11alion assvre vnlform flow al primary crvsher product
from svrge bln to 1calplng K reen1 below. Phato 361 1S

C....ete pwt ayate where lron ore Is 11nloade d from roilroad cors, crvshed and
slodr p~ed al the rote of 6000 tono per hour. loler, lt is reclolmed and loaded inla ocean
veueh, olso al 6000 tons per hour. As prime contractor, linklelt designed, furnished ond
""talled thl1 complete moterlals handling system. Photo 36082

400-ft.

1250 H.P. drive


for primory belt

Cor dumper ond


primory cNsher
(67 90-ton cors
dumped per hr. l

77 5-ft. belt
conveyor

910-ft. belt
conveyor

12 LINK BELT

Tronsfer from
2 recloim
conveyors
in tunnel

Short belt t ransfer conveyors


wilh rubber impocl supporling
idlers ond belts especiolly designed to wilhslond impoct ond
obrasion, reduce weor on moin

belt by dischorging shorp, obro


sive ore ot a speed neor to that

of moin belt. Photo 361 35

lelt co nveyor system serving crusher house, screening


lower, troveling slocker ond looding pockel offord s the
mosl efficienl, flexible, economicol meons of tronsporting
ore lhrough processing, slock-piling, recloiming ond looding
operolions. Pholo 37276

minlng
In metal mining, moteriols handling is often the greotest single
tem of operoting cost-including the stripping ond disposol
of overburden, tronsportotion from mine to processing plonts,
introplont handling between such operotions os crushing,
grinding, screening, concentroting, pelletizing, sintering, stockpiling, recloiming ond flnolly conveying refuse or toilings to
spoil oreas. Copocities ore sometimes enormous ond the
problems procticolly cover the entire bulk handling fleld, including port facilities for shipment from foreign operotions.
To serve the metols mining industries-both ferrous ond
nonferrous-link-Belt manufactures o complete line of moteriols handling equipment ond mony reloted processing units.
link-Belt will ossist in designing complete systems, or will
design, furnish ond instoll plonts where materials handling
equipment is of primory importance.

for handling bouxite sinter from


coolers lo ilo. The lololly enclosed, dul-lighl conveyors
ore oloo pring mounled ond dynomicolly bolonced.
Pholo 35768

Rotary table feeder delivers


iron ore concentrate from over

heod storoge silos lo either of


two belt conveyors. This type of
feeder is effective in withdrowing
- - - -- '

from bin oullets moteriols lhol


hove o tendency to pock ond
orch over. Pholo 35460

Reclalm belt conveyor ond troveling reciprocoling feeder


locoled in tunnel beneolh ore lockpile. Addilionol feeders
in tunne l, when p osilioned under ony of severol oir operote d
gole, permil simultoneous blending of severol grades of
ore on lhe bell. Pholo 37277

LINK - BELT 13

Tltanlum amelter inlegrated


with extensive facilities far unloading, storing, redoiming ond con
cenlrating ore.
Photo 393 17

Motor propelled apron feed


er in tunnel under slorage building reclaims bauxite ore and feeds
to bell conveyar for d elivery lo
subsequent processing operations.
Photo 3551 2

Belt conve yor, 19 00 feet long


with tro veling tripper and p ivote d boom slacking-out conveyor hand i es iro n o re, sin ter, p e ll ets
on d li mestone a l s t ee l m ili.
Pho to 35755

14 LINK - B E LT

producers
Materials handling equipment is essential for
ecanomical operation of the rapidly expanding metal producing industries-steel, aluminum,
copper, and all other metal producing plants.
Raw and processed ore, fuel and flux meterais
for blast furnaces and smelting operations, must
be unloaded from can, barges or vessels-and
often must be stockpiled, reclaimed, screened,
blended, mixed and weighed.
As the metal praducts proceed through various operations, they must be handled and rehandled in numerous forms, such as ingots, billets,
slabs, coils, rods-and flnally, scrap. All equipment for such service must be designed for
safety, economy and dependability for aroundthe-clock operation.
Link-Belt affers broad experience and a wide
rang e of e quipment for handling materials in
all phases of the metal producing industries and
is equipped to design, furnish and install complete systems for many of the required operations.

Heavy billet transfer conveyor between shear run-out table and furnace
table in steel mili. Photo 27246

Slde dlscharge downtllter transfers hot strip coil from


double-strand roller cho in coil conveyor to troughed gravity
rolis. Photo 35647
Stralghtllne collector conveys and elevates mili scale from concentrator, reclaiming 97 per cent of scale from hot strip mili. Photo 34299

LINK BELT 15

Thls entlre cool preparatlon plant was d e slgn e d and bullt by


Llnk-Be lt to produce metallurgicol coal from 350 tons per hour of runof-mine. This plant uses the duol bed air-pulsated wosh box method of
coal cleaning. One man controls the operation of the complete plont from
a centrol control station. Photo 38432

coal
preparalon
link-Belt is keeping pace with the coal mining
industry's needs for better products to meet
more critica! ,m arkets. Coal preparation
methods and equipment are adapted to
coal obtained from every type of mining
operation, including full seam and continuous mining.
link-Belt builds complete coal preparation
plants and numerous types of equipment to
meet every requirement for conveying,
crushing, blending, cleaning, screening, heat
drying, fines recovery and water clariflcation. Equipment is also available for other
coal handling operations, such as loading and
unloading railroad cars, trucks and barges,
and for the disposal of refuse.
Broad experience in all phases of coal
preparation and handling is applied by
link-Belt to every step of design, manufacture
and installation-assuring a single responsib ility for a complete plant as well as a
dependable source for components.

Be lt conveyor delivers 1 200 tons of coal per hour in one uninterrupted


stream from slope bottom to preporation plant, covering a horizontol
distance of 3167 feet and a vertical d istance af 862 feet. Phota 344 1 2

16 LINK- B EL T

Cencentrlc-actfon vlbratln9 1creen1 seporollng wood chips in pulp ond poper plonl.
Chips ore fed lo screens In conlrolled flow by rotory vone feeders from bins obove.
Pholo 35994.

pulp ancl paper


From the unloading and handling of logs at the woodyard, through the
various processing operations to the flnol paper product, link-Belt
materials handling equipment assures dependable and economical
operations. link-Belt feeders, conveyors, stackers, elevators, screens
and related equipment perform important functions in the handling
and processing of pulpwood logs, wood chips, hog fuel, straw, pulp,
chemicals and other materials, as well as for handling flnished paper
rolls and other flbre products. Link-Belt serves the requirements of this
important industry through the stages of creative applicotion, design,
rrranufacture, ond complete erection.

Saddle top palle t conveyor carrying


2000pa und ralls of newsprinl up incline for
lransfer lo storage. Also, troy elevators ore
often used for handling paper rolls fram one
Aoo r lo anothe r. Pho to 35100

Double a r m travellng stacker receives 80 cords p e r hour o f soft woo d log s from reve rsible b e l! conveyor a nd d e livers to eithe r o ne o f two continuous stock p iles. Pho to 37621

LIN K- B E LT 17

foundries

Se p-Aerator removes shot ond porticles from recloimed shakeout sond received from buckel elevalor, c e rotes and mixes the
sand, and discharges lo b ell conveyor for d islribution lo ind ivid ual
moldin9 sla lions. Pholo 38519

Foundry modernization thru mechanization is the key to more profitable foundry operation.
Mechanization is the means-for increased production by providing
greater capacity in the same building space-for an improved product
through better control of quality-for lower costs through the use of
continuous flow equipment-for a cleaner, safer and more orderly
place in which to work.
From the unloading of sand, coke and other materials to the handling
of the flnished product including sand preporotion ond reconditioning,
mold ond castings handling, Link-Belt with its years of experience in
this fleld has contributed substantiolly to foundry modernizotion. LinkBelt builds complete sand handling ond p rocessing systems, individual
conveyors and processing equipment and complete mold and costings
handling systems.
In oddition, the Link- Belt outomatic shell molding system comprises a
complete compact and economicol system for high volume production
of top quality, intricate precision castings on which mochining costs ore
greatly reduced ... often eliminoted entirely.
link-Belt's vost engineering experience bocked by loboratory ond
fleld testing facilities, plus operoting experience gained in its own
malleable iron, grey iron and steel foundries, plus the design and
manufacture of oll components and erection of the entire installation,
is your assurance of o foundry designed to produce castings ot a profit.

Roto -Louv r e d ry er reduces moislure contenl of


foundry sand, for relurn lo system by Link-B elt
bucket elevalor and belt conveyor. Photo 33800

Tru- Tr ac car-type mold conve yor carries molds olong pouring line
and is synchronized wilh moving operalor's platform lo facilila le continuous p ouring. Photo 36598

He avy duty foundry shakeout seporales sand from caslings by


mechanical vibralory motion. Grizzly bars pratect screening surface
fram damage by caslings. Pho lo 32948

Osclllatlng conveyor hondles aulomotive costings from shot-blast cleaning process


to machining aperalians. Photo 34779

shell moldlng 1y1te m

Four-statlon she ll moldln9 machlne at rl9ht and ahell doaln9 machlne at left ossure
high-volume production of precislon castings, requiring little o r no machining. Photo 36932

Tralley convayor with suspended troys p aues through


automotic operation where shelf mold Is baclced -up
witt. sond by Syntron vibrotory feed er. Photo 38613

LINK BELT 19

consrucion
maerials

link-Belt, with its brood line of meterais handling ond processing e quipment, is o dependoble source for producers of moteriols for the construction industry, such os cement, lime, gypsum, oggregotes, lumber ond
doy products. Equipment is ovoiloble for the d iverse handling requirements of this industry ond for mony problems of sizing, clossifying, woshing,
groding, mixing, storing ond recloiming.
Brood experience in engineering ond instolling this equipment is ossuronce of relioble ond economicol operotion under severe operoting
conditions.

.. i

....

A complete constructlon 099re 9ates plant, engineered, built and erected by linkBelt, far handling concrete oggregales through oll phases
of production. Rugged construction, Rexible in operotion such systems give continuous, economicol ond efficient performance. Photo 26145

20 L 1 N K - B E L T

~l

'

V lbr atlng 1creen1 in londem, sizing limeslone.


Material is screened in lwo sizes ond the oversize is recrushed ond recirculot ed. Rugged
Link-Bell screens operote dependobly under
lhese severe conditions. Photo 30473

Apron conve yor carrying limeslone on incline


lo bucket elevolor far tronsfer lo crusher. While
reloining ils bosic design, this versotile ty pe of
conveyor has mony voriations far adopting to
the handling o f proclicolly ony bulk material,
hot or cold. Photo 37174

Revolvlng 1tacker and sectlonal belt con

Buck et eleva t ors carry slone lo sloroge bins in


this stone plont. Avoiloble in wide voriely of
styles, Link-Belt bucket elevators ore engineered
and buill for continuous, efficienl operalion
while requiring little mointenonce. Photo 34661

Belt conveyor feeding troveling lripp e r ond


wing conveyor far stockpiling oggregales ol
job site. Tronsfer o f material lo preparolion
building is perfarmed by redaim belt canveyors
in recovery tunnels located beneath center line
o f storage piles. Photo 31654

Llnk-Belt Spee d er crane1 leam up lo sel

v e yor slockpiling ond redaiming o vo riety of


sizes of sond o nd grovel. Pre-engineered, shop
a 55embled standard components p ermil eose of
erection in the fleld. Pholo 36665

bridge girders on turnpike construction. link-Bell


Speeder sho vels, cranes, hoes ond draglines
play on active role in logging, mining, quarrying
and construclion. Phalo A86-56

L 1 N K - BE L T 21

chemicals
The chemicol induslry requires moleriols handling ond processing equipmenl lo hondle o wide ronge of moleriols with
vostly differenl characleristics.
In oddition lo the more common considerolions such as
material size, specifk grovily, obrosiveness, moisture conlenl, etc., it is often necessory lo hondle material with
chorocteristics thol ore unusuol in other industries. These
include materiols thol ore highly corrosive, frogile, explosive,
very sticky ond those lhot g ive off poisonous dust or fumes.
Broad experience in this fleld enables Link-Bell to odapt
its wide range of equipment to the handling ond processing
of these hord-to-hondle moleriols for such operotions os
feeding, conveying, cooling, drying, mixing, proportioning,
screening ond sloring. Often such equipment is combined
into complete systems, providing dependoble, continuous
ond precisely controlled flow for better quolity control and
improved economy.

Vibrat ing scre en sizing phosp hote rock in chemicol fertilizer


pion!. Pho to 30814

Complete f e rtlllz e r plant d esigned


and built by Link-Be lt. This plo nt
manufactures high-onolysis gronulo ted
fertilizer by !he continuous ommoniolor
process, using such Link-Bel! e quipment
as d ryer gronulotor, ommoniator, cla ssi

fying screens, bucket elevotors, b el!


conveyors and numerous other items.

Photo 38150

Two RotoLouvre dryers processing ammonium nitrate prills in fertilizer plant, completely engineered and equipped by Link-Belt.
Photo 38243

Bulk-Flo elevator delivers mineral mix fram two mixers to storage


bins in solvent exlraction plant. Gentle handling prevents degradation
of moteriol. Photo 27496

Two Monotube dryers used by pharmaceulical manufacturer to


recover solvenls in pracessing operatian. lnclined screw canveyors feed
the solvent soturated materia ls into the dryers. Photo 33880

Paddle mixe r and Rotor-Llft comprise a simple and effective processing system for mixing, heating, and conveying chemicals. Stainless
steel conslruction prevents contamination of materials handled,
Photo 28141

lelt conveyor 1y1tem dislributes brlne sal! to 2400-ton storage


tanks al electro-chemical plant. Photo 34046

L 1 N K - B E L T 23

power
From lorge central steam generoting stotions lo smoll heoting plonts,
Link-Belt cool handling e quipment is widely known for its efficienl ond
dependoble operotion. Whether cool is received by roil, water or road
corweyonces, handling systems ore required to unlood, feed, crush,
somple, weigh, store, recloim ond distribute, enroute to the furnaces.
For large or small tonnage requirements, Link- Belt designs, manufactures
ond installs systems to suit the individual requirements with full
considerotion given to the size of plant, location, transportation
facilities, ond speciol conditions

in arder to obtain the highest

efficiency and greatest economy.

450 tons p e r hour coal handling system designed and built by Link-Bel!
is an impartanl peri af this pawe r slalian. This system includes track happer,
feeder, slacking-aut canveyar, reclaim happer, feeder, crushe r, magnetic
separalar, vi braling screen, b elt canveyors and motor-propelled tripper.
Photo 36564

Coal handling equlpment for power


h ouse serving manufocturing planl, feeds
and elevates caal la silo slorage and
d islributes to boilers. Photo 34 143

Apron feeder hondles cool in reguloted continuous flow from trock hopper
to crusher in this power house cool handling syslem. Photo 31445

Se lf-propelle d b elt trlpper with ovtomotic reversing mechonism


dischorges cool into line of storoge bvnkers et lorge power pion!.
Photo 35268

Two trove llng woter screens provide cleon condenser cooling water
for public utility power stotion. Refuse is retoined ond elevoted by screen
troys, dischorged by spra ys ond sluiced owoy for disposol. Photo 31455

Peck carrier instolled in 1 927 continues to hondle coo l efficiently


et high copocity in power plont. Peck corriers convey horizontolly
ond elevote, ond material con be dischorged al one or more
selected points along horizontal rvn. Pholo 34073

Rotary rallroad cor dumpe r unloods cool al the rote of 15 or more cors
per hour in ovtomoticolly controlled ond foolproof cycles. Photo 3271 5

Two lnclined belt conveyors deliver cool from tronsfer hovse


to twin belt trippers operoling in gollery over bvnkers in o lo rge
power pion!. Photo 3881 O

L 1 N K B E L T 25

Sewqe tre9'111ellf plent 1enrln9 1-.e -nldpallty includ es b ar K re ens, gril collectors o nd sludg e colleclo rs with copocily of 1 36,000,000 gollons
per doy. Equlpmenl has b een d e slg ned , monufocture d ond instolled by link-Belt, far plonls hoving o flow of 200 million g o llons per do y. Photo 3 7 368

Clrcvllne cellectera anti Str...htllne alew lnlaera lnslolled In rectangular


settling fonks p rovld e unifor111 dlslrlbutlon a nd remaval af slud ge ond prevent
floc break... p in water flltra llon planl. Thb arro ng ement p ermils economicol lank
con1lruclion with e ffkienl slud ge removol. l'holo 37536

26 L 1 N K B E L T

Two of elght flaah mlxora in lnflu ent chonne ls leading to flocculo tion
to nk1 al water treotmenl p lont far
ropid ond thorough mixing of chemicols wilh wa ter. Photo 37679

Horlzontal alow mix e r ot


woter softening ond flltrolion
p lant a ssure gentle mixing and
build-up of maximum size floc.
Photo 3205.ol

wa'ler, sewage
and indus'lrial
In hundreds of cities, lorge ond smoll, Link-Belt sonitory engineering
equipment is providing efficient, long-life water puriAcation and
sewage treatment service. And in industrial plonts, Link-Belt waste
treotment equipment removes solids from waste water, often recovering voluable by-products ... in oll cases, streom pollution is
abated.
With more thon 35 yeors of experience in the speciolized
techniques of water, sewage ond industrial waste treotment, LinkBelt offers a complete modern line of screens, grit collectors,
primary ond final sludge collectors, thickeners, mixers, chemical
feeders, sludge bed conveyors ond numerous other equipment to
perform the functions required for eoch specific installotion, oll designed ond built to the highest standords for moximum efficiency
and long life.
Solids con be large, smoll or even colloidol in size and regardless
of the volume of water or quantity of solids, Link-Belt con furnish
the equipment designed to fit the speciAc application requirements.
Plants hove been constructed for flows os small os 50 gallons per
minute to os lorge as 200 million gollons per doy.

Trltor screen re cloims grit, buttons, pieces of me tal


ond othe r inorgonic moteriol from ind ustrial pion! woste.
Trito r screens ore the only mechonicol me ons for removing
screenings ond grit in one unit. Photo 36562

Two travelin g water screens re mo ve Aooting debris


from effluent woter ot sewoge tre otme nt pion!. Photo 34397

Bucke t e levator and scre w conve yor dlstrlbuting syst e m elevote s ond conve ys lime, o lum, ond sulphote to
e ight slo ro g e lonks al water flltro tion pion!. Pho to 37845

Se wage d ispos al p la nt serving small communlty consisls of primory settling to nks,


o e rotion to nks ond fln o l settling tonks to provide sludge removol without disturbing settling
process. Pho to 3 8662

Disc screen ot paper mili. Screen cloth sep a ro tes flne


re fuse from water Aow ond e le vo tes it obove wo te r leve! for
d ischorge by spray wate r into refuse tro ug h. Pho to 3 7 172

food

Dock-mounted cor leer ond soltlng mochlne feed ing ice ond sclt inlc
bunkers el refrigerclcr ccrs. Fcst cnd d e p endcble cperction cssures minimum
lrcin delcys. Photo 38394

The wide scope of the food and food processing


industries encompasses one of the largesl collec
tive industry groups where link-Belt malerials
handling and processing equipment is used. The
diversifled line of link-Belt equipmenl applicable
to this industry is unmalched.
This equipment serves numerous functions lo help
provide the enormous quanlities of food required
throughout the world. Represenlative of lhe vasl
phases of this industry are dairy, meal pocking,
sugar, canning, bottling ond the innumerable
products grown on the farm os well a s many b y
products. Sanitation is one of the bosic requisites
of this entire induslry ond link-Belt speciolizes in
research and development for improved meterais
and methods to meel these exacling requiremenls.

ICor-Flo boxcor unloader emplies grcin by unique rocking motion of cor.


Economiccl high ccpccity unlocding beneflts terminal grcin elevctors, mailing
plcnls cnd soy becn oil extrccting plants. Controls ore grouped in one unil
for onemcn operction. Photo 377 49

28 L 1 N K - B E L T

Roto-Lauv r e granulator processing sugor. Bucket elevatar, bin cnd


screw feeder system delivers wet sugcr lo grcnulctor. Photo 30549

Llquld vlbratl ng screen, with cover remove d , in a corn milling planl, used

Twln scre w fe e dera and screw conve yors hondle flour from sloro ge bins

for seporaling ond dewolering operolions. All peris of screen in conlocl wilh
processed material ore sloinless slee l. Photo 34008

through vorious processing operolions in o lorge bakery. Drop


lroughs faci lilole quick and eosy cleoning. Phola 35258

bollom

Powe r and fr e e conve yor delivers d ressed hogs lo culling lo ble

Re clalm belt conveyor used to

flat-top

in mear pocking planl. Carriers aulomolicolly d e tach from trolleys to


d eposit ho g s on table. Photo 314 12

tronsfer grain in tunne l und e r ro w of


storoge silos. Photo 33727

hondling jors of slralned corrots from woshing lo lobeling


mochine. Photo 35852

chaln

conve yor

L 1 N K - B E L T 29

Conveyor syst e ms such os thls help to mak e mass production of automoblles possible . H yd roul i ~ lifl tobl~1 automo ticolly tronsfer
bod ies to ony one of Ave roller flig ht selectivity conveyors. O p e ro tions ore complete ly ~ontrolled from Qverheod eontrol stotion. Photo 37 407

Trolley conveyor corries outomobile fromes through p oint spray b ooth


ond d rying oven to this sub-ossembly line alter which tronsfer is mode
to flnol ossembly line flot top conveyor. Photo 374 20

30 L 1 N K - B E L T

Slat conveyor with speciol Axtures handling possenger cor


front seot cushion ossem blies. Photo 374 18

Link-Belt serves the automotive and transportation industries in many ways.

Materials handling equip-

ment ond systems ore indispensa ble to the highly mechanized production of aircraft, automobiles, trucks
and other vehicles - for the dependable, precisely timed, orderly ftow of materials, components and subassemblies through various manufacturing and assembly operations. Also, Link-Belt serves these industries
in many other oreas, including coal handling equipment for their power plants and, for their foundries,
complete systems for handling and preparotion of sond and the handling of castings.
For the tronsportotion industry's exponding needs for ral, truck and port terminals, Link-Belt builds a
brood line of equipment for unlooding, looding, storing and warehousing bulk materials, as well as for
the widely diversified mixed corgoes of boxes, bales, cartons and packages-even icing equipment for
preservation of perishoble commodities. Such equipment and systems provide dependable, economical
operation, often with initial savings in terminal buildings and dock structures.

ln-t he-floor Truk v e yor sys t e m in trucking termino!, tronsfers inbound


freight far local d e livery. This system permits disengogement of trucks et
ony point, speeding up ond simplifying loodlng and unlooding a peratlans.
Phato 3 8877

Ice cruaher 1lln9er receives Ice cokes fram dock canveyo r, crushes ond
top-Ices perlshable cammod itles In re frlgerotar cors, Thls type of equipment is also use d far lclng trucks and shlps. Photo 3,j723

e lf-unloading vessels for bulk cargos p rovide the means for high ca pocity unloa ding in ports where o ther types o f unlooding e quipment are not available. Stone, coal, pe lle ts
nd sized ore ore withdrawn by two parallel bel! conveyars under cargo holds, o bucket elevatar in bow, and a pivate d boom e quippe d with bel! conveyor to sto ckpile. Photo 35847

Slat canveyor assembly line on floor transp a rls


automotic coffee mokers through final stoges of
ossembly and inspection offering full control o f
quolity and p rad uclian. Trolley canveyors above,
fitte d with slings, gently cradle highly polished
p ercolotor bodies in overhead storog e, ossuring

constant, sleady fl ow of mate rial to final assembly


orea. Photo 3547 5

general
manufacuring
General manufacturing methods today are based on the
steady, automatic handling of materials, peris and assemblies on a mass production basis. Conveyors, such as trolley,
slat-assembly, flat belt and others are the arteries of this
mechanization. link-Bel! can develop and furnish conveying
equipment for almos! every purpose in the manufacture of
consumer goods or industrial products, for bulk materials,
parts and packages or flnished articles.

Trolley conveyor carrying refrigerator units


charged with high pressure air, through inspection
tank to detect leaks. Tralley type test and run-in
conveyors permit o p eration and inspectian of companents and Anished articles while in transit.
Photo 38707

Channel t op ap r an co nveyor carries castings to trolley


conveyor loading mechanism where they are automatically sorted by pairs and loaded on the trolley conveyor.
Photo 38011

Heavy duty oscillating conve yors receive forg-

ings from rotory tole box dumpers obove. Metal


construction with few moving parts assures longer

life, minimum operoting ond maintenonce expense.

Photo 37999

Flex mount oscillati ng conveyors, operoting in po irs in


eoch of five porollel trenches, carry off chips brought by
choin

conveyors

from

severa! hundre d

outomatic screw

mochines. Swivel-mounted chutes, in floo r pioles, odjust to


deposit chips in either of two lines o f conveyors depending
on the type of material being recloimed. Photos 39575 ond
39576

Apron conveyor with drain screens in pans, brings


bross chips ond turnings from mochining oreo to
scrop metal bale r in process of reclo mation. Specifico lly designed to carry sharp, highly obrosive ond
hot materiols link-Be l! opron conveyors will hondle
scrop costings, hect treated p e ris, chips, slampings
and many other ma teriols. Pho to 27964

ln-the-ftoor Trukveyor tronsports b lades for bulldozer-

graders through cleaning, painting and drying operations.


Trukveyors provide operoting oreas, free of o bstructians ond
work con be performed on material while being conveyed .
Photo 37791

L 1 N K - B E L T 33

bulk handling

BULK
MATERIALS
HANDLING
Bulk materials handling equipment performs a vitally important funclion in most industries, where it is necessary to
handle and rehondle bulk moteriols from the time they ore
e,.;lrocted from !he eorth until they ore flnally processed in
usable form. Often, !he cosl of repeoted handling is a very
high proportion of !he total cosl of the end product. For this
reason, many modern plonts are designed oround their
malerials handling systems.
Link-Belt has designed, furnished, instolled ond placed in
operation mony complete plants in which the materials
handling ond processin g equipment is of primory importonce.
This method of handling o project assures the owner of one
reliable source for engineering , equipment and fleld erect ion - os well as a single responsibility for performance of
the plont.
link-Belt manufactures o wide range of equipment to
meet the bulk handling needs of proctically oll industries.
Sorne of the more importan! and common types of equipment and components are illustrated in this book. In addition,
link-Belt designs and builds olher types ond models needed
to meet unusuol operating conditions. Sorne of the industries,
ond the functions performed in them b y Link-Belt equipment,
ore described on the pages that follow.

34 L 1 N K - B E L T

contents
general

34

unloadlng
Haulage machines
Ca r shakers
Car dumpers
Power unloading scoops
Bo,.;car unloaders
Hydraulic truck dumper
Receiving hoppers
Gales ond valves

38
41
50
52
60
62
68
70
73

f eedlng
Apron feeders
Bel! feeders
Reciprocating feeders
Vibratory feeders
Gravimetric weigh feeders
Mechonical vibrating feeders
Ba r Aight feeders
Screw feed ers
Rotary table feeders
Rotary plow feeders
Rotary vane feeders

84
87
96
98
100
106
108
110
112
116
119
122

convey lng and elevatlng


123
Bel! conveyors
127
O scillating conveyars
236
Apron conveyors
248
259
Screw conveyors
294
Flight conveyors
301
Wide choin drag conveyors
Sidekar-Ko rrier
302
304
Circular carrier
Weigh larries
306
Bucket elevarors
307
352
Skip hoists
357
Bulk-Flo
37 1
Rotor-Lift
Gravity-discharge conveyor-elevators 373
Peck carrier
376

bulk handling

In mlnlng , meterais handling is the predominant operation.


Stripping and the disposal of overburden from open pit mines is
the flrst consideration prior to handling the minerals themselves.
Subsequently, the ore or coal must be transported to the processing
plant, after which it must be handled repeatedly during such
operations as crushing, grinding, screening, washing, concentrating,
drying, pelletizing and sintering. The flow sheets of these plants
also indicate such material handling operations as unloading, feeding, conveying, elevating, storing in bins, stockpiling and reclaiming,
mixing, blending, picking, sorting, sampling, weighing, batching or
loading into cars, trucks or ships. Link-Belt manufactures and can
furnish equipment to perform these functions economically and d ependably under the severe operating conditions which usually
prevail.
In th e stone, aggregate, and construction Industries,

;-i:<i~OA

r.IJ::::=:;-- -......;;t.;;;
IJN;;,:
Vl:::'<:::,;
lll',..,',,,
"'- '-' - - - - - "
r-: lOl'<\IE~'
TRA.V(L

G"'-~x~;~tllo.

..

T~SfL[S

'~SCR([N
HClJS(
~
1.:
ANO STOA.\GC BINS

"J

UCVAT~

J61

CON\IEYOR 6

.. rt

""' 'm
~.-:!'..__
fig

SS28

In thls st eel m ill the limit::itions of on existing row moteriols sloroge


yord were overcome by o conve ying system thot tronsports ore ot 6000
tons per hour, os well os sinte r, p ellets, stone ond cool more thon o mile
to o new storoge oreo. Loter, lhe system is reversed to re turn the recloimed moteriols to blost furno ce ore a . The principal units are e le vated
ta ovoid inte rfe re nce with surface tro nsp ortation. A typicol e xomple a f
using the type o f bulk ha ndling equipme nt to best flt the conditions.

many of the same functions are performed as in mining, and similar e quipment is available but is d esi gn ed for the particular
material to be handled. Aggregates must be washed, sized,
screened and stored. On large dams and reclamation projects,
aggregates or flll material often may be transported over
considerable distances with conveyors more economically than by
any other means.
Steel plant raw materials, such as ore, sinter, pellets,
stone, coal, and coke, must b e unloaded from cars, barges or
vessels, and then stockpiled, reclaimed, and often they are screened,
blended, mixed, weighed, batched and otherwise handl ed . An
extremely high degree of dependability is necessary to meet
around-the-clock operating schedules. Some of the most extensive
installa tions in the steel industry hove been furnished and installed
by Link-Belt.

O verburde n is tra nsported


more thon o mile by 36' wide
b elt conveyor ot lhe rote o f
1140 tons per hour and is dislributed to spoil pile by o 1 00foot ro dius troveling belt conveyor stocker. Such systems o re
copo ble of handling tremendo us
volume, operoted oro und-the clock, ot low co st. Photo 3 2 594

Coal and refu se al this mine ore dumped on hillside ot left and conveyed al 750 tons per hour to preporotion plont where the cool is crushed, blended, woshe d, dried, sorte d ond looded into cors. The refuse
is conve yed lo spill oreo o t upper righl. This complete pion! wos designed, furnished ond instolled by
Link-Belt. Photo 33033

Sto ne an d aggregate p lants must move o


great amount of bulk materiols from qua rry to
crushing, screening, looding out bins ond storage.
At this plant more !han 3800 feel of Link-Belt
conve yors ore used in producing many sizes of
stone ond oggre gote to exact speciflcolions o nd to
se rve stockpile of over 110,000 tons copocity.
Photo 37824

L 1 N K - B E L T 35

bulk handling

Power plants, from lorge public utility stotions


to smoll heoting plonts, require cool handling systems to unlood, feed, crush, somple, weigh ond
store cool en route to the furnoces. Dependobility,
economy, ond often high copocities ore primory
requirements. Mony outstonding power plonts in
the United Stotes ore Link-Belt equipped.

In the pulp and paper industry, conveyors ond other equ ipment ore ovoiloble for
handling the pulpwood logs from pond, flume or
yord to the plont, os well os for sorting ond feeding them to chipper or grinder. Other types feed,
screen ond convey the chips ond pulp.
Bulk terminals, docks and other transfer
stations for cool, ore, bouxite, groin ond other

This modern powe r plant, hondles 4 00 tons of cool per hour. Cool is d ischorged
from roilrood cors into !rock hoppers ond the n corried to transfer house, to ond from
outdoor storage p iles, ond up to bunkers over boilers by a network of belt conveyors
to ta ling 1100 feet in length. Photo 38807

bulk moteriols, ore b ecoming more importont to


our economy. Here, high copocities ond dependobility ore required to ossure mnimum looding
ond unlooding time, ond low operoting costs ore
necessory to ossure o p rofob le operotion.

In plants where bulk materials are processed, handling equipment is ovoiloble for performing such functions os feeding, conveying, elevoting, distributing to bins or mochines, weighing,
blending, botching, proportioning, f111ing contoiners
or bulk looding. Copocities moy vory from the
smoll but exocting requirements of phormoceuticol
plonts to those of huge chemicol plonts-ond operoting conditions from the spotless environment of
bokeries to the severe service of foundries. Often
bulk handling system s ore highly outomotic, with
meons ovoiloble for recording performance doto.
Requirements for cleonliness ond heolth ond sofety
of personnel moy olso influence the design ond
type of equipment used in plonts of this kind.

At thls water flltratlo n plant, lime, alum and sulphate a re


carried by bucket elevators and screw conve yors far cantrolled,
uniform distribution to storoge tonks on roof o f chemicol house.
Cleon, efficie nt o p erotion a l lo w casi is o ssured with such
sy stems. Photo 37845

36 L 1 N K - B E L T

Thls paper and board m ili produces 100,000 tons of kroft p a p er annually, and is
equipped with many d ifferent lypes o f b ul k handling equip menl for handling pulpwood
logs from storage, chips, ba rk, chemicals and pul p. Pho lo 34951

At thls grain terminal, grain is unloaded from boxcars, dislributed to sto rage silos ond
b uildings, then reclaimed and loaded into ship s al a ropid rete. Pholo 37 57 4

bulk handling

Selecting the

Selectlon guide for bulk handling equlpment


charaderistic

Type of
equipment

for the material

Po ge
o

.,

e:
;

The ta ble a t the right w ill serve as a


g u ide for tenta tive selection of typ es o f
e qu ip ment t o perform th e functions shown
and und e r the conditions broadly o utl ined
therein. lt illustr ates the no rmal applicatio n o f e ach t y pe, b ut d o e s not cover
spe cia l or unusual appl ications. The table
list s the location o f mo r e sp eciflc selection
and e ng ine ering data for e ach t y pe of
e quip ment.

UNLOADING
Haulage machines . . . . .
Car shakers.
........... .
C ar d um p e~ ..........
..
Pawer unloading scoop s ....
Boxea r unloaders. ...
.. .
Hydraulic truck d um pers . . . .
Receiving hoppers ..........
Gales ond valves ....... . .
FEEDING
Apron feeders.............
Belt f eed ers .
...........
Recipro coting f eeders ...
Vibroto ry feed ers ....
G ravimetric weight f eed ers .
M echonicol vibrating f eed ers
Bar flight feeders . . ... .....
Screw f eed ers .............
Rotary table f eed ers... .....
Rotary plow feeders ........
Rota ry vane f eeders . .. ...
CONVEYING AND ELEVA TIN G
Belt conveyors .. ......... . .
O scillating conveyors .. . .....
Apron conveyors .........
Screw conveyo rs ..........
Flight conveyors...... ...
W ide choin drog conveyors .
Sid ekar-Karrier ........ ....
Circular carrier ...........
W eigh larries ............
Bucket eleva tors . .... . ...
Skip hoists .............
Bulk-Flo ....... . ...... ..
Rotor lifts ....... ...... ..
Gravity-dischar ge conv.-elev.
Peck carrier .. .. _.

--

Flowobility

Size

(generolly suitoble far


the purpose indicoted)

to be handled
The characte ristics and b ehavior of the
m ateria l t o b e handl e d is a n extremely
imp ort a nt consid e ration in the d esign o f
all bul k handling systems. The success of
an ind ividual component o r of a com plete
syste m d e p e nd s largely upo n its suitability
for the materi al it must handle . Link- Belt
maintains an extensiv e material s handling
l abo ratory for testing and o b se rving the
b e h av ior o f materia Is as they a re handled
b y va rious t y p es of equip ment, and for
stud ying th e unusual bulk handling probl ems of industry. A lso, information is conta in e d on pag e 56 3 wh ich bro adly covers
th e cha racte ristics, b e havior a nd classiflca tion o f a wi d e variety o f bul k materi als.

Poth
of travel

Material

proper equipment

:;

e:
~

C>

c.
E

.,

..2

O>

!1.,

. >~

u..

Abrosiveness

;,

..oo

O>

i::

" zo

..o

T
o

>-

>-

""

g
E:
o - ~ "".,
1: ., o e:
o
u
:.o
g -;.:"" -e., Eo
N

J:

>

E.

""e:.,

:.o

> u u

38
41
xl x
50 X X X X X X X X X
52 X X X X X X X X X
X
X
X
X
X
60 X X
X
X
X
62 X X
X
X
X
X
X
68 X X X X X
70 X X X X X X X X X
X
X
X
X
73 X X
X
-- - - - - - - - - - - - 84
X
X
X
X
X
87
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
96 X X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
98 X X X
100 X X X X X X X X X X
106 X X X X X X X X X X
X
108 X X
X
X
X
X
X
11 0 X X X X X X X X
X
X
X
X
X
X
112 X X
X
X
X
X
11 6 X X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
119 X X
X
X
122 -X X
X
X
X
X
X
- - - - 123
127 X X X X X X X X X X X
X
X
X
X
X
236 X X X X X
X
X
X
X
X
X
248 X X X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
259 X X
X
X
X
X
294 X X X X X X X X
X
X
X
30 1 X X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
302 X X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
304 X X
X
X
X
X
X
306 X X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
307 X X
X
X
X
352 X X X X X X X X X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
357 X X
X
X
X
X
X
37 1 X
X
X
X
X
X
X
373 X
X
X
x :
X
X
X
X
376 X
X
X
X

:1x

xi

Thls Llnk- lelt Materlals


Handling Laboratory is

equipped to test various


bulk moteriols far feeding,
conveying, elevating, d rying ,
coolin g, sizing, weighi n g,

woshing ond numerous other


operotions. Photo 380 48.

L 1 N K - B E L T 37

bulk handling
unloadi ng equipment

unloading equ1pmen
for bulk maerials
Unloading common carriers or other means of transportation is an important operation in most plants
which consume or process bulk materials. Such materials may be received in trucks, trailers, ships,
boats, barges, and various types of cars such as
mine ca rs, hopper bottoms, gondolas, and boxcars.
Requirements may vary from one or two cars per
week to sixty or more cars per hour.
Operation of unloading equipment may vary
from seasonal or intermittent use at sorne mines,
grain elevators, and small plants, to the severe
" do y in, doy out" service at steel mills and large
steam generating stations. Docks, piers, terminal s
and other bulk transfer stations require a high
degree of dependability and usually high capacities
for maximum economy.
Selection of the most effective and economical
unloading equipment depends upon th e type of
carrier to be unloaded, the characteristics and condition of the material, the unloading rote, annual
tonnage, the means of moving cars or barges to
and from unloader, and, in the case of large ships,
the cost of demurrage.
Unloading of free flowing materials seldom requires considerations o ther than those of capacity
and appropriate ty pe of equipment. Sluggish or
sticky materials often require a car shaker for quick,
clean discharge of hopper cars, or a rotary dumper
for higher capacities. Frozen coal or ore may require
thawing to free it from car sides, after which the
discharge of moderate capacities of frozen lumps
may usually be accelerated by a car shaker. Higher
capacities of frozen material can best be unloaded
with a rotary car dumper.
The average unloading rote, in cars per hour, includes both the unloading cycle and the time required
to move cars to and from the unloading operation.
The most effective use of unloading equipment often
requires haulage machines or car spotters to reduce
the d elays of such movements. Also, feeding and
conveying equipment is more economical when the
hopper, into which the car is unloaded, is large
enough to contain sufficient material to continuously
feed the system while cars are shifted to and from
the unloading operation.
Various types of bucket elevator unloaders are
available for unloading ships of grain, barges of
coal and other free flowing materials at capacities
up to 2000 or more tons per hour.
Various standard types of unloading equipment
are described on the following pages. Link-Belt has
built many other types and sizes for unusual conditions and Link-Belt engineers are available for
a ssisting in the selection of such equipment.

38 L 1 N K - B E L T

bulk handling
unl oadlng equlpment

Haulage m achin es (page 41) are


of two types; capstan and drum. They
are used for moving railroad cars and
mine cars or performing other industrial
pulling jobs. Capstan car spotters are
compact, sturdy machines which pull
b y means of a rape snubbed around
the vertical capstan. Drum t y pe pullers

Fig. 3900

are generally used for heavier service

Car spotter

and larger installations. Both can be


arranged with a variety of cable systems for intermittent or continuous operation to suit the track layout and the
handling of cars at the site.

Fig .

.,

~ 187

Mine car d ump er

Rai lroad car du m per

Car dumpers (page 52) provide the most rapid and positive method of
emptying all ty pes of open top cars, by turning the enti re car upside down.

Fig. 4190

Car shake rs (page 50) are an effective

means of

emptying

hopper

bottom railroad cars when the material


fails to run out of the open hopper
doors by gravity clone. The machine is
set on the car after it has been spotted
over the track hopper. A motor drives
two eccentrically weighted flywheels.
Rota tion of these flywheels produces a
vibration which is transmitted to the car.
A short period of operation assists in
dislodging material.

They are of two forms, one for ra ilroad cars and one for mine cars.
The railroad car dumpers are so designed that when rotation is started, the
transfer table supporting the rails moves laterally until the side of the car rests
against a timbered side frame of the cradle. Simultaneously with this movement,
overhead clamps descend to the top of the car to hold it securely. The cradle
rotates until automatically stopped at the inverted position. Operation is then
reversed. Rotary car dumpers have been built for dumping more than 60 cars
per hour.
Mine car dumpers may b e furnished to dump single cars, coupled or uncoupled, or several cars in a train. Cars are automatically held in place.
Dumpers may be designed to rotate through an angle sufficient for dumping
and then return, or through a complete revolution. The frame includes a shield
to direct and ease the fall of material. Completely controlled by one man,
these dumpers are fast, smooth running, durable and foolproof.
Side-tilting type dumpers are also ava ilable for dumping refuse. This dumper
is semi-automatic in operation and lifts the car vertically, then tilts it to one side
to unload the contents.

Powe r unloading scoops (page 60) are used for unloading grain and other
granular materials from boxcars and trucks into hoppers, and for other
similar operations. They enable one man to perform tasks which would require
the efforts of several men by manual methods. The operator draws the scoop
back over the material a suitable distance, and then allows slack in the rape.
This starts the winding mechanism, which pulls the scoop forward to push the
Fig . 4184

material to the discharge point while the opera tor holds the scoop upright by
its handles.

L 1 N K - B E L T 39

bulk handling
unloadlng equipment

Boxear unloaders (poge 62)


Kor-Flo boxear unlooder, including spotting to unlooding, will handle
up to 5 cars per hour of grain, chemicals, or other free-flowing bulk
materials. Th e cor is moved on the self-contained unloader platform,
ond is clamped hydraulically. The inner d oor of car is opened
hydraulicolly.
One rail is instolled high er than the other to give o side tilt to the
car. A drive unit creotes a unique rocking motion which conveys the
materi al simultoneously from both ends toward the center of the car
causing contents to flow smooth ly and continuously to a receiving
hopper below.
One man controls the unlooding operation. Shallow pit and low
overheod el ea ronce requirements keep instollotion costs ot o mnimum.
Kar-Fl o bo xear unloader

Tilting type boxear unlooder is o machine for dumping grains and


other free-flowing bulk materiols from railrood boxcars by tilting
the cars both loterally and longitudinolly. The unloader has o moin
cradle ond clomps which hold and automatically center the car. The
car supporting plotform mounted on the cradle is first tipped sidewise about l 5 degrees, while the inner door is forced inward. The
car is then tilted endwise about 40 degrees in both directions, with
a baffle plate inserted on the final tip to deflect the last remoining
material.
lnstallotions are efficient and economical for extensive operations
that involve up to 6 to l O cars per hour.

F;g. 4186

Til ting type boxear unl oader

-== -::Z::::::::

Receiving hoppers (poge 70) of plates and structural


steel ore used for receiving material from cors, trucks, etc.
and conducting it to feeders, crushers or conveyors. They
are usuolly provided with gratings to protect workmen and
machinery .

40 L 1 N K - B E L T

Hydraulic truck dumpe r (poge 68) simplifles the unlooding of


cotton seed, soybeons, grain, wood chips, potosh, coke, sugar cane
and beets, corn and similar materials thot are t ransported b y trailer
truck. Fast acting hydraulic cylinders lift 40 tons to o 40 degree angle
in one minute-only 40 seconds required to lower it . Pl atforms will
accommodote tractor and trailer assembl ies up to 54 feet overall
length.

Gates (page 73) are normally used on the bottoms of


hoppers, either singly or in a series, to feed material s onto
conveyors for further processing.
Numerous styles of gales are available. Mony of these
are general purpose goles suitable for handling coal, sand,
grave!, crushed rock, stone, ore and similar materials. They
are built in o w id e range of sizes to meet ali normal
requirements.

bulk handling
haulage machines

machines
For many years Link-Belt has designed and manufactured haulage machines and systems
for handling a wide range of mobile loads. While commonly used for moving railroad
cars, there are numerous other industrial applications where haulage machines are being
successfully used for pulling heavy trucks into and out of shops, warping vessels through
drawbridges and along docks, for mooring service on canal barges, for pulling cars of
castings into and out of furnaces, and for moving cars into and out of core ovens and
dry kilns. They are used in foundries for pulling flasks over roll tables, dragging heavy
materials along the ground and wherever rope pulls up to the maximum capacity of
the machines can be used advantageously.
These machines are economical to operate, as power is consumed only when the y are
in actual operation. Their use has resulted in marked savings due to elimination of switching cha rges and delays in moving or spotting
railroad cars.
Link-Belt haulage machines are of two typescar spotters which pull loods by meons of o rope
wrapp ed around a vertical capstan, and drumtype pullers which exert pulling action through
a rope wound upon a horizontal drum.

On e o f 8 Llnk-8elt No, 50 car spotters on pier


moves roilrood cars far ship loading ond unlooding
operolions. Photo 25182

Reversible endless cable haulage system in sleel mili


yord moves roilrood cors over dislonce o f 11 00 fee l.
Pholos 23559 ond 23563.

LINKBELT 41

bulk handling
haulage mach ines

Haulage machines

Barges are shlfte d into looding position quickly ond elficiently by drum-ty p e

Controlle d move me nt of coal barge into position under unloodi ng

pullers o n pier a l coal lransfer dock. Photos 30299 ond 2947 2

elevotor is provided by d rum-type puller on p ier al lorge coke


preporation p ion!. Photo 39 160

WIRE ROPE

l ayout shows two single-drum mochines used far pulling borges


in either direction. Borge is held in position when stopped by
ele ctric brokes o n molors. Two odditionol smoller single-drum
machines ore used os snubbers.

fig. 6225

This layout ltustroles borge in position unde r e levotor far unlooding. Haul lines pull
borge in either direction ond snub lines ho ld barge ogoinst d ock fo ce.

42 L 1 N K - B E L T

bulk handling
haulage machines

Car spotters
Link-Belt car spotters are made in two sizes and three types. A
sturdy, compact gray iron housing completely encloses and protects
the splash-lubricated gears and ball bearings. A capsta n made of
hard iron, for use with manila or marline covere d wire rope, is proportione d to obtain maximum traction and pulling power. The
capstan face is machine flnished to prolong life of rope. The worm
and helical gears are precision cut to exacting speciflcations. The
steel capstan shaft runs in bronze sleeve bearings. A ratchet and
pawl can be furnished and installed within the capstan when the
spotter is required to hold cars on an incline.
Accessories such as haulage ropes, car pulling hooks, sheaves and
snatch blocks can be furnished.

No. SO and No. 1 00


stationary car spotters
The No. 50 ond No. 100 stationary car
spotte rs ore equipped with 5 ond l O horsepower motors resp ectively. The molors a re
tota lly e nclosed nonve ntilated hoist type which
form on integ ral peri of the machines. The
No. 50 cor spotter will pull on average of 3
load ed railrood cors, and the No. 100 cor
spotter on average of 6 loaded roilroad cars,
depending upon track cond itions, curvature
ond grade.

No. SS and No. 110


stationary car spotters
The No. 55 and No. 11 O stationary car spotters are a lso equippe d with 5 and 1O horsepower motors. The motors, however, are of
the conventional foot typ e connected to the
car spotte r by means of Link-Belt fle xible
coupling s ond are mounte d on motor brocke ts
supporled directly from the car spotte r housing.

No. 60 and No. 120 portable car spotters


The No. 60 and No. 120 car spotters a re of the portoble type. They ore equipped with 5
ond l O horsepower motors which form en inte gral port of the machines. These motors o re
provide d with built-in starters. The spotters o re mounted on steel frome corriages and
balonced so that the units moy be e osily rolled to d esired locotions. Corriages include guide
rope d e flector s, attachme nts for onchoring ond pulling handles.

L 1 N K - B E L T 43

bulk handling
haulage machi nes

Drum-type pullers with plain drums

36250

Drum-ty pe p ullers with p loin drums o re mode in four sizes with


e ighlee n sp eed combinotions.
These pull e rs consist of heovy welded steel, d eep -Aong ed d rums
with bronze sleeve be o rings ond ore mounted on oversize s1otionory
steel shofts. The drum shofts o re supported by rigid welded steel
from e s, omply broced ond stiffened to hold the ports in occurote
olignme nt.
The drive consists of on e nclosed Link- Be lt Mo togeo r connected to
the drum through o gua rded Link-Belt precision steel roller choin drive.

A lever o peroted ja w clutch o n the output shoft o f the e nclosed gear


drive disconne cts the power when poying out the rope. A retording
broke p revents spinning ond over-trovel of the drum.
Pull ers can olso be furnished with Geormotor drives, when preferred b y p urcho ser.
Accessories such as houloge rapes, cor pulling hooks, sheoves ond
snotch blocks can b e furnished.

Drum-type pullers with grooved drums

13563

Drum-type pullers with grooved drums ore used for conditions beyond
the ronge of cor sp otters ond drum-ty pe p ullers with ploin drums.
A drum-type p uller with groaved drum in combinotian with sheoves
con b e odapted to o wide voriety of o rrongeme nts for moving roilrood cors ond for ather industrial usoge. Motion af the vehicle in
either direction is o ccom plished b y onchoring b oth e nd s of the rope
ta the drum so thot ene end is wound onto the drum o s the other
unwinds. This type of p uller is olso used for moving borg es. The rope
copocity of the d rum is the limiting factor in !he length of movement
of the ve hicle being pulled.
A drum-type puller with o poir of g roove d drums is used when

44 L 1 N K - B E L T

on endless cable is used. This drum-type puller is olsa known os o


double drum troction type or e ndless cable houloge mochine. With
this orrongement the length af movement of the vehicle is independ ent
of the size of the drums used. Bosicolly these units consist of o heavy
steel base on which ore maunted two porollel horizontal shofts with
o grooved drum on eoch. G eoring connects one or bath shofts to
the driving motar. Brokes ond control camponents ore included when
required by !he conditions of the instollotion.
Accessories such os houlog e rapes, cor pulling hooks, she oves ond
snatch blocks con be furnished.

bulk handling
haulage machi nes

Typical layouts
Car spotter layouts
This layout shows a car spotter arrangeme nt indicating how
cars are moved over long or short hauls. Cars can be
moved in the opposite direction by reversing the snatch
block arrangement.

This car spotte r layout requires a longer rope than th e


preceding arrangement, but permits moving the car with a
single p ull. Cars can be moved in the opposite di rection b y
direct p ull from the car spo tter.

-lt:::~~~~~-------~~lt-1 - --++t
l l+++-l-

ROPE::;;::r---

+-m------- --~-----~-=-~-:~

SPOTTER

SNATCH BLOCK
ANO ANCHOR

Fig. 3972

In this layout, a guide roller or _deflector is used to guide


the rope while pulling the car on a curve. O n straight
portian of !rack, the pull is direct from the car spotter.

Fig. 3973

SPOTTER~

ANCHOR IS NECESSARYSNATCH BLOCK MAY BE


TRANSFERRED FROM ENO

ENCLOSURE

When th e ca r spotter is located some distance from the


!rack, a system of snatch blocks may b e used, as indicated,
to move the car in eithe r direction.

TOENO~

\~~~TCH

BLOCK
~O ANCHOR

fSNATCH BLOCK
~()ANO ANCHOR

:=:=:=-.~R~PE-=- ,e, ---

~~---..

Drum-type puller layouts

~~-----~ji ,.
-

- - -
' DOCK FACE
WIRE ROPE/ r -- - - - - - - - -

.::, . . ~-~. . .

----- - - =

71EJ\ OlLL

l .9'RE:"VERSIBLE

- - - - - - - -

HAULAGt;;;c~ES

Fig. 353 4A

In this layout, two drum-type machines are used for pulling barges in either directio n. Whe n stopped,
the e lectric b rakes on molors hold the barg e in position. The motor on the unwinding drum appli e s
suffici e nt counter-torque to keep the trailing rope taut. Whe re conditions permit, such machines
may be located near e nds of barge travel to keep dock cleor of the cables.

...-=-..-- ~ .

- _JI

...:.::=_- -

l couNTERWEIGHTED----"7- TAKEUP
WIRE ROPE -

coocK FACE
-

1L , _

'"G'

'

--1>---

~
~-- #'"

-- - ----"?

GREVERSIBLE

- -

-- - -=-.-:--.-:.-:::aL=,.
~ --------c0u~TERWEIGHTE~
TAKEUP

HAULAGE MACHINE
Fig. 353 49

This layout illustrates application of a d ouble-drum traction or e ndless ca ble machine for pulling
barges in either direction. Counte rweighte d takeup on light sid e of rope seats while the counte rwe ighted takeup on the sla ck side ke e ps the trailing rope tout.

L 1 N K - B E L T 45

bulk handling
haulage machines

Typical layouts
Drum-type puller layouts
r1""'l yALTERNATE
LOCATION OF MACHINE
IF CLEARANCE BETWEEN TRACKS
tt-j~

IS INSUFFICIENT

Fig.
3536A

This layout shows lhe drum-lype haulage machines serving o ne or


two !rocks. Cars can be pulled in either direclion on either track.

The drum is generally provided with o clutch for disengagement


with drive, since rope is p ulled out manuolly.

Fig.

3535A

In lhis layout, o reversible drum-type haulage mochine is used for


serving one or two !rocks. Cors con be pulled in either direclion on
eilher trock. Through o clutch arrangemenl either drum is connected

to the drive while the other becomes on idle r. When id ling, the drums
conlacl drog devices lo preven! spinning. This machine con also be
used to service three or more trocks.

Fig.
35 358

This layout shows a reversible drum-lype hauloge mochine for


serving o ne lo lhree !rocks. Cors con be pulled in eilher direction

T:EUP ON EACH ROPE

r
~ ro~ Jc1=1
~

WEIGHT

- ---=- - -

=CAR

====;ilH-

---

L..

u u

.J

uu

SECTION AA

'1

- - - -

+..,.,...;.:..:......--4...u...,.:...u...J..:.
1------------------t,...,,.-"~-'_---1- 1
w
.J

;._

l l ~ ~ I ' [h~ ~ ~
.

'""'''-~

. COUNTERWEIGHTED

rsris'-== ~

Al

on ony !rock. The rope is d ead- e nded al opposite ends of grooved


drums so lhal one winds a s the other unwinds.

CAR

- - - --

J] ~

- -

llf-~-_r. .,. .~o..i.+-++-+++H+-H-....H+-'-c+--r-t+, ,

~ :'i ::~::~~- -- --- ---J~C [::,::l:fl'Jlfffl~~l: l


t1------- --c.=:::.:------ ---------------- --------- - ---- --------------------------------;::
n ~~ -tri-10 w-L... ,~~1-: ~= ~~== ~Gtfii:-SYSTEM
T0-- -,~~ :-n-F...:L~t
1
L"uLifu'tr.t-tr.c-::H.lt-~
' 7'.l~7 1~== = ===1fJi:!-u+.
---- 0
!.. .l.- - --r:;J1

CAN BE ARRANGED

- SERVE ADDITIONAL TRACKS-

~----------------- ------- ------- ------ --- - ------------ ------------ ---- --- -- ---- ------

In this layout, a double-drum lra ction or endless cable reversible


haulag e machine is shown for serving multiple !rocks. Cars can b e
pulled in eilher direclion on ony !rock. Two counlerweighted takeups

46 L 1 N K - B E L T

Fig.
35368

are shown; one required for eoch direction of lravel lo remove lhe
slock in the lrailing rope. Ro p e travel is nol limited by machine,
making it economice) for installations requiring exlremely long lrovel.

bulk handling
haulage machines

Selection
Calculation of rope pull for railroad cars

no less thon dimension P from the puller, os shown in Fig. 5333. For
puller Nos. 1O15, 1520, 1822 ond 2024, P equols 24, 31, 35 ond
38 feet respectively.

To determine the rope pull required to move o roilrood cor using


either o cor spotter or drum-type puller with ploin drum, it is necessory
to consider the following foctors:
Weight of cor ond conlenls
Curvoture of !rock
Trock grade
Trock ond roodbed condition
Temperoture of surrounding otmosphere
Cors, other thon roilrood cors, will require speciol considerotion.
Consult Link Belt.

Fig.

5333

Table 2 Factor C for pulling railroad cars


Factor C
Temperature
of
surrounding otmosphere,
Track ond roadbed candition
degrees Fahrenheil
Below O 1 O to 20 1 20 to 45 1 Abave 45
Even trock, firm bollos!
1
6
3
1
1.5 1
o9
Uneven trock, soft bollos!
21
15
12
1

Weight of car and contents


The weight of cor ond contenls is the gross weight in tons.

Track curvature
Trock curvoture is expressed in terms of rodius in feet, degrees of
curvoture or by chordol fac tor A. The degree of curvoture is the
included ongle in d e grees fo r o 100-foot chord ocross the center line
of !he !rock. Factor A is !he chordol distonce for o 50-foot chord on
the inside roil. To obtoin !he chordol fa ctor, stretch o 50-foot line
ocross !he curve ond meosure A os in Fig . 3704.

Rope pull for pulling railroad cars


The sto rting rope pull is fo und b y the following formulo:
P = W (B+ C)
Where

P = storting ro pe pull in pounds


W = weight of cor ond contents, in tons
B = factor from Table 1
C = factor from Table 2

Examples of rope pull calculations


Problem 1
A roilrood cor ond its contents weighing 42.5 tons is to be moved
olong o curved leve! !rock where A equols 9 '!4 ". The operoting temperoture is never lower !han 45 F al ony time. The !rock is uneven ond
has o soft bollost. Colculote the storting rope pull.

50 FEET--- - -

Fig.

3704

Track grade
Trock grade is expressed in degrees of ongle to the horizontal or in
per cent of rise.
100 X rise
grade in per cent
length

Solution
In Table 1, Factor B = 45 ond in Table 2, Factor C - 9.
storting rope p ull = 42.5 (45 + 9) = 2295 pounds
Refer to !he selection tables on the following poge. A No. 50, 55 or 60
cor spotter is sotisfoctory.

...
,,~----....,LENGTH IN FEET- - - - - 1

:::t

Probl em 2
Four roilrood cors ond their contenls weighing 220 tons ore to be
moved olong o curved !rock al obout 35 FPM where A equols 6 Y2".
Trock rises 3 feel in eoch 100 feet. The operoting temperoture will
foil below O F. The !rock is e ven ond has o firm bollos!. Colculote the
storting rope pull.

-. 1~

Fog. 3703

Track and roadbed condition


and atmospheric temperature

Soluti on

Co ndition of !rock ond roodbed ond temperoture of surrounding


otmosphere ore importan! considerotions. These foctors for use in the
colculotion of rope pull ore given in Table 2.

3 X 100
grade = ---)() = 3%
In Tab le 1, Factor B = 100 ond in Table 2, Factor C = 6.
storting rope p ull = 220 ( 100 + 6) = 23,320 pounds
Refer to the selection tables on !he following poge. A No. 2024-20
drum-type puller, which operotes ot 36 FPM, is sotisfoctory.

Fleet angle
To ossisl in winding the rope on the drum in loyers, !he Aeet ongle
should not exceed 1 Y2 d egrees. Where required, locote guide sheoves

Table 1 Factor B for pulling railroad ca rs


Factor B

Track curv ature

Rodius of
curva ture,

feet

Degree
of
curvature

Chordal
factor
A,

Trock grade, degrees and minutes

1 0 -35 1

1-9

1-44

1146
573
383

5
10
15

3 Y2
6 Y2
9'!4

287
231
193
166
143

20
25
30
35
40

13
16 Y2
20
23 Y2
27

2-18

2-52

3-27

4-1

4-35

5-9

5-43

Trock grade, per cent of rise

inches

30
35

50

40
45

60
65

50

55

70
75
80
85

70
90
75
95
100
60
80
65
85
105
70
110
90
Degree ol curvature is the included angle in degrees for a 100-foot
chord across center fine of track.

55

90
95
100
105

110
115
120
125

130
135
140
145

150
155
160
165

7
170
175
180
185

11 0
115
120
125
130

130
135
140
145
150

150
155
160
165
170

170
175
180
185
190

190
195
200
205
210

10

190
195
200
205

210
215
220
225

230
235
240
245

210
215
220
225
230

230
235
240
245
250

250
255
260
265
270

6 See Fig. 3704.

Per cent of rise equals 100 times the rise divided by the iength.

L 1 N K - B E L T 47

bulk handling
haulage machin e s

Selection
Ca r spotte r s
Maximum ro p e pull,
pounds

Storting

Ra pe
Cor
spotter
number

Runni ng
1

Moto r
horse-

Average
rape
speed,
FPM

power

Outside

inches
1

5,000

2,500

45

Ma r line
cov ered

3,4

Ve

l Va
l3,4

Manila

10,000

100
1 10
120

5,000

45

"'

Marline
covered

10

1Ye

--

* Boldfoce tyce indicotes cor spotters normolly corried in

stoc~ with 220 440


volt, 3 phase, 60 cycle mators. Mators with other curren! characteristics
can be furnished. Electrical contrals and wiring, haulage rape ond other
occessories ore not included.
TENV, hoist-type mators, ro ted al 55 C fer 15 minutes.

13,500
18,500

.41
.60

13,000
21 ,400

.42
.62

22,500
26,500
31 ,000

.74
.88
1.08

26,400
37,600

1.1 o

1Yi

"'

Weight
p er foot,
pounds

l \4

Manila

50
55
60

Breoking
strength,
pound s

d io meter,

Type

.81

Manila rape is generally used where its sfrengt h is adequote. 11 consists of


three strands of fiber, speciolly selected fer pliobility and sfre ngth.
O Morline covered wire rape is stranger lhan manila rape of the sorne diometer. lt consis ts of ftve 19-wire strands o f plow steel rope, morline covered.

Drum-ty pe p ulle r s w ith p lai n drums


M oximum rope pull, p ounds

Running

Storting

Average
rope c;peedl

Drum.
type
puller
numb er

FPM

First
loyer

Fourth
lo yer

First
layer

7,000
7 ,000
7,600
7,600

5,500
5,500
6,000
6,000

3,500
3,500
3,800
3,800

2,750
2,750
3,000
3,000

10 15-2
10 15 -3
1015-5
10 15-7 Y2

14,000
14,000
15,200
15,200

11 ,000
11,000
11,800
11,800

7,000
7 ,000
7,600
7 ,600

5,500
5,500
5,900
5,900

20,000
18,000
21,000

16,000
16,000
14,000
17,000
15,400

10,000
10,000
9,000
10,500
9,700

26,800
26,800
24,400
24,400
24,400

17,000
17,000
15,500
15,500
15,500

-20,000
-

First
loyer

20
31
47
70

1520-5
1520-7Y2
1520- 10
1520-15

20
30
37
55

26
38
48
71

8,000
8,000
7,000
8,500
7,700

1822 -5
1822-7Y2
1822- 10
1822-1 s
182 2-20

14
21
31
40
58

17
26
40
49
73

10
15
20

13,400
13,400
12,200
12,200
12,200

2024 - 10
2024 -1 5
2024-20
2024-25
2024-30

16
25
36
45
54

21
31
46
56
69

10
15
20
25
30

--

with 220 440 volt, 3 pha se, 60 cycle moto rs. M o t a rs with other curren!
chara cferisti cs can b e fu rnished. Electrical co ntro ls ond wiring, haulage rape
and a ther accessa ries can be furnished.
TENV, hoist-type motors, rated at 55 C fer 15 minutes.

48 L 1 N K - B E L T

2
3
5

Tot al rope
length in

four loyers,
fe et

360

Type

Wire

Outside
dio me ter,

inches

Breoking
strength,
p o unds

Weight
per foot,
p ound s

Yi

18,700

.40

41,400

.90

Ve

56,000

1.23

72,800

1.60

7Yi
- - -5

7Y2
10
15

500

Wir e

* Boldfoce ty pe i ndicotes pullers with Motogears narmolly carried in stock

Fourth
loyer

16
24
37
56

- - -

~40~1
34,000
34,000
31,000
31,000
31 ,000

Fourth
loyer

Ro pe

Moto r
horsepower

7Yi

530

Wire

570

Wire

Wire rape is generally used fer drum-type pullers because of its smaller
diameter in relation fa i ts strenglh, thereby increasing rape capacity af
drum. 11 consists of six 19-wire strands of plow steel rape wilh hemp cen ter
and must be provided wi th a thimble spl ice end to suit the drum connectio n.

bulk handling
haulage machlne5

Car spotters
C MAXIMUM-'1

f19. JU7

'' 6 314

No . 50 and No. 100 stationary car spotters

No. 55 and No . 11 O stationa ry car spotters

Car Weigh t,
sp otter p ounds
number
6
50
55
60
100
110
120

f l9. 3702

600
690
1050
1500
1650
2000

Al

D
1

J
1

INCHES

7
7
7
12
12
12

25Y. 18 v. 6 5A6 9 13A6 1 v.


25 v. 29 l/1 6 A. 91 % 1 v.
36 lll 76 62 y. 13% 39:Y..
14 y. 1 V1
33 l/1 26 o/1 9
33 l/1 38 % 9
14 v. 1 V1
44 3/a 84 :y.. 67 3/1 173/a 48

8
8

5 l/4
5 y.

1 y.
1 v.

2
2

... ...

- - -. .-. -...-

8 :Y.. 12 lll 2 l/2 1 ll2


8 :y.. 12 l/2 2 v. 1 v.

..

.. .

. ..

Hove dimensians ce rtified fa r i nstollotian purpases.


6 With 50 ar 60 cycle matars.

No . 60 and No. 120 portable car spotte rs

Drum-type pullers w it h pla in drums


Drum- type
puller number

f09 6)1)

Dru m-type puller with plain d rum


and Motogear drive
6

Drumlype
puller number

A 1

D
1

G
1

1015-2
1015-3
1015-5
1015-7 Y2
1520-5
1520-7 lll
1520-10
1520-15
1822-5
1822-7 lll
1822- 10
1822-15
1822-20
2024-10
2024-15
2024-20
2024-25
2024-30

paunds
6

INCHES

895
895
910
980
1735
1790
1810
1845
2770
2820
2895
2895
3000
4135
4135
4160
4250
4285

20 v.
20 v.
22 v.
23 o/1
22 v.
23 v.
26%
27 v.
23 v.
24 :y..
28
29:Y..
31 3/a
31 V1
33 v.
35 v.
36 v.
35 v.

Hove dimensians certi fi ed far instollotian pu rpases.


With 50 ar 60 cycle mata rs.

R
1

Weight,

INCHES

10 15
1520
1822
2024

10
15
18
20

15
20
22
24

16 15A6
2 1 v.
24
26 V1

16 l/2
21 v.
26 V2
29

31 o/1
42 v.
51 V1
58 3A.

32 5A6
39 v.
50 V1
53%

1311A&
16 3/a
20 3/a
21 o/1

40 y.
47 v.
58 v.
63 :y..

15 y. 15 V1
22 l/1 20 y.
27
22 v.
29 V1 23 v.

12 V1
15 3/a
17
18

:y..
%
1
1 v.

2
2 V1
2 v.
2 v.

8 :y..
19 l/2
24
11 3/a
3 1 Y. 14 314
34
16

10 %
12%
16 ll2
18

1 l/2
1 ll2
1 v.
1 'la

l/2
3 3/a
5 v.
2 3/1

Hove dimensia ns certified fa r instollotian purpases.

L 1 N K - B E l T 49

bulk handling
car shakers

car shakers

Car s hak er in position for unloading carlaad a f coa!. Pholo 3901 3

The Link-Belt car shaker is an ideal medium for effectively


and economically unloading hopper bottom railroad cars.
lt produces a series of heavy, hammer-like blows on the
top of the car sides, which loasen the contained material
and accelerate its Aow through the hopper opening, resulting in broom-clean unloading.
This machine supplements our varied line of car dump ers
and unloaders and offers an economical car empt ying
device for installations requiring moderate or small capacities. lt is ideal for use at central power stations and
industrial boiler houses, where the quantity of coal used
does not require a rotary car dumper. lt is also suitable
for unloading sand, coke, ore, cinders and other materials
transported in hopper bottom cars.
Link-Belt car shakers can be appl ied to single or multiple
track and single or double hopper installations.

Drive sld e af car shaker showing rugged ru bber-cushioned pival lype


mo tor suppo rl. Photo 3901 5

50 L 1 N K - B E L T

bulk handling
car shakers

Operation
The vibrator is located toward one
end of the welded, stress-relieved
frame and consists of two eccentrically
weighted flywheels keyed to each end
of a concentric shaH rotating in selfaligning roller bearings. Power for
operati ng the unit is supplied by an
electric motor driving through a multi ple V-belt drive. Extreme vibration and
impact shock is prevented from reach ing the motor by means of a pivoted,
rubber-mounted motor platform.

~ ---

~ BOTTOM

-----

OF SUPPORTING BEAM

----------i
i

TW IN CABLE HOIST

'11!1

1
1

To unload , the cars are moved into


place over conventional track hoppers
in the usual manner by car hauls, car
spotters, switch engines or other
means . After the car gales hove been
opened, the car shaker is lowered into
place on the center portian of the car
and the motor started. Operation of
the machine cau ses the vibrator end
of the frame to rise and fall and impart heavy blows to
the car equal in number to the revo lutions of the vibrator shaft. The mo tor end pivots on the car top and acts
as a guide to ho ld the shaker in place.
The action of the car shaker also causes lengthwise
motion of the car, resulting in a conveyi ng action on the
hopper bottom. Upon co mpleti o n of unloading, the
shaker is raised out of the way, the car doors closed, and
another car moved in to position. Ca rs need not be un couple d wh ile the shaker is in operation, permitting
movement of cars through the unloading zone as a com plete train . The shaker eliminates the destructive o r dan gerous use of picks, augers, sledges or air hammers . W ith
the vibrator shaft revolving ata comparatively moderate
rote of speed , a much lower o peratin g sound level is obtained than with other machines operating at higher frequencies. Objectionable noise i s correspondingly less,
and damage to the cars is no more than that encountered
in normal operation over roed bed .

Capacity
The rote of car un loading will vary with the natu re of
the material in the car, the design of the car, car switch ing and stori ng facilities and the rote at which materi a ls
can be co nveyed from the track hopper. Normally, a one
to three minute operation of the shoker w ill completely
empty the car. Sticky or frozen materials may require
additional time. Extremely frozen cars should be partially
thawed .

Hoists
Where conditions permit, single-hook five- ton capacity
stationary or power-propelled, motor operated hoists
may be used for lowerin g the shaker into position . For
ground levef control, twin - hook hoists a re preferred, as
this type machine will lower the shaker onto the car
without guidance. l t is recommended that hoi sts be
equipped with lower limit or slack line switches t o
prevent operation of the shaker un ti l it is properly p laced
on the car. Yard cranes and similar hoisting equipmen t
can be used to handle car shakers.

2"

'l

.L---'-'-1_~-6-1:~_-~,-,_ ~~
Fig. 6158

LINK - BELT 51

bulk handling
car dumpers

car dumpers
Link-Belt car dumpers rapidl y and economically unload all
types of open-top cars carrying bulk materials. Th ey are used at
power houses, mines, b y -product plants, steel milis, rail- to-water
transfer docks, cement mi li s, smelters, concentrators, aluminum
plants and sugar reflneries, for unloading such materials as coal,
coke, rock, ore, sugar beets and sugar cene.
Four types of car dumpers are available, each designed to
unload a car by rotating, tilting, or over-turning and dumping the
contents into a receiving hopper, in one operation. These four
types are:
Rotary railroad car dumpers.
Rotary mine car dumpers for single cars or multiple cars
coupled in a train.
Side tilting and transfer refuse car dumpers.
Side discharge railroad car dumpers.
All types embody Link-Belt's valuable background of experience
in the application of unloading equipment and the handling of
bulk materials.

Rotary railroad car dumpers

Rotory rollrood cor dumper

handling cool

al 500 lons p e r hour, as parl af a comp lete car-to b a rg e syslem. Pholo 2 56 1 9 A

Rotory roilrood cor dumper will unlood 160 or


more cors ln- one eight-hour doy a nd will ha nd le

any o p en type ca r. Opero t ion is simple, oulomalic,


and foolproof. Photo 293 1 5

- '.
52 L 1 N K - B E L T

bul l< handling


car dum pers

Rotary railroad car dumpers

Photo 28624

The Link - Belt rotary railroad car dumper is designed to rapidly un load open
top railroad cars, primarily coal cars. Th is is accomplished by overturn ing the
car, securely held in a rotating cradle, and completely dumping its contents
in one operation.
The full cycle of turning the car practically upside down and returning i t to
a normal position requires 90 seconds for the standard dumper, however drives
can be furnished for cycles as low as

40 seconds, when required. Switch ing

time, dependent on local facilities for handling the cars onto and a way from
the dumper, must be added to the turning cycle, to determine the total number
of ca rs that can be handled.

Dumping operation
After th e car has been placed on the dumper tra ck, the turning cycle is started
by the operator, located in a cab adjacent to the dumper, where he has a
clear view of ali operations.
As rotation begins, the transfer table moves sidewise within the cradle , until
the ca r side rests against the timbered side frame of the cradle. Simultaneously
the overhead self-adjusting clamps descend upon the t0p of the car, and hold
it securely to the !rack rail s during the turning cycle. Rotation continues until
!he car is overturned and stopped automatically by a limit switch.
To return the empty car, the operator reverses !he cycle. As the car nears
its normal upright position, the clamp s are automatically released and lifted.
The transfer table then moves sidewise until the rails are again in line with
those outside the dumper, and !he empty car is ready to be removed.

L 1 N K - B E L T 53

bulk handling
car dum p ers

Rotary railroad car dumpers

, "
- - - - - -58-0-0VERALL
RAILS- - - - - - + <
l'
...,_ _ _ _ _ 54.'..Q' RING CENTERS-----+<1

BASE OF RAIL

/'

'~

13~3-13!..3'
- -- ----58'...6' 1NSIDE OF PIT
s.

.'t ~'~

vO::

':~ ~ ~~'r

;.._...

TO SUIT
SYSTEM

CONVEYO~

'

,.\:< 1: ~J.~.,"rr\"fY_..:
1

Fig. 6159

Two-clamp rotary railroad car dumper for 58-foot long ca r

Constructio n
The entire enclosing ond car supporting cradle of the two -clamp dumper revolves
on four rollers, two under each end ring of the cradle. These supporting rollers
are made of high carbon forged steel wit h double flanges and machined contact ing surfaces and are mounted on a struct ural frame to insure accurate align ment at all times. Four-clamp dumpers are available for 90 to 120-ton cars when
contents are frozen, and they are equipped with four pairs of equalizing rollers,
two pairs under each end ring.
The Link-Belt dumper cradle, which receives the car to be dumped, consists of
two distinctly separate parts; one, an outer structure made up of two structural
steel roller rings, rigidly connected and braced; and the other, a transfer table
or platen, supported within the outer structure, on transverse rollers, and provided
with track rails upon which the car rests.
The two-clamp dumper handles cars 29 feet to 58 feet long over coup lers;
6 feet, 4 inches to 12 feet, 7 inches high; 9 to 11 feet wide; and with capacities
up lo 90 tons.
One 40 -ho rsepower motor furnishes the power required for complete operation
of the two-clamp dumper operating on a 90 -second turning cycle. Where faster
cycles are required, the dumper speed can be increased by using a larger motor.

Automatic and safety features


Every operation, except placing and removing cars, and operating the controls,
is automatic and foolproof. The dumper can be stopped by t he operator, at any
time and in any position, where it is securely held in place by an auto mat ic
electric bra ke.
There are no electrical connections or complica ted interlocks on the dumper
cradle. The dumper track rails are always held in correct alignment with the outside rails, after com pletion of the cycle, allowing cars to be moved safely on or
off the dumper.

54 L 1 N K - B E L T

bulk handling
car dumpe rs

Rotary mine car dumpers


Link-Belt rotary mine car dumpers are available for mine
cars of all kinds. Operating in a manner simi lar to the
Link - Belt rotary railroad car dumper, they rotate and
overturn the cars to discharge the contents . They are
power driven and can be designed to handle single car s
uncoupled, or single or multiple cars coupled in a !rain,
depending on capacity requirements .
Normally these dumpers are bu ilt for full 360 degree
rotation, but designs are available for rotating the cars
to an angle sufficien t for dumping and then returning to
an upright position.
A rotatable structural steel frame equipped with !rock s
and means for holdi ng the cars on the !rocks, receives
Handling single ca rs, this rotory mine cor dumper ploys on important
part in phosphote mining. Photo 30024

the cars either singly or in groups. Th is frame incorporales a dumping shield to ease the drop of ma teria l and
i s supp orted by high carbon stee l end rings carried on
rollers.
Mine ca r dumpers are b uil t with two t ypes of drives,
positive and traction . Each type i s capable of completing
several dumping cycles per minute.
One operat o r can handle the entire dumping opera tion , incl uding the pa ssag e of cars into and out of the
dumper .
Safety features are i ncorporated to insure trouble- free
operation and affo rd protecti on t o the operator and
the equipment.

Dumping two cars wlthout uncoupling, this rotary mine cor dumpe r
hondles run-o f-mine coal swiftly and efficiently. Pha to 1 5609

Unloadlng 2 800 tons p er hour of run - of-mln e coal, these twin ro ta ry mine dumpe rs eoch handle ten co rs a t o time. Pho to 27 654

L 1 N K - B E L T 55

bulk handling
car dumpers

Rotary mine car dumpers

Positive drive rotary mine car dumper


The 360-degree revolving operotion is occomplished by o n electric
motor driven enclosed geor drive which delivers power to o ring
sprocket through o roll er choin drive. Regordless of the type of cor,
shockless, gentle handling ond fost, outomotic operotion ore ossured.
This dumper offers moximum positive control of the dumping operotion.
A geor drive type is olso ovoiloble.

Tractlon drlve rotary mine car dumpe r


The 360-degree revolving operotion is occomplished by direct surfoce
contoct of power driven friction trunnions contocting the two
dumper end ring s. The dumper is outomoticolly storted, ond speed
moy b e controlled to focilitote gentle handling.

56 L 1 N K - B E L T

bulk handling
car dumpers

Mine car hauls


A mine car haul is essentially a pusher chain conveyor consisting of one or two strands of chain with pushers spaced at
intervals to engage the mine cars, either sing ly or coupled
together in trains, and propel them along the track as desired.
They are chiefly used for feeding cars to rotary, or other
types of dumpers. Their use assures rapid, uniform dumping
and continuous movement of loaded and empty cars with a
minimum of attention.
In the design of mine car hauls and in the selection of the
materials used in every part, special consideration is given to
the shock loads imposed by frequent starting and stopping
and to adverse conditions that usually surround this type of
equipment. Embodied in every Link-Belt car haul are the following features that give long, reliable service.

Chain wilh gravity tilling pushers for car hauls, showing lhe sturdy canstruction
of links, rollers ond attachments. Photo 39306

Fe atures
Sturdy crane ond hoist molors designed for heovy duty cycles
with frequent storts ond stops.
Adequote control equipment.
Oversia:e brokes.
Enclosed Link-Be lt porollel shoft geor drives with extra lorge input
ond output shofts for torsion loods.
Heovy geored couplings on both input ond output shofts.
Cut steel spur geors between drive shoft ond counter-shoft.
Pinion mounted between beo rings to ovoid overhung load on output shoft of geor drive.
Heovy duty rigid pillow blocks with mochined gibs to relieve cap
bolts of side thrust.
Speciol heovy duty casi steel tokeups equipped with Cordwell
Westinghouse spring draft geor to obsorb shock.
Cost steel piole center choin sprocket wheels securely keyed to
shofts. High grade heot-treoted choins ond pushers ond olloy steel
heot-treoted pins.
Salid steel corrying rollers support choins ot pushers ond ot intermediote points to preve n! weor from drogging choin links. Extra
heovy choin guides to withstond shock loods, with reploceoble
weor bors both top ond bottom. Substontiol steel supports, flrmly
onchored to foundotions, ossuring proper olignment.
Adequote occess provided for lubricotion, inspection ond repoirs.

Typical !rack for car haul chain, showing heavy steel angle guides and high
carbon sleel wear bars. Figure 6185

Weighing of mine cars


Accurote weighing of mine cors while coupled together is occomplished by properly spoced cor stops in conjunction with o cor houl.
One poir of stops obove the scole registers the oncoming cor os it is
odvonced by the cor houl ond o second poir below the scole holds
the cors thot hove possed, thus relieving the cor o n the scole of ony
externo! forces thot might offect its weight. The co r stops hove
heovy coil springs to obsorb the shock of the moving cors ond speciolly designed hydroulic cylinders to control the rebound. Cor stops
ore outomoticolly opened when the dumping cycle is completed, ond
closed by o trigger mechonism operoted by the entering cor. With
this orrongement, one man controls ond weighs cors, removes, checks
ond operotes the dumping mechonism.

Other uses
Although cor houls o re used moinly in the m1ning industry, they o re
olso useful wherever relioble ond economicol handling of cors is
required.

MINE CAR HAUL


Elevalion of a typical mine car haul installotion, shawing localion of sprockets, takeups and both runs of lhe choin. Figure 3821

L 1 N K - B E L T 57

bulk handling
car dumpers

Ref use car dumpers


Two general types of Link-Belt refuse car dumpers are
available for discharging cars of mine refuse. These are
the side tilting dumper for hillside use and the transfer
dumper for transferring refuse to larger cars orto hoppers.

Side tilting dumper


Where local conditions are suitable, such as in hilly and
mountainous country, it is customary to dispose of mine
refuse by dumping it over a hillside . The side tilting
dumper is especially adapted to this service as it is portable and requires no expensive pit or trestle.
The main structural frame of this machine forms on
arch over the track, which permits cars to be run under
it onto the dumping cradle. The cradle is attached to an
endless chain which runs in guides mounted in the orched
Side tilting dumper

Photo 20756A

frame. Power for operating the chain t o raise the cradle


is provided by a motor and enclosed gear drive.
The cradle with car is tilted to one side for dumping
and then returned to its normal position.

Transfer dumper
The transfer dumper is a semiautomatic unit which lifts
the car vertically and then tilts to dump the contents into
a stationary chute or hopper for delivery to side dumping
l arries.
Loaded cars are elevated and tilted by means of a
counterweighted, roller- guided cradle connected to an
overhead motor-operated

drum

hoist through

suitably

reeved cables. Limit switches and other inbuilt safety


features assure semiautomatic, safe and trouble-free
Side tilting dumper

Photo 181 07

op eration.

\
\

Tran sfer dumper

58 L 1 N K - B E L T

Photo 28653

Transfe r dumper

Photo 28652

bulk handling
car dumpers

Side discharge car dumpers

....:.-

Simple ope rotlon and constructlon of side d ischorge cor dumper minimize
lobor ond mointenonce required to deliver cone to carrier. Photo 8256

Link -Belt side discharge car dumpers are used principally


for unloading cars containing sugar cane and similar
materials . Cars for this service are specially built and
are provided with top hinged sides which permit the
entire side to act as a door and to swing out from the
bottom to discharge the load.
These dumpers consist of a pivoted structural steel
platform, suitable in size for the cars being unloaded ,
and an actuating hydrau lic cylinder. Pla tform pivots are
located slightly to one side of the t rack center so that
lhe weight of the platform and car act to mainta in stability until the power is applied. Chains are used to
anchor the car to lhe platform during lhe dumping cycle.
Dlscharging cane to maln carrie r for delivery to mill, this side dischorge cor dumper assures uniform unloading procedure. Photo 27280

Deliv erlng s u gar cane to feeder carrler , lhese side dischorge car
dumpers simplify and speed up unlooding operalions. Photos 26419 ond 26322

L 1 N K - B E L T 59

bulk handling
power unloading scoops

power

unloading
scoops

U n l o ading grain fro m b oxear is o one- mon oper-

alion with o power unloading scaap. Phalo 29593

Originally designed for the unloading of grain from boxca rs, the Link-Belt power unloading scoop is now used for
many other bulk materia l unloading operations. With
this mechanism, pebble lime, phosphates, soda ash,
alum, bulk cement, sand, sa lt, cottonseed, and similar
materials, are unloaded successfully and economically
from boxcars and certa in forms of motor truck bodies.
The power unloading scoop will handle almost any gran-

ular material that can be scooped up, providing the proper


design scoop is used, and its size and shape are such that
it will no! overload !he operating mecha nism.
In operation, the operator draws th e scoop into the boxear or lruck and stops ba ck of the material to be moved.
Slack in !he rope serves to engage the w i ndin g mechanism,
wind up the rope , and pull the loaded scoop to the discharge point.

Fig. 4901

Fi g. 4900

Boxear unlooding

60 L 1 N K - B E L T

Tru ck unloading

bulk handling
powe r unloadlng scoops

f
The power unlooding scoop mechonism is of ~ubstontiol ond
durable construction. The gray iron frome is deep ond heovy.
The winding drum is lorge ond of welded steel. Other peris of
the mechonism subjecl to shock or unusuol weor ore of steel.
Accessories, such os scoops ond sheoves, hove been designed
with omple strength ond for eose of handling.

-<- - 3~4: ~ -

1f..1 ~sf->-< 20;

Ceili ng
s h e ave

Drum

weight

~
r

-1;1!"

..,

10 ~

3,''

;."--

10~'

l" MAX.
sic
1

l
l

lever
w e ight

__ _ _ _ _ y

1;'

- .,.

Fig. 3743

2- 1,

Single machine

Scoop
cable

Power
unlooding

scoop
number

Weight,

Copocity,
cubic feet

Moteriols hondled

pounds

*
54 0

RPM

2000

Groins, cottonseed, linseed, etc.

89-3-1

Orum
shaft

per hour

horse

Style of scoop

power

65

- -- - - -

750 to 1000

55

chemicols,
sond, cement, etc.

Weghing 50 lo 100
pounds per cubic foot

600 to 750

50

-- --- - - -

include 25-foot weigh t cord, lever weight, drum weight ond ceiling sheove.
Woll or loor sheoves, sno tch blocks, scoop cables, scoop choins ond scoops
con be furnshed. Double mochines, consistng of two single mochines mounted
on o common shoft, con be furnished.

Scoop ca bles

Weghing 25 lo 50
pounds per cubic foot

Hove dimensons certified far nstolloton purposes.

19752

Motor

Alum, lime,
soda ash,

* Single, righ t hond mochines normolly corried in stock. Machines regulorly

sheave

Flal steel scoop 0


36' wide x 30' hqh

y, da. 6 x 19 wlre ro pe
wi th % dia. hemp coverng

Curved steel scoop 6


28 1'.i" wide x 18' hgh

y, dio. 8 x 19 wire rape

Copoctes depend on the conditons a l operotion, human element, etc.


Hgh pull-out-torque motors ore recommend ed.
0 Aluminum scoops con be furnished.
6 Specol scoops con be furnished l ar handling sulphur ar o the r lumpy moteriols.

Accessories

20065

Snatch block

20063
Swivel floor shea ve
20064

Curved steel scoop


Swivel w a ll sheave
Flat steel scoop

16704C

Scoop chain

167046

Scoop hook

LI NK - B E LT 61

bulk handling
boxear unloaders

boxear
unloaders
Link- Belt builds two types of boxear unloaders. Both are for
high capacity unloading at te rminal grain elev at0rs, large
processing plants and other insta llations which require unloading of from 1 O to 70 ca rs per 8 hour do y.
The Link- Belt Kar-Flo b oxear unloader discharges bulk
meterais from boxcars b y a unique rocking action which
conveys the material simultaneously from both ends of the
car and discharg es it through the center door opening. Th is
unloader is for applications requiring unloading rotes up to

5 cars per hour.


The Link- Be lt tilting ty pe boxea r unload er d ischa rg es bul k
materials from boxcars w ith a comb ined end and side tiltin g,
alt ernately from each end of the car, to discharge the con
tents b y gravity th rough the center door opening. This
unloader is for applications wh ich require unloading rotes of
approximately 1O ca rs per hour.
Track layouts, spotting faciliti es and receiving equipment
must be considered when determining unloading rote s.

Tlltlng type box ear unloade r in maximum end tilt pasilion a l


lorge groin processing plonl. Cor is lhen tilted in opposile d irection
to complete unlooding operolion. Photo 33479

Ka r-flo boxcor unlooder discharging groin inlo rece1vong hopper o l terminal


gro in elevator. Cor is completely unlooded by unique rocking oclion. Phalo 377 49

62 L 1 N K B E L T

bulk handling
boxear unloaders

Kar-Flo boxear unloader


The Link-Belt Kar- Flo boxear unloader represents a complete departure from conven
tional unloading methods. lt uses a gentle,
rocking action that sla shes costs of unloading
grain, chemicals and other free-flowing bulk
material s.
Most signif1cant saving is in installationmadc exceedingly simple b y the shallow p it
and low overhead clearance requirements.
Further economies result from low power and
minimum maintenance. In addition, Kar- Flo
induces smooth material discharge that reduces d ust and degradation . . . improves
working conditions.

37748

one- man control

.. .. ..

....-,-----.,....-,-----.lc::=:J

....

(1/\

unloads 4 or more cars per hour

FAST- Unlooding time for corn, borley or rice is 5 to 7 minutes. Hydroulic clomps speed centering of cors on plotform.

SIMPLE OPERATION- Convenient control center facilitotes


unlooding. No deftectors or boffles need be inserted into cor

J___~l._.1_

-a

:zs:

z:s:

n atura l frequency spring actlon

LOW MAINTENANCE-Rubber bushed orticuloting joints in


rocker o rm o ssemblies reduce weor, need no lubricotion.

no machlne ry in car, gentle move m e nt of car

SAFE-No cables, scoops, etc. on operotor's plotform or in


cor. Clomps provid e sure hold on cor during unlooding.
shallow pit, low ove rh e ad cle arance

LOW INITIAL COST-lnstollotion expense is moderote.


Spring oction ond hydroulic system keep power needs low.

L 1 N K - B E L T 63

bulk handling
boxear unloade rs

Kar-Flo boxear unloader

PLATFORM functions a s a see-saw-ends


alternately rise and dip app roxima tely four
inches. O ne rail is sel higher than the other,
g iving car a slight side tilt. Rocking motion
moves material from both ends toward doo r
ot center, and tilted position o f car assists d ischarge into hopper.

Box ear clampe d in posit ion on Kor-Flo plotform. Groin is being unloaded
into hopper. Photo 38285

Hy d r a u lic graln doo r o p ener in p o sitio n


to remove grain door. All movements are con-

lrolle d from operatar's position. Pho to 38289


Graln d o or, held abo ve fl o w o f graln , is
outo matically deposited on floor when g ra in
door apener is retracted. Door remains clear fa r
easy acceu a l all times. Photo 38291

64 L 1 N K - B E L T

A boxear moved onto the platform is automatically cente red


and flrmly clamped b y hy draulicall y operated car clamps,
securely locking the car to the p latform, preventing endwise
movement. Car door on the unloading side is opened, inner
door removed, car platform locks are released and the
drive is started by a pushbutton a t the control center.
Rotation of counterwe ights in drive assembly produces an
oscillating action of 140 strokes per minute which the rocker
arms convert into a controlled-path rocking motion. Spring
assemblies amplify this movement to approxim ately 4
inches at each end of the p latform.
This rocking motion produces an actual conveying action,
moving material in the car from both ends simultaneously
towa rd the center of the ca r. One rail is installed hi gher
than the other to give a side t ilt to the car, causing contents
to flow smoothly and continuously through the door to the
r eceiving hopper below.
To obtain maximum unloading rote, sorne manual assistance may be requi red at the end of the unloading cycle for
clean-up a round the door.

bulk handling
boxear unloaders

Kar-Flo boxear unloader

Rocker arm and sprlng a ssemblles support the car platform and control
racking motion which moves material from ends of car to center door opening.
Rocker orms are rugged H section weldments mounted on steel encased rubber
bushings clamped in gib-capped pillow blocks. Alloy steel springs ore d esigned
for long life. Photo 377 53

Drlv e a ssembly consisls of two 140-RPM counterweighled shafts revolving in opposite directions to produce the reciprocating force. Orive shafls are mounted
in self-a ligning roller bearing pillow blocks. The ma in
drive unit, pawered by a 40 horsepower motor, is fully
guarded to preven! injury to personnel. Photo 37752

Car clamps rise from p i! and slide forward lo automatically center and clamp
any standard 40 o r 50-foot boxear on platform. Clamping of the car automatically releases hydraulic platform locks. Retracting car clamps automatically operate hydraulic platform locks and interlock prevents operation of drive
when platform is locked . The car platform is constructed of reinforced 36" WF
beams. Total weight of the Kar-Flo is 150,000 pounds. Photo 38286

Op e rator's pane l for Kar- Flo and hydraulic door opener is orranged for
simple one-man control. Hydraulic car
clamps and platform locks are controlled
by pushbuttons. Motor controls hove magnetic starters with overload relays and
automatic interlocks. The panel is com
plete with indicator lights for all controls.
Photo 38294

Hydraullc control unlt, mounted on a 4 by 8-fool


welded steel base, contains two low pressure pumps
operated by a 2 5 horsepower motor for moving
car clamps and two high pressure pumps operated
by a 1 5 horsepower motor to produce squeeze
pressure to hold cor in position. Photo 37755

Plt dlmenslons
------ - -- --- - -- - --------~

!
1
1
j

1-1

i i
1
----/~
-~
1\_______
!
- f r-~
~+--(-T\
.

.'

Shallow p lt of simple design keeps installalion costs to a minimum; depth of only 7 feet, 3 inches
results in economical installation in difficult locations.

Fig. 5879

L 1 N K - B E L T 65

bulk handling
boxear unloaders

Tilting type boxear unloader

28625

The Link-Belt tilting type boxear unloader is designed for installations requiring the maximum
unloading capacity. The actual unloading cycle is 4 '12 minutes.
In addition to an automatic door opener, a power or hand operated deflector, which is
inserted into the door opening prior to the final tilt to effect b room clean unloading, can b e
supplied. The complete operation is performed from a one-man control stat ion and eliminates the need for personne l t o enter the car at any t ime.
Four d ouble flanged steel trunnion rollers provide maximum stabi lit y and support for the
main t il1ing cradle and maintain permanent alignment. The entire machine is of welded
construction.

Operatlon
The looded co r is spotted on the plotform of the unlooder with the
outer door of the cor open on the dumping side. The end clomps of
the unlooder ore brought simultoneously into contoct with the cor
couplers ond cenler the cor on the moin crodle. This operotion outomoticolly disengoges the two end locks on the side toword which
the cor tilts sidewise.
The door opener is then brought into contoct with lhe inner door,
ond the cor t ilted sidewise 15 d egrees. The moin crodle is next
tilted endwise to o moximum ongle of 40 degrees to the horizontal, to
dischorge the material from one end of the cor, ond then to 40
degrees in the opposite direction to dischorge the material from the
opposite end. The baffle piole is then inserted in o diagonal position

66 L 1 N K B E L T

through the door opening, ond the crodle is tilted 40 degrees to the
horizontal in the direction of the flrst endwise posit ion, dischorging the
remoinder of the material from the cor.
After the cor has been emptied of its load, the supporting plotform
with the empty cor is ogoin returned to normal horizontal position.
The door o pener ond end clomps ore withdrown which outomoticolly
locks the sup porling plotform. The empty cor is then reod y to be
moved off the plotform.
The t ime required for the complete cycle of operotion is 4 Y1
minutes, exclusive of the time required for spotting of cor, ond sweeping, where necessory. Und er favorable opero ting conditions, on
average of ten cors per hour con be unlood ed.

bulk handling
box ear unloaders

Tilting type boxear unloader

3~

CLEARANCE
END LOJ
1
UNDER N EAR RAIL
LOAD 60,000 LBS.

ON~ALL

_J

ALTERNATE
ARRANGEMENT
BELT AT RIGHT
ANGLES TO TRACK
M1nimum p i! depth A is 20' 0 for conveyor porollel to trock ond 21 ' 6' for conveyor al right ongles to !rock.
Pit width B is 1B' o for conveyor porollel to trock ond 21 ' o for conveyor al right ongles to trock.

Fig. 3420

Link-Bel! 6 0 -foot tilting type boxea r unloader

Maln cradle
A moin slruclurol sleel crodle supported by curved steel roils on four
double flonged sleel rollers permits lhe nadie lo tilt endwise oboul 40
degrees in either direclion. This tilt is occomplished by meons of cables
secured to both ends of the crodle ond driven by o 30 horsepower
motor for lhe shorl mochine, ond o 40 horsepower motor for lhe long
mochine, lhrough enclosed reduction geors lo winding drums. An
eleclricolly operoted broke holds lhe crodle when slopped al ony
poinl in ils movemenl.

Car support ing platform


The slruclurol sleel supporling plotform is pivoted on lhe moin crodle
ond con be tilled sidewise 15 degrees by spur geors ond on enclosed geor drive, driven by o 1 1O horsepower motor. An eleclricolly
operoled broke on the motor holds the plotform tilted in ony desired
posilion whenever the motor is slopped.

End clamps
End clomps (acote ond hold lhe cor cenlrolly on lhe unlooder. These
clomps operole on lrocks in lhe supporling plotform ond ore driven by
sleel screws lhrough cut geors from o 15 horsepower motor. The
clamp~ ore roised simultoneously from recesses between cor roils al
eoch end of lhe supporling plotform lo engoge lhe couplers on lhe
cor, cenler the cor occurotely on lhe unlooder ond secure it ogoinst
movement in either direction during lhe unlooding operolion.

End posts and end locks


Stotlonory end posts ore provided under the ends of lhe supporting

plotform opposile lhe dumping side; ond two end locks, operoted by
the end clamp corrioges, ore provided on the dumping side lo carry
lhe weight of a looded cor or locomotive os it posses over the unlooder. Since the end locks ore operoted by the end clamp corriages,
they ore o(woys in place when o car or locomotive is run onlo the
unlooder. This featu re provides aulomotic protection from accidental
tilting.

Door opener
Boxcors ore fltted with plonk or poper doors noiled lo lhe inside of the
cor door posts to preven! spillage from lhe cors during looding ond in
lronsil. These doors ore removed by forcing lhem inwordly ogoinsl
lhe pressure of lhe material in lhe cor. The Link-Belt door opener,
mounted on lhe unlooder crodle, is placed ogoinst the door ond locked
in place while lhe cor is in normal posilion. The door is held slotionary
by the opener o nd, os the cor is tilted sidewise, the door is forced inward, allowing lhe contenls to Aow out.
Spikes in lhe door opener hold lhe door above lhe Aow until ali
material has been discharged. When lhe cor is righted, lhe door
opener is withdrown allowing lhe plonk or paper doors to foll lo lhe
cor Aoor.

Baffle plate
In lhe Anal lilt, lhe material moy move so ropidly thol some may byposs lhe door ond Aow lo lhe lower end of lhe cor. To preven! this, o
baffle plote is provided for manual or power inserlion in o diagonal
posilion lo deAecl the material through the door opening, thereby
completing lhe unlooding operalion.

L 1 N K - B E L T 67

bulk handling
h y d r a ullc truck d ump e r

hydraulic
'lruck dumper
The hydroulic truck dumper greotly simplifles the unlooding of cottonseed, soy beons, gro in, woodchips,
potosh, coke, sugor beets, corn ond similor moteriols
fro m trucks.
lt consists of o structurolly reinforced plotform with
two hydroulic telescop ing cylinders thot p ivot ot their
base ond ot connections on either side of the plot
form. The plotform has o lifting copocity of 80,000
pounds ond con be roised to o 4 0 -degree ongle in
60 seconds ond lowered in 4 0 seconds under smooth,
positive, hydroulic control b y one operotor. Ample
reserve power mokes ropid unlooding of trucks up
to 54-foot overoll length o simple, sofe, one-mon
operotion.
Hydroulic truck dumpers ore ovoiloble in grade
level ond pit types, with or without ~rovisions for
scole mounting.
Link-Belt will furnish equipment for handling material
from the truck dumper to the plont, ond will design,
manufacture ond erect complete insto llotions, Jorg e
or smoll.

Unlo a d ing graln to silo st ora ge o t gra in e le v ator, this hydroulic truck du mper unloods o 45-foot truck quickly ond sofely.
Photo 38504

Rema te con t r o ls and power unlt, opera ted by o ne ma n ,


simplify o p erotion of this hydroulic truck dumper shown delivering
g roin into hopper. Photo 36790A

68 L 1 N K - B E L T

Unloadlng cane a t a sugar mlll, this hydroulic truck dumper provides reliobility
during seosonol horvest. Photo 38852

bulk handling
hydr aulic truck dumper

Features

35337

35334

Fast-acting hydroulic cylinders lift 40

Reliable performance is ossured by

tons to 40-degree ongle in one minute.

two 20 HP motors direct-connected lo hydroulic pump s, with either motor copoble


of lifting plotform ond fully lood e d truck.

Heavily reinforced truck plotform

prevents twisting ar torsionol bending if


truck is not in center of plotform.
Stabllity is provided by wide seporotion of pivot points ond low center of
grovity.

35347

Complete safety is ossure d b y extro-

heovy hydroulicolly controlled stops thot


contoct reo r wheels of truck.

for one-mon operotion of hydroulic volves


ond pump motors.

Smooth operation is provided by


two four-sleeve hydroulic telescoping cylind ers thot pivot ot base ond ot o pivoted
connection on both sides of the plotform.

Large capaclty to occommodote trac-

V a rlous types ore o voiloble, such os

tor ond troiler ossemblies up to 54 feet


overo ll length.

grade le vel, pit or scole type, with plotform


lengths of 50 or 60 feet.

Remote control equipment supplied

\
.

UNLOADING PIT

'_---11'. 5~
/

...

f ig. 5402

s*l

9'-tti

'

16!

- - -- -11-4

G rade level type hydra ulic truck d umper with unl oading pit

L 1 N K - B E L T 69

bulk handling
recelvlng hoppers


hoppers
rece1v1ng

Link-Belt receiving hoppers are used for receiving bulk materials from trucks or cars, and for
providing sufficient surge to permit continuous
operation o f a conveyi ng system from the
hopper.
Bar gratings are furnished to suit material
delivered to hopper. Track beams support the
grating ond ra il s on installa tions where material is delivered to receiving hopper in hopper
bottom railroad cars. For truck delivery or
when material is reclaimed from storage by
bulldozers , dragscrapers ar cranes, the grating and its supports are designed to suit indi vi dual conditions .
Special designs differing in pit depth , bottom slopes or other indivi dual requirements
can be supplied when adaptation of hoppers
presented here is not practical.

Transferrlng pit sand and gravel from olf-the-roo d houler to o p ron


feeder which feed s b ell conveyor. Photo 35567

"' .

Olscharglng coal
Pholo 28426

lnto

track hopper al munici pal powe r plan!.

70 L 1 N K - B E L T

Dellvering coal lnto bollerhouse recelvlng hopper. Coal is transferred lo slorage bin by buckel elevator. Photo 36232

bulk handling
r ecelvln g h oppers

Track hoppers
The track hoppers shown meet the requirements of practically all installations. The four diagrams illustrate
suitable arrangements for small, medium, and large unloading hoppers and show the relationship between the
door open ings of commonly encountered hopper-bottom
cars and properly proportioned track hoppers.
For high capacity unloading, select a hopper long
enough to receive material from ali gales of a car simultaneously, plus enough end clearance for the inaccuracies
of spotting. Also, for most effective over-all unloading
performance, the hopper should contain sufficient surge
volume so the conveying system will be fed continuously
while the cars are being shifted. Such additionol capacity
con best be obtained by lowering the hopper rather than
increasing its length beyond that required for the car
door openings.
Double hopper orrongements provide the means for
reducing pit depths, particulorly when handling materials
requiring steep bottom slopes.
T he square hoppers are so designed thot they may be
installed with the long axis of the rectangular bottom
opening located in either direction with respect to the
track. Through the medium of adapler collars, these
hoppers can be utilized with the various kinds of commonly employed feeders, which may be installed porallel
oral right angles to the track. Suitable gales can be inserted between hopper and adapter collar.
Hopper sides have a minimum slope of 50 degrees
from the horizontal anda minimum valley angle of about
42 degrees. Since the steel portion of the hopper is completely below the beams, track b eam closure plates
are eliminated and consequent aggravoting leakoge is
avoided.

AAR STD.50 TON HOPPER CAR CLASS HM

Fig. 3457
Trock hopper 10 feet wide by 6 feet long for unlooding 50-ton cor
from one car door at a time.

AAR STD. 50 TON HOPPER CAR CLASS HM

Syntron ele ctric or fluid power bin vibrators at


times may be employed to advanlctge with these hoppers.
In many inslances their use will aid in attaining an even
flow when material variations or uncontrollable choracteristics are the cause of stoppages.

Fig. 3460
Single 14-foot squore trock hopper receiving material from both doors
of o 50-ton cor. Dotted lines indicote lowered position of hopper far
increosed surge copocity.

Bar gratings are fobricated with angle end closures


which stiffen the bars and provide a simple grating support flush with the top of the track hopper pit. The most
common grating openings are listed, but others can be
provided to suit practically any requirement .

AAR STO. 70 TON HOPPER CAR CLASS HT

Fig. 3459
Double 14-foot squore trock hoppers for rece1v1ng material from oll
doors of o 70-ton cor. Dotted li nes indicote lowered posi tion of hoppers
for increose d surge capocity.

Fig. 3458
Lorge concrete hopper. incorporoting o 12. foot squore steel hoppe r,
for receiving material from oll doors of a 70-ton cor.

LINK - BELT 71

bulk handling
receiving hoppers

Hoppers, beams and gratings

Track b eam

rrc:. H HHHH~
Re ctangular !rack hopper under single ra il

Typica l arrange ment o f bar grating

~
1

,I

3"

~~'---3...l'.r
k3~o'>l
INSIDE

Rectangular !rack hopper under double rail

De ta il of !rack beam pocket

l..40-J

..
"

INSIDE

.,...

Fig. 3958

Square track hopper unde r double rail

De tail of hopper s upport

Hopper
Si ze,

fe et
Width Length
7
5
10
6
12
12
14
14

Capacity,
W eight,
cubic
pounds
feet

62
139
395
6 10

ll

Groting

Beams

Valle y
a ngle

Tota l
weight,
pounds

Size
0

t;,.

Reodion,

pounds
0

llea ring
pi a te

. .. .
. . ..
8 3,4
9 'A6

72 LINK - B E LT

Square
openings,

inches
INCHES

6
6
12
12

48 4 3 24 '
5 4 46 31 '
66 4251 '
72 41 49'

1 O"WF4 9
1 o wF@49
14 "Wf@.68
14 "W F@78

Hove dimensions certified for instollotion purposes.


Cap:icity of hopper without vertical sides, level full to base of roil.
o Weight based on y. thick steel plate sides.
Consult Link -Belt regording vertica l sides higher than those listed.

A.

inches

INCHES

540 ....
10 3 0 ....
181 0 53
28 20 6 7 Y.

si ze,

lb.
lb.
lb.
lb .

41 0 43,000
4 6 0 48,200
9 75 66,000
1300 72,300

1l x l
l l xl
llx l
13x 1

Y.x l O
Y. xlO
l4x 12
Vzxl2

10 1 2
72
10 1 2
84
1 4 16 Vi 144
1 4 l 6 V2 16 8

2 , 4 or 6
82
94
2 , 4 or 6
156 6, 8 , 1Oor1 2
180 6, 8 1 1 O o r 1 2

O Reaction ot one end of a single beom. Beom sizes ore bosed on Coope r's

E 60 loading with 253 impact. Beam specificotions a re subject to roi lroad approvol.
~ Weight of eoch beam with two bearing plotes.

bulk handling
gates and valves

ga'les and valves

A b atte ry af d uplex gat es d ischarging sand from hoppers to


molds on molding machines. Photo 24564

A motor-ope rated h e avy duty unde rcut gate a l coa l preparation


plan! conlrolling the d ischorge of refuse from bin to trucks. Pholo 33474

A Syntro n Iris valve contro lling flow of sugar


into o scole mounted pan. Pholo 5200235

A rack and p ln lon gate under a truck dump hopper controlling


flaw of coal inlo an L-palh Bulk-Flo al sleom pion!. Photo 33383

Gales are normally use d on the bottoms or sides of bins, tanks or hoppers, either sing ly or in a
series, to control flow of materials o nto conveyors for further processing ; directl y to machines for
bagging, weighing, etc.; or into trucks or railroad cars for shipment to other points.
Numerous types of gales are ava ilable. Many of these are general purpose gales suitable
for handling coal, sa nd, grave l, crushe d rock, stone, ore and similar meterais. They are buil t
in a wide range of sizes to meet all normal requirements.
The types listed are those which hove been d eveloped through years of experience in the
materials handling fleld.

L 1 N K B E L T 73

bulk handling
gates and valves

Types
Bin gates, Types AS and A
Bin gates are designed for attachment to bottoms of bins or hoppers.
They ore suitable for handling sized coal, grave!, crushed rock, stone, ore
and other similar materials. Type AS gates are mode of plate steel with
welded construction throughout. Ty pe A gates o re made of gray iron.

Under cut gates, Types C and D


Undercut gates a re general purpose gray iron gates suitable for
handling coal, gravel, crushed rock, stone, ore and similar materials.
Type C gates are designed for ottachment to bottoms of bins or
hoppe rs. Ty pe D gates are used on openings in vertical sides of bins
or hoppers.

31337

Bin gate, Ty p e AS

Duple x gates, Types BS and B


Typ e BS welded steel and Type B gray iron duplex gates are general
purpose gates suitable for handling sand, gravel, crushed rock, stone,
ore, coal ond other similar materials.
The linkage system of Type BS and the segmenta! geor operating
mechanism of Type B result in quick-opening, smooth-octing gales,
a utomatically closed by gravity when the pull rod is released. The two
gate plates, moving in unison, provide complete opening with a mnimum
movement of the pull rod. This is advantageous in bulk moterials handling
operations such as bogging, weighing, foundry bench or mochine molding
operations and other similar opplicotions.

Bin g ate, Ty pe A

31 335

Unde rcut gate, Ty pe C

Rack and p in lon gate


The single ond dcuble rock ond pinion gotes ore of the sorne general
design. These gates ore of welded steel construction throughout. They
are frequently used ben eoth cool b unkers or trock hoppers in lorge
industrial plants ar power generoting stotions. Due to their construction,
these gotes ore olso suitoble for handling sond, grovel, crushed rock,
stone, ore ond similor moteriols.
On the double rock ond pinion gote s, the steel s!ide plote is corried on
ball beoring rollers to ossure smooth, e osy operotion under !oad.
When the gote is closed, fine material seols the slide plote to prevent dribble.

31336

Undercut gate, Type O

31339

Enclose d ra ck a n d p in io n g a te
These goles ore dust-tight ond totolly e nclosed, with welded steel
construction throughout. They ore frequently used beneoth cool bunkers
or track hoppers in lorge industrial plonls, power generoting stations or
wherever dusty materiols ore being hcndled. These gotes, while primorily intended for free flowing or dusty meterais, con olso be used for
sond, grovel, crushed rock, stone, flne ore ond other similor meterais.
The steel slide plote is corried on boll beoring rollers to assure smooth,
eosy operotion under leed. When the gote is closed, flne material seals
thc si id e . plote to prevent dribble. An occess plote is provided at the
reor of the gote housing to cid in the removo l of material which might
occumulate. Reclaimed material moy be returned to the system through
on opening provided inside the gote ot the lower end of the inclined
housing plote.

Duplex gate, Type BS

10798

Duplex gate, Type B

Enclosed rock and pinion gate

74 L 1 N K - B EL T

Rack and pinion gale

bulk handling
gate s a n d valves

Types
Vertical slid e gate
Vertical slide goles ore mode of gray iron ond hove o lip chute casi
integral with the gote housing. These goles ore suitoble for handling
cool, grovel, crushed rock, stone, and similor nonpulverized moteriols.
They ore designed for instollotion on vertical sides of wooden, steel,
or concrete bins.
632 1

Vertical slide gate

Tun nel g a te w ith fixed chute

Tu nnel gat e
Welded steel tunnel goles with either flxed or hinged chutes, ore for
instollotion either singly or in series beneoth bins ond hoppers or in
recloim tunnels. They ore recommended for handling cool, sond, grovel,
crushed rock, stone, ore ond similor moteriols.
A hinged looding chute, pivoted on the gote shaft, ond orronged for
minimum belt cleoronce in lowered position, ossures gentle looding of
material onto the belt. When not in use, this looding chute is roised out
of the woy. Material flow is controlled by the segmento! gote operoting
within the stotionory portian of the unit. Arronged to close outomoticolly,
the gote moy be locked open in ony one of o number of positions.
Gotes with either flxed or hinged chutes embody the overcut closing
feoture.
Heavy duty undercut gafe
The heovy duty toggle operoted undercut goles ore suitoble for handling such moteriols os cool, mine refuse, rock ond ore. They con be
furnished with either 35 or 45 degree slope bottom piole to suit individual
instollo tions.
These goles ore ruggedly built with oll steel welded construction.
They ore quick octing ond ore eosily operoted by choin wheel or hond
wheel ond designed for locking the gafe plote in closed or open position.
The lorge throot opening ossures moximum tonnoge ond possoge of
lorge lumps.

31342

Motor operated he avy dut y und e rcut gate

Heavy duty undercut gate

31341

Motor operated heavy duty und e rcut gate

Syntron iris flow control valve

The motor operoted heovy duty undercut goles are self-contoined, ond
suitoble for run-of-mine cool, mine refuse, rock ond ore. A generous throot
opening is provided to ossure moximum tonnoge ond possoge of lorg e
lumps. A hinged plote or curtoin weights provide relief for ony lorge
lumps thot moy become lodged on the gafe os it doses.
The operoting mechonism consists of o Motogeor drive with o motor
mounted broke, on enclosed roller choin drive from the Motogeor to
the countershoft, ond o toggle mechonism connecting the countershoft
to the gote. The cronk of the toggle is mounted between the countershoft
be orings to ossure o mnimum of deflection. Com operoted limit switches
control the movement of the gote plote ot the extreme positions, but the
gafe piafe moy be stopped al ony position when opening or closing
ond held ot thot point by the motor broke. A reversing motor control
con be supplied.

Syntron Iris flow control valve


Syntron iris flow control volves provide positive flow control ond shut-off
of free-flowing bulk moteriols such os corbon dust, gelotine, dried food
powders, crystolline ond powdered chemicols, cement, sond, pigments,
plostics, ceromic o nd refroctory moteriols, etc. in blending, weighing,
bogging ond other operotions, or in controlling eddy-free oir for heoting,
ventiloting or drying.
The principal feoture of this volve is its flexible diophrogm which
forms o concentric operture-ond which moy be voried (similor to the
iris diophrogm of o camero) to form inflnitely variable openings from
fully closed to wide open, merely by moving the lever through o 180
o re. The volve moy be held at ony desired open position ogoinst the
heod load of the material or low oir pressure.
The flexible diophrogm presents o resilient surfoce which rolls the
material with it in closing. There ore no metal ports in which the material
con lodge ond jom, thus ollowing opening or closing ot ony critico!
point in o process.
Usual construction consists of on oluminum housing or frome, ond o
brass, rototing control ring. They ore olso ovoiloble in oll-stoinless steel
construction.
While nylon is the fobri<i regulorly used for the flexib le diophrogm,
other fobrics such os conductive rubber-cooted nylon, orlan ond foir pre ne con be furnished.
A dischorge chute, of the sorne diometer as the volve, moy be attoched.

LI NK - BELT 75

bulk handling
gates and valves

Types
Rotary cutoff valve
The rotary cutoff volve provid es an easily operoted and q uick-acting
mea ns of cutting off or rele a sing the Aow of finely pulverized free Aowing
prod ucts such os cernen!, hy drated lime, pulverized coal, etc., lo or from
conveyors, bins, botchers or oth er processing equipment.
The rotory cutoff valve is fully enclosed ond dust-tighl. The housing is
o f gray iron, split vertically for ease of instollotion and fo r removal of
rotor. The gray iron rotor turns freely through on ore of 90 degrees, from
a fully closed to a fully opened position and return. Housing ond rotor
are accurotely machine fini shed to provide close rotor cl e orance and
dust-tight joints.
W e ld ed steel rotory cutoff valves of special sizes ond for speciol
purposes can be supplied.

Rotary cutoff valve

Universal swlng gates and one-way swlng gates


Swing gales with spout heods o re made of gray iron. While d esigned
primorily for feeding coal from overhead storage bins into stoker
hoppers, they are olso used successfully in wholesale and retail cool
yord s. In oddition to handling coal, these gales o re suitoble for g ravel,
crushed rock, sto ne, ore and other similar materials.
The universal gate swings in ri g id hangers, while the hopp e r top of
the movable stoker-spout exlension is suspended by o joint which permits
leading the discharge e nd to deflnite radial distances from the ve rtical
center line .
The one-way gate is used for one-direction swing stoker spouls. lt is
generally used where the bottom of the spout is flored to cover the
stoker hopper.

Segmenta! sand gates, Types A and B

41 77

The Ty pe A segmenta! sand goles are fo r use on vertical si des of bins or


hopp ers. Spring pressure holds the self-adjusting gate segme nt against
curve d guides on the frame , assuring a light fil with e a se of operotion.
The loading spout is hinged separotely to the gate frame and moy be
roised ond lowered e o sily by meons o f counterweights.
The Ty pe B gales are similar in o p eration to the Type A but ore intended for use o n bottoms of bins or hoppers. The hinged spout is usually
unnecessary but can be furnished .

Un ivers al swing gate

Segmenta! gravel gates


When handling grovel or slone, the sid e mounting segmenta! grovel
gale> hove proven very satisfactory. A special rinsing spout, shown suspended from the main spout, can b e furnis hed. The upper end of the
hing ed loading spout is perforated on the bottom and a water spra y can
b e placed over the spout to rinse the material as it flows down the spout.
To preve n! the dirty water from remixing with the clean material, the
rinsing or deflector spout is suspended beneath the perforated portian
of the moin spout. Whe n the gote is not in use the main spout may be
raised agoinst the bin for clearo nce, allowing the d efl ector sp out to fo ld
back against it.

7716

One-way s wing gate

Segmenta! sand gafe,


Type A

17 158
10742

Segmenta! gravel gate

76 L 1 N K - B E L T

Se gme nta! sand gate,


Type B

bulk handling
gates and valves

Dimensions
Bln gates, Type AS W elded steel

'rf0~~~:

Opening,
~u
A

1 e

Short
Body

long
Body

1 o 1 F 1 H 1
K 1 ~ l1 ~ z
----'---'----'--.:..-,,.,.,,,..,.:,::--...:.....;B:...:o..:;
d,_y-"Bo
' -'d'-'y.:..-_
INCHES

12
12
16
16

12
16
16
20

105
125
155
175

112
133
164
185

17
17
21
21

17
21
21
25

18
20

18
20

190
235

200
246

23
25

23
25

5
5

4 1'.t
4 1'.t

4 'h
4 1'.t
6 1'.t

5 'h

5'h

61'.t

6 1'.t

5
5

13
13
17
17

18
20
24
28

3
3
3
3

6
6

181'.t
201'.t

30
36

3
3

6
7

'h
'h
'h
'h

y,
y,

Hove dimensions certified for i nstollotion purposes.


ALTERNATE
LOCATION OF
LE VER

Bln gates, Type A G ray iron

8
10
12
12

8
10
12
12

l
1
1
1

13
14
16
20

13
14
16
16

1
1
1
1

p 22077

12
20

12
16

6
6

Fig. 386 4

Bin gate, Type AS

Opening,
inches

RADIUS-~
y
9\
-@-

'
STYLE 6 BODY

Fig. 3862

STYLE 1 BOOY

Fig. 3861

LEVER N0.2

LU
LEVER NO. 3

Bin gate, Type A

8
10
12
12

13
14
16
20

13
14
16
16

12
20

12
16

6
o

13
16
18
19

13
16
18
19

3
61'.t

18
20
22
22

18
20
22
26

p 24205 0
p 20681 0

200
260
260
330

p 25307 6
p 29264 00

225
330

19
22

19
26

11123.,.
P27153

e 25007.,.

...

5
6

...

5
4 y,

3
6

IN CHES

...
.. .

p 22084 ...
p 21041

e 11123.,.

5 Y.

p 27 153 .

p 22 077

...
...
...

e 25007 ...
p 24205 0
p 20681 0

...

p 25307 6 5
p 29264 00 5%

7
4
5'l'1
5 'l'1

9y,
9 y,

11'/1
12 5116

... .

'h
'h
'h

15%

y.

11

'h

4
4

12%
13\4
15 \4
15 Y

5 'l'a
4

12,-1,
15 y,

5 'h
5

9y.

....
131'.t
131'.t
15Y
131'.t

y,
%
y,

:v.
%

lO:V.
13
15:V.
16

10:V.
13
15:V.
16

16
18
19 1'.t
22Y,

16
18
191'.t
191'.t

16
22 3A

16
19 1'.t

y,

:v.

:v.
y,

:v.
%
%

:v.
y,

Fig. 3863

Undercut gates, Type C


fn;~~:9 1 Pottern 1 Weight, 1 e
number

pounds

-'-- -'---

INCH ES

235
225
270
350

16
18
20
20

20
18
22
22

13\.'.t
8
161'.t
14

131'.t
7

p 29265

950
870

261'.t
26

27 \4
30 1'.t

36 \4
26:V.

14
12
16
16

p
p
p
p

20
20 .

24
24

e 26290

- - ' - - - - ' --

12356
32192
13229
13340

10
12
14
14

10
12
14
14

14
12
16
16

- ' - --

-'--

151'.t

12'Yo
8
141'.t
13

5'h
5 'h

14
15

21 'h
231'.t

1O'h
71-1.

7'h

6
21'.t

9%
9 'l'1
9%

9 'h
25 1'.t
21 Ya

X
IN CHES

20 . 24
20 1 24

Undercut gate, Type C

3
61'.t
...
3

...
...
...

Opening ,
inches

Fig. 3866

. ..
...
5 y.
5

Hove dimensions certified for instollotion purposes.


Gote has one-piece gray iron gote plote ond sides.
Gray i ron gote piole is bolted to gray iron sides.
Steel gote plote is bolted to gray iron sides.
Rodius S=62Ya" .
Rodius S = 36Ya".

A 1 B

115
140
175
225

Pottern
number

_ A_l_ B_
8
10
12
12

p 22084 ...
p 21041 ...

17

...
...
...

.. .
...
...

9:V.

9%
12
10%
1O'h

...

. ..

3%
7

24 1'.t
22

5 y.
7

5 \4
7

7'h
9'h

.. .
7 'h
9'h

6'h
7'h
8 'h

9%

... .

5 \4
7

3Y,
1 l:V.

.. .
...
.. .
...
5 'h

...

6 1'.t

7'h

7'h

y,
y,

av,

171'.t

y,

3%
ll:V.

143A
11

:v.

Hove dimensions cer tifi ed lor instollotion purposes.


Operating lever included.
Con be furnished from 20" minimum to 42" moximum. Fo r eoch i nch increose,
odd 6 pounds to listed w eight.

LINK-BELT 77

bulk handling
gates and valves

Dimensions
Undercut g a t es, Type D

o~~h~~
1

I e j o 1 e j

jG1

j J j

p
p
p
p

19 079
9234
6803
2843 0

K 1 L

M 1 N 1 P

INCH ES

1
210
200
500
640

11 Y1
16 Y, 125
20
21
12
24 % 30 21
30 29 Y2 26

13 . . . . .. ... 22
9 y, l 9 y.
18
9 Y112 1!.
17 Y1
4 y, 4 y. 4 y, 4 y. 28 20 Y1 l 8','1
6 6 6 6 27 y, 20V. 20%

7 Y1 11
12 10
11 Y1 20
15 26

j z

y,I

1
%
3 0 'I
3 y.I y,
3 y, y,

Hove dimensions cer ti fied far insta llotion purposes.


11
11
Gate with steel gate plate con b e fu rnished from 24 minimum to 42" moximum. Fo r each 6 or less
increose, add 25 pounds to listed wei ght.
Gote with steel gote piol e con be furnished from 24" minimum to 42" moximum. Far eoch 6" or less
increase, add 48 pounds to listed w eigh t.
Pivo t is bel o w reference point.

BOLTSZ

Fig. 3865

number

14
10
24 .
24 6

13
14
24
30

~c:'~~~:

Pcttern

L'>

Unde rcut g a te, Type D


0

STYLE 1

STYLE 2

STYLE 5

STYLE 7
fig. 3869

Styles of gate bodies


Fig. 3868

Du p lex gate, Type B

Duple x g a t e s, Ty pe B
Opening,
inches
A

styl e

number

Weigt-it,
pounds

1
1
2
2

PC 17818
CP 27744
p 27343 0
e 178190

145
180
170
150

17Y, 17Y,
17Y2 17Y,
17 Y2 17 y,
l 7Y, l 7Y,

1ov.
1o v.
1ov.
l ov.

8
8
8
8

16
16
16
16

16
16
16
16

1
2
2
2

PC
PC
PC
PC

215
220
220
220

23
23
23
23

23
23
23
23

l2 Y2
12Y,
l 2Y,
12Y,

12
12
12
12

16
18
18
18

. ..
18
18
18

5
1
1
2

e 18113
PC 19597
p 4 1078.4
e 27029 0

215
340
330
345

25
25
25

. . 21 >;.
25
25
25

18
18
20
24

....

5
7
1
1

CP 33950
e 28378 0
p 41079 .
e 28 658 .

320
345
4 30
690

25
27
30

24
26
26

24
26

1
1
5

P41076
e 15906 .
PC 24059

680
710
640

....

17825
178260
261980
248980

..
.. . .
. ...
.

8
8
8
8

.. 12

. . 12
. .. 12
... . 12

. .. . . ..
14 y, 7 Y, 7 y,
15y, 8
8
9y,
16Yo 9

. .. .... ....
. .. .... . ...
... .
. . . .... . ...
. .. . ... ....
. .. . ... ...

T 1

y1 1

z
Y1
Y1
Yo
y,

INCHES

9
9
9
9
11
11
11
11

4 y,
1OY,
4 y,
4 y,
5

5
5
5

6 1'1 14 y,
61'1 14 y.
6 1'0 14 y.
6 1'0 14!!.

20%
20%
20 %
20 '!.

Y1
15 '/ 15 %
y, .... 15>;. 15 >;.
y, 24 15'!. 15%
Yo 48 15 y, 15y,

8 1'1 16 !!.
8 1'0 16Y.
8 1'1 16 y,
81'1 16!!.

24!!.
24Y.
2 4 y,
2 4 Y,

Yo
Yo
Yo
Yo

21
21
21
21

%
y,

Yo . . .. 19~
Yo .. .. 23 23
Y1 . . .. 23 23
v. 44 23 23

....
48
60
72

21
21
21
21

y,

3 y, 8 1'1
7 3/16 9 Y,
7 3/16 10
7t\6 9Y,

16'!.
17 y,
17'!.
17 y,

24'!.
23 Y.
24 !!.
23 y.

9 Y,
9 Y,
12y,
14

17y,
17y,
19 y,
42

23 y, Yo .... 2 1 y,
23y, Yo 72 22 23
28'!. '!. . .. . 24 24
40 Yo 1 .... 27 Y, 27 Y,

15
14
14

23
42
42

41 % % . . .. 27Y, 27Y, \ y
40 Y1 1
. ... 29'1 29'!. %
.
3/.4
40 Yo y,
29Y2

9 y, 9
9y, .. .. .... 20 Y, 12
30 20Y 9
9 y, 10 ... . .. .. 17 Yo 8
32 17Y, 9 y, 10
. . . . 31 Yo 17~ . .. . . .. . 2Y, . .. 30 45 17 Yo 8

30
32

R
1

2Y,
45 45 13
4"A.
7Y, 7 y, .... .... 13
7'/\
8
8 .... .... 14 % 7 70
9y, .. .. .... 16Yo 10
9

Hove dimensions cer ti fied far instollation purposes.


Addilional patterns are avoilable with variable N and W dimensions
in case those listed d o not sui t the requirements.

78 L 1 N K - B E L T

. ..
... .
. . .. .... . . ..

. .. ....

2 y, . . . 45 45 11
12 y,
. ..
14 y, 7Y, 7% 7y, 7'1
.. .. 13
15Y, 7 y, 7'!. 7y, 7'!. .... .... 14%
14 y, 7y, 7y, 7Y, 7y, .
.... 13

. .. 23Y1 14 y,

24
27
30

:~Rt~S

J
1

INCHES

12
12
12
12

18
20
24

G
1

12
12
12
12

Pottern

Body

y,
%
%
%
y,
%
y,

.4 Can be fu rnished wi th either steel or gray iron gote p ioles.

Gate with steel gate pioles.

bulk handling
gafes a n d valves

Dimensions
Duplex gates, Type BS Weld ed sleel

oi~~~!~g. :o:i~;:l-c-------''-E---'1-F.INCHES
, .,.l,.,. .G,.,. . .l_H_l_____.__K_-'--z,

j ~
<:3.,

k1a

'"--<

11
-.(~
'
~__}'

.J : -- o,,J
!>

OR TO SUIT-L- 20 OR TO su1r-J

Fig. 3867

Duplex gate, Type BS

12
12
12
12

12
14
16
18

115
122
129
136

17
17
17
17

17
19
21
23

14
14
14
14

14
16
18
20

135
141
147
153

19
19
19
19

19
21
23
25

16
16
16
18
20

16
20
24
18
20

165
180
195
220
240

22
22
22
25 :Y1
25

22
26
30
25:Y1
25

5
5
5

5
5
5
5

5 y,
5 Yo
51t
So/o

5
5%

5%
5%
5.Ya

5 Y,

5%
6\4
6 Ya

6 V.

6 lla
7 Y2 7 y,

s y,
6Y,

7V.

7 y,
5 y,

6 y,

6 Y,
7 :y,
6 l11
7 Y..

6 Y2
6 V2

7 /a
6 l11

7 y,
5Y,

5Y,

8%
8 'A.
8;,,
1 8 A.

y,
y,
y,
y,

l OY.i
l OY,
1OY,
1OY,

8'A
8'A.
8'A
8%

y,
y,
Y2

12 Ya

10'A6
103A.
103,\o
l 2 1',\,
13/,

y,
y,
y,
y,

10
10
10
10

6\4
6 l11 6y,

6Y.i
6 Y,
6Y,
5 Ya

5
5%
6 V.

12 Y1
12\la
14'/a
15Y2

y,

y,

Hove dimensians certified far installarian purpases.

Single rack and plnlon gates

fn~~~~g,

12
14
16
18

12
14
16
18

131
146
163
180

19V.
21
23V.
25V.

5:Ya 14 Y,
16Y,
7,:Y1 10 v.
8:Y1 2o y,

15'!.
17'!.
19\4
21 y,

v. 6:Ya

19y,
21 y,
23y,
25V.

20\4
22\4
24'!.
26V.

lOY,
11 Ya
12y,
13Y1

17
18
19
20

12
12
16
18

20Y1
23 Ya
26Y,
29Y,

Hove dimensians certified or installatian purpases.


4 Extended shaft can be fu rnished.
Outside diameter af hand wheel ar piten diameter a f rag wheel.
o lncludes hand wheel.

'

Double r ack and plnlon gates


Opening,
inches
A

24
30
36
36
48

Single rack and piion gate

Weight,
pounds

24
30
36
48
36

324
414
5 10
645
675

1
30Y.i
36Y,
42 Y,
53
41

5Y,
5Y,
5 Y,
4 V.
4 V.

25'!.
31

v.

37'!.
37'!.
49'!.

...u ~ 1 w

Jt

INCHES

'

6 SPACE::;

26:Y. 29Ya 15 \4
32V. 35Ya 18\4
39:y, 41 Ya 21 \4
49 y, 41 Ya 26\4
37 y, 53Ya 21 \4

26
29
35
41
35

24
24
30
36
36

48

4,L -

66
66
84

inches

A 1 B

Weight,I
pounds

e /

12
18
18
24

12
12
18
24

260
310
360
580

17
23
23
29

17
17
23
29

30
36

30
36

770
1000

35
41

35
41

1 H

3 y,
4Y,
4Y,

,.

J4

Fog 3873

Double rack and pini on gafe

Hove dimensions cer tified for instollo tion purposes.


4 Extended shaft can be furnisheo.
Outside diameter a f hand wheel a r piten diometer a f rag w heel.
O lncludes hand wheel.

Enclosed rack and p lnlon gates


'
Opening,

6"
SPACES

,..

57

_J

1p 1R

INCHES

T
1

3Y,

3 y,
3Y,
4 Y,
3 y,

15
21
21
27

15
15
21
27

20
26
26
32

20
20
26
32

3
4
4
3

3
3
4
3

4 y,
3 y,

4 y,

3 Y,

33
39

33
39

38
44

38
44

4
3

4 18
3 J 19

13
14
14
17

10
10
13
16

...u

~ J w

15
15
18
24

12
18
18
24

27
36
36
49

19127
22 30

24
30

58
67

Hove d imensions certified fer instollotion purposes.


Gales 18 inches wide and narrawer hove single rocks an center line af gole; oll
athers hove d a uble ro cks and pinia ns.
Extended shaft can be fu rnished.
Outside diameter a f hand wheel ar pitch diamete r a f rag wheel.
lncludes hand wheel.

Enclosed rock and pinion gote

L 1 N K - B E L T 79

bulk handling
gates and valves

Dimensions
Vertical sllde gates

(COREO
HOLES

O p e ning ,
inches

C a te
p ott ern

numb er

Chute
pa tter n

W e ight, ,
p ounds

number

O 1 E

1 G

INCHES

10
16
16
16

p 18304 p 18297
16
17 CP 20081 CP 21707
17 CP 20081 CP 22067
17 CP 20081 CP 25881

200
140
155
170

26
22 Y,
22Y,
22 Y,

22
24
24
24

18
18
18
18

26
27
27
27

14 y, 10
4
10 127
21
5
3 \1. 10 25:Y.
21
8 Y, 5Y, a:v. 28
21
1OY, 6 :Y. 7 V1 29 \/.

16
16
16
18

20 CP 23993 CP 21707
20 CP 23993 CP 22067
20 CP 23993 CP 25881
p 19197 p 19198
16

150
160
180
250

22Y,
22Y,
22Y,
26

24
24
24
30

18
18
18
18

27
27
27
34

5
21
21
8Y,
1OY,
21
22 Y, 10

3Y. 10 25>;.
5Y, 8>;. 28
6 >;. 7 V1 29 \/.
4
10 27

f ;g. 3859

H ove d imensiens ce r tified fe r installatien p urpeses.

Vertical slide gate

T
..

~-:-==-,.-.=-..;::::;,.=-~

\j

\. )

....)

,)

f ;g. 3860

Fig. 3853

Tunnel gate, fi xed chute

Tunnel gate, hinged chute

Tunnel gates fi xed chute

Tunnel gates hing e d chute


Conveyor
w id th,
inches

24
30
36
42
48

405
440
470

505
535

16
20
24
28
32

7
6

5
7
6

12
15
18
21
24

22
26
30
34
38

19
22
25
28
31

24
30
36
42
48

Hove dimensiens certified fer instollo tien


purpeses.

Wei g ht,I A
po unds

1 G

IN CHES

425
460
49 5
530

565

16
20
24
28
32

7
6

5
7
6

17
21
25
29
33

22
26
30
34
38

19
22
25
28
31

Hove dimensiens certified fer installatien


p urpeses.

Heavy duty undercut gates 35-degree bollom pla tes

;~:h~~g, ;~~~:
A

1o

18 1 181
24
24
30
30

K 1 L

N 1 P

1o

1 R

1~I v

INCHES

320 124 Y, 124 Y, l 2 % 3 y, 15 l111 24 , 8 \/, ,23 :Yol 10 \/119 \l, ,20 118114 ll11 %
41 5 30Y, 30Y, 5 % 3 Y, 115 l11 24
8 \1 23 :Yo 14 \/o 9 Y. 23 24 14:Yo Y,
580 36 Y, 36Y, 2 :Y1 3 y, 15l11 24
BY. 23 % 17>;. 9 Y. 26 30 18 Y. '/1

Hove dimensiens certified for installation purpeses.


& Extended shaft can be furnished.

Outside diameter el hand whee l er pitch diometer el chain wheel.


O l ncludes chain wheel.

RIGHT HAND
ASSEMBLY

Heavy duty undercut gates 45-d e gree bollom plales


O p e ning,
inchei

18 l 24
1
24
30
30

Fig 3870

Heovy duty undercut gate

80 L 1 N K - B E L T

320
2 :Y1\ 3Y,
8 l 2
18 l 17
15 Y. I :Y
y,1
415 l24
30 Y,
Y, \ 24
30 Y,
Y, l 5
5 Y, \ 17
17 \ 24
26 \ 5Y,
5Y, \ 26
26 Y.
\/. \ 1\I
14 \11
23 1 24
580
36 Y, 36Y, 5
8 Y, 17 29 5 y, 26 \/. 17>;. 8 26 30 21 y, Y1

Hove dimensi ens certified fe r installotien purpeses.


Extended shaft con be furnished .
Outside diometer el hond wheel er pitch diameter el choin wheel.
o lncludes choin whee l.

&

bulk handling
g a tes and v a lves

Dimensions

Mot o r oper a ted heavy d uty un d e rcut gate s

RIGHT HANO
ASSEMBLY

36 1 361 3800 1 5 4 1 43
48 48 4850 66 55

28v.
341~

l 33
26 v, l 43 v. 9 1. 138 1 1 1v. 22 .<, l 35 v. l 13 .<,
50
10
41 13
29
37 Y. 14.<,
1

Hove dimensions ce rt ified for instollotion purposes.


3 HP 1800 RPM motor used with 36" x 36" gote.
5 HP 1800 RPM motor used with 48" x 48" gote.
Motors ond controls con be furnished to suit requirements.

4' N

Fig. 6120

Motor op e rated hea vy duty undercut gate

THROUGH HOLESH

Syntron Iris valves


Valve

number

1 _....!,..
A 1
__

FV- 4-A
FV- 6-A
FV- 8-A
FV- 10 -A
FV-12-A

5~

6'!.

8.<,
10.<,
12V.
15'.4

8.<,
9 y.

l '.4
1 3/o
l 'lo
l 'lo
1

!.,__

4
6
8
10
12

6
9 Yo
11 y,
13li'>
16

_:__ _..!.IN
-=
CH
' "'E
"S
'" ' - - - ' - - - . . . . l . . - -

10~

11

v.

'.4-20
'.4 -20
'.4- 20
l/o- 16
l/o- 16

2%
3 .<,
4 .<,

5V.

v.

6 V.

60
60
60

''h2
''112

45
45

~
~

Hove dimensions certified fer i nsta llotion pu rp oses.


CONTROL
LEVER

FLEXIBLE SINGLE
SLEE VE

F1g. 6121

Syntron iris v alve

Rotary cutoff valves


Nomino!
size,

Valve
number

lnches

6
9
12
14

6
9
12
14

Fig. 3742

Rotary cutoff valve

IN CHES

65

348 - 20- A
348- 21 - A
348-2 2 - A
348- 23 - A

Nominol
si:z.e,
inches

Weight,
pounds

4'"6
6'" 6
8
9'" 6

120
290
350

:f l!~ ~
l

8
11
14
16

IN CHES

''""''
'lo
'lo

""'

2'1-16
4
5Y,
3~

3~

~.

~.

3~

'"'

6 ~.
8~

3
4
5'.4

11 y,
12"'6

'lo

7
10
13
15

1 ~
1 ~

2Y,
2Y,

Hove dimensions certified fe r instal lation purpo ses.


Automatic ond remole controls can be lurnished.
Boldfoce type indicotes volve s normally corried in stock. O peroting lever is i ncluded.
Top and bottom lang es match those of r egular discharge spouts o f sc rew conveyor
troughs o f sorne size.

LINK-BELT 81

bulk handling
gates and valves

Dimensions

BOLTS E

~-o ~

ff:tm
UH U

Fig. 3 875

O ne way s w i ng g a te

STYLE 1

STYLE 2

STYLE 3

STYLE 8

Fig. 3877

St y le s of gate b odies
-

- '-

STOKER ~

HOPPER -----..,

Fig. 3876

Univers al s wing gate

Swi ng gates
Opening.
___
in_
ch_e__

1 ~~y1! 1

~~~~:;

W eigh!, pounds

E 1 F 1G

D
1

Univ~rsal 1 One. woy - - - - --'----'--=---

swmg

sw1ng

..

1
2
2
3
3
3
8

PC 11 6 17
PC20995
PC25329
( 19933
P30855
PC 17190
C 19095

400
420
420
420
410
420
360

370
390
390
390
370
390
330

18
18
18
18
18
18
18

15 %
15 %
15%
15%
15%
1 5 3!.
15

14
14
14

14
14
14

1
3
3

( 19064
(26651
C26042

6 10
6 40
64 0

550
580
580

21
21
21

17
17
17

:y.

16
16
16
16
16
16

16
16
16
16
16
16

1
2
2
2
2
3

PC 12219
PC21650
(26435
(2 1675
P3901 4
C23445

720
770
770
770
800
770

600
650
650
650
690
650

23
23
25
25
23

21
21
21
21
21
2.3 21

Yo
Yo
Yo
Yo

12
12
12
12
12
12
12

12
12
12
12
12
12

y,
y,
Yo

y,
y,
y,
%

%
%

14
14
14

1 V

1 W

- - - - ' - - - --IN
_C_H_E_S - - -- - - - - - - ' - - - - - - - - - ',- D
- E_G_R-EE-S

'h
''a
''a
''a
''a
''a
'h

'I
:y,
:y,

7y. 21 'h 714 17% lOYa 28'h


18
7y. 2 1 y, 714 17% 1o ;. 28 'h 35 y, 18
1 v. 21 'h

18

13 V1
13 Y1
13 Va
l 3 '1a
13 '1a
l 3 '1a
13 Ya

10
10
10
10
10
10
10

17'h
17'h
17'h
17'h
l 7Y,
17'h
17Y,

5'l'a 17% 1OY, 28Y2

9 Vo 32Y,
9 '1a 32Y,
9 y, 32'h

9y, 2o v. lO Ya 35 %
22 % 29y, 13V1-15Ya- 17 V1 18 18
9y, 2o v. 10;, 35:y, 40% 22 % 29'h 13'1a-1 5 Ya-17 Ya 18 18
9y, 2o v. 1oy, 35:y, 27 22 % 29 'h 13 11i -15 V1- 17\la 18 18

4 4 Y2 % 10

y,
'la

4 4 y,

10

32 'h
32 y,
32Y,
32'h
32Y2
32 y,

11
11
11
11
11
11

18

29 Y2
29V2
29 'h
29'h
29 'h
29 'h
29'h

5''t 21 'h

4 4 'h % 10
4 4 'h % 10

:v..

714 17'1. 1OYo 28 'h 6 6

7 y, 21 'h 714 17'!. 1o;. 28 'h 33 y, 18


7 y. 2 1 y, 714 17:y, 1OYo 28 y, 36 18
7y, 21 y, 714 17:Y. 1OYt 28 Y2 55''1 18

4 4 y, % 10
4 4 'h '!. 10

Hove dimensio ns certified for installotion pu rposes.


Spout heod ond o pero ting lever included.
Coil choin o nd steel sp o ut extensio n not included but con be furnished .

82 L 1 N K - B E L T

11
11
11
11
11
11

20 V2 11 v. 35%
22 % 38
20 'h 11 y. 35% 24:Y.. 22:V.. 38
20Y, 11 14 35 3, 37 31, 22 % 38
20 Y, 11 y, 3531, 46Y. 22 % 38
22:V.. 38
20 'h 11 y, 35 :V.. 30 22% 38

2o v, 11 y, 35 3, 72

13 1/a 15 Ya-17 Ya
13Ya-15Ya- 17 Ya
13 Va- 15 \la -1 7Y1
13 Ye- 15 Va -17 \la
13 Y1- 15 1/1-17 Y1
13 Ya- 15Va-17Ya

18 18
18 18
18
18
18
18

118
18
18
18

bulk handling
gates and valves

Dimensions

Segmenta! sand gafes, Type A


Opening,

Weighl

inches
A

18
24
/

'

~;r

1
1

pounds

18
18

600
690

D
1
1
FEET ANO INCHES

2-0 l/a
2-6%

2-2
2-8

1- 4
1-1 o

Hove dimensions c ertified for instollotion purp oses.


H inged chute, sheove ond counte rweights included.
W ire ro pe with clips con be furnished .

Segmenta! sand gate, Type A

ea ch,

Fig. 3879

Segmenta! sand gafes, Type B


Opening,
inches

18
24

17%
17 %

Weight
ea ch,
pounds

400
460

2 -2

2-8

E
1

1
1
FEET ANO INCHES

1- 4
1-1 o

l-8 '.4
2-2 1.4

v.

5 V2

Hove dimensions ce rtified for instollo tion purposes.


Hinged chute, sheoves, w ire rope o nd counte rw e ig hts as shown fa r
Type A con be lurnished .

Segmenta! sand gate, Type B

Segmenta! gravel gafes


Opening,
inches
A

16
18
20
24

18
18
18
18

Weight
ea ch,
pounds

540
560
1 575
615

1
INCHES

16 1.4
181.4
201.4
24 1.4

21 v.
23 v.
25 v.
29 Va

Hove dimensions certified for instollotion purpo ses.


Hinged chute, sheave o nd counterweights included.
Wire ro pe with clips con be furnished.

Se gmental gravel gate

Fig. 3880

L 1 N K - B E L T 83

bulk handling
feed lng equl pment

feeding equipmenl'
for bulk mal'erials
A uniformly controlled feed is necessory for !he most elfective
performance of most bulk conveying systems ond for mony
processing operotions. Yorious types of feeders ore mode for
obtoining o uniform feed, either mechonicolly, electricolly or
b y weight.
With most mechonicol feeders, control is occomplished by
reguloting !he volumetric flow of material by meons of odjusting !he size of the feed opening ond !he speed of !he feeder.
Flow from vibrotory feeders is o lso controlled volumetricolly
by size of the feed opening ond the speed ond intensity of
vibrotions. Syntron Weigh-Flow grovimetric feeders provide
extremely occurote, continuous Aow by weight.
When flow must be conlrolled ot vorying rotes, mechonicol
feeders moy be equipped with variable speed drives. Or, in
sorne coses, manual odjustment of o gote ot feed opening
moy be sotisfoctory. Voriotion in Aow from electronic vibrotory
f eeders moy be controlled electricolly.
Selection of !he most suitoble type of feeder depends upon
the required copocity, os well os the size, Aowobility, moisture
content ond other chorocteristics of the material. Sorne feeders
which provide o uniform Aow when handling free-Aowing
moteriols, moy creote o pulsoting flow of moist or sluggish
moteriols.
Vorious standard types of feeders ore described ond selection informotion is given on the following poges. In oddition,
speciol designs ore ovoiloble such o s reciprocoting gote
feeders, push bar feeders, ond modifkotions of standard
types moy be mode for unusuol conditions. Consult Link-Bel!
for f urther informotion.

84 L 1 N K - B E L T

bulk handling
f eedlng equlpment

Apron f eede rs (page 87) are used


for convey ing heavy, lumpy, or abrasive materia Is and for severe conditions
of service. Materials are carried on
overlapping pans, mounted on heavy
chains operating on rails or rollers.

Syntron gravimetrc welgh


feeders (p age 106) accurately feed
bulk materials by weight at a constant rate in continuous flow processes.
They consist of a vibratory feeder
delivering to a constant speed belt
conveyor mounted on a scale. The
scale is electrically interlocked to control the feeding action of the vibratory feeder, thereby maintaining a
preset constant weight on the belt .
Small units for weigh feeding chemical reagents, up to large units for
weigh feeding high capacities of ore,
coal, limestone, and similar b ulk materials are available.

Belt feeders (page 96) consist of


short belts operating over idler rolls.
Selected for smoothness of operation
and uniformity of discharge, they handie virtually all materials except those
which are too hot or contain exceptionally large lumps.

Reciprocating feeders (page 98)


consist of reciprocally driven plates or
pans operating under a head of material, and imparting a pu lsating forward flow to the product. They are
adapted to handling non- sticky materials and large lumps.

Mechanical vibrating feeders

Syntron vibratory f e eders (page


100) are electromagnetically driven
with variable control of material flowfrom a precisely cont rolled dribble to
tons per hour. They will handle most
bulk materia ls-hot or cold-damp
or dry-from fine powders to large
lumps.

J~-----r--~---J

(page 108) are low cost, pan type


units, usually operated on a slight
decline. Vibratory action is by unba lanced counterweights driven from
electric motors. They are economical
units for applications that do not require frequent changes in capacity.
They are a lso suitable as transfer
chutes where limited height may 'Prevent gravity flow of materials. '"

L 1 N K - B E L T 85

bulk handling
feedlng equlpment

Bar fllght feeders (po ge l l O) ore


simple ond economicol ond consist of
bors or Aights o ttoched to t wo stronds
of choin which sli de along the Aot
b ottoms of troughs. They ore used for
fine ond moderotely lumpy moteriols
which ore free Aowing ond nonobrosive
ond where heod room is limited .

Screw feede rs (poge 112) ore short .;;;;=:;.~;.


screw conveyors, used for virtuolly oll
moteriols except those which contoin
lorge lumps, or which tend to pock.
They ore adoptable to specific purposes b y the use of reduced diometers,
topered screws ond other voriotions.

Fi g . 4193

Rotary plow feeders (poge 119)


consist of troveling corrioges hoving
one or more bloded rotors for p lowing
bu lk moteriols from o continuous shelf
to collecting conve yors. They ar e generolly used in tunnels und er stock piles,
but ore suitoble for long storoge bins.
Ro tory p low feeders ore the most
e ffective type of feeder for moteriols
thot would hove o tendency to pock
ond orch over conventional gote openings. Also, by withdrowing material
from o continuous slotted opening under
the ful! length of the pile, they recloim
o higher percentoge of the stored
material thon could be obtoined
through spoced openings.

'I. -

Rotary tabl e feeders (poge l 16)


ore most useful for handling moteriols
which ore sluggish or tend to interlock
or mot ond thereb y orch over restricted openings. They ore usuolly
mounted under the bottom of bins and
hoppers ond ore especioll y designed
to prevent bridging or orching of ma terial. The convey ing medium is o horizontal table rototed under on adjustoble collar. Material Aows from under
the collar ond is removed from the
table by o plow.

86 L 1 N K - B E L T

Fig. 4198

Rotary vane feeders (poge 122)


ore used for controlling the Aow of fine,
free-Aowing dusty moteriols, ond moteriols such o s boggosse ond wood
chips where boffling to p revent bockdroft of gases o r sporks is needed.
They consist of radial vones rototing
in a clase fitting housing designed to
mount directly in a chute or spout.

bulk handling
apron feeders

apron feeders

Typ e D mongonese sleel opron feeder 60" wide receives iron ore from crusher obove ond feed s it lo two sco lping screens.

Typ e C inclined opron feeder. gote ond hopper ore port


of this economicol link-Bell coal handling syslem inslolled in o
modern power plont. Photo 29317

Photo 36115

An opron feeder consists essentiolly of on endless opron of overlopping pons, operoting over head and foot terminols ond suitoble
intermediote supports. The opron is the conveying medium ond consists of the pons ottoched to two or more stronds of choin. Pon sides
of vorious styles moy be ottoched to prevent spilloge. Stotionory
skirt plotes, or the sides of properly constructed hoppers ond
bins, serve to confine the materia l ond provide the necessory depth
of bed for desired copocity, or to occommodote lorge lumps.
Apron feeders con be used to hondle procticolly ony loase bulk
material such os ores, sond , grave!, stone, cool, cullet, foundry ond
industria l refuse . They ore recommended for hand ling moteriols
contoining lorge, heovy or shorp lumps, for instollotions whe re they
must withstond the impoct of heovy moterio ls folling sorne distonce,
ond for receiving ond feeding hot moteriols thot would domoge
other types of feeders.
link-Belt opron feeders embody design ond construction feotures
thot hove been proven over mony yeors of operotion. Link-Belt is
olso prepored to design ond build speciol opron feeders to suit
unusuol opplicotions.

Type C opron feeder in this power plont has horizontal loading seclion. The cool lrovels from o trock hopper anta lhe opron
feeder ond then to o storoge recloiming hopper. Photo 28543

Ty p e D heovy duty mongonese sleel opron feed e rs in steel


mili feed ing iron ore from hoppers to conveyors on floor belo w. Photo 37481

L 1 N K - B E L T 87

bulk handling
apron feed e r s

Types

Typ e A apron feed e r


Type B apron feed e r

Ty pe A apron feed e rs
These feeders ore suitoble for handling both light ond heovy moleriols
where mol\imum lump size is limited ond impoct ond service ore nol
severe. They ore well suited to tronsferring heovy mo teriols such os
slone ond ore from bins ar hoppers which olwoys retoin o bed of
material lo obsorb the impoct of material being looded into the bin.
With coo l o nd other lighter moteriols such protection of the opron is
not necessory. Since relotively shorl pitch choins ond opron p ons ore
used, this type is copo ble of delivering o more uniform feed thon
other o pron feeders with longer pitch choins.
Type A o pron f eeders, incorporoting o self-contoined steel frome ,
ore sturdy ond simple to instoll. Two stronds of 4" p itch steel bushed
roller choin carry the overlopping double-beoded steel opron pons.
Greot strength is obtoined by ottoching the pons to, o nd supporting
them on the top of, both sidebors of eoch strond of choin, preventing
twisting of the choin ond undue weor on choin joints. Choin rollers
ride on !rocks we lde d to the steel frome of the corrying run. Skirt
pioles ore normolly required to confine the material. Pon sides ore
recommended to preven! el\cessive spilloge when fine moteriols ore
hondled.

Type C a p ron feeder

Type B apron f eeders


These feeders ore designed for heovier service thon Type A opron
feeders. They con hondle lorger lump sizes ond withstond substontiolly
more impoct. They ore compoct ond economicol, requiring minimum
heod room.
Double-beoded sleel opron pons ore mounted on two stronds of
6" p itch steel bushed roller choin. The outstonding feoture of this
design is thot on the corrying run the choin rides on lorge diometer,
wide foce rollers mounted in the frome. These stotionory rollers serve
in place of !rocks to carry the weight of the beoded opron. Choins
o nd supporting rollers ore locoted under the pons, reducing the unsupported spon ond providing increosed resistonce to bending.

Type O opron fee d er

Type C apron fe e d e r s

Type D apro n fee ders

These feeders ore designed for medium duty but ore more flellible
os to length ond opplicotion !han the self-contoined Types A ond B.
They ore odopted to instollotion in combined horizontal ond inclined
poths. The lighter moteriols, such os cool, moy be hondled under
moderote service, ond heovier, obrosive moleriols, such os rock, mcy
be hondled under limited service conditions where speeds ore relotively low.
The e nds of the single-beoded steel opron pons ore foste ned
through ottochments to the inside sidebors of two stronds of 9 " pitch
steel bushed roller choin. Pons ore incline d in the direction of trovel,
forming volleys which, on inclined runs, restroin material from sliding.
The structurol slee l frome includes T-roils for supporting the choin
rollers on the corrying run ond ongles for the return run. The cho in has
hordened sleel pins ond bushings ond chrome iron flonged rollers.
lnside choin side bors ore wider thon normal ond elltend obove the
opron pons to form pon sides which, in conjunction with skirt pioles,
preven! el\cessive spilloge.

These heovy duty feeders ore el\tremely rugged ond ore built to
withstond the most severe conditions of service, impoct ond obrosion.
They o re designed for handling such moteriols os ore ond rock contoining o high percentoge of lo rge lumps.
The conveying medium consists of substontiol, overlopping cast
mongonese steel opro n pons mounted on two or three stronds of
heovy cost choin. Overlopping integrolly cost mongonese steel opron
pons ond choin con olso be furnished. Choins ore strotegicolly locoted
to support the load p roperly ond minimize pon deflection. On the
corrying run the choin is supported by independently mounted corrying rollers. The return run is unsupported on short feeders, but on
medium ond long feeders supporting rollers ore provided which
operote on lugs projecting from the pon ends. Pons ore heovily
ribbed for strength, with o smooth flot top to preven! lumpy material
from fouling overlopping edges.

88 L 1 N K - B E L T

bulk handling
apr on feeders

Arrangements

"""'""'-"'--''-'-'---'-'-'--"-'-'-'-'....._~~"-'-"--'-'"-"'--'-'-"'---~"""""-><
. ~y,.

P. SS

Fig. 4582 CHU.TE lnclined ap roo feeder with horizontal looding section
under o trock ho p per for fe eding moteriol to o crusher
which d ischorges it to o bucket elevotor.

.J
,-i

::1

' . . ..."'

~:::::~
. EVATOR ~

... .. ..

...

..

-~~.,.: -,,...~: ~~ ~ ~ .\~ ~

Horizontal opron feeder insto lled under o trock hoppe r


lo provide uniform feed of moleriol to on odjocent
bucke t elevolor.
SECTION AA
lnclined opron feeder orronged lo leed material from o !rock hopper to o belt
conve yor whose poth is al righl ongles to thot of the feeder.

Selection
Examples of apron feeder selectlon

Problem 2

Problem 1

Select a Type D horizontal opron feed er lo mee! !he following conditions:


Material . ... ... ... . . . . iron ore
W eight .... . .. .. .. . ... 150 pounds per cubic foot
Copocity . ......... . .. . 1000 tons per hour
Moximum lump size . ..... 18", less thon 103 of total volume
Shaft centers ... ....... . 12' -11 "
Service . .............. . 1 O hours per doy

Select a Type B inclined apron feeder to meet the following conditions:


Material .. .. . ... .. .. . . dolomite
W e ight . . . . ... .. .. . . . . 100 pounds p er cubic foot
Copocity .. ... . ... . .. . . 440 tons p er hour
Moximum lump size . .. . . . 12", 103 of total volume
Shoft centers .. . ........ 8' - 1" olong incline
Incline ........ . . . . . ... 1' -6" lift
Service . .. . .... . . .. ... 8 hours p er doy
Solutlon

minimum height of skirt pioles= 1 '12 x lump size = 1 '12 x 12 = 18 11


Refer to table for Type B feeders. A feed er with 42 " wide apron is
required for !he lump size. This feeder with 18 " high skirt piafes
operoting al 20 FPM will hondle 225 TPH of material weighing 100
pound s per cubic foot.
440 X 20
speed of feeder for copocity of 440 TPH =
= 39.1 FPM
225
ho rsepower al he od shoft, bosed on 20 FPM fe e d e r speed
= 2.15 + (3.5 x .12) + (1.5 x .26) = 2.96 HP

Solution
minimum height of skirt plotes = 1 '12 x lump size = 1 '12 x 18" = 27"

Re fer to table for Ty pe D feeders. A 9" pitch feeder with 48 11 wide


opron is required for the lump size. This feed er with 30" high skirt
pioles operoting ot 20 FPM will hondle 426 TPH of material weighing 100 pounds per cubic foot.
for material weighing 150 pounds per cubic foot, copo city of feeder
426 X 150
lOO
= 639 TPH
speed of feeder for copacity of 1000 TPH

horsepower ot head shoft, bosed o n 20 FPM feeder speed and 150


pounds per cubic foot material =

Refer to table of lerminols. Terminal No. 2 with 3 UA.'' diometer heod


shoft is sotisfoctory for 2. 96 HP
horsepower al heod shoft, bosed on 39. 1 FPM feeder speed

speed of he od shoft for 39.1 FPM

2.96 X 39. 1
= 5.80 HP
20
5.7 X 39. 1
= 11.2 RPM
20

W ith the horsepower ond sp eed ot !he he od shoft known, refer to


Cotolog 1 050 to make !he drive seleclion.

1000 X 20
= 31 .3 FPM
639

3.89 + (5.5 X . 16) 150


OO
= 7.15 HP
1

Refer to table of te rminols for 9 " pitch feeders. Terminal No. 3 with
5UA4 diomeler heod shoft is solisfoctory for 7 .15 HP.
horsepower ot he od shoft, ba sed on 31.3 FPM feeder spee d
7.15x31.3
= 11.2 HP
20
4.4 X 31.3
speed of he od shoft for 31.3 FPM =
= 6. 9 RPM
20
W ith the horse power ond sp eed al the heod shoft known, refe1 to
Catolog 1050 to moke the drive seleclion.

L 1 N K - B E L T 89

bulk handling
apr on f eed ers

Type A apron feeders 4- inch pitch


L HEADSHAFT

"~-~~--~~~~1

\-

JI
JI
JJ

T.,. ~------- =-=- -= - =-..


,

17,_ t<-2

5L'

l~

ASSEMBLY 2

11 IDISCHL E :
A+I , 1 DPENING , SPACES

4 _____ _

f/ \: ,.

1
ASSEMBLY 1

. . . -'

-;

--6~>-4 }~

5 ~BOLTS

SPACES

VIEW XX

! PANS
1
3 FOR ( PANS

2~ FOR

2' SIOES
OPTIONAL

L6

Gd" - !'soLTS
TAKEUP
4~0, MINIMUM CENTERS
,_,_.__ _ _ _ _9!o"MAXIMUM CENTERS- VARIABLE BY 12'1NCREMENTS

b- A+4~!--~

DISCHARGE CHU TE

A~
-

- 7!

1'

1,

1,

SECTION AA

f;g. 5669

Moximum lump size,


inches

Copocily .A.

Addi tionol

Apron

width

Weight of moteriol,

A,

p ounds p er cu bic foot

inches

50

18
24
30

6
8
8

36
42
48

8
8
8

Cubic feet
per hour

Unsized ! Sized

Tons

Minimum

p er hour

sha ft centers

12

18

3
4
4

6
6
6

3
3
3

1140 1
1620 2400
2100 3 100

4
4
4

6
6
6

3
3
3

2570
3040
3520

3800
4500
1 5200

24

12

18

24

4090

120
155

204

5020
595 0
6880

128
152
176

190
225
260

251
296
1 344

12

18

24

12

18 1 24

Terminal N o . 1
1 horsepower

inche s

l.52
l.96
2.20

1.80 .08
2.24 .09
2.52 . 10

.1 5
. 16
.18

l.64
2.08
2.36

. 11
. 12
.14

18
24
30

4%
4%
4%

13 Y4 17 V4
16 Y4 20 %
19 Y4 23 3/4

5
2 7/61 %x /i6
2 % 5/o X 5/i6
27/, %x5/io

5 Y2
5 Y2

16 3/4
19 %

21 %
24 %

2 15/6
2 15/6

:Y., x 3la
% x 3/a

36
42
4B

4%
4 v.
4%

22 Y4 26 %
25 v. 29 %
28 y. 32 %

5/o X 5/io
2 7/io 1 'lex'li
211i,
211i, 'le x'/

5 Y2 22%
5 Y2 25 %
5 Y2 28 %

2 7 3/.
30 %
33 v.

2"1i
2 "1i
21 s1i,

% x 3la
%xVa
v. x 3la

6 Y4 23%
6 Y4 26 3/.
6 v. 29 3/.

. .

Hove dimensions certified for insrollotion purposes.

Head and foot shafts hove bobbitted bearing blocks and tokeups.
.6. Bosed on feeder speed of 20 FPM, handling material weighin g 100 pounds
per cubic foot and wilh skirt plates loaded 75; of theoreticol moximum
cross section Capocity o nd horsepower dirt"ctly proportionol to feeder
speed ond weigh t o f moteriol. Moximum speed 40 FPM.

6 Feeders may be furni shed with or withoul skirJ plates.

90 L 1 N K - B E L T

18 1 24

..

..

..

. .

.14
. 18

.24

7.5
7.5
7. 5

.1 6 . 22 .30
.18 .26 .36
.22 .3 0 .40

7 .5
7.5
7.5

Moximum

Terminal N o. 3
3.2 horsepower
\ Keyseat

.08
.10
.13 . 12

2 horsepower

...

12

.05 . .
. . . .06 .08
l.42 .07 . 10

Terminal N o. 2

1Ke ys eo t

speed,

RPM

.60 1 .92
.84
l.18 1.30

Heod shoft selection ond dimensions, inches

Apron
width
A,

Skirt height B, inches0

57
81
105

....

per foot

Heod
sho ft

Lif t,
per foot

centers,

Skirt height B, inches 0

11 00 lo 125

Unsizedl Sized

Horsepowe r al heod shofl .6.

v.

20 v4

1
1

f
1

Additional
we ight al
weight per
minimum
foot of
cen ters,
shoft centers,
pounds
pounds
1Keyseo t

311i,

'fax 7/,

1670
191 0
2153

29 % 3 7/,
32 v. 3 7/io
35 %\3 7/io

'fax 7/,
'fa x 71
'"ax11i,

2338
2520
2705

..

26 3/4

200
225
250
275
300
325

''' For horizontal feeders 45 , for inclined feeders 63 , 18 maximum incline


for feeders .
Based on feed"r speed of 20 FPM and directly proporJ1onal to other
speeds.
0 Maximum size lumps for unsized mate rial not to exceed 10% of to ta l
volume and at least 75,::, o f l o ta! to be less than one-holf moximum lump
size. Aprons with 2" high pan sides recommended fo r fine material.
0 Recommended minimum he1ght of skrrts, 1!/2 times moximum lump size.

bulk handling
apron feeders

Type B apron feeders 6-inch pitch


HEAD SHAFT

1: - : 1
ASSEMBLY 2

I ~ -1

ASSEMBLY 1

VIEW XX

z'SIOES
OPTIONAL

11 ~'

11t*
TAKEUP 4~7*MINIMUM
--><----9~t*MAXIMUM

CENTERS
CENTERS - -VARIABLE BY 18' INCREMENTS

>'<-13!

Fig . 5670

Moximum lump size,


in ches

Capacity

Apron
width
A,

Cubic feet
per hour

Weight o f mate rial,


pounds per cubic foot

inches

SO

8
12
16

42
48

16
16

Minimum
sha ft centers

Tons
p e r hour

8
10
10

5
5

1 12
81
2400
1620
..
2100 3100 4090 105
2570 3800 5020 128

8
8

12
12

6
6

3040 4500 5950 152 225 297 2.01


3520 5200 6880 176 260 344 2.26

Unsizedl Sized

4
5

12

18

24

18 1 24
120 . . .

152
190

Additional
cen ters,
per foot

204
251

12

.87
1.22
1.57

18

24

inches

1Keyseal

24
30
36

6 y.
6 y.
6 y.

19
22
25

25
28
31

3 A6
3 7A6
3 7A6

rax
rax A6
%x 7A6

42
48

6 y.
6 y.

28
31

34
37

3 7A6
3 7A6

%x 7A6
%x 7A6

7
/16
7

. . . . . ..
7
22 Y2
7
25 Y2
7
7

28 Y2
31 Y2

Maximum

. ....

1X Y2
1X Y2

...
...

. ...
7 Y2 26

35
38

1X Y2

7 Y2
7 Y2

Hove dimension s certiied for instollotion purposes.

Head and faot shafts hove babbitted bearing blocks ond tokeups.
A Ba sed on feeder speed of 20 FPM, handling moteriol weighing 100 pounds
per cubic fo o t and w ith skir t plotes lo oded 75'7~ of theoretical moximum
cro ss section. Copocity ond horsepower directly propor tionol to feeder
speed and weight o f material. Maximum speed 40 FPM.
t;, Feeders may be lurnished with or without skirt pia fe s.

Termina l N o. 3
4.2 horsepower

lx Y2

24

5 .7
5.7

... ..
29
3 151'16
32
3 15116

3' %
3 151'16

2.15 2.33 .09 .12 .16 .18 .26 .36


2.44 2.61 .10 .1 4 .18 .22 .30 .40

18

5.7
5.7
5.7

[ Keyseal

. . . . .06 .08 1 .. . . 10 .14 . ..


1.49 .07 .10 .13 .12 .18 .24
1.88 .08 . 11 . 15 . 16 .22 .30

.97
1.36
1.70

Terminal N o . 2
3 . 1 horsepower

Terminal No. 1
1.8 horsepower

1 12 1 18 : 24 1 12

Head sho f t selection ond dimensions, inches

Apron
width
A,

Hea d
shaft
speed,
RPM

Lif t,
per foot

Skirt height 8, inches0

Skirt height 8, inches0

1 100 to 125

Unsized 1 Sized

24
30
36

Horsepower al hea d shaft A

1
.

.. .

29
32

F
.. . .
... .

w
. ..

33

...
4 7116

36
39

4 7116
4 71'16

weigh t at

minimum
shoft centers,
pounds
I Keyseal

Additiona l
weight per
foo t o f
ce nters,

pounds

1X%

3088
3460
3753

335
370
400

1X Y2
1X Y2

4055
4353

435
470

. . . ..
. ....

~ For horizonta l feede rs 45 , fo r incli ned fe ed ers 63, 18 ma xi mum incline


for feeders.
Based on feede r speed a l 20 FPM o nd d irect ly proportional to o ther
speeds.
O Maximum si ze lumps fo r unsized mo te riaJ not to exceed 10% of the
to ta l volume and a l least 75% o f to tal I:> be less t han o ne-half maximum
lump size. Aprons with 2" high p an sides recommended for fi ne mate ria l.
0 Recommended minimum height o f ski rts. 1Yz times maximum lump size.

L 1 N K - B E L T 91

bulk handling
apr o n feed e r s

Type C apron feeders 9-inch pitch

ASSEMBLY 2

VIEW XX
ASSEMBLY 1

16f~- r'-'i=c:t=o~tt?~==4;:.....=,.,,,.~~~~==fu=~==t'M!i:'T'-i--~

MAXIMUM SPACING INTERMEDIATE BENTS S!O'


3~J
-18 >'<--MAXIMUM SPACING SUPPORTING BENTS 10-0 '---~ 18"
> M - - - - - - --5'2' MINIMUM CENTERS------_...,
VARIABLE BY 9 1NCREMENTS

1 '<-

A- 1
APRON WIDTH

'

.. A+13
-<-

1
._

- 11
2

,.. 1

l z~r+

SECTION AA

Fig . .1671

Capacity &
Apron
wid th
A,
inches

Harsepawer al head shaft

Mo ximum
lump size,

Cubic feet

Tons

Minimum

inches

per hour

per hour

shoft cen ters

o
Unsized

Size d

18
24
30

6
8
12

36
42
48

16
16
16

8
10
12

12

18 1 24

1200 .... ....


17602480 . .. .
2240 3200 4240

30

12 10 1 24 1 30

. . . . 30
. . . . 44
. . . . 56

.. .

12

RPM

18 1 24 1 30 1 12 1 18 1 24 1 30 1 12 1 18 1 24 1 30

.30 . . .. . . .. . .020 .... . . . . ... .036 . ... . ... . . . .


. . . .40 .4 8 . ... .. . . .022 .034 .. . ... .052 .07 4 . ... .. . .
. . . .58 .65 .72 . ... .026 .038 .052 .... .064 .094 . 130 . ...

4.5
4.5
4.5

.080 .11 6 .15 4 . ...


2720 4000 5200 .... 68 100 130 . . . .76 .82 .89 . ... .030 .042 .056 .
3200 4640 6160 7600 80 11 6 154 190 .97 1.04 l. 11 1.21 .032 .046 .062 .080 .094 .136 . 180 .220
3680 5360 7040 8800 92 134 176 220 1.08 1.16 1.24 1.34 .034 .050 .066 .086 .1 08 .156 .204 .256

4.5
4.5
4.5

...

62 . . .
80 106

Mo,;mom rddm~o;

Head shaft selection and d imensions in inches


Apron
width
A,
inches

Heod
shaft
spe'>d,

lift,
per foot

Skirt height 8, inches 0

Skirt height 8, inches 0

Additionol centers,
per foot

weight al
minimum
sha f t
centers,
pounds

weight
p er
foot of
centers,
pounds

8 3 3/ 63/
83 y, 63/
8 3 3/ 6 y,

2670
2975
3382

265
295
330

30 " 37 ,. .,,. , ,, 18 24 8 3 3/ 6 y,
4 V232Y. 37 :Y..2 1516 3!.x3/ 5 132:Y..38 V. 3 'A&'l'ax'A. 6 33Y.4031 fi6 l x V2 18 24 10 3 6 v.
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 V2 35 V. 40 :Y..2 1%:Y..xY1 5 35 Y. 41 V23 71161'l'ax 7;1,636 Y.433 1 %lxV. 18 24 10 3 v. 6 v.

3585
4173
4330

355
425
450

ol

Termina 1 No. 3
2.5 horsepower E

Terminal No. 2
1.6 horsepower

Terminal No. 1
1.0 horsepower

1W1Keyseat

ol

W1 Keyseot

ol

E
1

lw

Keyseat

Terminal No. 4
3.9 horsepower

E 1F1

Ski rt
height

36
42
48

3 ,, ,.

Hove dimensions certified for instollotion purposes.


Heod shalts hove either Series 2-1500 bobbitted or Series 400 roller bearin g
pillaw blocks.
Foot shafts hove either Series DS-02800 bobbitted or Series DS 3-400A roller
bearing takeups.

.6 Bosed on feeder speed o f 20 FPM, handling material weighing 50 pounds


per c ubic foo t and with skir l plates loaded 75% of theorerical moximum
cross section. Capacity and harsepower directly proportional to feeder
speed and weight of material. Maximum speed 50 FPM.

92 L 1 N K - B E L T

...,. ,

1 2 24.
ond ond
I Keyseot
18" 30"

3 V2 19 :Y.,124 V22 1A. Yax 5;1, 4 V2 20 Y. 25 3!. 2 15A-l :Y..x3/ ..... 1 .... 1 ........ 1 1 ...... 18
3 V2 22 Y 27 Y2 2 7A. Y.x% 4 V2 23 Y. 28 :Y.. 2 15A. :Y..x 3/ 5 23 :Y.. 29 V2 3 7Ad'ax 7,-i, . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
3 V2 25 :Y.. 30 V.2 1A. Y.x% 4 V2 26 Y. 31 :Y..12 " A-j:Y..x3/ 5 2631.32 V. 3 ~, 'l'ax 7,-i6 6 27 Y. 3431 % l x V2 18 24

'h , ,, , , " , , " , ..,.. , . . " , ,.,, 35" ,,..

18
24
30

,, ,,, ......
,..
l'I".......

v.

Based on feeder speed of 20 FPM ond dorectly proportional to o ther speeds.


O Moximum size lumps for unsized material not to exceed 103 o f totol
volume and o t leost 753 of total to be less than one-hal f maximum lump
size. Aprons with 2" high pan sides recommended far fi ne material.

0 Recommended minimum height of skirts, 1Y, times moximum lump size .


0 For horizontal feeders 45, far inclined feeders 70, 25 maximum incline
for feeders.
6 Feeders can be furnished with o r without skirt pioles.

bulk handling
apron feeders

Type D apron feeders Manga ne se steel


Selection table 9-inch and 12-inch pitch
Capacily4

Moximum

Harsepawer al head shafl far 9 " pitch fee der 4

Mnimum shaft

fump size,

Apran
widlh
A,

inches

Cubic feel per haur

center s 7 '-6",

Tons per haur

variable in 18"
incr ements

inches

Pitch, inches
9

36
42
48
60
72

15
17
19
20

. .. ..

12 1 18 1 24 1 30 1 1 2 1 18 1 24 1 30
2500 3760 5000 . . . . . 125 188 250 . . .
. . . . 4440 5920 7400 . .. 222 296 370
. . . . 5 120 6820 8520 . .. 256 341 426
. . . . 6460 8600 10800 . .. 323 430 540
.... 7800 10380 13080 . . . 390 519 654

36
42
48
60
72

Mnimum sha ft centers,


8 ' -0" variable in 1 2 11 increments

Skirt heighl B, inches

12 1 18 1 24 1 30 1 12 1 18
1.55 1.69 1.92 . ... .06 .08
. ... 2.37 2.59 2.8 1 . . . . .09
.. . . 3.44 3.66 3.89 . . .. .10
. .. . 6.12 6.41 6.71 . .. . .11

. ...

Ha r sep ower al head shafl far


Apron
widlh
A,
inches

H ead
shafl
speed,

Lift per faal

RPM

Skirt heighl 8, inches 0

12
15
17
19
24
30

Ad d iliana 1 centers
per faal

... . ... .
12"

. ... . ..

24
.11
.12
.13
.15

. . .. ..

..

12 1 18
. . . . .15 .22
.15 .... .26
.16 .... .30
.19 .... .38

30

.. ..

24 1 30
.30 .. ..
.35 .45
.40 .50
.50 .6 4

H ead
sha f l
spee d ,

Lif l per faol

RPM

Skirl heighl B, inches

12
1.64

18
1.81
2.50
3.59
6.28
7.38

... .
.. ..

. .. .
. . ..

24
2.08
2.77
3.86
6.64
7.68

30

...

12
.06

3.04
4.13
7.00
7.98

.. .
. ..
...
. ..

18
.08
.09
.1 0
.11
.13

24
.1 1
. 12
.13
. 15
.17

4.4
4.4
4.4
4.4

. . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . ' . . . . .

p itch feeder 4

Addilional cenlers
per faol

30

. ..

12
. 15

18
.22
.26
.30
.38
.45

...

.15
.16
.19
.21

. ..
. ..
...

24
.30
.35
.40
.50
.60

30

3.3
3.3
3.3
3.3
3.3

...

.45
.50
.64
.76

Termlnals 9-inch pitch


Terminal number

Apron
width
A,
inches

Horsepower a l headshafl

36
42
48
60

10

1
1

1
1

11

Terminals 12-inch pitch


Apron
widlh
A,
inches

36
42
48
60
72

Te rminal number

Horsep awer al headshafl

10

12

13

J
5

H ove dimensi ens certified fer instollatien purpeses.


Head and feet shafts are previded with Series 2-1500 bobbitted pillew
blocks.
4 Based on feeder spe ed el 20 FPM, handling material weighing 100 pounds
pe r cubic fee t ond w ith skirt plotes looded 753 el theereticol moximum
cross section. Capocity ond hersepower directly propertionol to feeder
speed ond weight of moteriol. Maximum speed for 9" pitch fe eders, 50 FPM;
fer 12" pitch feeders, 40 FPM.

14
1

'I

11

11

Bosed en feeder speed e l 20 FPM and d irec t ly propo rtionol to other speeds.

of total
0 Moximum size lumps fer unsized material not to exceed 103
volume ond o t least 753 of to tal to be less thon one-holf moximum lump
size. Aprons wi th 2" high pon sides recommended for fine material.
0

Recommended mnimum height of skirts, 1Y, times moximum lump size.

L 1 N K - B E L T 93

bulk handling
apron feeders

Type D apron feeders Manganese steel

ASSEMBLY 2

(BOLTS
ASSEMBLY 1

Fig 587?

9-inch pitch
Terminal N a. 1
Apran
width
A,
inches

oj

1W

Terminal N a. 2

1 Keysea 1

ol

Terminal N o. 3

1W1 Key sea D

Terminal N o. 4

1 Keysea

ol

f
1

1W 1Keyseal

INCHES

36
42
48
60

6
6
6
6

30% 36
33% 39
36% 42
42% 48

y, 6 1 Y2 4 "/ 1 Y.xYe
y, 67 y, 4 1 S;6 1 Y. x o/a
Y2 73 y, 4 15/ 1 Y.x o/a
Y2 85 y, 4 "/ l Y.x o/a

6
6
6
6

31 % 37
34 3/4 40
37% 43
4 3 :y. 49

y, 63 y, 5'/ l Y.x o/a


y, 69 y, 5'/ 1 Y.x o/a
y, 75 y, 5 1 Y.x o/a
Y2 87 Y2 5 7/ l Y.x o/a

'I

6
6
6
6

31 3/4 37
3 4 % 40
37% 43
43 % 49

y, 63 y, 5"/ 1 Y2x :Y.


y, 69 y, 51 S;6 1 Y2x :Y.
y, 75 y, 5 "/ 1 Y2x :Y.
Y2 87 y, 5"/ 1 Y2x :Y.

8
8
8
8

32% 40
35% 43
38% 46
44 % 52

y, 65 y, 6
y, 71 y, 6
y, 77 y, 6
Y2 89 y, 6

y, 1 Y,xo/.i
y, 1 Y,x :Y.
Y2 1 Y2x :Y.
y, l Y2x%

N
Apron
width
A,
inches

L
12

24

18

Addi tional
weig ht per
minimum
faot af
centers,
shaft centers,
pounds
paund s

Maximum

Skirt height 8, i nches

23
23
23
23

17 Y2
17 y,
17 Y2
17 y,

17 y,
17 y,
17 y,
17 Y2

17 %
17%
17 %
17%

11
11
11
11

30

weighl ot

INCHES

36
42
48
60

4
4
4
4 y,

26

.. .
...
..

32
32
32
32

38
38
38
38

.. .
44
44
44

9
9
9
9

o/a
o/1
o/a
o/a

26
26
26
26

Hove dimensions certifled for instollarion purposes.

D. Feeders con be furnished with or without skirt plates.

For horizontal feeders 45, for inclined feeders 55, 10 moximum incline for
feeders.

94 L 1 N K - B E L T

10,500
12,085
13,050
15,4 70

800
860
940
1 130

bulk handling
apro n feeders

Type D apron feeders Mongonese steel


1 2 -inch pitch
Apran
width
A,
inches

Terminal Na. 5

F
1

Terminal Na. 7

Terminal Na. 6

Keyseat

K
1

Keyseal

Keyseat

INCHES

36
42
48
60
72

6
6
6
6
6

131 %
34 %
37%
143 ~.
49 %

37 V2 63 V2
40 V2 69 V2
43 'l:i 75 'l:i
49 'l:i 87 '/:i
55 V2 99 V2

5 " 11
5 15116
5"11
5' %
5'%

1 V2x%
1 V2x %
1 V2x%
1 V2x %
1 V2x%

8
8
8
8
8

32 %
35 %
38%
44 %

40
43
46
52
50 % 58

6 v.
6 V2
6 v.
6%
6 V2

V2
V2
V2

65 V2
71 'l:i
77 V2
y, 89 y,
V2 101 v.

1 V2x %
1 V2x%
1 V.x 314
1 V2x%
1 V2x 314

8
8
8
8
8

32 %
35%
38 %
44%

40
43
46
52
50% 58

65
71
V2 77
V2 89
V2 101
V2

v.

V2
V2
V2
V2
V2

7
7
7
7
7

1 V2x%
1 V2x%
1 'l:ix 314
1 V2x%
1 V2x 314

N
Apron
width
A,

Skirt height B
L

26
26
26
26
26

19 V2
19 %
19 V2
19 V2
19 V2

19 V2
19 v.
19 'l:i
19 V2
19 V2

18 %
18 314
18 %
18 %
18 %

7%
7 V2
7 V2
7 V2
7 V2

30

24

18

inches

Moximum
Additianol
weight al
weighl per
foot of
minimum
centers,
shoft centers,
pounds
p ound s

INCHES

36
42
48
60
72

v.

4
4 Ye
4 v.
4 \:/1
5 Va

35%
35 V2
35 V2
35 v.
35 V2

41
41
41
41
41

V2
V2
V2
V2
'l:i

47
47
47
47
47

v.
V2
V2
V2
V2

12 %
12 %
12 %
12 %
12 \'

31
31
31
31
31

12,645
14,115
15,150
17,925
21 ,850

870
930
10 20
1250
1620

Hove dimensions certified lo r installotion purposes

Special apron feeders


WI DTH -

TRAVEL ----+

- - -

Fig. 4587
He o vy duly fe eder desig n , odopted to long shaft cenlers. Sleel pans with cushioning timbers , adapled la h andling large jagged lumps. are
mounted on pressure-lubrica ted cenler-roller lype chain s. T-ro ils support the chain rallers and lhe central wearing shaes ol lhe loading zone.

TRAVEL---+

~J

Fig. 4588

PITCH

ii

Fee der designe d far inclined inslallotians. Shope of pons forms a series of ledges wh ich offer resistance to sliding of materia l downword when
conve yor is operoted on a slope. T- rails weld ed lo the p on b o ttoms odd stiffness and resist impoct by sliding on the intermediote supporls a l
th e looding p aint.

TRAVEL---+

yr- Q

1E

WIDTH

~ 1

1 1

''

Fig. 4589

Heovy d u ly feeder designed ar horizontal installations where long loading openings are required. Apron cansisls of heavy flal pons, reinfo rced by cro ss angles, mounted on Closs SS sleel bushed raller choin. T-rails suppart the chain rallers ond lhe pons a t the looding zone.

TRAVEL--+

,,,,

u
Fig. 4590

Feeder designed far severe service, su ch as whe re rock is dropped o considerable distonce. %" lo 1 Y2 " thick pons are moun ted directly
on sidebars ar extra heavy Clos SS bar link chain. Chains ride an stalianary rollers. lnlermediote pon supports slide on T-rail al the looding point.

L 1N K - B

L T 95

bulk handling
b e lt f eed e n

bell' feeders

f eed ing cle ane d and slzed caa l from crusher


to inclined b elt conveyor. Photo 28098

Mlxlng o f raw caal from ten blending bins is corefully controlled


by ten belt feeders orronged in poirs ond feeding to o collecting
bel! conveyor. Photo 3 2770

Fee dlng coal in o modern power pion! requires o belt feeder designed to meel speciflc conditions.
This instollotion includes a standard feeder modif1ed with troughed impoct idlers. Photo 31 284

Belt feeders are similar in construction to belt conveyors and


consist of endless belts operating over supporting idlers between head and foot pulley terminals.
Conveyor belts with a heavy rubber cover on the carrying
side are used to carry the material. Closely spaced flat belt
idlers provide the necessary support for the belt and material.
Skirt plates extend the full length of the feeder to confine the
material and provide necessary depth for desired capacity
or lump size.
Self-contained, sturdy steel frames sup port and align th e
head and foot shafts, intermediate idlers, and the continuous
skirt plates. Adjustable rubber strips along the lower edge of
the skirt plates reduce belt clearance and possible leakage.
96 L 1 N K - B E L T

Adjustable regulating gates are normall y furnished with the


skirt plates. Belt wipers can be furnished to meet specific
conditions.
Belt feeders feed uniformly at ali times and will handle
practically any bulk material which is not too Jorge, too hot
o r will not adhere unduly to the belt. They can be used under
bins, track hoppers and other types of containers.
For lump sizes and capacities larger than listed, belt feeders
can be furnished to meet specific requirements. For such conditions, feed chutes are designed to avoid severe impact and
prevent damage to the belt by lumps jamming as they emerge
from the chute.

bulk handling
b e lt feeders

Example of belt feeder selection

.
feeder speed for 165 TPH capac1ty

Problem

J33

33.3 FPM

+ (5 X .0 15) + (2 X .065)]

90 = .96 HP

50
Refer to the tab le below. Note that Terminal 2 with 21 SJi6"
diameter head shaft is satisfoctory for .96 HP
horsepower at headshaft based on 33.3 FPM feeder speed

Solution
Refer to the table below. Note that a 30" wide belt is satisfactory for the lump size, and operating at 20 FPM will handle
55 TP H of 50 pound p er cubic foot material.
feeder capacity for 90-pound per cubic foot material

.96

33.3
20

headshaft sp eed for 33.3 FPM

l.6 HP

4 7 33 3
= 7 .94 RPM
.7 x

20

Knowing horsepower and speed of headshaft, r efer to Catalog


l 050 a nd make d rive selection.

90 = 99 TPH

20

99

horsepower at he ad shaft based on 20 FPM f eeder speed


and 90-pound per cubic foot material

Select a belt feed e r to meet the foll o wing conditions:


Material . . . . . . . . ..... ore
Weight .... . . . . . . . . . 90 pounds per cubic foot
Capacity . . . . ......... 165 tons per hour
Moximum lum p size ..... 6 inches, 8 per cent of total volume
Shaft centers .......... l O feet along incline
Incline . . . . . . .... . . .. 2-foot lift

55

165

50

rl

G E
1 1

- -D+8-'-

VI EW XX

l -A+12-'

_j

SECTION AA
Belt
width
A,
inches

Maximum

0
Nona brosive J Abrasive

18
24
30
36
42
48
Belt
width
A,
inches
18
24
30
36
42
48

Copocity _..

lump size,
inches

4
5

4
5

6
8
10
12

6
6
6
6

Cubic
feet per
hour
800
1200
2200
3720
5680
8000

1 Tons

Minimum
shaft

Additional
centers,
centers 1 per foat
.14
.008
.20
.010
.33
.015
.44
.025
.57
.037
.76
.055

per
haur
20
30

55
93
142
200

Terminal 2
1. 1 HP

Terminal 1
.6 HP
E

Horsepower ot heod shoft .

lift,
per
foot
.025
.035
.065
.110
.165
.230

Heod
shoft
speed,
RPM

Minimum
shaft
centers,
inches
0

4.77
4.77
4.77

54
54

3.82
3.82
3.82

60
66
72
78

Terminal 3
1.5 HP
1

Pu lle y
d iameter,
inches

16
16
16
20
20
20

10
12
16
21
27
32

INCHES

12
16
22
28
34

22
24
28
35
41
46

40

Terminal 4
2. 2 HP
1

D
1

22
25
28
31
34
37

22 !.4
22 *
22 3A
27!.4
27 !.4
27 !.4

Terminal 5
3.4 HP
1

IN CHES

17 .y.
20 .y.
2 3 5/1
26 .y.
. ....

21 %
24%
27
30
.. ...

r.
r.

32%
37 3/.t
43 3A
49 %

. ....

2 7A6
2 '116
2'A&
2'A&

. ....
. . . . . .. .. . . . . . . . . ...

21
26 !.4
24
29 !.4
27
32 Y4
30
35 !.4
34 'la 39 3la

38 lf.t
43 %
50 %
56 %
65

21 SJi6
2 15A6
2 1>Ji&
2u1,
21,i,

r.

26
32 '/a
29 % 35 y,
32 % 38 Y2
35 % 41 Y2

Hove dimensions cerlified lor instollolion. purposes.


Moximum recommended ongle o f incline, 10.
Moximum recommended speed, 60 FPM lor obrosive moteriols ond 100 FPM
for nonobrosive moleriols.
Moximum recommended weighl of moleriol, 100 pounds per cubic foo t.
Heod shofts ore provided wilh eilher Series 2 1500 bobbitted or Series
P2-400 roller beo rlng plllow blocls. Dimensions shown for bobbitted beorings.
Foot shofts ore provided with eilher Series DS-B2800 bobbitted or Series
DS 3-400A roller beoring tokeups. Dimensions shown for bobbitted beorings.

43%
50 %
56 %
65

3 7,16
3 7,i,
3 7/16
311,

30 3la 37 y,
33 3la 40 Ya
36 3la 43 Ya

50 % 3 15,i,
60 Y4 3 15Ji& 33 3la 40 Ya
66 !.4 3 1s.116 36 3la 43 'la

60 !.4
66 y.

4 7A6
4 7A6

Copocity ond horsepower bosed on feeder speed of 20 FPM handling material


weighing 50 pounds per cubic foo t ond wilh skirt plotes looded 75/o lheoreli
col moximum cross section. Copocity ond horsepower directly proportionol
lo feeder speed ond weighl of molerio l.
Bosed on feeder speed of 20 FPM ond di rectly proportionol to olher speeds.
0 Moximum size lumps not to exceed 103 of the total volume ond ot leost
7s<'/o of the loto! to be less thon one-holf the moximum lump size.
Moximum centers 18 leet, vorioble by 12 increments. Consul t Link-Belt for
longer centers.

L 1 N K - B E L T 97

bulk handling
reciprocating feeders

Bitumlnous cool Is d ellve r e d to bucke t e le vator


ol o role of 4 0 lons per hour
by lhis reciprocoling feeder,
requiring o minimum of heod

room. Photo 37430

Link-Belt reci p roco ting feede rs ore one of th e oldest on d


most relioble types of fe eders for handling o wide voriety
of materials. They are widely used for handl ing cool ond
stone, ond ore especio ll y odopted to the handling of lorg e
lumps ond lorge cop ocities.
These feeders consist essentially of o poir of sto tionory
skirt plotes ottoched to o bin or hopper beneoth which o
roller-supported plote operotes. Reciprocoting motion is
imported to th e bottom pl ote by meons of o d isc cronk
through o connecting rod.
During operotion, material Aowing from o storoge bin
or hopper comes to rest on the feeder plote ond is restroined from continued Aow by the skirt plotes ond its
natural ongle of repose. As the reciprocoting plote moves
forword, it corries with it the material resting upon it.
Simultoneously, o s the plote ond material move forword,
other materia l Aows into the vocont spoce ot the reor of
the feeder. On the return stroke, the bottom pl ote slides
beneoth the material, since reorword movement of the
material is restroined by th e new material which filled th e
spoce creoted on the forword stroke. As th e cycle is repeoted, material is fed from the bin or hopper on the
forword stroke ond dischorged from the feeder on the return stroke.

While these feede rs ore not self-cleoning, occumulotion


of the material is reduced to sorne extent through the use of
d eclined bottom plotes. Where cond itions justify, they con be
mode procticolly self-cleo ning by using two-speed motors
ond operoting the feed e r ot increosed speed for o p eriod
of tim e ofter the Aow of the material has ceosed.

Exa m ple of r e clprocatin g f eed e r selectio n

for l 00 pound per cubic foot material, capacity of feeder


109 X 100
= 218 TPH

Selecl o reciprocoting feed er to meet the following conditions:


Material .
ore
W eight
l 00 pounds per cubic foot
Co pocity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200 tons per hour
Moximum lump size .............................. l O inches
Length . . . . ... . ...................... . .. ... .... . 1O feel

Reci proco ting feeders ore used extensively und er trock


hoppers on d bins to hondle ores, sond, stone, cool ond
mony o ther nonsticky or nonodhering moteriols where the
slightly intermittent d ischorg e is not obj ectiono b le. The y require o mnimum of heod room ond ore designed to hondle
lorge copocities ond lorge lumps without difficulty.
Reciprocoting feeders ore simple ond sturdy in construction ond eosy to instoll ond mointoin.
Lorge diometer, stroight foce, bronze bushed rollers,
operoting on sto tionory shofts hung from the skirt pioles,
support the bottom plote ond p rovide free reciprocoting
movement.
Cronk shofts operote in b obbitte d, or roller beo rings
ond ore fitted with odjustoble disc cronks. Connecting rod
beorings ore bronze bushed.

50

speed of crankshaft for 200 TPH capacity


200 X 50

= -m

= 45.87 RPM

horsepower al crankshaft, based on 50 RPM and l 00 pounds


3. 1 + (2 X .35) X 100
per cubic foot material =
= 7.6 HP

50

horse power al cronksha ft, based on 45.87 RPM

Solutlo n
Refer to se lection table. A 24" wide feeder is required for l OH
Jumps. This feeder with 8 " slroke o nd crankshaft o p eroting el
50 RPM will handle l 09 TPH of 50 pound per cubic foot ma terial.

98 L. 1 N K 13 E L T

= 7 .6 ~045:,8 7 =

6 .97 HP

Knowing horsepowe r and speed at headshaft, refer to Catalog


l 050 and select drive.

bulk handling
reclpr ocatlng feeders

Selection
<;lt

ORIVE

C L FEEDER

C L ORIVE

~ B-OPENING

P-r
-. -

--~-

~
~

A+17"

'1

~:;1

REGULATING GATE

~~~--~~~L._.~r....------------~~--i-

IFfll

AOJUSTABLE
THROW _._

Fig. 61 83

Fe eder without d rive support

1 A+7"

~
:

Ol~~w~~GE

_____

FEEDER

CHUTE

LI-~~~~~~---'~~L~~~-'--'--'-~~~~~---1~~-__J
k-13;"

C L ORIVE

A+l7"

p --

B-OPENING-1
~+-------r

REGULATING GA TE

AOJUSTABLE
THROW

l"'

TRAIGHT FACE OR
SINGLE FLANGE ROLLERS

NEUrGf~~~W1~

Fig. 6184
OISCHARGE
CHUTE

6.

Feed er with d rive s upport


Capacily

...

Feeder Maximun
w idth lump size lstroko
A,
inches
inche1 Cubic
fe et
inches
0

per

hour

5
18

- - ,_
24

5
10

12

--3~

6
8

-5

30

6
8

6
8

5
15

6
8

1634
1961
26 16
2735
3270
4365
3859
4630
6175
5624
6748
8999

Wilh

Horsepower

...

at cranksha ft

1
. !'r 1 por foot
per m1n1mum dd't'
1
1
'"
hour e' th o lenQlh

t:i.

1 Tons

41
49
66
68
82
109
96
116
154
141
169
225

1.3
1.5
2.0
,_____
2.0
2.3
3. 1

2.5
3.1
4. 1
3.5
4.1

5.5

. 16
.19
.25
.22
.26
.35
.30
.38

.50
.40

.so

Without

drive

drive

~upport

supporl

Serles 2- 1400
bobbitted beoring
p illow block
1

roller beoring

plllow block

Series P 2- 400

X
1

INCHES

26 V2

12

9'A l OYa 14 'A 8 Va 11

3 1 'A

1S'A

93A 14 '% 18

24 V2 2~ 30 37 21 'A

37'A

20

1O'A 15V2 23V2 8V2 16

48 26 114 45'!4 1 V2 12 3A 3 1 716 28V2 2 3A 36 37 24 %

4 2'%

24

10'% 15 '% 28

36 16

30 26 1 S'A

90 28'A

V2

8 'A 2 ~6

96 33V2

V2

93A 2 1 716 26V2 2 V2 30 28 18

31

42 20

-- - 8 Y1 15V2

- 42 23 102 39% 1

11 '% 3 ~

8 3A 16 ~

.65

Hove dimensions certifoed for instollotion purposes.


Recommended cronk shoft speeds, 10 to 60 RPM.
High torque motors ore recommended.
Cronk shofts provided with Series 2-1 400 bobbitted beoring o r P2-400
roller beoring pillow blocks.
"- Copocity ond horsepower bosed on o cronk shoh speed of 50 RPM, handling
moteriol weighing 50 pounds per cubic foot ond with skirt plotes looded

7s<'/o

of theoreticol moximum cross section for copocity ond 1003 fo r


horsepower. Copocity ond horsepower directly p roportionol to feede r
speed ond weight of moteriol.

103

0 Moximum size lumps not to exceed


of the totol volume ond ot leos!
7s<'/o of 1he totol to be less thon one-holf the moximum lump size.

t:i. Minimum feeder length listed, moximum length 36" greoter

L 1 N K - B E L T 99

bu lk handling
vlbratory feed ers
.

Syn'lron
vibra'lory feeders
Syntron Vibra- Flow vibratory feeders are proven, efficient
and economical bulk material feeders, providing a simple
and easy means of varying the rote of flow or feed.
Num erous rote settings can b e ma de with a single control,
from minimum to ma xi mum capacity of the units.
Their electromagnetic operation and control enable them
to most effectively fili the gap between bulk materials storage and processing operations, or act as a connecting link
between processing operations. This is evi dent in the scope
of thousands of instaliations in ali t y pes of ind ustriesceramics, chemical, electrical, food, foundry, iron and steel,
metalworking, mining, pulp and paper, quarrying, rubber,
stone, cla y and glass, water filtration and sewage disposal.
Vibra-Flow appl ications include the handlin g of most ali
bulk materiols-hot or cold-dry or domp-from powders
to lumps- in a number of operations such as batching,
blending and mi xing, dryin g , heating and coo ling, inspection, p ackaging, plating, reduction and separation, refining
and washing.
Syntron Vibra- Flow vibratory fe eders are available in
a wide range of models, offering a choice of rated feeding
capacities from a few hundred pounds to a thousond tons
p er hour. Higher capacity feeders, w ith t win, dual or dualtwin d riving magnets, can be supplied to order.
Ali feeders can b e furnished w ith op en or dust- sealed
flat pon troughs or w ith tubular troughs.
f eedlng crush e d sto ne to conveyor belt
in o hot-mix pion!. Photo S 121 22

f eed ing t rap rock t o crusher ot l 00 tons


per hour. Photo S 1 6071 C

100 L 1 N K - B E L T

He a vy duty feeder, mounted under p rimory truck dump hopper, moving p it sond
ond grovel onto belt conveyor serving the scrubbing unit. Photo S 14002

bulk handling
vlbratory feeders

Opera ting princip ie


A trough, mounted on fl exible steel leaf springs, is
vibrated at high speed by an electromagnet. The
electromagnet, energized by rectifled half-wave AC
current through a selenium rectifler, pulls the trough
sharply dawn and back-then the leaf springs return
it up and forward to its original positian.

----------- -------VIBRATING TROUGH

' The material in the traugh falls as the trough is


pulled sharply backward out from under it, to a new
position forward in the trough pan, then as the leaf
springs return it up and forward the material is carried
with it, to hove the sorne action repeated at high speed.

SPRING
Fog 6140

This trough action, differe ntial reciprocation or vibration as it is commonly called, makes the material
appeor to flow like water. Due to this peculiar trough
action, friction be twee n the material and the trough
surface is reduced to a minimum, assuring long
trough life.

BASE

Separate electric controller


Each feeder is furnished with a separate ele"Ctric controller arrang e d for mounting on a wall, either close
to ar distant from the feeder.
This controller contains the ope rating switches, a dial
for controlling the rote of flow of material through
the feeder trough, and a rectifler that converts alte rnating current into a sharp, pulsating current for energizing the electronomagnet drive.
Multi-controllers, for operating more than one feeder,
can be made to order.
Also, the additional components required-relays,
timers, etc.-for automatic control of feeder operation
- can be housed with the standard elements in specially built control boxes.

512000

Control of rate of flow, or fe e d


The rote of flow, or feed, is regulated by the dial
in the separate controller.
The dial in the controller provides considerable
regulation from minimum to maximum flow, as shown
in photos al right.
The feeders can also be automatically controlled by
connection to such activating devices as indicators, flow
meters, pyrometers, electric motor loads on ball milis,
and the over-and-under movement of weigh scales.

-:,,

'

.. -~ :

..

"~

<

'),l . ~ "

516072-5

516072-F

L 1 N K- B E L T 101

bulk handling
v lbratory feed e rs

Heavy duty models


This series of heavy duty vibratory f eeders covers a ronge
of mox imum capocities for bulk materiols from 25 to 500
tons per hour. These copocities ore based on handling
domp sond or other moteriols weighing 100 pound s p er
cubic foot, with the troughs sloping 6 degrees downgrode.
Norrower ond longer troughs hove correspondingly less
copocity.
The dial in the controller su pplied with eoch feeder
provides o consid erable number of rote settings.
The mounting orrongemenl for the heovy-duty fe eders
is usuolly suspension by four flexibl e cables. They con olso
be supplied with vibrotion obsorbers for floor mounting
on o solid, rigid base, or for floor mounting the eleclromognetic drive ond coble-suspending the trough.

Specificatio ns

Dust-tight enclosures for the electromognet spring system ond controller con be furnished.

Model

1 Capacity,
tons per

These feeders ore furnished for either 230 or 460 volt


60 cycle AC operotion; however, models f-22DT ond
F-33DT con olso be furnished for 115 volt, 60 cycle AC
operotion.

Controller

dim onsions,

60 cycl es,

watts

inches

amperes

25
50
100
200
500

F-22DT
F-33DT
F-4 4DT
F-4 5DT
F-55DT

1 al
Curr en! input
230 volts,

Input,

hour

350
750
1000
1500
2600

12
1Bll2
22112
25
25

5
9
lB
30
40

X
X
X
X
X

21 x6
24 112 X BY.
29 X BY.
50 X 14
50 X 14

Feeder
weight,
pounds

Controller

375
1000
2100
2900
6200

23112
100
100
150
150

------F
--- A--~

Fig. 6134

Model

Trough type

Standa rd flat pan


1o
Special flat pan
12
Special flat pan
16
F-22 DT
Special tubular
4
Speciol tubular
6
Specio l tubular
B
Standard flat pon
lB
12
Speciol flot pon
F-33DT
Speciol tubular
12
Speciol tubular
B
--Standard flot pon
24
Special flot pon
30
F-44DT
Special flat pan
36
Special tubular
12
Special tubular
16
Standard flat pan
36
Special flat pon
30
24
Special flot pon
F-45DT
Speciol flot pon
lB
Speciol tubular
14
Speciol tubular
12
Special tubular
10
Standard flot pon
48
Special flot pan
42
Speciol flat pon
36
Speciol flot pon
36
F-55DT
Speciol flot pon
30
Speciol flot pon
30
Speciol flot pon
24
Speciol tubular
16
Speciol tubular
12
Special tubular
10
Hove d1mensions cerrified for instollolion purposes.

36
Bv,
22
5
22
24
14 112
5
22
20
16112
5
4
4B
20
2112
42
6
22
5112
BY,
24
8
---- 36
6
2B
42
22
13
6
2B
60
12
36
25
33
29
60
13
B
--- --- - - 7y,
34
4B
26
42
29
BY.
35
36
32
BY.
35
60
20
12
3B
4B
26
42
--y,- -16-60- -22
35
BY.
7y,
34
66
13112
7 V,
34
84
lO V.
7 y,
4 Y,
34
96
14
41 112
72
16112
12
B4
4 1/:i
3B
96
10
351/:i
-- - - --- -60
12
43
57'Y
12
43
60
57'!.
12
43
60
57'!.
12
43
72
51%
12
43
60
57%
12
43
B4
4 5'!.
12
96
39Y.
43
72
51 v.
16
47
96
39'!.
12
43
lOB
33V.
10
41

102 L 1 N K - B E L T

H
1

INCHES

27
9
19
10
19
23
11
19
24
19
2B ll2
6
2B ll2
7
19
19
28 112
9
-- - - 14
-25
- - 37
12
25
37
15
25
36
12
25
36
--35-- -41- - 17
41
18
35
41
19
35
13
46
35
17
46
35
- -- - - 13
35
47 l4
11
35
57Y.
10
35
57\4
35
59112
B
12
35
49112
49112
B
35
7
35
- - -63112
- - - -23
B3
6Bll2
23
6BV.
B3
23
6BV.
B3
6BV:i
B3
22
6BY,
B3
23
B3
20
6BV:i
19
B3
6BV:i
22
68 1/:i
B1'I
20
6BV:i
89V.
6BY,
19
B9V.

7*
7*
7*
7V.

7*
7*
13
13
13
13
- lB
lB
18
lB
1B
- 17*
17*
17*
17*
17V.
17*
17*
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22

weight,
pounds

bulk handling
vlbratory feeders

Extra heavy duty models


Model F-66DT
he Model F-66DT Vibro-Flow vibrotory feeder is o rugged, more heovily
constructed feeder, designed for the most demonding opplicotions.
lt has o moximum copocity of

500 tons per hour, with o 48" x 60" flot

pon trough sloping 6 degrees downgrode. This copocity is bosed on


handling domp sond or material weighing 100 lbs. per cubic foot. Norrower ond longer t roughs hove correspondingly less copocity.
Eoch Model F-66DT vibrotory feeder is furnished with o seporote
electric controller, for o p erotion from either 230 or 460 volt, 6 0 cycle AC.

Model F-86DT
The most powerful feeder of the entire line o nd the lorgest vibrotory
feeder built, the model F-86DT has o mo ximum copocit y of 1 000 tons
per hour, w ith o 60" x 7 2" flot pon trough sloped 6 degrees downgrode.
This copocit y is bo sed on handling domp sond or material weighing
100 lbs. p er cubic foot. No rrower ond longer troughs hove correspond
ingly less copocity.
Eoch Model F-86 DT vibrotory f eed er is furni shed with o seporote
electric controller, for o p erot ion from either 230 or 460 volt, 60 cycle AC.

Mountlng
The standa rd mounting orrongement for the Mod el s F-66DT ond F-8 6 DT
is suspe nsion b y four fle xible steel cables. These mo d el s con olso be
supplied with vibrotion obsorbers for flo or mounting on o solid, rigid
ba se, or for Aoor mounting the e lectromognetic drive ond cobl esuspending the trough.
Dust-tight enclosures for the electromognet, spring sy stem ond cont roller con be furnished.

Fg. 6 134

Model F-66 DT

Model F- 86DT

Trou gh typ e

Trough type

IN CHES

Standard flat pan


Special flat pan
Special flat pan
Special flat pan
Special tubular
Special tubular

48
48
42
30
16
10

60

59

72

52

60
84

59

72
96

46
52
41

12
12
12
12
16
10

42
42 V:t
42
43
48
43

68 V:t
68 V:t
68 V:t
68 V:t
68 V:t
68 V:t

83
82
83
82
82
90

21
20V:t
21
20
20V:t
19 V:t

22

22
22
22

22
22

Standard flat pan


SpecialAatpan
Special Aat pan
Special Aat pan

60
54
36
48

l l l
72 55 V:t

84 49 V:t
96 43 V:t
96 43 V:t

INCHES

12
12
12
12

36 Y.
36Y.
36Y.
36 y,

l l l
68 V:t
68V:t
68V:t
68V:t

85 Y.
85 %
85'/,
85'/

Y. , 22~

24
24 V.
24!1
24Y.

22~

22'.4
22~

Hove dimensions certified for instollation purposes.

Hove dimensions certifie d for insrollorion purposes.

Speclficatlons

Speclflcations

Power consumplio n ot 230 volts, 60 cycles........ . . . . . . . 2800 w orrs


C urren! input al 230 volts, 60 cycles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. 42 amps
Controller dimensions. . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25" x 50 x 14'
fe eder weighr (48 x 60' trough) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 50 lbs.
Contro ller weight ..... . .. .... . .......... .. .. . .. .... .. 190 lhs.

Powe r co nsumption ot 230 vo lts, 60 cycles .. ......... ...... 3000 watts


C urre n! input et 230 vo lts, 60 cycles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 amps
Controller size . . . . .
. . .......... .. . ...... 25" X
X 14'
feed er weight (60' x 72 rrough) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..... 10,000 lbs.
Conrroller weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ........ 190 lbs.

so

L 1 N K - B E L T 103

bulk handling
vib r a tory feed ers

Dual, twin, and dual-twin magnet drives

Dual mognels mounted below the trough. Photo S 16040

When require ments call for vibratory feeders with


longer and wider than standard troughs, any of
the heavy duty or extra heavy duty models can
be furnished with dual, twin or dual-twin magnet
drives.
Dua l ma gnet drives ore required only if the
leng th of !he required feeder is beyond !he
capacity of a single magnet feeder. The rote of
flow is not materially increased by the add itional
magnet. These drives may be mounted either below or above the trough.

Dual magnels mounted above the trough. Photo 5 16005

Twin magnet drives are used on larger capacity, wider troug hs and where large pieces of
material foil onto the feeder. Such a magnet
orrongemenl provides o stronger, more stoble
feeder, able lo withstand the severe jolts impa rted by falling chunks of material. The rote of
flow is not mate rially increased by !he additional
magnet. These drives may only be mounted below !he trough.
Dual-twin magnet drives ore used where the
width requires a twin and the le ngth requires a
dual. These drives may only be mounted be low
the trough.
Ali opera ting eleme nts (rectifle rs, switches, etc.)
for twin, dual or dual-twin magnet d rives a re
contained in one electric controller. Regulation of
material flow is simple-one dial controls the
action of all magnets.
Dual-twin mognets mounted below the trough. Photo S 16071

,;;;,-;.;;;;;\

r/-;/-;-7,/;,,"'
' ' / / / ,-

''"" -.

l'////;</,1.///. 1

l;':;:,o.-/.' l
. ,,,,,,,,, ,
, . /'//,,;'/
~//,,-

, ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, 1
,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,

t '//'////,,/, 1

1
1

\..r:::::::;;

rJ

1/ / / n /

"'"'
'/ .J1
L
___

i:.~~/,t~

Fig. 6152

SINGLE
MAGNET

104 L 1 N K - 8 E L T

DUAL
MAGNET

TWIN
MAGN ETS

DUA L-TWIN
MAGNETS

bulk handling
vibratory feed ers

Special engineered models


W ide feeders

When a wide curtain or !ayer of material is desired,


single or multiple electromagnetic drive wide feeders
can be supplied. The length of the trough depends
upan !he application, and its width may vary from
2 to 12 feet or more. Any of !he electromagnetic
drives may be used.

56002

Spreader feeders

Operations requ1rang a wide spread of material


can also be handled by diagonal discharge
spreader feeders with F-22DT, F-33DT and F-44DT
electromagnet drives. This arrangement is also recommended where !he lack of headroom will no!
permit use of !he wide feeders. By means of !he
angled slot, !he material is distributed over a trough
discharge 2 to 4 times the width of !he original
material stream.
Heat reslstant furnace feeders

This feeder is designed to feed metal peris and


pieces to continuous heat-treating furnaces. lt is made
of a Aat pan trough having an alloy nosepiece to
withstand !he furnace hect, mounted on any of !he
heavy duty e lectramagnetic drives. The rote of feed
is controllable and, by including an electric timer in
the controller, an adjustable intermittent feed can
b e obtained.
Water cooled and wate r heated feeders

Any of the heavy duty or extra heavy duty feeders


can be equipped wth jacketed Aat pan or tubular
troughs for water cooling, preheating or drying.
Feeders so equipped are ideal for handling hot
calcines, sinter, roasts, and clinker-or for preheating
plastics and maintaining materia l hect in transfer
from one process to another.
The Aow rote thraugh !he trough is generally low
to accomplish !he desired temperature increase or
reduction.

lnfrared drylng or pre heating feede rs

The combination of Syntron infrared heating panels


and the slow, tumbling Aow of material moving in a
thin !ayer in a vibratory feeder, accomplishes a ve ry
efficient drying or preheating action. The choice of
feeder model and pan length, as well as !he size
and number of heating panels, depends upon !he
application requirements.

Sl 1051

L 1 N K - B E L T 105

bulk handling
gravimetric feeders

Synl'ron Weigh-Flow
gravimel'ric feeders

W elgh-feeding fe rtillz:er
lngredlents to o blender.
Photo 525028

Weigh-fee ding sawdust in plosterboord mcnufocture. Photo 525019

Syntron Weigh-Flow gravime tric feeders ond grovimetric


feeder mochines ore used in industrial processes which require
continuous Aow feeding, b y weight, of bulk moteriols ot desired
constont rotes per unit of time. They ore used to weigh-feed o
voriety of bulk moteriols in the cement, chemicol, fertilizer,
food, gloss ond oil industries, ond chemicols in water ond
sewage treotment processes.
Their design incorporales o vibratory feeder, feeding on
to, ond controlled by the load oction of o scole-suspended,
constont-speed conveyor belt. The scole outomoticolly corrects
any voriotion in load on the b elt-electrically, not mechonicolly-by vorying the volt oge to the feeder's electromognetic
drive. The ratio of moximum to minimum feed vories with the
model of mochine ond the bulk density of the material being
hondled; generolly, it is opproximotely 8: l.
Grovimetric feeder mochines ore generolly opplied to lowrote opplicotions ronging up to 5 tons per hour. They hove o
vibroted supply hopper which, together with the vibrotory
feeder ond the constont-speed belt conveyor, is enclosed in o
metal cobinet on which the scole is mounted .
Grovimetric feeders ore used in processes involving higher
tonnoges, up to l 00 tons p er hour. No supply hoppers ore
furnished ; the vibratory feeder is base or suspension-mounted
under the customer's supply chute or hopper. The constont-speed
belt conveyor is enclosed in o cobinet on which the scole is
mounted.
All grovimetric units ore equipped with electronic controls
in which on electronic circuit, instontoneously responsive to ony

l 06 L 1 N K - B E L T

Welgh-feeding a ch e m ical in cement mcnufccture. Photo 525025

voriotion in belt load or scole movement, controls the feeder's


fost or slow feeding oction within l / l 20th of o second. When
operoting ot o normal rote of feed, it will produce o uniform
ribbon of material on the belt, normolly occurote to plus ar
minus
overo five minute period . The on-off feeder operation
cycle must not be less thon 15 minutes to reolize this occurocy.
Smoller units con olso be supplied with on impulse t ype control, in which the slightest over or under scole movement
controls the fost ond slow feed b y meons of unbolonced contocts on the scole. W ith this t y pe of control, the scole constontly
Aoots bock ond forth; however, the average feed over o
reosonoble time is very constont.
To counteroct the morked tendency o f sorne moteriols such
os activoted corbon, cement, ond d io tomoceous eorth, to Aush
ond run, Aooding the weighing system, grovimetric units con b e
furnished w ith o speciol built- in Aush control.
Syntron grovimetric feeders ond feeder mochines ore availoble in o standard range of styles ond si zes with copocities
from o few pounds to l 00 tons per hour. They con be furnished
os follows:

13

l. With or without supply hoppers ond hopper vibrotors.


(smoll units only)
2. As open models, or in dust-tight cobinets.
3. With or w ithout remole ond recording controls.
4. With or w ithout outomotic Aush control.
5. With or without outomotic interlock, in dicotor lomps ond
olorm.

bulk handling
gravlmetrlc feeders

Syntron Weigh-Flow gravimetric feeder machines


Models G FM-0-8 ond GFM-11-12 grovimetric feeder mochines con be furnished
with either electronic or impulse type control. Operotion is from either 115,
230 or 460 volt, 60 cycle AC.
The Model GFM-21 -18 uses the electronic control only. Operotion is from
either 230 or 460 volt, 60 cycle AC.

'4--- - - - - - -A- - - - - ---+i

C=1]

f---N--=i

._ _______ ,

;~
OISCHARGE

lK

'

k-L.J+-

LJ

DISCHARGE

Fig. 6212

Dlmenslons

Speclflcatlons
Model

Copacit y,
pounds : er hour

GFM- O- 8 1
GFM-11-1 2
GFM-21 -1 8

600
4,000
10,000

Volts ot
60 cycles

1 115
11 5
230

con~~;;e;ion
wa::s

75
200
460

Input,
amps

~2

Weight,
pounds

300
840
1050

.6. Copociti es bosed an sond weighing 100 paunds per cubic faat.
Copacities far lighter weight ar finer mesh moteriols prapartianotely less.

Mod el

A l e 1 e 1 o I EI F 1 G 1 H 1 J I Kll \ M 1

INCHES

~ ~~1 24:~

GFM- O- 8143
0 \.'.i 1 31
20~1 18Y,
18 120
23 1 116!141 20
15 \.'.i 1
GFM-11-12
66 14
48
31 1 35
: 1 \.'.il
GFM-21-18 82 64
42
30
33 49 . .. ... .. . . 12 3
9

8
12
18

Hove dimensians cer ti fied far instal lotian purposes.

Syntron Weigh-Flow gravimetric feeders


Grovimetric feeder s ore furnished only with electronic control. O perotion is
from either 230 o r 460 volt, 60 cycle AC.

L
VARIABLE

C-VARIABLE- - >- - - -- -A- -- -J...,JH

~..~---~

~rFig. 621 1

Dlmenslons

Speclflcatlons
Mod e l

GF-22-24
GF-33-24
GF-44-36
GF-45-36
GF-45-48
GF-55-48

pr

Copocity,

tons

hour

9
15
30
60
80
100

Volts a t

60 cycles

230
230
230
230
230
230

Po wer

llnput,

460
860
1320
1820
2700
4000

6
16
20
30
35
50

'"',;:;~:ion, omps

I Weight,
pounds
1400
2 100
3800
4600
4800
9000

Copocities bosed an sond wei ghing 100 paunds per cubic faat.
Copacities far lighter weight ar finer mesh moteriols prapartionotely less.

49
49
61
61
104
168

42
42
54
54
92
92

79
79
87
87
9
96

1 J

30
30
46
46
54
54

3
3
3
3
4
4

6
6
4
4

Model

INCHES

GF-22-24
GF-33-24
GF-44-36
GF-45-36
GF-45-48
GF-55-48

49
49
49
49
50
50

30
30
38
38
46
46

. .. ..
.....

24
24
36
36
48
48

H ove dimensions certified far instollotion purpases.

L 1 N K - B E L T 107

bulk handling
m e chanlcal v i brating feed e r s

mechanical
vibraing feeders
Link-Belt mechanical vibrating feeders consist of a coble and spring
suspended or floor mounted trough octuoted for straightline motion
by o mechonical vibrator assembly mounted on the trough frome.
Th ey ore suitable for feeding bulk moteriols from bins, hoppers or
similar containers at o controlled uniform rote.
These feeders ore ideal for handling o wide ronge of moteriols
from heavy, sticky ores to light, dry grains.
The unitized trough const ruction prevents leakoge ond spilloge.
The troughs ore easily reploceoble ond moy be enclosed to reduce
dust or other contominotion hazards. When material charocteristics
require, troughs of stainless steel or other metals con be furnished.
Link-Belt mechonical vibrating feeders are mode in two designs:
the motorized counterweight feeder and the geored counterweight
feeder.

Motoriz:e d counte rwelght v ibr ating f ee de r


39371

Motorized counterweight mechanical vibrating feeders hove o


com poct mechanicol vibrator drive with the motor assembled os
on integral power unit mount ed entirely on the lrough frame.
Counlerweights on each end of o double extended motor
shafl are supported on heavy duty beorings. This power unit
is resiliently supporled ond has o p ivoted connection to produce o straightline motion al an odjustoble ongle lo the trough.
The material flow con be easily conl rolled by vorying the following: hopper gate opening, trough slope, counlerweight, or
vibralor thrust angle.
A 3' x 5 ' feeder will handle 200 TPH of damp sand or
similor material weighing opproximately l 00 pounds per
cubic foot al o slope of opproximately 6 downgrade. Steeper
trough slopes will substonlially increase capocity. Capocity
will vory with other maleriols: lower capocity for lighter or
flner materiols and higher copacity for heavier or coarser
materia Is.
Avoilable in standard widths from 2 to 4 feel ond lengths
from 5 to 8 feet. Other sizes can be furnished.

Geare d count erweight vibrating feeder


Geared counlerweight mechanicol vibroting feeders ore built
in two types: DF for heovy duty ond CF for extro-heavy duty
opplicotions.
Vibroting oction is produced by o Link-Belt Stroightline vibrator mounted lo the underside of o rugged welded steel
frame. The unbalanced shafts in the vibrotor are geared together lo operote al the sorne speed ond produce forces resulting in o stroightline motion. High capacity, self-aligning roller
bearings ond o il bath lubrication ossure long bearing life.
The material flow con be eosily controlled by varying the
following: hopper gafe opening, trough slope, or speed.
The DF 3 ' x 5' feede r w ill hondle 250 TPH of domp sand
or similor material weighing l 00 pounds per cubic foot at o
slope of 6 downhill.
The CF 3 ' x 5 ' feeder will hondle 400 TPH of domp sond or
similor moteriol weighing l 00 pounds per cubic foot al a slope
of 6 downhill.
Types DF ond CF o re built in widths from 2 to 6 feet and
lengths from 5 to 16 feet or more, in one-fool increments.

108 L 1 N K - B E L T

bulk handling
mechanlcal vlbratlng feeders

Motorized counterweight vibrating feeder

r14

A
TROUGH WIDTH

I'

:
~

.....

....

---------Motorized counterweig ht vibrating feeder cable a nd spring suspend ed


Dimenslons motorized counterweight type
,_

Weight,
p ounds

Size

MC25
MC26
MC27
MC28

1140
1190
1240
1290

MC35
MC 36
MC37
MC38
MC45
MC46
MC47
MC48

_ _ _e _

_A _ _
Fe et

lnches

2
2
2
2

6
7
8

1250
13 10
1370
1430

3
3
3
3

6
7
8

1360
1430
1500
1570

4
4
4
4

6
7
8

'

28 Y2
28 Y2
28 Y2
28 y,
40 y,
40 Y2
40 y,
40 Y2

52 Y2
52 Y2
52 Y2
52 Y2

H ove d1mens1ons cerl1fied for 1nslollol1on purposes.

Geared counterweight vibrating feeder


\

l~ TROUGH LENGTH--At---

.>...1

._/

----Fig. 631 4

Ge ared counterweight vibrating


feed er floo r mounted
Fig 6315

Ge a red counterweight vibrating fe e d er cable and spring suspended


Dlmenslons g eo red counterweight type
Ex tr a hea v y duty

H eavy duty
Feeder

size

Weight,
pounds

Fe et

25 y.
25 y.
25 y.

6
8
7

14
14
14

10
10
10 y,

7
7
7

25 y.
25 y.
25 y.

10
8
12

14
16
16

12
12
12

7 y,
7 y,
7 y,

26 y.
26 y.
26 y.

DF46
DF48
DF57

2900
3200
3500

4
4

DF5 10
DF68
DF6 12

4900
5000
6200

Weight,
pounds

CF28
CF35
CF38
CF46
CF48
CF410
CF57
CF5 10
CF68
CF612

3900
4200
5300
5100
6000
7000
7300
8500
8800
10900

2
3
3
4
4
4
5
5

6
6

Fe et

7
7
7

Feeder
size

lnches

10
10
10

2
3
3

6
6

12
12
12

2200
2300
3000

DF28
DF35
DF38

8
6
8
10
7
10
8
12

lnches

16
16
16
19
19
19
19
19
22
'22

10 y,
10 Y2
12
12
12
13
13
13
13
13

7
7
7 Y2
7 Y2
7 Y2
7 y,
7 y,
7Y2
7Y2
7 Y2

31
31
32
34
34
36
36
36
38
38

Hove d imensions certi fi ed for instollotion purposes.

L 1 N K - B E L T 109

bulk handling
bar fllght feeders

bar fligh feeders


Link-B elt bar flight feeders, a mod ifled form of
flight conveyors, constitute compac.t and economical units suitable for handling materials
which will not b uild up in the trough and conveyor cha ins and which are granular, Class C ;
very free flowing, Class 1 ; free flowing, Class 2 ;
nonabrasive, Class 6; and mildly corrosive,
Class P. Refer to Table 1, page 563 for further
descriptions of material classes.
Two strands of Cla ss SS 4678, 6 - inch pitch,
chain are employed in the conveying medium.
By means of suitable chain attachments, ba r
flights are mounted between the conveyor
chains at spaced intervals to move the material
along the trough bottom. These feeders are
usually enclosed and, if necessary, can be made
d ust-tight.
In horizontal feeders and those inclined up
to 1O degrees, material beds several times the
depth of the flight, can be handled successfully.
Because of their compact desi gn, these
feeders sometimes afford a solution to a feeder
problem where a minimum of head room is
available. When used with inbuilt shallow track
hoppers, they provide a means of maintaining
minimum pit depths. Since they operate et slow
speed, wear and maintenance are reduced to a
mnimum, resulting in en economical application.

Removlng cool fr om t rack h o p p er, bar Aight feeder


discharges into crusher or directly into gravity-dischorge
conveyor-elevator serving storage silo. Photo 33315

..
..,

..

Types

Solution

Two types of link-Belt bar flight feeders are availableThe self-contained bar Aight feeder is a gene ral-purpose feeder
ond is commonly used, either horizontally or inclined, under bins
or trock hoppers. In this design, lhe materiol is fed to the top or
return run of the conveyor and corried rearward o short distance
before it drops through an opening in the trough to the botlom
or conveying run. An adjustable slide gafe is used to regulate the
rote of feed.
The bar Aight feeder with inbuil t shallow trock hopper is a singlepurpose feeder requiring a minimum of pit depth and foundation
construction. In this type of feeder, the top or relurn run is shielded
ond the material fed directly to the bottom or conveying run. An odjustoble, counterweighted gafe is used to regulate the rote of feed.

Refer to the table for bar Aight feeders with inbuilt shollow trock
hoppers. A feede r with Aights 18" wide is satisfoctory for the lump
size and operoting al 20 FPM will handle 18.2 TPH of 50 pound
per cubic foot material.

Example of bar fll ght f eeder se le ction


Problem
Select o bar flight feeder with inbuil t shallow trock hopper to meet
!he following conditions:
Material . .... . .. . .. coal
Weight .. . ... . . . . . . 50 pounds per cubic foot
Copocity . . . . . . . . .. 30 tons per hour

11 0 . LINK - BELT

30 X 20
speed of feede r for capocity of 30TPH =18T = 33 FPM.
horsepower al heod shoft bosed o n 20 FPM feede r speed
= .60 + (11.5 X.035) = 1 HP
Refer lo the ta ble. Terminal 1 with 2 7A/' diometer heod shoft is
so tisfoctory for 1 HP.
horsepower al head shoft, bosed on 33 FPM feeder speed
1 X 33
=--w- = 1.65 HP.
speed of he od shoft for 33 FPM

5 X 33

=~

= 8.25 RPM.

Knowing horsepower ond speed al !he head shoft, selecl d rive


from Cotalog 1050.

bulk ha ndling
bar flight feeders

Self-contained bar flight feeders

ntt.

RIGHT HAN D ASSEMBLY

VIE W XX

_ _ _...;;;..;.;.-.-...i~i...-.....- - - - - - - -....-----i~*'
..

16

J;;:;!

12

SECTION AA

7: 6. MINIMUM CENTERS

20-+ 1 < 0 - - - - - - -15'- s'. MAXIMUM CENTERS;- - - - - - - ' r - + i


VARIABLE BY 6. INCREMENTS

...

Copa city

Fl;ght

Moximum

width

lump

Cubic

A,
inches

sir e,
inches

fe et
p er
hour

18
24
36

per
ho ur

18.2
24.2
36.5

968
1460

H eod
sha ft

heod shoft

Tons

728

3
3
3

Horsepower at

...

1Add;1;onol I

lift,

centers,

per

centers

pe r foot

foot

.41
.5 2
.97

.025

.024
.027
.0 40

5
5
5

.032
.0 42

Terminal 1

Termina l 2

Terminal 3

1.2 horsepower

2 horsepo wer

2 hors e po we r

speed,

Mini mum

shaft

Fig. 4 576

RPM

E 1

E 1

1 w

F 1 K
INCHES

E 1

1 w

1 2217~ 1 31~~~:'12 1 ~6
, ~~ 1 2228 , 3327 , 544 2 , 2y,.
1
1
1
1
52
2%
29
35
54

::
24

2~

3~

Bar flight feeders with inbuilt shallow track hoppers

n1r

bd11
VIEW XX

RIGHT HAN D ASSEMBLY

2:2,- +4-------~ 4'.7;'MINIMUM CENTERS,_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _____,


32~ 7 ;' MAXIMUM CENTERS
VARIABLE BY 6' INCREMENTS

...

C opocty

FHght

Mox imum

width

lump

Cubic

A,

siz: e,
inc-hes

fe et
p er

inches

hour

18
24

4
4

Horsepo w er ot
heo d sho ft

Tons
1

per
hour

728

18.2

968

24 .2

...

Minimum
shoft
cent ers

.60
.80

Addition a l
1

cent en,
p er foot

s pe ed,
RPM

.035
.0 4 5

Hove dimensions certified for installation purposes.


Maximum r ecommended speed, 50 FPM.
Maximum recommended weight of material, 100 pounds per cubic foot.
Head shalts are provided wilh either Series 2-1500 babbitted or Series 400
roller bearing pillow blocks
Foot shalts are provided with either Series DS-B2800 babbitted or Series
DS 3-400A roller bearing takeups.

18
21

Ter minal 3
3.2 horsepower

Te rmina l 2

Ter minal 1
1.2 horsepo wer

Heo d
sho f t

SECTION BB Fig. 4 579

SECTION AA

2 horsep ower

INCHES

19
2~ 1 22
2~

24
27

20
23

26
29

Capacily and horsepower based on feeder speed of 20 FPM and


handling material weighing 50 pounds per cubic foot. Capacity and horsepower directly proportional to feeder speed and weight of material.
Based on feeder speed o f 20 FPM and directly proportional lo othe r
speeds.

&

LINK - BELT .1 11

bulk handling
screw feeders

screw feeders

Feed in g flour from storoge bins to sifters in o lorge bokery by o vost


network of twin screw feed ers with drop bottom troughs. The rote of
Aow is corefully con.rolled throughout the syste m. Photo 35258

Soybea n hulls are fed from storage bins to grinding milis by


three screw feeders, driven by link-Belt P.l.V. variable speed
drives, ot o closely contro lled rote of Aow. Pho to 34014

Li nk - Belt screw feeJers are modified sctew conveyors used to control the
flow of material at a cons tant or variab l e rote from track hoppers, storage
hoppers, b i ns or tanks. They are suit able for hand ling a w i de variety of
materials ranging from fines to a combination of fines and lumps. Under
many conditions, the feeder also will serve as a valve.
These feeders are totally endosed, compact, simple in design and dust-tight
in construction. They aie economical to install, operate and maintain .
Link-Belt saew feeders are made in two general types-Type A screw
feeder consisting of a screw with regular pitch flighting and Type B screw
feeder consisting of a screw with short pitch flighting. Both types are also
available with screws having uniform diameters and with screws having
tapering diamet ers.
Link-Belt screw feeders incorparate the benefits derived from many years
of experience with successful applications. Designs ca n be furnished to suit
specific requirements.

112 LINl<- B E LT

bulk handling
screw feeders

Types
Shown in the following table are Types A and 8 feeders classifled
with their other individual design feotures:

Types of screw feeders


Feeder
type
_ A
_ l_
A2
A3
A4
81
82
83
84

Description
Feeder only
Feeder with extended
screw conveyor
Feeder only
Feeder with extended
screw conveyor
Feeder only
Feeder with extended
screw conveyor
Feeder only
Feeder with extended
screw conveyor

Feeder screw

Regular pitch, uniform diameter

Regular pitch, topering diometer

Short pitch, uniform diameter

Screw feede rs w ith exte nde d scre w conveyor


Screw feed e rs with extended screw conveyors ore necessory
when intermediate hangers are required or when it is necessory to
convey the material for sorne distance. A screw conveyor of larger
diameter than the feeder screw is combined with the feeder lo make
the exlension. Types A2, A4, 82 and 84 are such combinations.

Short pitch, tapering diameter

Screw feeders are regularly provided with shrouded or curved


cover plotes for a short distonce beyond lhe e nd of the inlel opening lo oblain proper feed regulotion. Longer shrouds, extra short
pitch screws and other modiflcalions are occasionally required lo reduce fl ushing of very free flowing maleriols along the feeder screw.

Fig. 3780
Mu ltiple s cre w feed e r
Fig. 3691

Screw fe ede r with uniform diame te r screw


Screw feeders wlth uniform diameter screws, Types A 1, A2,
81, o nd 82 ore regulorly used for handling fine, free flowi ng metera is. Since the diometer of the screw is uniform, lhe feed of the
material will be from the foreporl of the inlet and no t across lhe
entire length. Where hoppers, bins, tanks, etc., ore completely emptied
or where inerl or deod oreas of material over the inlet ore not
objectionob le, this type of feeder is entirely sotisfoctory, as well as
economica l.

Multiple screw fe e ders are usuolly used in flot botlom b ins for
discharging ma terials which hove o tendency to pack a r bridge
under pressure. Frequently, the entire bin botlom is provided with
these feeders which convey the material lo collecling conveyors.
Such arrangemenls are commonly used for handling hogged fue l,
wood shavings, ele.

Fig. 3690

Scre w feed e r with lapering d iame te r scre w


Screw feed e rs with taperlng diameter scre ws, Types A3, A4,
8 3 and 84, will reodily handle meterais conlaining a foir percentage
of lumps. In addilion, they are used extensively where it is necessary
or desirable to draw the moterial uniformly across lhe enlire length
of the inlet opening to e liminote inerl or deod oreas of material ot
the foreparl of opening.
Stepped pilch screws con be used in place of tapering diometer
screws for sorne applications. They consist of screws wilh succeeding
sectiona l flights increasing progressively in pitch. The portian of lhe
screw with the smoller pilch is located under the inlet opening.

Fig. 3820
Sp cia l scre w fe eder
Special screw f e ed e rs may be of lhe revolving lype, os shown,
arronged for rotating oround hopper or bin outlels for discharge to
points around a n are. O lher feeders con be made to rola le oround
the feeder discharge lo reach more than one source of feed.
Jacke ted screw feeders consist of troughs or cosings provided
with oddilional jackets through which heoting or cooling media circulate to hect or cool or maintain the material temperatures.

LINK - BELT 113

bulk handling
scre w feeders

Selection
c

Consider the following foctor s when selecting o horizontal screw


feed er:

=copocily in cubic feet per hour

l = lenglh of feeder or feed e r with extended


screw conveyor in feel

Kind ond chorocler of material being hondled, such os si ze,


flowob ility, obrosiveness, e tc.

8 = length of inle t opening in feel

Weight of material in pounds per cubic foot

K = horsepower factor from Table 3, poges 284-287,


bosed on feeder screw diometer A

Moximum ro le al which material is hondled in cubic feel


per hour

G = 1.00 when A = 5.0 or more. When A = less than


5.0 obtoin volue of G from Tabl e 5, poge 289

Moximum size of lumps in inches, average size of material ond


percentoge of lumps in total volume
lenglh of feeder or feeder with extended conveyor in feet
With this informotion known, proceed os follows:

Knowing the horsepower ond speed ot the feeder drive shoft refer
lo poges 276-277 for typicol drive orrongemenls. Orive moy be
locoled al eilher end . The horsepower ot the motor equols the horsepower al the feeder drive shoft divided by the total e ffici ency of the
drive sele cted.

Example of sc r ew feeder selection


Establish the material class Refer to Table 1, poges 282

Proble m

ond 283 ond find the material closs ond weighl of the material being
hondled. lf this particular material is nol listed, selecl one with similor
choroclerislics or determine the clossiflcotion by using Table 1, poge
563. Additionol considerotion relotive to copocity should be given to
the handling of moleriols which interlock or mol, Closs X, or oerote
ond become fl uid, Closs Y.

Selecl o horizontal screw feeder lo meel the following conditions:


Material. ... . . . . .. . .... . .... . .. solt cake, dry, caarse
Weighl. . ...... . . .... . .... . . . .. 85 pounds per cubic foot
Capacity .. .. . ........ . ........ 1000 cubic feel per hour
Ma ximum lump size ... . .... .. .. .. 1 inch, 20 per cent of
total valume

Determine the type of feeder screw Knowing the

l englh of feeder .... ... ... ...... 18 feet

material closs ond lump size, refer lo Table 1, poge 115 ond determine the type of feeder for the requiremenls bosed on length
of feeder, inlet opening lenglh ond kind of drowoff.

Kind of feed ...... . . .. .... . .... feed ocross entire


length of inl e t

Dete r m i ne the feeder s cre w s iz:e Knowing the lump size,


copocity ond lype of feeder, refer lo Table 2, poge 115 ond determine the feeder screw diomeler ond required speed . For feeder
Types A2, A4, 82 or 84, olso determine the e xtended conveyor
screw diomeler. Check the conveyor screw diomeler ond lenlolive
speed wilh the recommended copocities ond speeds of horizontal
screw conveyors lisled in Table 2, poge 284. In sorne inslonces il moy
be necessory lo reoch o compromise between the feeder ond conveyor screw diomelers lo moinloin o common speed.
I

Calculate th e req u ired h o rs epo w er The power required to drive o screw feeder depends upen the closs of material
being hondled. Use the following formulo for colculoting the horsepower:

Solution
Refer to Table 1, poge 283, note thot the material is clossed os 027.
Refer to Table 1, poge 115 ond note thot o Type 83 or 84 feeder is
recommended for 027 material. Since the length of the feed e r will
require an e xtended screw canveyor, select Type 84 feeder.
Refer to Table 2. A 12" diomeler feeder screw operoling ot 40
RPM is required for the lump size and capocily. The extended conveyor screw diameter F will b e e ithe r 14", 16" o r 18" depending
upen the trough loading. Re fer lo Table 2, poge 284. Note thol o
30 per cent lrough looding is recommended ond thot o 16" diometer
conveyor screw operoting ot 32 RPM will handl e the capacity. The refore, o 12" diomete r feeder screw with 16" diometer extended
conve yor screw operoling at 40 RPM is salisfoclory.
Refer to Table 3, page 286, under material 027. Note that Componen! Group O, with hard iron bearing hongers, shown in Table 4,
poge 288, is indicote d.
Horsepower H ot the feeder drive shaft = AG

H = AG
where H = horsepower ot feeder drive shoft

1000 [ 18 + (3 X 6) 1207
1 000 000--- = 7 .4 5
'
'
G = l .00
A=

H = 7.45 X 1.00 = 7 .45 HP


A

C(L+ 28 )K
OOO OOO for Closs A ond 8 moteriols
1
'
'

Knowing the horsepowe r ond spee d ot fe e der drive shoft, selecl drive.
Assuming that the total e fficienc y of the drive selected is 853, the

7 .45

horsepower al the motor = .


C(L + 38)K
A = l ,OOO,OOO for Closs C ond O moteriols

114 LI N K-BELT

85

= 8 .8 HP

Therefore, select a 1 O horsepower motor.

bulk handling
screw fee d ers

Table 1 Selection of feeder type


lnlet opening and kind
a f drawaff

Moximum
lump size,
inches

Material
closs

A, B
16, 26, 36
17, 27, 37
18, 28, 38

Feeder
type

Va

Normal inlet opening.


Material drowoff,
foreport only

Al

Uniform diometer, regular pitch screw

A2

Unifor m diometer, regular pitch screw


with extended screw conveyor

Normal inlet opening.


Uniform material drowoff
thru full length

AJ

Topering diometer, regular pitch screw

A4

Topering diometer, regular pitch screw


with extended screw conveyor

Long inlet opening.


Material drowoff,
forepart only

"'
A, 8, C, D
16, 26, 36
17, 27, 37
18, 28, 38

- - -

Long inlet opening.


Uniform material drawoff
thru full length

Descriptian af feeder screw

Unsized material consisting o f coorse and fines where 25/o o f volume does
not exceed moximum lump size ond average size o f balance does not ex
ceed one-holf of the maximum lump size. When lumps exceed 253 o f

81

--

Uniform diometer, short pitch screw

82

Uniform diameter, short pitch screw


with extended screw conveyor

83

Tapering diometer, short pitch screw

84

Tapering diameter, short pitch screw


with extended screw conveyor

volume or material contains hord unbreakoble lumps, consuh Link-Be lt.


0 Fer length, refer to B. Table 2.
Screw feed ers conno t control materials which become luid.

Fig. 4595

Fig. 4596

Types Al and A4 feeder

Types A 1 and A3 feeder

Section

ot inlet

Fig. 4676
Fig. 4677

Types 82 and 84 feeder

Types 81 a nd 83 f eed er

Tabl e 2 Copocities ond speeds of horizontal screw feeders


Feeder
screw
diometer,
inc.hes

Maximum
lump size,

inches

Copocity al

Moximum
recommended
speed, RPM

maximum

re commended
speed

Copocity al
one RPM

B
A

e
shroud
t

Conveyor screw diometer

Trough looding, per cent


45

30

15

INCHES

Cubic feel per hour

Types A 1, A2 , A3 and A4 feeders

6
9
12
14
16
Typ es 81 ,
6
9
12
14
16

v.
v.
v.
v.
v.

70
70
60
50
40

315
1120
2250
3100
3740

4.5
16.0
37.5
62.0
93.5

6
9
12
14
16

36
42
48
54
54

12
18
24
28
32

3.0
10.7
25.0
42.0
61.0

60
66
72
78
78

8
12
16
20
22

7
9

10
11
11 Y2

14
18
22
24
28

12
16

14
18

14
18
22
24
28

12
14

9
12
16

12
16

82 , 83 and 84 feeders
'A
1 Y2
2
2 y,
3

70
70
60
50
40

210
749
1500
2100
2440

Hove dimensions certified fer instollotion purposes.


Bosed on 903 theoreticol copacity.
Where no diometer is given fer extended screw conveyor, consult Link-Belt.
o Unsized material consisting of coarse ond fines where 253 of volume does
not exceed maximum lump size and average size of balance does not exceed one-holf o f the maximum lump size. When l umps exceed 253 of

12
14
16

7
9

10
11
11 Y2

14
18

volume or material contains hord unbreokoble lumps, consult Link-Belt.


/:;. Moximum in regular construction. Fer inlets longer thon listed, consul t LinkBelt.
t Where most of the material is y. or lorger, use cu tofl piol e l nsteod o f
shroud.

LINK - BELT 115

bulk handling
rota ry t able feeders

ro'lary 'lable feeders

The Link-Belt rctory table feeder consists of o power driven


circular plote rototing directly below o bin opening. An
odjustoble feed collar, locoted immed iotely obove the rototing table, determines the volume of material d elivered.
These feeders are generolly used with round, vertical bins
ond for handling materials w hich hove a tendency to orch,
such as damp sand, wood chi p s, etc. They provide o foirly
uniform feed for most met erais.
The lower edge of the feed collar is helicol in shope,
being closest to the rotating table immediately behind the
plow ond forthest from it d irectl y in front of the plow. This
orrangement permits equal quantiti es of ma teria l to Aow
under the collar around the complete circle ond spreod
o ver the table a s it revolves. The material is then plowed
off in a steady stream into a d ischorg e chute. The rote of
f eed is odjusted b y repositioning the f eed collar.
Ty pes 1 ond 2 feeders, in sizes ronging from 26" to 84"
in diame ter, ore mode for applicotion to b ins of like prop o rtion. Because of the rela tivel y large table diameter, bin
openings which ore lorg e in proportion to the bin diameter
oct to reduce arching of the material without withdrowing
und uly lorge qu antities. O ther ty pes are shown on poge 118.
Link-Belt rotory table feeders are accurately ond substontiolly made and embody in design ond construction th e
feotures which contri bute to successful o p eration.
Delivering a continuous flow of foundry sand lo o distributing belt conveyor, lhis rotory lo ble feeder receives sond from o
Link-Bel! circular sloroge bin. Pholo 19149

De llvering pre pare d san d lo belt conveyor, lhis


rotory loble feeder is porl of o complete sond cond itioning syslem in o foundry. Pholo 19231 A

116 L INK - BELT

Assurlng uniform d elivery of foundry sand lo o lempering bell conveyor, this rolory toble feeder, with odjusloble collar, is olloched to lhe
botlom of o circular lonk. Pholo 16461 A

bulk handling
rotary table feeders

lypes 1and2
Example of rotary table feeder selection
Problem
Select a rotory table
Material
Weight
Capocity

TABLE
iDIAMETER

DISCHARGE CHUTE
MAY BE LOCATED
90 EITHER SIDE
AS SHOWN

~L

L_l _J

feeder to meet the following conditions:


.... ... . foundry sond
. ....... 100 pounds p er cubic foot
. ....... 25 tons p er hour

Solution

Refer to the tobles: A 60-inch d iameter table feeder opero ting at


5.4 revolutions per minut e will hondle materiol weighing 100 pounds
per cubic foot ot the maximum rote
of 32.5 tons per hour. Therefore, this
size is selected.
The drive consists of a Link-Belt
worm geo r drive connected to a 3horsepowe r, 17 50 RPM motor.

- E~ F
SECTION AA

WORM
GEAR
DRIVE

TABLE
Fig. 6265

WELDED
STEEL
BASEPLATE

Type 1
Capacity &
Cubic feet
TPH
Per Haur
Min. 1 Max. 1 Min. 1 Max.

Table
diameter

A,
inches

26
36

50
93

85
155

2.5

4.7

900 RPM
Motor,
HP

Weight,
Pounds

660
804

16
23 Y2

E
1

INCHES

4.3
7.8

Hove dimensions ce rtifled for in$talloti on purpo<:;.e5:.

v.

& Capacity based on feeder operating at 11.25 RPM.

7Y2

10
13

11

25 Y2
24

10
15

27~
1 - 35

1 Y2

Raoi;ed on material weighing 100 pounci~ per cubic foot.

Capacity directly proportional to weight of material.

FEED
COLLAR

FEED RING
i./DISCHARGE MAY BE ROTATED
I"" WITH REFERENCE TO DRIVE

A'

SECTION AA

lk-_..,,.~~~~ R ~~~~-+--;,.1

1 //

'

l_I ~=1.J:;;;;;;;;;;;;~~~~~~~~JJ~~~-+
1

r-]'- - - -\
4 " e=

TABLE

t-.:::;i::t~-:;;;;~

~Grl-H

L.J'

~~~~~~
Fig. 6266

DISCHARGE
CHUTE

Type 2
Nominal
table
d i o meter,

inches

48
60
72
84

Table
speed,
RPM
6.3
5.4
5.4
6.0

Capocity
Cubic feet
TPH
Per Haur
Min. 1 Max. 1 Min. 1 Mox.

235
290
380
525

5 15
630
825
11 40

11.8
14.5
19.0
26.3

26.0
31.5
41.3
57.0

Hove dimensions certifie d for instollafion purposes.

1750RPM
Weight,
Motor,
pounds
HP

A
1

E
1

G
1

J
1

K
1

INCHES

2
3

5
7

y,

1950
2430
2975
4240

49
62
75
88

26
38
50
62

26~

28
32
36

Y2

v.

15 Y2
17 Y2
18 Y2

22 Y2

12
12
12
15

Y2

20
26
25
34

Y2
Y2

12
14
16
18

20
26
30
35

8
9
10
11

12
15
18
21

46
58
70
82

40
40
40
40

y,
Ya
Y2
Y2

Based on material weighing 100 pounds per cubic foot.


Capacity directly propo rlional to weight of material.

LINK-BELT 117

bulk handling
rotary table feed en

Other types

Link- Belt manufactu res many rotary feeders for speciflc materials and p urposes. The wood chip feede rs shown in the
accompany ing photographs are t y p ical of many built for
kraft pulp milis, and range as high as seventeen feet in
diameter. In this t y pe of feeder the table, because of its size,
is independ ently supported on t runnion rollers. Feeding rot e
is controlled b y an ad justable feed collar and !he hinged
adjustable plow.

A battery af three 17 -foat diameler ratary table feeders reclaiming wood


chips fra m sloroge silos. Photo 35997

A close-up view of one of the above feeders illustrating plow aclion.


Photo 35998

A 72" diameler rolary table feede r feeding iron ore lo lwo troughed
belt conveyars. Photo 35460

Orive s for extra hea vy duty f eeders


The spiral bevel gear drive illuslrated is used extensively in sinter plants
for rotary table feeders handling iron ore, concentrote, limestone, cake and
similar materials. Far this service a direct connected fully enclased drive is
preferred. The circular table is bolted directly to the Aange on th e output
shaft af the drive unit, which obsorbs oll radial ond vertical thrust loods.
Constont or variable speed drives ore ovoiloble.

I
~~~~~~~~)
REVOLVING TABLE

F19. 6277

Sp iral bev el gear drive with motorized


P.l.V. to provid e variable speed.

118 LINK - BELT

Spira l bevel gear d rive with addi ti onal speed


reducer to p rovid e con stant sp eed.

PLOW
DISCHARGE

bulk handling
rotary plow feeders

ro'lary plow feeders

The link-Belt rotory plow feeder is designed for


dependoble, high-copocity recloiming of bulk
moteriols in tunnels under stock piles, ond from
beneoth long storoge bins.
The feeder consists of o self-propelled, trockmounted troveling corrioge upon which ore
mounted one or two motor driven rotors, eoch
with four or more orms rototing in o horizonta l
plone. The material is plowed by the curved
bloded orms from o long horizontal shelf onto
o belt conveyor os the entire unit trovels continuousl y bock ond forth between pre-determined limits.
These feeders ore used for recloiming ore,
sinter, potosh, toconite pellets, coke lumps, limestone, etc.-in foct, they ore recommended for
virtuolly ony material thot will not octuolly
flush through the opening ond off the shelf.
The rotory plow feeder is porticulorly odvontogeous for handling moteriols thot tend to
pock or orch. The feed opening is continuous
for the entire looding distonce, ond the orching
of material is minimized since the rototing orms
undercut the orch support on oll but two sides.
This orrongement prevents the stoppoge of material flow co used by the dome effect often
occurring when material is supported by the
four sides of o rectangular opening.

Effectfve n e ss of r otary plow feeder Is lllustrate d by volley in the pile over


ane af two tunnels. Material can be piled up ta lower chord of stackpiling bridge.
Photo 36 143

LI N K-BE LT 119

bulk handling
rotary plow f eed e rs

Rotary plow feeders


.- ' ... - ' ... .. V..... .. .. -. : LEL. 26'-Q'

ORE TROUGH

MAIN T UNN(L

BELT CONVEYOR
. . " ' i,
!"'"' "';" .. -.. _'l.
., . . , . i

Material is usua lly discharged from th e rotary plow


feeders directly onto a collectin g belt conveyor below. For handling high capacities and heavy, sharp
materials, a short transfer belt may be mounted on
the traveling ca rriage to absorb the impact as ma terial is discharged from the shelf. The transfer or
impact belt also assists in regul ating the flow and
improves loading to the main collecting belt.
A higher percentage of the stored material can be
reclaimed by withdraw ing ma terial th rough the continuous slotted opening rather than through a series
of spaced openings. lncrements of capacity losses are
limited to the d istance the feeder t ravels beneath
material t hat may have arched solid l y beyond the
cutting range of the rotor blades. Such arches are
usually broken down as adjacent m aterial is withdrawn, then reclaimed during the next pass of the
feeder.

"'

TYPI CAL SECTI ON THRO UG H TUNN EL

Ma teria l is r e mov e d b y rot ory p low fee d e r from continuous shelf beneath starage p ile and may be fed directly
to moin tunnel belt canveyor or from impact transfer belt
as shown. Fig. 35596

Up to 5 " ore is fed by rotary p low feed er from shelf botto m of trough thro ug h continuous,
full length feed opening in tunne l. Photo 36159

120 L 1 N K - B E L T

bulk handling
rotary plow fee ders

Rotary plow feeders


Rotory plow feeders moy be built for copocities of
300 to 3500 tons per hour, depending on number
ond speed of rotors, ond the number ond effective
rodius of bloded orms. Feeders con be furnished with
lateral odjustment to permit feeding material from
either side of mochine. Double rotor feeders con be
furnished to simultoneously plow material from shelves
on both sides.
Copocities moy be voried by manual odjustment
of rotor speed ond corrioge trove!, or through remote controls interlocked with the conveying system
being fed.
Orive equipment is normolly mounted on the sorne
troveling corrioge with the rotors, but for lorge
copocity units ond those requiring considerable elect ricol equipment, the drives con be placed on o
seporote corrioge.
3000 TPH of lron ore Is fe d by
rotary plow feeder with impoct tronsfer belt from shelf ot upper right to
main tunnel belt conveyor in on eJ<tensive shiploading system. Photo 361 66

lron ore Is reclalmed at 6000 TPH by


two rotary plow feeders, each equipped
with two rolors. Vorioble voltoge electrical
equipment is mounted on a seporote corriage and is controlled from shiplooding
stotion sorne dislonce owoy. Photo 36162

Ore up to 6 " Is w lthdrawn from stockpile by rotory


plow feeder troveling full length of 450-foot tunnel.
Pho to 39463l

O re Is d e llvere d ot 600 TPH from continuous shelf


directly to main lunnel by rolory plow feeder
equipped with single rotor. Photo 39463R

LIN K - B ELT 121

bulk handling
rotary v ane fee d e r s

roary vane feeders

Batt er y o f Typ e C ratary vane fee d ers delivering wood chips


from the b ottom of o storoge b in l o o bel! conveyor. Photo 3003 2

The link-Belt rotary vane feeder, the simplest form of feeder, consists essentially of a
r o t ating pocket ed rotor operating in a housing, so that pockets receive material from
one ope ning in the housing and deliver it through another. The control of material Aow
is obtained by regulating the speed of the rotor. Various forms of rotors and housings
are available to suit a variety of materials and installation requirements.

Typ es

~"'
l.s:::B2J

4 585

Ty p e A r ota ry v ane feed er

Link-Belt rotory vone feeders ore mode in vorious types. Types A, B ond C ore three of the most
common but mony voriotions moy be furnished to suit individual applicotions.

Ty pe A
This feeder is recommended for hondling fine, pulverized or granular materiols, smoll enough in
size and sufficiently friable so thot lumps will not jom between the close fitting radial vones ond
the housing. Material enters the housing from obove ond, as the rotor revolves, eoch pocket dischorges os it reoches the opening in. the bottom. Cleoronce between the vones o nd the housing
prevents free pa ssage of or between the inlet ond outlet sides of the feeder.

Fig. 4584

Type 8 rotary v ane feed er

Ty pe 8
Far lumpy or nonuniform moteriols, o type with substontiol cleoro nce between the vanes and the
hausing on the feeding side mus! be used. The Type B feeder provides adequate control af the
Aow af material with lumps af reasonable size, and al the sorne time avoids choking or jamming.

Ty pe C
This feeder is frequently used for handling materials which are stringy or hove a tendency to mal
or cling together. A feature of this orrangement is t he counterweighted, hing ed vertical bin section
above the rotar, which restrict the material Aow under normal operating conditions but pravide
outamatic meons of relief if an oversized piece becomes lodged against the rotor.
Type C rotary v a ne feed er

122 L 1 N K - B E L T

bulk handling
convey ing and
e levating equi pme nt

conveying and elevaing


equipmen for bulk maerials
Conveying and elevating equipment serves a wide variety of
purposes in practically every industry where bulk materials are
handled. Primarily, conveyors and elevators provide transportation
with a uniform flow from one operation to another, but they also
provide the means for performing many other functions en route,
such as distributing the material to bins or machines, for weighing,
mixing, blending, batching, proportioning, bulk loading, and filling
containers.
Many types and variations of conveying and elevating equipment
hove been developed to meet the widespread needs of industry.
They are suitable for handling a wide variety of materials over a
broad range of ca p acities.
Various types of conveying and elevating equipment are described in this book, but numerous vari ations of these and other
types are available for unusuo l conditions.
Selection, application and descriptive information for many types
is included in the following pages. However, the choice between
types for a specific set of conditions requires a careful analysis of
the material to be handled, physica l limitations of the site, economics,
capacity and other operating requirements. The table on page 37
may be used as a guide for tentative selection of the general typ e
of equipment, subject to a more careful study of the specific selection
data. Since Link-Belt makes practically every type of elevating and
conveying equipment, unbiased selections based on best operating
performance, dependability, economy and safety can be made.
In addition to manufacturing conveying and elevating equipment,
Link-Belt designs, furnishes and installs complete bulk handling systems and often complete plants in which such equipment forms an
importan! port.

L 1 N K - B E L T 123

bulk handling
conveying and
elevati ng equipment

Belt conveyors (poge 1 27) ore

Fig. 4 179

suitoble for handling mony moteriols in o wide ronge of sizes, over


long distonces, up ond down slopes.
They ore outstonding for low power
requirements, high copocities, simplicity ond dependoble operotion.
Material is corried on belts running
over onti-friction idler rolls.

conveyors (poge
236) ore odopted to handling hot,
obrosive, stringy ond irregulorly
shoped lump y moteriols, os well os
dusty moteriols or those thot connot
be exposed. They hove leokproof
troughs in which there ore no moving ports, ond con be enclosed ond
seoled for dustproof or gos-tight
operotion. The y ore mode in three
types for light, medium ond heovyd uty service.
Oscillating

Flight conveyors (poge 294) use


scroper plotes or flights, corried by
one or two stronds of choin, to push
cool or other nonobrosive material
olong in troughs which mo y b e horizontal, inclined, or o com binotion of
both. Dischorge mo y be over the end
or through gotes ot intermediote points.

Apron conve yors (poge 248)


hondle mony kinds of moterio ls but
ore porticulorly suitoble to those
which ore heovy, obrosive or lump y.
Beod e d, overlopping corrying pons
ore usuolly mounted on two strond s
of choin operoting on trock. They
ore self-feeding ond con be used
on combined horizontal ond inclined
poths.
Wide chain drag conveyors (poge

Screw conve yors (poge 259)

ore odopted to o wide ronge of


bulk moteriols of fine ond moderote
sizes. They consist of helicoll y formed
flighting on revolving shofts, generoll y mounted in stotionory, enclosed
troughs which moy be water or steom
jocketed for cooling, dryin g, etc.
The rototion of the screw odvonces
the material.

124 L 1 N K - B E L T

301) ore simple, ond ore sotisfoctory


for handling sowdust, wood chips ond
obrosive moteriols such os oshes. Single
stronds of wide drog choins slide the
material in steel, hord iron or concrete
troughs.

bulk handling
co nveying and
elevatl ng equipment

Sidekar-Karriers

(page 302)
are horizontal run-around conveyors
consisting of overlapping buckets,
each having en undercut gate for
unloading. Buckets are equipped
with supporting rollers and are
pulled by a chain. The bucket line
is self-feeding, and discharge is automatically regulated b y the need
for material et one or more points.

Circular carriers (page 304) are


horizontal run - araund conveyors
consisting af two concentric channel
rails between which are attached a
series of equally spaced steel buckets, each having a single undercut
gate which is arranged to automatically open or close as required.
The continuous circular frame and
buckets rotate as a complete unit
supported on a series of roller
bearing t runn ion rollers spaced et
intervals on steel pedestal supports.
They are powered by a booster
type chain drive operating in a
horizontal p lane.
They will efficiently handle any
bulk mat erial that will Aaw from the
carrying buckets.

Fig. 4 191

Bucket elevators (page 307)


Fig. 6197

Weigh larries (pa ge 306) are


used to transfer materials from selected overhead storage points to
any one of a group of discharge
stat ions, recording by weight the
amount delivered to each. Scale,
hopper, chute and gate are supported by a carriage traveling on
overhead rails.

are probably the most widely used


method for elevating bulk materials.
Various types and designs are
available to meet the requirements
of different materials and operating conditions. Buckets are mounted
on chain or belt. They receive material et the boot and discharge it
over the head wheel by centrifuga! action or by gravity. The centrifuga! d ischarge types are normally used for free-Aowing, fine to
medium size lump materials. Those
discharging b y gravity, which comprise positive discharge, continuous
bucket and interna! discharge t ypes,
are generally used for materials
more difficult to handle dueto large
lumps, Auffiness, sluggishness, fragility or similar characteristics.

Fig. 4180

L 1 N K - B E L T 125

bulk handling
conveylng and
elevatlng equlpment

Sklp holsts (poge 352) ore porticulorly adoptable to very high


lifts ond moy be used to elevote
ony bulk moteriols which con be
hondled in botches, including moteriols with lorge lumps. A bucket
operoting in guides ond roised ond
lowered by o hoist-operote d cable
comprises the e levoting medium.
Opero tion moy be monuolly controlled or fully outomotic.

Gravity-discharge conveyorelevators (poge 373) ore bucket


type elevotors which trovel in both
vertical ond horizontal poths. The
buckets ore rig id ly mounted between two stronds of choin. Material
is corried in the buckets on the vertical or steeply inclined runs ond
pushed olong sleel troughs on the
horizontal ond slig htly inclined runs.
Looding is performed b y feeding
material into the lower run trough or
into o corner boot ond dischorge is
effected b y grovity on horizontal
runs through open ings in the trough.

Fig. 4210

Fig. 4181

Bulk- Flos (poge 357) ore comp o ct, self-feeding ond se lf dischorging conveyor-elevotors,
copoble of corrying bulk moteriols
in poths combining vertical, horizontal ond inclined runs, or o combinotion of al! th ree. They ore used for
crushed, granular, ground or pulverized materia Is. Material is conveyed
in o continuous column b y flights otto ched to choin. Alloy choin flights
ond casing con be furnished for
hand ling obrosive ond corrosive
moteriols. Casing is dust-tight ond
material is conflned in such o monner thot surroundings ore protected
from objectionoble dust.

Rot or-Llfts (poge 371) ore compoct, dust-tight ond weotherproof


vertical screw elevotors which ore
odopted to mony of the products
hondled by horizontal screw conveyors. They ore mode in convenient
sections ond working peris ore few.
Screw feeders ore normolly used to
deliver material to Rotor-Lifts.

126 L

1N

K- BE LT

Pe ck carriers (poge 376) ore


long-losting dependoble combinot io n elevotors ond conveyors.
Buckets ore suspended between two
endless choins operoting on lubricoted rollers, remoining in the corrying position until they ore tilted to
dischorge by grovity. They hondle
mot eriols gently ond dischorge them
positivel y.

Fig. 4188

bulk handling
b elt conveyors

bel
conveyors
Belt conveyors, occupying en outstanding position in
the fleld of bulk materials handling, are the most versatile and widely used of all conveyors. They a re
capable of handling higher tonnages over greater
distances, et lower costs per ton than any other ty pe
of conveyor-and often et a lower cost than any
other means of transportation. Yet, they are used extensively for small and moderate capacity systems
because of their ability to handle practically any kind
of material economically and dependably.
In addition to their primary use as a means of transporting bulk meterais, belt conveyors are uniquel y
adaptable for performing numerous other functions,
such a s weighing, blending, sampling, and stockpiling.
Their versatility and sorne of their advantages are
illustrated and described on the next few pages.
link-Belt has desig ned, furn ished ond instolled some
of the world 's most outstonding belt conveyor systems.
Also, belt conveyor components and auxiliory equipment manufactured b y link-Belt hove contributed substantially to the success of nume rous other installations,
large and small.
60" wlde dock b e lt conveyor of o bel! conveyor system for handling 6000 tons
per haur of iran ore and a ther bulk materials fra m vessels to bias! furnace stock
y ard, o r to and from a reserve storage orea abaul a mile away- a job which was
considered impraclical with othe r mea ns of transpartation. Photo 37468

con tenis
belt conveyors In lndustry ........... ... .. ...... 1 27
Advantoges .. . ...................... . .... .... . 128
Typical a rrangements .. .. .. ......... .. .... . . .. . .. 137
Typical cross sections ... ..... . ... . ......... ...... 139

components . . . . . . .. ... . .. . . .. ........ . ...... .. 175


ldlers-speciflcations . .......... . .. ......... . .. . . 17 5
ldlers-dimensions and weights . .. . .. . ............. 181
Orives and other components .. .. ............... .. . 196

engineering ... . . . ..... .... . ... .. .. . .. . . .. . . ... 140

auxillary equipment ....... . . . . ...... . ....... . . 201

General . ... . . . ...... . . ..... . . .. .. . ........... 140


Basic data required for design . ..... . .... .. . . ..... 140
Belt conveyors with respect to materia Is han dled . . .... 14 1
Angles of incline ... . ...... . .... . .... . ........ . .. 14 1
Be lt width and speed .... '. . . .. . .. ... .. ...... ..... 142
Belt idler selection and spacing ... ..... . ..... . . .. . . 146
Power requirements and belt tensions . .... .... . ... . . 150
Belt selection ... . .... . ...... .. . . ............... . 155
Terminal equipment selection ....... . . . . ..... .. . .. . 158
Loading materials on the b e lt .. ..... ...... . ... .... 161
Discharging materials from the belt . ... ............. 163
Other engineering considerations that may apply . . . . 165
Examples of be lt conveyor calculations .. ... ..... . ... 170

Belt trippers . .. ... ......... .. . ........... . ..... 201


Plows, shuttle conveyors, stackers,
slingers, and other auxiliary equipment . .......... 20 9

pre-selected termlnals .... ....... . . ............ 2 13


Pre-Bllt sectlonal belt conveyors .. . ....... .. ... 222
Uses in industry ..... .. .......... . ...... .. .. . .... 223
Description of components . .... . ... .. .. . ... ...... 225
Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228

L 1 N K - B E L T 127

bulk handling
be lt conveyors

B EL T C ON V EYOR S A RE

suitable for handling a


wide variety of materials

Belt conveyors ore most versotile in their


obility to hondle o wide voriety of bulk
moteriols. Since the moteriols ore corried
on the belt, these conveyors ore suitoble for
handling certoin corrosive moteriols thot
would quickly o ttock the vital ports of ollmetol conveyors. Simil orly, they provide
long, d ependoble life for handling obrosive moteriols such os sinter ond olumino.
The ronge of sizes which moy be hondled
on belt convey ors is limited only b y the
wid th of belt. Moteriols moy vory from ext remely fine chemicols to lumpy ore, stone,
coal or pulpwood logs. Belt conveyors ore
porticulorl y effective for o mixture of sizes,
but o lso moy be used for closely sized moteriol s, whether lump s o r fines.
Moist ure content of th e moterio ls thot
moy b e hondled on belt conveyors vories
from wet to dry ond dusty, os well os moteriols thot ore sticky or hove o tendency to
pack dueto moisture. Also, friable moteriols
moy be hondled on belt conveyors with
minimum degrodotion.
Since bel! conveyors ore relotively selfcleoning, two or more d issimilo r moteriols
moy be hondled ot different times b y th e
sorne conveyor.

Coal ot the rote of 750 tons p er hour, is tronsported on bel! conveyor ot left fro m

heodhouse to preporotion pion!. Bel! conveyor a l rig ht corries mine rock through
plont to refuse disposol point. Photo 33052

Groin is hondled on o system of belt conveyors ond bel! frippers for delivering to storoge bins. Ancfher system al ground level recloims for shiplooding ot ro le o f 300,000 bushels per doy. Photo 37575

Toconite pell ets ore tronsporte d on this bel!


conveyor, 48 inches wide cnd 17 5 fe et long,
inclined 1 O degrees, ot the rote of 3 0,000
cubic feet p er hour. Photo 357 50

128 L 1 N K - B E L T

Pulpw ood logs ore hondled on two belt ccnveyors, 36 inches wide ond 1870 feet long. A lorge

troveling stocker stockpiles 80 cords per hour. Newsprint production ot this pion! has been increosed
from 320 tons to 820 fans o doy. Photo 37618

bulk handling
belt conveyors

Foundry s and is dislributed by belt conveyor


to molding stotions d irectly below. System is designed to h ondle 40 tons per hour o f prepored
sond for production o f bross ond oluminum costings. Photo 38527

Nlckel ore is ho ndled from crushing pion! to


storoge bin on 5 4 -inch wide belt conveyor,
422-foot centers, operoting on on incline-providing economicol tronsportotion for this heovy,
lumpy, obrosive material. Photo 28356

Raw can e sugor rides on ih woy lo sloroge ot


300 tons per hour on thi 270-fool long bell conveyor inclined ot 14 degrees. Photo 35091

Ove rburde n and le an lron ore o re conveyed over


o mile ot o rote of 1140 tons per hour, lo o 100foot rodius pivoted, troveling belt conveyor-slocker
for disposol. Photo 32595

Wood chips ore lronsported by 13 belt conveyors, totolling over o mile in leng th, from roilroo d
cors or sowmill. Three othe r belt conveyors hond le high density stock, with specio l white rubber
belts to preven! discolo ring. Pholo 36634

Stone and aggre gates o re tronsported on o system of bel! conveyors more thon 3,800 feet long,
from q uorry to crushing ond screening pion!, from which o wide voriety of sizes ond speciflcotions
o f these moteriols o re conveyed to loodi ng bins ar stockpiles. Photo 37824

Sulphur from stockpile is looded by


gontry crone into 5-ton oluminum-lined
troveling hopper, equipped with belt
feeder. Sulphur is then d ischorged onto
o 36-inch wide, 350-foot long belt
conveyor running porollel to slockpile,
which corries it to tronsfer house ond to
ship looder. Photo 381 0 4

L 1 N K - B E L T 129

bulk handling
b e lt conveyors

B ELT CO NV E Y OR S CAN

handle a wide range


of capacities
Belt conveyors are outstand ing in t heir ab ility to h an dle tremen d ous tonnages o f b ulk materials economically. A number
of systems are now operating et rated capacities in excess of
6,000 tons per hour, and equipment is available for capacities
beyond any current requirement.
Belt conveyor systems are capable of operating virtually
around the dock without loss of time for empty return trips or
dela ys for loading and unloading. Scheduling ond dispatching is conflned largely to getting the materials to and from
the system. High capacity conveyors require no more attendance than those of low ca p acity, and operating costs per
ton decrease as tonnages increase. Under these conditions
belt conveyors can p ile up annual tonnages that would be
more costl y or even impractical for other means of transportat ion.
O n the other hand, m any belt conveyors are used to handle
exceed ingly small volumes of bulk met erais from one o p eration t9 another in process plants.
1 200 o r 1800 tons p e r hour of cool from boot unlooder or self-unlooding
vessels ore conveyed to storoge or to crushing stotion of modern power
pion!. Photo 32437

6000 gross t ons p e r h our of iron ore from o Venezuelon mine ore
hondled on o belt conveyor system, from cor dumper to storoge. Ore is
then recloimed, weighed, sompled, ond looded into ships. Provisions hove
been mode for o dual system to increose looding copocity to 12,000 tons
per hour. Photo 361 08

2 800 tons p e r h our of run-of-mine cool ore conveyed from two 1O-cor
rotory dumpers by this 60-inch wide moin slope belt conveyor, from which
o system of 60-inch belt conveyors hondles the cool through screening, picking,
ond blending operotions, ond to borge looding stotion. Photo 28880

1040 g r o ss to ns p er hour (with prov1S1on for 1780 GTPH) of toconite pellets ore hondled by
this belt conveyor system which loods roilrood cors in summer ond sfockpiles "oround the dock"
during severe winters of northern Minnesoto. The selfpropelled belt conveyor stocker is the world's
lor9est, with o 275-foot rodius boom. Photo 38273

130 L 1 N K - B

LT

bulk handling
b elt conveyors

BELT CONVEYORS CAN

operate over
great distances
Bel! conveyors provide on economicol ond procticol meons of lronsporling bulk moteriols over
longer distonces !han possible with other types
of conveyor syslems. Moleriols in lorge plont
operotions ore somelimes hondled o total of
severol miles on belt conveying systems.
A number of instollotions hove demonstroted
the economy ond dependobility of bel! conveyors
for cross country tronsporlolion. A single belt
conveyor more !h an l wo miles long operoted
successfully for severol yeors. Another system of
conveyors neorly ten miles long hondled oggregotes al o lower cost per ton ! han ony other
meons of tronsportolion.
The economy in cost per ton for tronsporting
moleriols long distonces over belt conveyor systems depends upon sufficient onnuol ond ultimole
tonnoges to ossure omortizolion of flrst cost. Due
to the low operoling cost of belt conveyors, they
become more economicol os onnuol tonnoges
increose.

Two-mlle long belt conveyor system handling eorth flll from borrow pit over mountoin ond
down to site of Anderson Ronch Dom in ldoho. Photo 26782

3 112-mile belt conveyor system tronsports lignite from a strip mine to o power plant.
Photo 36830

Long d i5tance belt conveyor system moves molybdenum ore ot the rote o f 30,000 tons per doy from crushing stotion to processing mili a l left. Photo 36477

Ne arly t e n miles of belt conveyors. consisting of 26 conveyors, each 36 inches wide, handling oggregotes to construction site of Shasto Dom, Corom, Ca lifornia. Photo 24600

5511-foot long "high line" belt conveyor handling cake from screening stolion lo blasl furnoce stock bins. This dependoble conveyor avoids inlerference with surface lronsportotion.
Photo 37985

LINK B ELT 131

bulk handling
belt conveyors

BELT CO N V EY O RS ARE

adaptable to path
of travel and terrain
Belt conveyors are most adaptable to paths o f travel in plants as
require d to meet th e most favorable flow sheet. For the high capacities they will handle, they occup y comparatively little space, can
avoid existing equipment and structures, a nd can operate above or
beneath other means of t ransportation.
Long d istance belt conveyor syslems will negotiate terrain and
paths of travel that are not practica! nor economical for most other
methods of transportation. Th ey can operate up or down grades
three to t welve times as stee p a s most o lher means of transportation . They can cross rivers o r volleys, o r can operate above city
streets on relatively lightweight structures. Comparatively small
tunnels are sufficient to provide passage underground. An entire
system may b e enclosed for all-weather operation.

Carrying llmestone a cross Shenando ah River, from truck du mp ho pper and


crusher to shuttle belt conveyor over storoge bin on o pposite si d e. Photo 301 0 8

Tr onsporting co al and min e rock dow n mounto in sid e in two


sepa ra te b elt conveyors a perating in one g allery. Coal is then conve yed between b lend ing and cle aning b uild ings an conveyors inclined
to suit pion! layout. Photo 3 3039

Moun t o in -climb ing ability o f b el! conveyor system enables it to


negolia te lerrain that, fo r other forms o f lransporta tion, would hove required a very costly roed bed . Pho to 27 4 79

\ .;,
l
Ad apta b llit y to "crow- flight" poth by 1700-foo t long belt conveyor provides
economies in transporting iron ore to surface p lan!. Pho ta 34584

132 L 1 N K - B E L T

':

..:..~,., :

...:

Ope roting over a steep mountoin route, bel! conveyors handle


earth ll from borrow pit to site of Andersan Ranch Dom in ldaho. White
line indicates pa th of travel. Photo 26779

bulk handling
belt conveyors

B ELT CO N V EY OR S CAN

distribute materials
where required
Bulk materials, Aowing continuously and uniformly
from belt conveyors, may be distributed to desired
locotions by o wide voriety of ouxiliary equipment
which forms a port of the belt conveyor system.
Such meterais moy be simply dischorged over the
heod pulley to bins or piles, or may be distributed
o long horizontal runs by meons of trippers or shuttle
conveyors. Sorne moteriols, such os wood chips ond
foundry sand, may be plowed off the belt ot one
or more points simult oneously.
The ronge of distribution may be greotly expended with troveling belt conveyor stockers for
stockpiling or dist ributing to spoil oreas. Such units
hove been built with radii up to 275 feet. Also, belt
conveyors and trippers or shuttles on troveling
bridges provide large storoge volumes in limited
oreas.
from v esse l unloaders to b r oad dock s torage ore a , cool is handled by this system of
48-inch wide belt conveyors o nd d islributed by two trove ling belt conveyor bridges.
Photo 32765

from rotory car dumpe rs t o t h e hold s o f four s h ip s, these


four 60-inch wide bel! conveyor systems load coal rapidly and
efficiently for overseas shipment. Phata 32705

from strlpplng shovel to s poil p ile, this bel! conveyor on self-pro pelled crowlermounted stacker, extends 1 90 feet beyond fronl crowle rs, handling overburden a l limeslone
quarry. Photo 23675

from processing to sto r a ge t a nks, this 24-inch wide belt


canveyar discharges inta tanks by matar prapelled lraveling
trippers equipped with reversing shuttle conveyor for wider
distribution. Photo 34046

f r o m plant t o stockpiles, this troveling belt conveyor slccker distributes cool to stockpiles on the right, o r ore ond limestone to !he left to be reces! intc a high pile by the bridge.
Phcto 37492

L 1 N K - B E L T 133

bulk handling
belt conv e y ors

BELT C ONVEYORS CAN

perform numerous
special f uncti ons
In addition to transportation and distribution,
belt conveyors may be used to perform many
other funct ions in handl ing and p rocessing
bulk materials. En route on a conveyor, the
materia l may be weighed, sorted, picked,
sprayed , or magnetic ma teria l may be removed outomatically. Accurate sampling is
possible b y cutting the sample from the
stream of material Aowing from one belt
conveyor to another. Batching may be
accomplished automatically by systems of
belt fe e ders, scales and hoppers.
Materials may be blended as they are
bedded into stockpiles by b elt conveyor
stackers, or as they are d istri bute d into spe
cial bl ending bins. Also, shuttle type trippers
provide the Aexibility necessary to flll multiple compartment mixing or blending bins.
De live ring iron ore to lorge ocean vessels, lhis traveling belt conveyor shipload er handles
6000 gross tons per hour al wa ter leve! variations to 40 feet. An exlensive conveyor syslem from
stackpile to loader is controlled by shiploader aperator. Photo 36203

lron ore Is w eigh e d on lhis 60-inch wide belt conveyor


a l role of 6000 gro ss lons p er hour afler sample has
been removed aulomalically al slalion in righl background. Phola 36187

Dlstributing coal in starage are a, this traveling, pivoled boom slacker with 15 0-foot radius
receives coal from 1720-foot stacking-out conveyor. Stacker may also be used for blending malerials as they are bedded into piles. Photo 28956

Loadlng lnto ore vessels, 2 5 shuttle belt conve yo rs


handle taconite pelle Is al ro te of 7 50 or 1 500 tons
per hour fa r each canveyar. As many as ten a llernate
halches con be laad ed simultaneously. Photo 38876

Dlsposing of iron ore ove rburde n to spoll p ile, this self-propelled, pivoled b oom belt conveyor
stacker is the end link in a mile-long belt conveyor system. Photo 32604

134 L 1 N K - B E L T

bulk handling
b e lt con v e yors

BELT C O NVEY O RS CAN

operate over light we ight


supporting structures
Belt conveyors handle large daily volumes by
carrying a continuous stream of material
whose weight per lineal foot is quite low.
This permits the use of relatively light weight
supporting structures. As a result, belt conveyors may be supported and housed at
lower cost than most other facilities for transporting similar large volumes.
Such light weight structures add little to
building loads in plants. Out of doors, belt
conveyors may be operated economically
over soft, marshy soil, across rivers and
valleys, or above city streets.
Highly standardized, Pre-Bilt structures are
availabfe from link-Belt for belt conveyors
up to 36" wide.
Radla ting fr om pre par ation build ing, these inclined belt conveyors deliver vorious grades of
oggregotes to conicol stockpiles. Quick delivery ond eose of erection on such projects ore ossured
with link-Belt stondordized Pre-Bilt sectiono l b elt conveyors. Photo 31 862A

Fabricate d larg ely fra m alumlnum, this belt con


veyor system extends 3 V2 miles, from crusher sto tions
neor lignite strip mine to ofuminum reduction power

plant. Photo 36825

Light structures support this 36-inch wide belt conveyor, tronsporting iron ore overburden uphill to tronsfer
house ot rote o f 1140 long tons per hour. Photo 32597

Te mpor ary wood structures ore sufficient to support this 36-inch wide belt conveyor which
delivers Anished oggregotes from preparation pion! in volley to concrete mixing plant near dom
site. Photo 31655

Cable-type sus p enslon b ridge of 450-foot cleor spon supports o portion o f 20-inch wide, 700foo t long belt conveyor, carrying vermiculite o re from storoge sheds to boxear loading stotion on
o pposite shore. Photo 33659

L 1 N K - B E L T 135

bulk handling
belt conveyors

BELT CONVEYORS ARE

dependa ble
Th eir dependability has been proved in every industry where
bulk materials are handled. They are available around the
clock, regardless of weather or the calendar. They are less
subject to overload and to careless opera tion and abuse
by personnel than other types of conveyors. Safe operation
is insured by electrical controls, interlocks and other safety
devices. Outage time is predictable and repairs of mechanical
components are sim ple and can be made quickly.

economical
The principal factors contributing to comparatively low operating costs of belt conveyor systems are low power requirements, long life of wearing parts, low labor cost of replacing
parts, low cost of inspection and attendance, low casi of
loading and unloading per ton hand led, and maximum safety
of personnel.
Operating casi per ton decreases substantially as rated
capacity increases. Grenter utilization of the system reduces
amortization cost per ton handled. Thus, two-shift systems
handling high annual tonnages often result in surprisingly low
over-all costs per ton handled.

De p endabllity o n d e connmy o re the principal reosons why proctico lly oll


Jorge powe r generoting slotions d epend upon belt conveyors for their coo l
handling needs. Photo 36564

A high d e gree of d e p e ndobility is necessory


when equipme nt must operote continuously through
rhe ye ar, a s ot this plant for concentra ting o nd

smelting titoniu m ore. Note the widespreod use o f


belt conveyors. Photo 393 17

low ope rating costs and d e p e ndabillty o f this belt conveyo r system provided controctors with o new yordstick for their trons po rta tion p ro b lems. The
p ioneer for this purpose, !he syste m ho ndled 5,000,000 yord s of excovo ted

1 36 L 1 N K - B E L T

mate rial from Denny Hill ove r the stree ts of Seo ttle while o peroti ng " o round
the dock," quietly ond economicolly. Pho to 18007A

bulk handling
belt conveyors

Typical arrangements
Poths of trovel
Many varied arrangements or paths of belt conveyors
are possible. They can be any combination of horizontal,
ascending or descending paths. A few are illustrated
here.
Fig. 4807
Ascending and horizontal path, ar horizontal and d escend ing path,
when belt tension will permit ane belt and space will permit vertical

==o

curve.

Fig. 4800
Straight path , horizontal, ascending ar descending .

Fig. 4801
Horizontal and a scending path, ar descending and horizontal path,
wh e n space will permit vertical curve and belt strength w ill permit ane
bell.

Fig. 4806
Ascending and horizontal path, ar horizontal and descending path,
whe n space will not perm it vertical curve but ane belt can be used.

Fig. 4803
Possi ble horizontal and o sce nding path when space will nat permit
Fig . 4808
Asce nding and horizontal path, when advisable ta use twa belts.

vertical curve.

Fig . 4802
Possible horizontal and ascending path when space will nat permit
vertical curve but belt strength will permit ane belt.

Looding moteriols on the belt


Belt co nveyors can be arrang ed to receive materia l a t o ne
or more p oints such as ill ustrated.

___,,...
=W08
Fig . 4805
Passible descending and horizontal path, when space will nat permit
vertical curve.

Fig. 4809
One ar more laading chutes ar feeders can be lacated an horizontal,
oscending o r descending runs, but it is preferab le to locote them
on horizontal or only slightly inclined runs .

o
Fig. 4804
Passible descending and horizontal path wh e n space will nat permit
vertical curve but belt strength will permit ane belt.

==-;cD

==Ji;

Fig. 4810
Troveling loading chute or feeder for receiving materials from a number
of bin openings.

L 1 N K - B E L T 137

bulk handling
belt conveyors

Typical arrangements
Discharging materials from the belt

_,., -"='-

Belt conveyo rs con dischorge ma terial over en d or al i ntermedi o te points. A few arro n gemen ts ore illu strote d here.
~;

Fig . 4 8 14
Oischa rge th rough trovel ing tri pper, with o r witho ut cro ss conveyor, lo
dislri bule mate ria l lo one o r b o th sid e s of the conveyor fo r the e ntire
d istonce of tri pper lrove l. Trippers can be prop elle d by conveyor bell
or by se po ra le motor. The motor p ropelled trippers can also b e outomaticolly reversing lo distribule material evenly ar can be monuo lly
conlrolled to di scharge al any desired p o int.
Fig. 4811
Dischorge o ver end pulley forms conicol pile ot end of b el!.

Fig. 48 17
Dischorge to one side of conveyor lhrough chute from traveling ar
stotionory tri ppers or plows.

,,..
Fig.4815
Dischorge over either end pulley to dist ributc lengthwise by reversible
sh uttle conveyor.
fig . 48 18
Dischorge lo bolh sides of conveyor th rough chute from troveling or
starionary trippers o r plows.

Fig. 48 12
Discharge through fixed trippers, with or withoul cross conveyor lo one
o r both sides of the belt, to fixed bin openings or pile lacations. Can
also be done wilh multiple conveyors as shawn in Fig. 48 1 J or by
slopping lroveling trippers in desired position.

Fig.48 19
Dischorge through troveling ar statianory tri ppers la reversing horizontal cross convcyor corried on tripper to provide wide storoge orea.

''

l.,,;' ;bJ},2>.c[~~~,~~~~i.:\~~

Fig. 481 J

Oischorge from mul liple conveyors through fixed dischorge chutes, wi th


or without cross conveyor lo one or both sides of the belt, to fixed bin
openings or pile locotions.

Fig. 4820
Discharge lhrough troveling or slalionary tri ppers to oscending cross
canveyors corried on lripper lo provide high storoge pile.

()

Fig.4816
Discharge by hinge d plows to one or more fixed lacations along one or
b oth sides of conveyor. Plows may be adjusted to divide discharge
inta severa! places simultaneausly in proportion desired.

138 L

N K- B E LT

Fig. 4821
Di scharge through troveling or slotionory trippers to reversing shuttle
conveyor carried on trippe r to provide crosswise distributian of material.

bulk handling
b elt conve yors

Typical cross sections

Fig. 4825

The load carrying capacity of belt conveyors is determined by the width of the bel! and the shape of its
loaded cross section . The orea of the loaded cross section is dependen! upon the shape into which the carrying run of the belt is formed and the angle of repose of
the material being carried.

Flat belt on flat belt idlers

fi g. 4826

Flat belts on flat belt idlers A substantial quantity


of bulk materials which hove a steep angle of repose,
such as undelinted cottonseed or damp sand can be
handled on flat belts. They are especially useful when
material is to be discharged at intermediate points by
plows or deflector plates.

Flat belt on continuous plate

Flat belts on continuous plate A continuous flat


surface supporting the carrying run of a belt is sometimes
used for light, mildly abrasive materials where smooth,
even travel is essential. Trough sides can be added to
obtain greater capacities when handling materials such as
undelinted cottonseed.
Fig . 4822

Troughed belt on 20-degree idlers

Troughe d belt s on 20- d e gree idlers Can be used


for handling any bulk material suitable for a belt conveyor. The 20-degree trough permits the use of the thickest belts so that the heaviest materials and maximum
size lumps can be carried . This is the most widely used
cross section for such lumpy materials as coal, ore, earth
and gravel.
'
Fig. 4824

Troughed belt on 45-deg ree idle rs


ld lers with rolls of unequal length

Troughed belts on 45-degree idlers with rolls of


unequal length These troughed belts accommodate
a larger cross section of material than those operating on
idlers with rol Is sloping 20 degrees. Special conside ration
mus! be given to the belt co nstruction when using 45
idlers.

Troughed belts on 45-degree idlers with rolls of


e qua l length A cross sectional area of load greater
Fig. 4823

Troughed belt on 45-degree idlers


ldlers with rolls of equal length

than that possible with idlers with unequal length rolls,


and consequently a larger volume, can be carried fo r
a given width of bel!. The belt limitations and materials
handled are the same as for idlers with unequal leng th
rolls.

Tr oug hed b e lts on continuous plate By troughing

Fig. 48 27

Troughed belt on continuous plate

the supporting surface, such belts will co nvey many


bulk materia Is in larger quantities than a flat belt. Covers
are frequently provided when handling dusty materials
such as carbon block.

L 1 N K - B E L T 139

bulk handling
belt conveyors

Engineering
Th e primary purposes of thls Engln e erlng Sectlon ore to
provide informotion on the bosic principies of belt convevor design
ond to include formulas from which most belt conveyors moy b e
designed.
The doto in this section ore bosed on industry sto1.dords where they
exist, o s well os link-Belt Compony's brood experience in this fleld.
They ore opplicoble to the designs of conveyors for average operoting conditions, which will include o relotively high percentoge of
problems. For this purpose the doto ore reoso nobly conservotive.
In oddition, on ottempt has bee n mode to d escribe mony unusuol
operoting requirements ond conditions thot influence belt conveyor
design ond thot creote speciol problems. Where spoce does no t
permit complete onolysis ond solution of such problems, they ore
described b riefly ond the reoder is referred to link-Bel! for further
informotion.
Tables ond choris ore included for belt widths up to 84", but wider
conveyors ore ovoiloble. However, speciol considerotions ore involved
in the d esign of the wider conveyors shown in the tables ond those
beyond the limits of the tables.
lt is relotively sim ple to colculote opproximote belt conveyor width,
speed ond p ower requirement for o g iven set of conditions, but
considera ble experience is required to design for optimum o p eroting
pe rforma nce, depe ndobility, economy ond sofety. This is porticulorly
true for lorg e or importan! conveyors, complex conveyor systems, ond
unusuol o p eroting conditio ns. Link-Be l! olwoys is glod to p rovide
design ossistonce for ottoining these objeclives.
Bel t conveyors hove fewer limitotions thon o ther types of conveyors.
Since such limitotions ore conflne d principolly lo the chorocteristics of
moterio ls hondled ond ongle of incline, these two subjects ore covered
eorly in this section, on poge l 4 l.
No te thot two methods ore included fo, colculoting power requirements, both of which ore occurole within their deflned limits. The
Grophicol Method is suited for conveyors thot ore relolively simple or
for closely opp roximoting power requirements of lorger conveyors.
The Anolyticol Method is necessory for precise results when designing
lorg e or importan! belt conveyors or those with complex poths of
trove!.
The doto in this section ore orronged for convenient use of experienced belt conveyor designe rs, yet they ore intended to be
complete enough for the use of engineers who ore unoccustomed to
designing belt conveyors. For reference, the p rincipal design steps ore
listed here to correspond with the letters of the mojar heodings in this
Engineering Section.

B.

Determine if belt conveyor is suitable for


material to be handled . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. l4l

c.

Determine whether angles of lncllnatlon can be


establls hed wlthln safe llmits ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141

D.

Conslder belt w ldth and speed . . . .... . . . ... .. . . .. 142


for materia l hondled ... ... ... . ... . . .. . . . .. . . . .. . . . .. l 4 2
for looding closs .... . . .. .... .. .. .. .. . . .. . ... . .. . . . . 142
for copocity required . .. .. . .. . ..... . .............. . l 44
for size of lumps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ....... .. ... . 146

E.

Select proper idler and spacing


the type for purpose required . . . . .
the series for closs of service . . . . . . .
spocing . ..... . ... . .. . . . . .. ... ..
lroining idlers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

F.

Dete rmine powe r requlr e ment and b e lt t e nsions 150


by the Grophicol Method, from choris .. . . . . ... . .. .... 151
(Exomple shown on poge 170)
or, by the Anolyticol Method, bosed on belt tensions . ..... 15 1
(Exomple shown on poge 172)

G. Sele ct the b e lt

. . . .. . ..
. .......
....... ...
. .... . ....
..........

.
.
.
.
.

. . . ... . 146
. ...
. 147
. . . . . . l 47
. ...... l 47
. . . . . 150

... . .. . . . . . .. . . . . . . . .. . . . .. 155

H.

Dete rmin e requir e d terminal equipment ... . .. .. .. 158


Pulleys
Shofls and bearings
Tokeups
Backstops
Electricol equipmenl

l.

Consider m e ans of loadln g mate r ial on th e b e lt .. 16 1

J.

Consid e r m e an s o f discharging
mate rial from th e b e lt . . . . . . .

K.

Con side r oth e r e ngin eer lng matte rs


that m ay apply . .. .. . . . . . . . . . .. . .. . . . . . . . . ....... 165
Convex chonges in vertical path of conveyor
Concove chang es in vertica l path of conveyor
Unusuol conveyor belt orrongements
Safety devices
Cleaning belt, pulleys and idlers
Weighing
Mognetic seporation
Sampling
Dust control
Steel supports a nd golleries

L.

Rev le w e x a mples of b e lt c o nveyor calculatlons . . . 170

. . . . . . . . . .. .. . . 163

Basic data required for design

The successful performance of a belt conveyor will depend larsely


upen an over-oll design thot meets the requiremenls of oll operating
conditions and the selection of componenls that are suitable for those
conditions. For these purposes it is ne cessary to consider carefully as
much of the following basic dato o s apply to the problems involved
in o speciflc project:
The m ate r la ls to be handled -The design of a belt conveyor is greotly influenced by the material to be handled. The charocteristics and behavior of a wide variety of materials are described
and clossifled on page 563 of the Technicol lnformation section of
this catalog. Sorne material charocteristics which limit the use of belt
conveyors are covered on page 14 1. There fore , it is necessary to
hove such information about the material, o s its size consist (percentages of various sizes), we ight per cubic foot (maximum ond minimum),
obrosiveness, moisture content, dustiness, te mperoture s, stickiness,
cingle of repose, ond chemical action.

140 L 1 N K B E L T

A. Collect basic data requlred for deslgn ..... . . . . .... 140

Capacity-Peok ar surge rote, expressed in tons per hour and


cubic feet per hour.
Path o f t ravel-Dime nsions should be complete in sketch form,
and should be odequo te for considerotion of pcssible olternotes.
M ethod o f f eed lng m ate r ial to th e b e lt
N u m b er a nd location o f loading p olnts
Ope rating condlt lo ns-including hours of operotion (doily,
weekly and onnuolly), seosonol periods of operotion ond shutdown,
climatic conditions, ombient temperotures (moximum ond minimum ),
reversing ar one woy. Will conveyor be enclosed, ar will it b e exposed
to weother?
Require d life of lnsta lla tlon- Pe rmone nt or te mporory, e:-.pressed in yeors.

bulk handling
belt conveyors

Engineering

Belt conveyors with respect to materials handled

Since moteriols being tronsported by o belt conveyor ore corried on


the conveyor belt, such chorocteristics os pocking, obrosiveness, etc.,
ore of less importonce thon if the material were drogged or pushed
olong o stotionory trough.
Therefore, belt conveyors will tronsport olmos! oll kinds of bulk
moteriols. However, belt conveyors d o hove limitotions imposed by o
few moteriols cho rocteristics, sorne of which ore:

Belt conveyors hove been used to carry very hot costings ar e ve n


occosionol incondescent lumps when mixed in sond or other fin e
moteriols. However, when temperotures reoch 250-300 F., the
economics of o belt conveyor should be compored with other types of
conveyors.
S peciol considerotion should be given the d esign of the e ntire
instollotion when hot moteriols ore hondle d.

Stlckln e s s-Sticky moteriols vory widely in the o mounts thot will


odhere to the belt or thot will build up on idlers, pulleys ond chutes.
Few moteriols ore so sticky thot o high percentoge will not dischorge
from o conveyor belt. Mony sticky moteriols moy be hondled successfully if chutes, cleoning devices, idl e rs, pulleys, belts ond b e lt speeds
ore pro perly designed or sele cted to insure dependoble operotion.
Consult Link-Bel! if in doubt obout ony material.

Ch e m lcal reaction -Some oils, che micols, fots ond ocid s moy b e
injurious to some b elts, idlers ond p ulleys. Neopre ne or other b e lt
covers con be obtoined ond the idlers ond pulleys con be mode of or
cooted with severo! kind s of substonces to resist corrosion or chemicol
reoction.
Large lumps-The size of the lorg est lumps, ond the percentoge
of the total volume represente d by the lorgest lumps, ore two of the
focto rs thot determine the minimum width of the belt os shown in Table
6, poge 146. lt mo y be found odvontogeous to crush the lorgest
lumps if they require o very much greoter width of belt thon would
otherwise be necessory. As shown in Table 14, pog e 156, the roted
te nsion of sorne b elts is determined by size ond weight of lumps.

Temperature-Whe n te mperoture of material corried exceeds


150 F., heot resisting belts ore usuolly require d .
De teriorotion of o b e lt is somewhot in proportion to temperoture,
olthough o hot, coorse materia l such o s lump cake is opt to be less
domoging to o b elt thon o closely pocked materia l of the sorne
temperoture.

Angles of incline
The ongle of decline for descending conveyors moy b e the some os
for oscending conveyors when sluggish moteriols like domp eorth ore
hondled, b ut the ongle should be somewhot less for lumpy mo te rio ls
ond !hose hoving lower ongles of repose. However, the combinotion of
ongle of decline ond speed of b e lt moy not b e o s criticol when o
descending conveyor is to dischorg e to o stockpile or into o bin where
the e ffects of possible ovolonching will not creote o cleonup problem.
From Chori A the ongle of incline ond length of the inclined portion
of o conveyor moy be obtoined when the ho rizontal le ng th ond rise of
the inclined po rtion is known.

The ongle of inclinotion ot which o belt conveyor will convey o


specifk bulk material depends upon such chorocteristics os its size
consist, shope of lump s, moisture content, o ngle of repose ond Aowobility. Design fo ctors which offect the behovior of moteriols on on
inclined belt include b elt speed, whether material is osce nding or
descending, how full y the belt is looded, ond whether it is looded
continuously, uniformly ond centrolly.
When the incline is too steep, sorne peri of the bed of mate rial moy
slid e, Aow or roll bock, resulting in spillog e. Also, when b elt is too
steep, lo rge lumps or sphericol pelletized material moy become dislodged from the bed o f fines, either neor the side of belt ar when the
bed " toils out" ot the e nd of feed . For lo rge lumps this condition is
o g grovoted when be lt is co rrying less thon obout 603 of its normal
cross sectiono l load . Also lorge, heovy lumps thot ore thus dislodged,
moy roll bock ond bounce, cre oting o sofety hozord.
All of these conditions, excep t the " toil outs," o re improved if b e lt
con be loo ded on o horizontal or low ongl e run before it curves up to
o stee per incline.
Ta ble 1, pog e 142, shows conservotive moximum ongles ot which
b elt conveyors will ca rry mote riols et their roted copocities, even et
high speeds ond whe n looded inte rmittently. However, better ond
sofer o peroting conditions will result from inclines less thon these
mo ximums, porticulorly whe n handling moteriols contoining lumps
lorg er thon 4".

~e:_,\~
~~'\~~e:_,

'Oc:_,

~~~~~ V~c:_, 1~>J'l\f--'31P~--fli,:>::~r-:::>l-''T-+-lc::>+-

'O <)::,~
~~ o~

~,s~t,~Gc:_,
,~~~ ~~~ c:_,c:_,

roe:_,

\~~"
~
r.c:_,

Chrt A An gle and length of incline


Fig. 4836

Exomple Belt conveyor with 152 feel


horizontol distance ond 38-foot rise.
To use the chori for this example, divide
these figures by 2, giving 76 feet o nd 19
feet. The intersection o f o vertical line from
the 7 6 -foot horizontal length, with a horizontal line from a 19-foo t rise, would accur
al o p oint corresponding oppraximately,
on the 14 line, to a radius of 78 \12 feet.
Multiplying this by 2 results in on inclined
length o f 1 57 feet for the conveyor. The
ongle is 14 for either set of figures.

~~

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

HORIZONTAL DISTANCE BETWEEN CENTERS IN FEET

LI NK - B EL T 141

bulk handling
belt conveyors

Engineering
C Angles of Incline, continued

Table 1 Moximum ongle of incline.


Ma><imum angle
of incline,
degrees

Material carried
Alumino, dry, free-flowing
Beons, whole
Cool, onthrocite
Cool, bituminous, sized, lump s over
4 inches
Cool, bituminous, sized, lumps
4 inches ond under
Cool, bituminous, unsized
Cool, bituminous, fines, free-flowing 0
Cool, bituminous, fines, sluggish .c.
Cake, sized
Cake, unsized
Coke, fines ond breeze
Eorth, free-Aowing 0
Eorth, sluggish 6
Grovel, sized, woshed
Grovel, sized, unwoshed
G rovel, unsize d
G roin

18

8
16
15

16
18

20
22
17
l8

20
20
22
12
15
18
15

.A. See footnote far Table 2, poge 143, far definit ions of sized, unsized a nd fine
materiols

Far asce nding conveyors when uniformly laaded and with constan! feed.

Material carried

Maximum angle
of incline,

degrees
Ore (see stone)
Pockoges
Pellets, depending on size, bed
of moteriol ond concentricity
(toconite, fertilizer, ele.)
Rock (see stone)
Sond, very free-Aowing o
Sond, slugg ish (moist) 6
Sond, tempered foundry
Stone, sized, lumps over 4 inches
Stone, sized, lumps 4 inches ond under,
over 3/s inches
Stone, unsized, lumps over 4 inches
Stone, unsized, lumps 4 inches ond under,
over 3/s inches
- Stone, fines :Ya inch ond under
Wood chips

15 to 20
15 to 25

5 to 15
15 to 20
15

20

24
15

16
16
18

20
27

0 Angle of repose 30 to 45
6 Angle of repose ov e r 45
o Very wet or ve ry d ry, with a ngle of repose less than 30

Belt width and speed

The best combinotion of belt width ond speed depe nds upon copocity,
ongl e of incline, belt tensions, lump size ond other chorocteristics of
the material to be hondled. Due to the number ond voriotions of these
conditions, it is sometimes necessory to consider severol lentotive combinotio ns o f width ond speed before estoblishing the final design.
The increosing need for handling higher copocilies over lo nger
distonces has resulted in o trend toword higher belt speeds for conveyor systems. f irst cost is usuolly lower for o no rrow, high-speed conveyor, but high speeds moy creote problems ot looding points, al
lronsfers, ond o n inclined portions. Often, lower over-oll operoting
costs moy be obtoined with wider belts al lower speeds.
The conditions which influence selection of besl width ond speed ore
d escribed below:

Abrasive materlals having relotively smoll size lumps moy limit


the speed of the belt by thei r degree of obrosiveness.

Speed-as limited by material handled

Type of chutes, trippers and loadlng and unloadlng


devlces ore affected by both e xtre me ly high ond low speeds.

In conveying some moteriols, porticulorly mildly obrosive moteriols, it


is usuolly found thot the norrowest permissible belt ot the highesl
p ermissible speed will be the most economicol. However, with some
moteriols ond under cerloin conditions, slower speeds moy prove more
profitoble. Some of the material chorocleristics ond conditions which
influence the speed of the belt ore:

Light, fine, fluffy materials, such os sodo osh ond soop chips,
should be corried et o speed slow enough to preven! them from being
blown from the belt or lheir Aow from being relorded due to windoge
or oir resislonce.
Fine, dry, dusty materlals, such os pulverized cool, should be
corried al o speed slow enough to minimize dusting.
Fraglle materlals should be corried slowly enough so thot degrodotion hormful lo the use or solobility of the material will be
minimized al the lo oding ond unlooding points.
Slugglsh, damp materlals, such os fine wet cool or wet sond
thot moy hove o lendency to stick or cling to the belt, should be corried
al speeds high enough to p rovide o good dischorge from the belt.
Hard, coarse, heavy, sharp and agged materials, such os
lumpy ore and slone, should trovel ot a moderate speed to minimize
damage to the belt al the loading chutes.

142 L 1 N K - BEL T

Granular, smooth surface materla ls, such os whole grains


and beans and malerials si mila r to wood chips and undelinted cotton
seed, usually ore carried al higher speeds than most other materials.
W idth of b elt, since higher speeds ordinarily ore used for the
wid er belts.

Belt tensions sometimes determine speed of belt within the range


limited by other factors. A higher spee d with red uced cross sectional
load may permit a more e conomical belt.

Trajectory, which may not throw material far e nough beyond


head pulley or may throw it too fa r beyond. See Chori F, page 164.
Klnd of carrylng ldlers, if other than boll o r roller b eoring ,
which moy limit speed b y t ype of bearings or diameter of rolls.
Consult Link-Belt for the design of slider belts.
Table 2, page 143, shows speeds which present p ractice ond
experience indicate os the most practica l and economico l. They ore to
b e used only a s o general guide for consideration along with the
mony o ther factors for obtaining a well balance d design.

Loading Class-cross sectlonal area and volume as


d etermined by material
A characteristic of the ma terial that gre otly influences b e lt conveyor
copacity is its a ngle of repose or, as it is being conveyed on the belt,
its angle of surchorge. Some fine meterais, such as ore, sand and coal,
may retain a high sur.charge angle o n the b e lt when they contoin
ce rtain proportions o f moisl ure and cloy, b ut ma y slump to a lower
ongle when they ore clean and dry. Fibrous moleriols usually hove a
high ongle of surcharge.
(continued)

'

bulk handling
belt conveyors

Engineering
D Belt w ldth and speed, conlinued
Toble 3 shows Looding Closses A, B ond C to d e note the moximum
surchorge ongle ond the cross sectionol ore o al which some representotive moteriols ore normolly corried on be lts lroveling over idler
rolls.
The surchorge ongle, in conjunction with the width of the be lt, the
shope of the trough of the b e lt, ond the dislonce from the e dges of the

streom of material to the edges of the belt, dete rmine the volume of
material lo be corried pe r line ar foo l o f belt. Subseque nl tables for
colculoting required speed of b e lt ore bosed on these Looding Closses.
Although the volumes shown ore conservotive, they should no l be
e xceeded, e speciolly on incline d conve yors, without due considerotion
to Aowobility ond size of lumps, sp e ed ond length of belt, ond ongle
of inclines.

Table 2 Maximum recommended belt speed as determined by material handled.


Ma ximum recommended be lt speed, feel per minute "'

Material

Belt width, inches


Chorocteristics

14

Material example

Mildly obrosive
Cool, e orth
Moximum size
lumps, sized
Bonk grovel
IVery obro sive, nol shorp
or unsized o
Very obrosive, shorp ond jogged Stone, ore
Cool, eorlh
Holf mox. lumps, IMildly obro sive
sized or unsized Very obrosive
Slog, coke, ore, slone, culle t
Flokes
Wood chips, bork, pulp
Granular, Ya" to Vi" lumps
G roin, cool, cotlonseed, sond
Soda osh, pulverized cool
llight, Auffy, dry, d usty
Fines
Heovy
Cemenl, Aue dust
Coke, cool
Frogile, where degrodotion is hormful
Soop chips

16 , 18 1 20

24

30

36

42 1 48

54

60

72

84

3 00 300 400 400 450 500 5501600 6001650 650 650 650
3 ~ 300 1400 40~
~o 550 550600 600 600 6001600
25 0 250 300 350 400 450 500 500 550 550 550 550 550
3001300 4 00 4~ 5 ~ 600 650 700 700 700 700 700 700
300 300 4 00 400 500 600 650 650 650 650 650 650 650
4 0 0 450 450 500 600 700 800 800 800 800 8 00 800 800
400 4S0,45o l5oo 600 700 800 800 800 800 800 800 800
220-250 feet per minute ..
..
...
. . . ... . . .. 250 -300 feel per minute . . . . . .-.....
-..
200-250 feel per minute
. ... ...
150-200 feet per minute
.. . .
. .. ..

450

ore lumps ronging from moximum size to :1'2 moximum size, ot leost 153 ore
fines or lumps smoller thon ;,0 mo ximum, ond remoining 75% are lumps of
any size smaller than \12 moximum
Sized means o uniform mixtu re in which not more thon 20lo are lumps

Moximum fa r be lts troveling horizontolly on boll ar roller bearing i:J lers.


For picking belts, speed is usuo lly 50 to 100 FPM. Belts with discharge plows
should not trovel !aster thon 200 FPM. A speed of ot leost 300 FPM should
be mointoined to ossist dischorge of moteria ls lending to cling to belt,
such as wet coal, wet sond, d<:1mp eort~. dirty govel.
o Unsh:ed means o uniform mixture of mate rial in which not more thon 1010

ronging from moximum size ro ~ maximum size, ond remoining 80% ore
lumps no lorger thon '2 maximum size and no smoller than 'Ao moximum siz e.

Tabl e 3 Looding Closses


M a:Kimum

Loading surcharge
closs
angle

Co mpo rative cross-se ctional oreas

20-degree trough

S e mi- Auid or Aot


slump

degrees
f ig. 4842

Typical
materiols

Ve ry fre e -flowing ,
hoving ongle of repose of le ss thon 3 0
degrees

Ma terial
chorocteris tics

Flat bel!

45-degree traugh

Fig. 4842
Very wet or very
dry, smoll sphericol
or granular porticles

20
degrees

-------10'

-~

~o

__. . . . . . . . . .----__j

~:;;~~!.:"-'-''~~~~

Fig. 4843

Fig. 4843

Fig. 4843

Mointoins ongle of
repose between 30
ond 35 degrees
Lorgest lumps pe rmitted by wid th of
belt os shown in
Tabl e 6, poge 146
Medium size lumps
os shown in Ta ble 6,
poge 146

- /~o\

Moinloins ongle of
repose over 40 degrees

30
degrees

'

:'-..

'._J

'

fi g. 4844

Fig . 4844

Fig. 4844

Slu ggi sh, flb rous,


string y, sh re dded,
or Aokes thot cling
together

Whole groin,
whole beons,
whole seeds,
dry silico sond,
cement, Ay osh,
mico flo ke s ar
wet concrete

Cool, oshes, sond,


grovel, eorth,
stone, ore, rock,
lump lime, lump
gypsum, coorse solt
ond crocked groins

Some os for
looding Closs B
Wood chips, bork,
shovings, bogosse,
undelinted cotton
seed, green molt,
hops, shredded
cone, shredded
rubber, domp fines
ond lempered
foundry sond

Defined as the maximum cross-secrional surcnarge an91e e t which motenol may be comed on belts trove ling over belt 1dle rs.

L 1 N K - B E L T 143

bulk handling
belt co nveyors

Engineering
D Be lt w ldth a nd sp eed , continued

the volume of material on one linear foot of belt.


Since the p e rmissible speed of the belt vares with different
conditions ond differenl widths of b elts, more thon o ne colculotion
moy b e necessory to orrive ot the proper combinotion of wid th a nd
sp eed. Whe n 20 idlers ore used ond the Looding Closs is B ar C,
the speed of the belt mo y b e determined from the to ns p er hour of
moteriol to be tronspo rted by interpoloting from Tabl e 4.

W idt h and sp ee d- as d etermin e d by copacity


The minimum width of b e lt to carry the required volume of moleriol
depe nd s upon the sp eed ot which the be lt will trove! ond the permissible cross sectionol oreo of the load on the bel!.
The volume of material lo be hondled is usuolly expressed in terms
of to ns per hour, cubic feel per hour, cubic yords p e r hour, or bushels
per hour. So thot the conveyor will never b e overlooded, the volume
per hour must b e the moximum rote ar peak rote al which materia l
will be hondled ot ony momenl ond not the averag e p er hour or the
average os d e termined by hourly ar doily re q uireme nts.

However, if o ther thon 20 idl ers ond B or C looding are used,


colculate the speed of the belt from the formulo

s
where S

To insure that the volume will never be gre oter thon plonned, use
surge b ins with feeders unless the flo w of ma terial to the belt is
reg ulote d by sorne other method, such o s by other conveyors, or by
p rocessing equipment.

V
-

V2

= sp eed of belt, feet per minute, to carry moximum rec-

ommended cross sectiono l looding of belt


V1 = p ea k ro te per hour ot which material will b e hondl ed
V2 = role per hour of corrying material a l bel t speed of one
foot per minute, os found from Table 5, poge 145.

Table 5, poge 145, shows the permissible cross sectionol o rea s of


the load o n the b elt far vorious types of idlers ond far the vorious
lood ing clo ssiflcotions in terms of rote per hour of corrying material
when speed of belt is one foot per minute ond material is conslontly
ond uniformly fed to the belt. These volues, therefore, ore 60 times

lf the minimum belt width resulting from the obove formulo will
req uire o b e lt speed greoter thon permitted by Table 2, poge 143,
the width should be recolculo te d , ond bosed on o V2 volue sufficient
to reduce the speed of the belt within the recommended limits.

Table 4 Capacities of b elt conveyors using 2 0 -degree idlers


Weight o f
p er cubic
foo t, pounds

Belt sp eed , fee t per minute 4

inches

14
16
18
20
24
30
36
42
48
54
60
72
84

Capaci ty , loadi n g Class C,


short tons (2000 p ou n d s) p er hour 0

Capacity, loadi ng Cla ss 8,


short t on s (2000 pound s) p er haur0

Belt
width,

material

100

200

300

~ ~I 54
~~I 81~~

400

~~

500

600

05 : : :

Belt speed, feet per minute 4

700

800

. . . :::
I .. . . .

100

~~

200

300

~I ~~

400

500

600

*~I

700

800

i
115
108
135 ...
31
63
94
126
157
67
101
135
168
. ..
...
39
79
1181 158
197
lOo ----isa 200 ~ 300 - ..-.- - .-.-.60
120 1- 180
300 ~1--1-81
1621 243 1 324
405
486
567 . . .
97
194 291
389
485
582
68 0
50
117 235
352
470 587 704
822
940
147 295
44 2 5 9 0 737 884 1032 1180
162
325
487 650 812
974 1137 1300
202
405
6 07
8 10 1012 1214 14 17 1620
220 440 ~ 880 ll0o 1320 1540 1760 275 550 ~ 1100 1375 1650 1925 2200
285
5701 855 11401 14251 17 10 19951 2280 357 7151 1072 1430 17871 2144 2500 2860
360 720 1080 1440 1800 2 160 2520 2880
450 900 1350 1880 2250 2700 3150 3600
555 111 o 1665 2220 2775 3330 3885 4440
690 1380 2070 2760 3450 4140 4830 5520
775 / 1550 2325 3100 38751 4650 5425! 6200
970 1940 2910 3880 48501 5820 6790 7760
14
321
64
961 129 . . 1 . . . 1 . . .
...
32)
641
96
129
16
42
84
126
168
210 . . .
...
. ..
46
92
138
184
230
18
54
108
162
216 270 . . .
...
. ..
63
126
189
252
3 15
20
67
135 202 ~1 337 . . .
...
. ..
79
158
237 316
295
24
200 300 400 500
600 . .-. -.. .240
360 480
600 ~ - -30
162
324
486 648
8 1o 972 1134 . . .
194
389
583
778
972 1166 1361
100
36
235
470 70 5 940 1 175 141 o 1645 1880
295 590 885 1180 1475 1770 2065 2360
42
325 650 975 130 0 162 5 1950 2275 2600
405 810 12 15 1620 2025 2430 2835 3240
----- -- - - - - - - - --- - -48
440
880 1320 1760 2200 2640 3080 3520 550 1100 1650 2200 2750 3300 3850 4AOO
54
570 11 40 1710 228 0 2850 3420 3990 4560 7 15 1430 2145 2860 3575 4290 5005 5720
60
720 1440 2160, 2880 36001 4320 5040 5760 900 1800 2700 3600 4500 5400 6300 7200
72
111 o 2220 3330 4440 5550 6660 7770 8880 1380 2760 4140 5520 6900 8280 9660 11040
84
1550 3100 4650 6200 7750 9300 l 0850 12400 1940 3880 5820 7760 9700 11640 13580 15520
- - - --l---14 - -a ~--------i92..-.- --..-.- -. .-.- --..-.- --~----- 192--- - - - - 16
62
124
186
248 . . .
. ..
...
...
68
136
204
272
340
18
80
160
240
320 400 . . .
...
.. .
94
188
282
376
470
20
102
204 306
408
51 o . . .
... ...
118
236
354
472
590
24,
150 300 450 600 750 900 . . .
. ..
180 360 540
720 . 900 1080
290 582
872 1164 1454 1744 2036 2320
30
242
484 726 968 12101 145 2 1694 .. .
150
36
352
704 1056 1408 1760 2112 2464 .. .
4421 884 13261 1768 2210 2652 3094 3536
42
486
972 1458 1944 2430 2916 3402 .. . ~06 ~ 4 ~o 2428 3034 ~ 4248 4848
824 1650 247 4 3 300 4 124 4948 577 4 6592
48
660 1320 19801 2640 3300 39601 4620 - ..- .
1070, 2144 321 4 4288 5358 6428 7502 1 8560
54
854, l 708 2562 3416 4270 1 5 124 59781 ...
60
1080 2160 3240 4320 5400 648 0 7560
..
1350 2700 4050 54001 6750 8100 9450 l 0800
1
72
1665 3330 4995 6660 8325 9990 11655 13320 2070 4 140 621 o 8280 10350 12420 14490 16560
84
23 25 4650 6975 9300 11625 13950 16275 18600 29 1o 5820 8730 11640 l 45 50 17 460 20370 23 28 0
27
34

100

.t. Refer to Toble 2, poge 143 far moximum speeds.


Refer to Toble 6, poge 146 for mnimum w idth of belt far lump size.

144 L

2401

----:so

N K- B E LT

120

0 Refer to Toble 3, poye 143 for derermining Load ng Closs.

bulk handling
b elt conveyo rs

Engineering
O Bel! width and speed , continued
Usually, it is mosl economical to operale !he narrowesl permissible
bel! al its maximum allowoble speed. However, when it is calculated
that the permissible cross sectional load ing al !he maximum permissible speed will handle more thon the required volume, it is
usually bes! to maintain !he cross sectional lo ading and select a
speed sufficient to convey !he required volume. The width and speed
thus determined should be considered a s tentative until b elt tensions

a re established, a s it may be necessa ry lo increase the width to


provid e sufficienl operating slrenglh; or, it may be advantageous to
operate !he belt al a higher speed with reduced cross sectional
loading to decrease lhe req uired tension. Another consideration
which may be found later to inAuence the width and sp eed of !he bel!
is !he troughability of bel!, as determined b y ils thickness to p rovide
adequate strength.

Tab le S Rote p er hour of carrying material al belt speed of one foot per minute
Belt
width,

Volume per hour for one foot per minute of belt speed, v,
Cubic yards
per hour

Cubic feet
per hour6

inches

2.6
3.7
5.3
7.3
11.9

4 .1
5.8
8.5
11.6
18.9

.... . ...

...... . .
. .. . . . ..
.. .. ....
. .......

loading Class
B

Bushels
per hour
B

2.1
2 .9
4 .2
5.8
9.6

3.2
4.6
6.8
9.3
15.2

........

14.4
21.8
30.7
38.8

23.0
34.6
48.7
61.5

..... . ..

47 .6
60.0
85.0
113.0

76.0
89.2
125.0
167.0

Fl at bel! on idlers
14
16
18
20
24

... .. . ..
........
. .. .....

0.09
. 13
. 19
.27
.44

.15
.21
.31
.43
.70

........

.66
1.00
1.42
1.78

1.06
1.59
2.24
2.83

. . ......
. . ......
... .... .

2.20
2.75
3.90
5.20

3.50
4.12
5.80
7.70

30
36
42
48

........
. . .. ... .
.. . . . . . .

. .......

18.0
27.2
38.2
48.3

28.6
43.0
60.6
76.4

... . .. ..
. . . . .. ..
. . . . .. . .
.. . .. . . .

54
60
72
84

. .... . ..
....... .
. .. .....
........

59.2
74.5
107.0
142.0

94.7
111.9
157.0
2 10 .0

... .. ...
..

.... .

.. . . . . .
. . ......

..... ...

20-degree idlers
14
16
18
20

3.35
5.04
6.90
8.85

24
30
36
42

13.50
22.60
33.50
47.60

48
54
60
72
84

63.00
80.00
98.00
145.00
200.00

6.48
8.40
10.80
13.50

6.48
9.20
12.60
15.8 0

.13
.19
.25
.33

.24
.31
.40
.50

.24
.34
.46
.58

2.70
4.05
5.55
7.12

5.20
6.75
8.70
10.85

5.2
7 .4
10.1
12.9

20.oq_- :
32.40
47.00
65.00

24.00
38.90
59.00
81 .00

.50
.84
1.24
1.76

.74
1.20
1.74
2.41

.89
1.44
2.18
3.00

10.85
18.10
27.00
38.80

16.10
26.00
37.80
52.20

19.3
31.2
47.5
65.0

110.00
143 .00
180.00
276.00
385.00

2.23
2.96
3.62
5 .35
7.40

3.26
4.22
5.33
8.23
10.40

4.07
5.3 0
6.65
10.20
14.20

50.50
64.20
79.00
116.00
160.00

7 1.00
91 .50
116.00
177.00
226.00

88.5
115.0
145.0
220.0
307.0

30.4
50.0
7 0.0
96.0
126.5

.7 4
1.18
1.54
2.12
2.88

.98
1.58
2.15
2.83
3.85

1.13
1.85
2.58
3.56
4.70

15.9
25.7
33.4
46.2
62.8

21.2
34.2
44.5
61.5
83.0

24.4
40.2
56.2
77.2
102.0

22.9
38.5
56.5
79.5
112.0

26.3
43.7
64.2
93.5
120.0

144.0
185.0
280.0

155.0
195.0
285.0

88.00
114.00
144.00
222.00
282.00

45-degree idlers with unequol length rolls


24
30
36
42
48

19.8
32.0
41.5
57.5

78.0

26.4
42.6
55.2
76.8
103.8

45-degree idlers with equal length rolls


24
30
36
42
48

22.0
36.0
53.0
74.5
104.2

28.7
48.0
70.8
99.6
139.8

33.0
54.2
80.0
116.0
149.0

.81
1.33
1.96
2.76
3.85

1.06
1.77
2.62
3.68
5.15

1.22
2.00
2.96
4.30
5.52

17.5
28.8
42.5
59.5
84.0

54
60
72

135.0
173.0
262.0

180.0
231 .0
349.0

193.0
243. 0
355.0

5.00
6.40
9.70

6.67
8.5 5
12.90

7.15
8.65
13. 10

108 .0
139.0
2 10.0

Refer to Table 3, page 143, lor determinalion of Looding Class.


Select idlers lrom pages 146 thru 150.

Tons per hour X Pounds per ton


6 Cubic fee t per hour = - Weighl of moterial per cubic foot, pounds

L 1 N K - B E L T 145

bulk handling
belt co nveyors

Engineering
D Belt w idth and s p eed, continued

Ta ble 6 Maximum recommended lump size for each width


of belt on 20-degree idlers

Widt h - a s d e termin e d by size of lumps

1loodingl
Maxi mum siz e of lu mps()
Molen al
class
class
Bell width, inches

14 l 16 l 18 1 20 l 24 l 30 1361 42
4 8 541601 72 184

The size of lumps to be hondled moy determine the minimum belt


width, porticulorly for low copocity conveyors or for inclines thot
opprooch the moximums.
When o smo ll percenloge of lorge lumps requires o substontiolly
wider b elt, speciol looding methods sometimes moy be used to
occommodote them. Also, under cerloin conditions, norrower belts
moy be used if occosionol lorge lumps ore confined by skirts, guords
or sofety covers.
Belts of omple width usuolly justify their first cosl by subsequenl
sovings in cleonup expense ond improved sofety, porliculorly on
conveyors of modero l e lengths. On very long conveyors or conveyor
systems, it moy be odvisoble to crush extremely lorge lumps or to
screen them out ond hondle them seporotely.
Table 6 shows the best proctice with respect to moximum size of
lumps for belts of given wid ths without considerotion of idler series
or the strength of bel t. To ble 7 illustrotes the influence of lump size
on idler selection, ond Table 14, poge 156, shows the necessity for
consid ering lump size with resp ecl to the strength of the belt.

Unsized

- -Sized

B e.
Bo

-eB e.e

10
16 18 20 22 27 32
12 114
16 20 22 24 28 33 38
4 5
7 10 12 15 18
l '12 2
3
- - --- 8 10 '12 14 16 19 22
3 '12 4 '12 7
1 '12 2 2 '12 3 '12 5 6 7 '12 9
'12 3/.o 1

3 4 5
..
.. 1
- -- 2 2 '12 3
...

Unsixed means a uniform mixture of material in wh:ch not more thon lOq~
ore lumps ronging from moximum size to . mox1mum si ze, et leost 15'";~ ore
fines o r lumps smaller than 1,fo maximum, ond remoining 75'~~ ore lumps of

ony size smolle r thon

2 moximum.

Sized meons a uniform mixrure in which not more thon 200,-;, ore lumps
ronging from maximum size to .' moximum size, ond remoining 80':' 0 ore lumps
no lorger thon 1 ~ maximum size ond no smaller thon 1 -10 moximum size

Looding closses are exploined in Toble 3, poge 143


8osed on free low of moteriol through s~ir t pioles when the looding condirionsond the distonce between skirt ploresore os recommended on poqe 162
o Bosed on speciol considerotion being given to loading conditions of the
belt ond ope rotion o f the conveyor.
O Size of lumps moy determine series o f belt id lers os shown in Table 7,
ond lhe roted belt tensions in Table 14, poge 156.

!),.

Belt i dler se lection and spacing

The type ond spocing of belt idlers influence the life of the idlers,
the belt, ond to o lesser exlent the power requiremen t. Selection
of the most solisfoctory idler requires considerotion of the material
hond led, copocily, ond conditions of service.
Link-Belt mokes on exceptionolly brood ronge of types ond sizes
of bel! idlers. Although sorne moy opp eor to overlop, o ll ore required
to hondle o wide vo riely of moteriols ond to mee! oll of the needs

of modern industry. The informo tion herein is suitoble for selecting


idl ers for most conditions of service. However, il moy be odvisoble
to consult Link-Bel! for idler recommendotions to mee! unusuol combinotions of conditi ons.
The construction of Link-Bel! idlers is described on poge 175.
Dimensions ond weights ore shown on poges 181 -195.

Tabl e 7 Maximum recommended lump size for each idler series


Type
of
bell
idler

Maximum rccomm e nded size of lumps, inches A

Material
weight,
pounds per
cubic foot

ldler
serie s

Belt width, inches


14

35
50
100
50
75
100
50
100
150
50
100
150
100
150

5000
6000
20
t roughed
b el!
idl ers

7000
8000
-

9000
45
lroughed
bel!
idlers
Flot
b elt
idle r s

6000

. ..

20

24

5
5

5
5
4
6
6
6
6
6
6

6
5
4
8
8
8
1
- -- 8
8
8
8
8
8
- - -

I~

- .. .

..

18

4
4
4
4

4
5
5
5
5
. ..
5
.. .
-5
. .. . ..
. .. . ..

...

. ..
.-. -

16

..
-.. 1

. ..

-..

.. -

. .

- - ..

- ..

..
.

36

42

6
5
4
- - -12
16
12
14
10
12
12
16
20
14
12
16
10
12
14
- - -- 12
16
20
12
14
16
10
12
14
- -16
20
16
20

48

54

----

20
16
14

16
14
22
22

84

- - - - --

- -

~1 20

72

60

16

20
16

24
24

28
26

---

- -

- --33- - 38
27

32

When used for moleriols other thon fine or granular, the moximum size of lumps or
objecls depends upon rheir shope and weight, olso !he spocing of idlers,
speed of belt ond other considerotions. Consult Link- Belt .

Size of lumps moy olso be determined by w idth o f belt (Toble 6). or by belr
tension ond weight of moteriol (Toble 14, poge 156). Other considerotions

14~

30

Size ond weight of lumps is usuolly limited by type of belt. Consult Link-Belt
when material weighs more !han 50 pounds per cubic foot.

ond

8000
5000,
6000,
7000,
8000,
9000

3
3
3
3
3
3
..

L 1N K- B E LT

include chor<1cterisrics of moteriol, Looding Closs, speed o f belt ond looding


cond1trons.

bulk handling
belt conveyors

Engineering
2. Regreose oble in the field from one e nd, or "one-shot." This method

E Belt ldler selectl on and spaclng, continued

The TYPE of idler is determined by the function it performs, such os


corrying the load, supporting !he empty return belt, troining the b e l!
ond cushioning !he impoct of looding. Selection of the type of
corrying idler, whether Aot belt, 20 or 45 troughed belt, usuolly
is determined by the size, weight, quontity ond lump size of material
to be hondled.
Severol SERIES of eoch type of idler ore mode to mee! widely
differing operoting conditions. Selection of the series is determined
by such conditions os type ond frequency of service, degree of
obrosiveness in surrounding otmosphere, the weight per cubic foot
of material, ond the size of lorgest lumps to be hondled, os well os
looding ond dischorg e cond itions. Also, selection of !he series is bosed
on the speed, width ond thickness of !he belt.
The type ond series of idlers for most conveyors moy be selected
on the bosis of the operoting conditions broodly d escribed in Table 9.
However, for unusuol combinotions of conditions, it moy b e more
odvontogeous to use o lighler or he ovier series !han shown in the
table. Thus, o lighter series moy be sotisfoctory for handling heovy,
g ranular meterais on o lemporory or infrequently used conveyor,
whereos the sorne series would not b e e conomicol for continuous duty.
Conversely, heovier idlers ore more dependoble ond o re often more
economicol for continuous duty whe n handling high copocities of
lumpy material, even though it is of moderote weight.
ldler rolls ore mod e in vorious diometers ond of moteriols such os
steel, gray iron ond rubber treod. Lorger diome te rs ore d esiroble for
high spee d belts ond for lorge lum ps, os they should prolong life of
both idler rolls ond belts. Steel rolls ore used for most moteriols, but
gray iron is more sotisfoctory unde r certoin corrosive co nditions.
Rubber treod rolls ore used on corrying idlers to obsorb impoct, ond
on return idlers for sticky or corrosive moteriols.
The method of lubricoting idler beorings is usuolly bosed upen the
preference of p urcho ser's mointenonce orgonizotion, ond is inAuenced
by o pe rating conditions, accessibility of the idlers, ond by !he
chorocter ond ovoilobility of labor. Three methods of lubricotion ore
ovoiloble in certoin series of link-Belt idlers:

1. Regreoseoble in the fi el d al eoch beoring with oll gre ose pipes


extend ed to one sid e where desired. This method is necessory for
lorge idlers ond wid e be lts, ond usuolly is pre ferred for oll b ut
relotively norrow, moderotely looded conveyors.

is usuolly confined to light ond medium duty idlers of moderote be lt


width.

3. Foctory greosed ond seo led b eoring s ore usuolly confined to


conveyors of moderote widths for light or temporory duty.

Table 9, poge 148, p rovid es selectio n informotion with respect to


both type ond serie s. The moximum lump size for vorious idlers is
shown on Table 7, poge 146, but idler seleclion moy be inAuenced
olso by !he maximum lumps for belt width, Table 6, poge 146, ond
by belt tension, Table 14, poge 156.
The weight of revolving porls of vorious link-Bel! idlers is required
to determine power requiremenls ond be l! tensions, ond is shown
in Table 1 O, pog e 150.

Belt idler spacing


The spocing of idlers olong the conveyor belt is o very importont
facto r in the over-oll e conomy of the conveyor since the spocing
greotly inAuences the life of both the belt ond the idle rs. Also, idler
spocing moy inAuence the required horsepower os well o s the te nsion
roting ond cost of the belt.
lf the distonce be tween troughed be lt idlers is too greo t, the belt
will tend to sog excessively, cousing spilloge of moteriol, d ecreosed
be lt life, ond increosed power to drive the conveyor.
ldler spocing under skirt plotes should be reduced to ovoid
wedging of moteriol, os described further in this book und er " looding
the Belt." Heovy, shorp lumps will cause more domoge to high sp eed
belts due to greoter impoct al the idlers when the re is too much seg
in the belt. The omount of belt tension required to preven! excessive
seg is reduced by closer spocing of idlers os shown by Chori E,
pog e 155.
Occosionol lorge p ieces imbedded in fines ond centrolly loo ded on
o belt trove ling ot slow speed ore less severe on the idle rs thon the
sorne size or smoller lumps without the cushioning effect of fines.
l ump s not lood ed centrolly or trove ling ot high speed hove o more
destructive e ffect.
(continued on poge 150)

Table 8 Beft idfer spocing for eoch idfer type ond series
Type

Belt

of

idler

belt
idler

serie s

Moteriol
weight,
pounds
per cubic
foot

Recommended averag e spacing of lroughed bel! idlers, f eel A


Belt width, inches

14

35
5 Y2
5000
50
5Y2
1 00
5
,_ _ _ _ _ _ , __ __5_0_ _ , _ 5_,Y_,.:26000
20
troughed
belt
idlers

75
1 oo
50

20

5
4Y2
4 Y2
4 Y2
-5- -'-y;-

24

30

36

y;- -y;--y;- - --

4 Y2
4 Y2
5-

4
4
4
4
--y;--y;- 4Y2

1 oo
... ... 5
4 Y2
4 Y2
4
4
150
...
...
4
4
4
4
3 Y2
i- - -- - -i- --5-0- -i-.-.-.- - -- - -- --.-.-.- --5- - --y;-1 4 Y2

8000

...
...

42

4 Y2
4 Y2
4
4

7000

1 00
...
150
. ..
100
9000
1 50
-4-5 - - l l - -6'"0'"' "0"""
"' 0--l---:3-:5:---ll-.-.-.

idlers

18

5
5

5
5
5
4 Y2
5
5
5
4 Y2
.. ~ ..-.- - 5 - 5

8000

troughed
belt

16

5Y2
5
5
5- - -

4
3 Y2
4 Y2

48

60

54

--- -

_ 4_ _ _ _ _ _ __

72

84

--- - - -

-- -

4
-4- - - -4 - - Jy;- - - - - --

4 Y2
4

4
4
4
4
3 Y2
3 Y2
4
3 Y2
3 Y2
- .-.-.-i-y;-i 4Y2
4Yl
_4_ ___
4_
JY2 Jv;...
...
...
4
4
4
4
4
3
3
- ..- .- - 5 - - _ 5_ _ _ _
5-y;--y;- - - - - - - - -

-------.-.-.--.-..
...

...

50
35

...
...
...
...
-. .- . - - .. . - --..-.- - . .-.-

4 Y2
5Y2

50

...

...

...

...

A Relurn belt idler recommended spocing is 10-foot intervols for oll belr
widths ond looding. Belt troining idlers on the corrying ond return runs,
should be ploced obout 50 feet fr om eoch termino! or bend pulley ond

4 Y2
4 Y2
_ 5_ _ _5_ _
4 Y2

4 Y2

4 Y2
5
4 Y2

4
-y;--y;--4_ _ _4_ _ _ __
4

3 Y2

3 Y2

opproximotely 100 fe et oport thereofter. Jd ler spocing ot looding poinl


should be red uced to preven! excessive sog os covered on poges 155 ond

162.

L 1 N K - BE L T 147

bulk handling
b e lt conveyors

Engineering
E Belt ld ler selectio n and spaclng, continued
Table 9 Belt idle r selection b y ty pe and series
Type of bell idler

Series

5000

Avoiloble
far belt widths,

Roll

14-30

Carrying idler for intermittent o p eralion, relotively low


ca pacities and for lightweight materia Is of limited
lump siz e.

6000

14-36

4-5

Carrying idler for intermittent operatian, medium capacities and fo r moderale weight, semi-abrosive moterio ls
containing lumps larger and heavier than !hose handled
by Series 5000 idlers; or, for continuous operation when
handling lig htweight, fine materials.

7000

18-48

Carrying idl er fo r co ntinuous operatio n, high capa cities,


and for heovier weight, ob rasive moteria ls where the
size of lumps is limited by the width of b el!.

20 lroughed be lt idler

20 troughed belt rubbe r cushion idler

QDQ
20 troughed be lt lro ining idler,
positive o ction type

~~

20 troughe d be lt troining idler,

Operoting conditions

inches

dio meter,
inches

8 000

24-60

Corrying idler for continuous operation, high copo cities,


and for heavier weight, abrosive materials where the
size of lum ps is limited b y the width of bel!. The slrong er
and heavier 6" diameler rolls give add ed life under
more severe service, and are suitable for wider be lts
!han Series 7000 idlers.

9000

36-84

6-7

Carrying idler for continuous operalion, highest copocities, o nd for the heoviest and coo rsesl moteriols.

6000
7000
8000
9000

14-36
18-48
24-60
36-84

5
5
6
7

Ca rrying idl er used lo p rolecl the bel! b y obsorbing


impact under looding poi nis, esp ecially when larg e
lumps and he avy materials ore carried.

6000
7000
8000
9000

14-36
18-48
24-60
36-84

4-5
5
6
6-7

Corrying idler used to !rain corrying b e lts which operote


in o ne direction, ond to protect edges of belt from injury
due to misalignment.

7000
8000
9000

18-48
24-60
36-84

5
6
6-7

Corrying idlers used to troin corrying belts which operole in both directions, ond to protecl edg es of bel!
from injury due to misolignment.

8000
9000

24-60
36-84

5-6
6-7

Carrying idler used for picking, sorting ond feeder


conveyors.

7000
8000

24-48
24-60

5
6

Carrying idler for continuous service. This typ e corrie~ .


moximum volume of material, limited only by the construction of !he bel!.

8000

24-60

Carrying idler used to protect the bel! by absorbing


im pact und er looding points, especially when larg e
lumps and heovy malerials are carried.

7000
8000

24-48
24-60

5
6

Carrying idler used to !rain co rrying belts which o p erote


in one di rection, ond to prolecl edges of bel! from
injury due lo misolignment.

6000

24-48

4-5

Corrying idler for conlinuous operotion, handling lightweighl maleriols such os groin and wood chips in gre oter
volume thon 20 idlers.

actuoting di sc type

~I

I~

20 lroughed belt picking and


feede r conveyor idler

45 troug he d b e lt idler,
equal length rolls

4 5 trough e d b elt rubber cushion idler,


equal length rolls

45 troughed be lt troining idler,


positive action type, equal length roll s

45 troughed b e lt idler,
unequal length rolls

148 L 1 N K - B E L T

bulk handling
belt conveyors

Engineering
E Belt ldler selectlon and spaclng, continued

Table 9 Belt idler selection by type ond series (continued)


Type of belt idler

~CJ~

Series

Avoiloble
Roll
far belt widths, dio meter,
inches

6000

24-48

4-5

Corrying idler used to troin corrying belts which operote


in one direction, and to protect edges of belt from injury
due to misolignment.

8000
9000

24-60
36-84

5-6
6-7

Corrying id ler used to reduce edge tension in highly


stressed belts during their tronsition from troug hed
idler to pulleys. Rolls ore odjustoble to desired belt
contour.

5000
6000
7000
8000
9000

14-30
14-36
18-48
24-60
36-84

4
4.5
5
6
6-7

Corrying id ler used for bulk materi a ls such os p rep o red


foundry sond and undelinted cotton seed, where it is
desiro ble to plow material off a l o ne or more points.
Also, used for pul p wood logs, packa ges, p icking and
sorting conveyors. Generally suita b le for conditions of
service of corresponding series of 20 idlers.

8000
9000

24-60
36-84

6
7

Corrying idler used lo protect the belt by o b sorbing


impact al transfers a nd belt feeders.

8000
9000

24-60
36-8 4

6
7

Corrying idler used to protect the belt by absorbing


impact a l transfers and belt feeders. For the heoviest
type of service.

6000
7000
8000

14-36
18-48
24-60

4-5
5
6

Corrying id ler used to troin carrying belts which o perate


in one direction, a nd to protect edges of belt from injury
due to misolignment.

5000
6000
7000
8000
9000

14-30
14-36
18-48
24 -60
36-8 4

4
4-5
5
6
6-7

Return id ler used to carry empty return belts. Avoilo ble


with steel, gray iron or speciolly coated rolls.

6000
7000
8000
9000

14-36
18-48
24-60
36-84

4-5
5
6
6

Return idler used lo carry empty return belts where wet


or sticky maleriols cling lo belt or where resistance to
corrosion o nd chemical attroction to iron or steel is
required .

6000
7000
8000
9000

14-36
18-48
24-60
36-84

4-5
5
6
6-7

Return id ler used to train return belts which o p erote in


one direction, a nd to protect e d ges of be lt fro m injury
due to misalignment.

8000
9000

24-60
36-84

6
6

Return idler used to troin return belts which o perote in


one d irection whe n ha ndling materiols thot adhere to
belt ond build-u p on metal rolls. Mode only with rubbe r
treods.

8000
9000

24-6 0
36-84

6
7

Return idler used to assist in remo ving excessive omounts


of certo in ma terio ls that hove a tendency to cling to
bel t.

45 troughed belt training idler,


pos itive action type, unequal le ngth rolls

Variable troughed belt idler

ji

ll

Fla t bell idler

Jrnrm:mJill
Flat belt rubbe r cushion idle r,
fi xed s haft type

~
Flat bel! rubber cushion idler,
live shaft type

,t.

Jrr

Flat belt training idler,


positive action typ e

'1

1!

Retu rn belt idler

,,~
Re turn belt rubber tread idler

J]

[&;

Re turn belt training idler,


posit ive action type *

~~
Re turn belt rubber tread train in g idler,
coster- camber type *

:r

"\:

Return belt bealer idler

Operoting conditions

inches

..

Fa r relurn belt lro1ning 1d lers for re versi ble be lrs consult L ink-Belt .

L 1 N K - B E L T 149

bulk handling
be lt co nveyo rs

Engineering
E Belt id ler selection a n d spacing, continued

slructures musl b e correctly aligned. Also, the material hand led should
b e loaded cenlra lly on the bel!.
In addition lo careful installation, it is necessory to provide means
of training lhe bel! in anticipation of subsequent variations in alignment a nd loading conditions. Sorne self-aligning effecl of !he carrying run may be obtained by instal ling !he ca rrying id lers with a
forward tilt in lhe direclion of bel! lravel of not more than 2 .
Tilted idlers should no! be used on reversib le conveyors. Also, tilted
idlers may result in increased wear af bel! cover and idler rolls when
handling abrasive materials.
The bes! method of lroining !he bel! when misolig nment is no! excessive is with be lt troining idlers, which corree! this condition outomatically by lraining lhe bel! to a central position. They a re ava iloble
in !he various series shown in Table 9, pages 148-149. Bel! training
idlers are made far both carryin g and return belts, and far !hose
that travel in one direction or far reversible conveyors. Recommended
spacing of bel! tra ining idlers is g iven in a foo lnote to Table 8 , page 1 47.

Toble 8, page 147, and !he notes following it, show recommended
average spacing of idlers based on judgment determined by many
yeors of experience. lt is intended to represen! good practice far
normal or average types of installa tions, bu! deflnite limitations
connot be tabled far the spacing of idlers far all conditions. In many
cases it may be advisoble to obtain a recommendation from Link-Bel!,
especially when large, heavy lumps are being carried, when there
is a wide variance of lensions along !he bel!, and far conveyors
having convex curves or unusual loading conditions.

Belt tra ining idlers


lt is importan! thot the conveyor belt operates practically centrally
with respect to its idlers to avoid dama ge to belt edges from rubbing
against adjocent chutes or structures. To insure central opera tion the
bel! must be installed properly and !he idlers, terminal pulleys and

Table 1 0 Weight of revolving idler parts


Troughed bell idlers

Flat bell and relurn bel! idlers

Weighl per be ll idl er, pounds


Belt Series
width, 5000
inches

14
16
18
20

Series
6000

Series

7000

Series

Series
1

Series

'l

8000

9000

5000

Series

6000

Weight per idler, pound s


'
Series
Series
7000
1
1 8000

Series

9000

6
4"
4" [ 4" 1 5" 1 5
5"
6" 1 6"
6"
6" [ r 1 "
rubber l '" I rubber
rubber l
rubber
rubber 5" rubber stee l
steel s1ee
11s1,.
,.. 1s1ee
1grey
ee 11 ,..
s1ee1
. 1 ..
s1ee 1s1ee 11 , ..
steel
steel
steel
d
steel
steel
sleer,ubb~r
cush1on
iron cush1on
cush1on
1reo
reo
rolls ro 11s ro 11s cush1on
rolls treod rolls iron treod rolls 1rolls rolls
rolls rolls 1rolls rolls
rolls
ro 11 s
rolls ro 11s rolls rolls ro 11 s ro 11 s rolls
rolls rolls
rolls
13 15 19
14
. ..
. ..
12 12 15 11
. . . . . . . . . ... ... . ..
. . . . . . . . . . .. ...
. .. . . .
15 17 20
15 1 . . . 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... . . .
13 14 16 12
. . . . .. 1: : : . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
16 18 22
17
25
20
. . .
.. . ..
. . . . . . . . . 14 16 18 13 22 17 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. ...
17 19 24
19
28
23
. . . . ..
... . . . ... . ..
15 17 20 14
24
18 . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. ..

24
30
36
42

22 27
26 32
.. . 3 1 38

48
54
60
72
84

...
...
...
. ..
...

20
23

. . . . ..

22
27
32

...

...

... ...
.. . . . .
... . ..
.. ...
... ...

...
...
...
. . .
...

32
36
41
46

27
31
35
40

41
64
48 76
55 89
64 103

52

48

...
...

. ..
...
.. .
...

71 115
78 128
86 140

.. .

. . . . ..
... ...

F Power

57
68
79
93

... ...

.. .

. . . . . .

. .

136
150
164
192
220

156
171
186
216
246

17
21

19 23
23 27
27 31

15
17
19

...
... ... .. . ...
. . . . . . . . . . ..
. . . . . . . .. . . .
. . . . .. ... . . .
. .. . . . .. . . . .
. . . . . . ... ..

28
34
40
46

20
24
28
32

36
43
50
57

59
71
83
96

24
29
33
37
42
46
51

52

36

. ..
...
.. .

. ..
. ..

. ..

65 108
72 12 1
79 133

. ..

..

. .. . . .
. .. . . .

... ..

.
. . . .. .

. ..

86 96
98 1 10

64
69

111
123
135
. .. 160
. .. 185

. ..

124 7 5
138 81
152 87
178 100
204 109

requirements and belt te nsi o ns

The power required to drive o belt conveyor is a fundamentally importan! design consideration. lt provides !he basis far selecting lhe
motor, controls and other drive components, as well as far calculating
anticipa ted power consumption. lt determines the tensions and stre ngth
of bel! required, and inAuences belt cost and life, and occasionolly
its width. Al so, !he design of other mechanical a nd structurol ports
is affected by !he forces which contribute to, or are the result of
power requirements.
These various forces are described below, followed by !he conve ntio nal symbols (page 154) and the ir deflnitions. Also, the relatio n
of power to proper bel! tension and bel! selection is covered on this
poge. Examples of power calculations are shown o n page 170.
Two methods of colculating power requirements are presentedthe Graphical Method and the Analytical Method. Both ore accurate
within their deflned limits. The Graphical Method is suitable fa r desig ning small, simple conveyors, or far closely approximating !he
powe r requirements of lorger units. The Analytica l Method is necessary far accurate results whe n designing long, high-capacity conveyors, or those with complex paths of travel.
There are two forces that dete rmine !he power requirements and
bel! tensions in any be l! conve yor afte r it is running al a uniform
spe ed, namely frict ional forces a nd gravitatlonal forces . A
third, lnertia forces, affects bel! te nsion during acceleration a nd

150 L 1 N K - B E L T

93 108 126
106 122 1 141

104 111 8
116 131
125 143
. .. 168
... 193

~royrubber

deceleralion but has little influence on total p ower requirements.


FRICTIONAL FORCES are the fo rces req uired far moving !he ma terial ond the b el t horizontally and far turning all rotating peris
driven by !he conveyor belt. Frictional forces always oppose !he
movement of !he bel!, and equal the sum of !he following constitue nt forces:
To tal weight of moving material X friction factor of material.
Total weight of b el! X friction factor of bel!.
Total weight of revolving idl er peris X friction factor of idlers.

Additional frictio na l forces that mus! be included et the drive


shaft are !he friction of conveyor terminal bearings, the friction of
material on conveyor looding skirts and other minor power absorbing
items. For conveyors of modera le lengths and paths of travel these
forces may all be included by adding one empirical value, Lo. This
term Lo represents a force resulting from adding theoretically 150-foot
centers of loaded horizontal conveyor to the foot or receiving end
of !he actual conveyor. Th e Lo value of 150 f eet is conservative for
conveyors with ba ll o r rolle r bearing idlers and sleeve bearings on
terminal pulley shafts. lf p ulley shafts are eq uipped with ball o r
roll er bearings, and good alignment and maintenance is assured, !he
Lo value may be reduce d to 1 20 feet.

'

bulk handling
belt conveyors

Engineering
F Power requl rements and belt tenslons, continued
Note thot !he Lo volue does no! include frictional losses between
motor and !he conveyor driving pulley resulting from power transmission equipment as speed reducers, chains or gears. These frictional
losses affect !he horsepower of motor, but do no! inAuence design
and selection of belt, idlers, pulleys and pulley shafts.
Other frlctlonal forces that may exceed the normal L0 value,
and mus! receive special consideration, are !hose resulting from complex arrangements of terminals, multiple trippers and heavily loaded
convex curves.
Frictlon Factors shown in Table 11 are based on a differenl
factor for material than for the empty bel!, due to the resistance of
the material lo the slight but repetitive d isturbance it is subjected to
as it passes over the idlers. The factors shown are conservative for
conveyors equipped with high grade antifriction idlers, on well
aligned structures, operating in temperatures above - 20 F., receiving good care, mainlenance and lubrication. For temporary or poorly
aligned slructures ar lower temperatures these factors should be
increa sed between l 03 and 253, depending on conditions. Although special greases may be helpful al low temperatures, o ther
considerations may necessitate higher factors !han !hose shown in
!he table. Conversely, some tests hove been made under very favorable conditions which indicated friction factors less than those shown
in the table.
GRAVITATIONAL FORCES are the forces, over and above the
frictional forces, required to raise ar lower the belt and material on
the inclined portions of !he conveyor. On ascending conveyors the
gravitational forces of the bel! and material on the carrying run
oppose movement of !he belt and on !he return run !he gravitational
force of !he belt assists movement. On descending conveyors the
gravitational forces of !he belt and material on the carrying run assist
movement of the belt and on the return run the gravitational force
opposes movement in !he desired direction. Gravitational forces are
determined by !he following formula:

Weight of belt,
Weight of material, } X vertical travel,
per foot
per foot of be lt
in feet
The result should be added to the frictional forces of inclined belts
b ut should be deducted for declined belts.
(

Table 11 Friction factors


Friction

Peri in which friction originales


Revolving peris of ball or roller bearing b e l! idlers ... .
Empty b e l! on ball or roller bearing belt idlers ...... .
Material only on be lt on anti-friction belt idlers . ..... .
Tail, be nd and snub pulleys and shafts, ball and
roller bearings . . . . . . . . . . .................. . .
Tail, bend and snub pulleys and shafts, sleeve
bearings ............................... . . . . .
Takeup pull or counlerweight, ball and roller
bearings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ............. .. ... .
Takeup p ull or counterweighl, sleeve b earings . ... . .. .
Orive pulley assembly, ball and roller bearings ...... .
Orive pulley a ssembly, sleeve bearings ............. .
Fabric be lt, including material carried, sliding on
polished steel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..... .
Friction surface belt and material carried, sliding on
polished steel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...
Rubber surfaced bel! and material carried, sliding
o n polished sleel. .............. . ............ .
Fabric surfaced belt and material carried, sliding
o n polished wood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ....
Friction surfaced bel! and matedal carried, sliding
on polished wood ........................ .
Rubber surfaced bel! and material carried, sliding
o n polished wood ..... .

factor

.02
.02
.025
.0 1
.02
.01
.02
.01
.02
.25 - .30

Methods for calculating horsepower


The horsepower to drive a belt conveyor equa ls the sum of the
following:
HP to drive empty conveyor
HP to elevate or lower material. (This should be
subtracted when lowered.)
HP to convey material horizontally
HP to overcome the "additional frictional forces" and
"other frictional forces" mentioned on pag e 150 and 151.
Two methods are included herein for calculating the horsepower
a nd bel! tensions of belt conveyors. The use of either method requires
an understanding of the subject of Belt Tensions, page 154, but such
understanding is needed less for the simple Graphical Method than
for the Analytical Method.
Th e Graphical Method provides the means for obtaining th e
total horsepower directly from Choris B, C and O on pages l 52 and
153, and the belt tensions may be calculated from the resulting
horsepower. This methad is suitable for conveyors of moderate
capacity having relatively straight paths of travel. The results will be
accurate when actual weights of belts and revolving parts are used
for Chori B. However, for determining tentative or approximate
horsepower, a convenient table of typical weights is superimposed
on Chori B.
The Graphical Method is not suitable for final calculation of horsepower for conveyors having decline portions, convex curves, high
capacity or complex arrangements of terminals. On the other hand,
it is useful for tentative estimates of horsepower under these condi tions and for an approximate check on the results obtained by the
Analytical Method.
An example of the use of the Graphical Method is given on page

170.
.30 - .35
.45 - .55
.30 - .35
.35 - .40
.40 - .50

The diffecence between the frction foctors of the empty belt and the
materia l on the belt is due to the resistonce of the molerlo l to the slight but
repetilive dislurbonce it is subected to os il posses over the belt idlers.
This table shows recommended friclion foctors bosed on reosonoble core,
mointenonce, lubricotion ond olignment ond for operolion in temperotures
obove -20F.

INERTIA FORCES are defined as the increased tensions that are


set up during the acceleration and deceleration of the bel!. The
magnitude of these tensions is calculated by the use of unit inertia
forces which are determined by the total equivalen! weights of all
moving parts, the torque available for accelerating and careful
consideration of !he proper distribution of these forces. By this means
it can be determined whether:
the light Side Tension, T,, is too great, or
!he T/T2 ratio is excessive, or
!he bel! will lift off the idlers on a concave curve.
The calculation and application of inertia forces is rather involved,
so these formulas are not included nor are they considered in the
examples in this book. However, inertia forces should be calculated
and their effect carefully considered for conveyors which must be
designed for the following conditions:
( l) Long, heavily loaded, high speed conveyors.
(2) Horizontal conveyors where the distante the conveyor
will coas! is important.
(3) Oescending, regenerative conveyors, requiring brakes.
(4) Transfers between feeders and high speed conveyors
of widely varying lengths and inclines.
Complete information regarding conveyors in these categories
should b e referred to Link-Belt for recommendations.

Pre- Bllt sectional belt conveyors, page 222, may be selected


after horsepower has been obtained by the Graphical Method
without further consideration of belt tension or other matters of d esign detail.
The Analytlcal M e thod is based on calculating bel! tensions as
they occur along the conveyor, and the horsepower is flgured from
the resulting Effective Tension, E, al the driving pulley. This method
is generally used for conveyors beyond the limits of the Graphical
Method. lt is not only more accurate, but it provides te nsion values
al intermediate points of !he conveyor which are necessary for the
proper design of decline belts, convex and concave curves, complex
terminals and remotely located ttikeups.
(continued on page 154)

LINK - B E L T 151

bulk handling
belt conveyors

Engineering
F Power requirements and belt t e nslons, continued
Chart B Horsepower requir ed to drive empt y conveyor

Belt
width,
inches

Weight per linear foot


o f b e lt ond re volving id ler
p e ris, p ounds 6
Ma te ria l weight pe r
cubic foot, pounds

50

18
24
30
36
42

48
60
72

84

ow

w
ll..
(/) 14 ,___.,,____..___,__,
1--

_J

(IJ

:;: 13 f----.,--i---1--1

~~

100

150

~:

30

~~ r-~~--1 !~

--;r1 ~:
65
10 1
137

1'

94
11 8
15 1

i--~-~1

107
135
169

6 Weights obove doshed line bosed on


Series 7000 idlers, berween lines on Series
8000, below solid line on Series 9000
idlers. Friction factor = .02. Lo = 150
feer.

a..
u_

Q
I

121--+--+-+-+-...,--,--,--,--.,.--.,.---,----,----,----.,..~----r----,----,~~t--+-1'~-+-+--1,'--,---;'-t-~~~-t--it'--+-.,---t-,.<;--1--ii--t--,..._+-+-i l2

w
e::
~

111--1--~...-+-_..__..___.__.__~~~_.__._~~--t~~--1-+-1---+-----,l'-+-~-r---+-'-t---r-__,,,_-+--t---b........--+--t--t,.....,--ii--t--t--+7"'+-i

ll

e::

>~ 10 1--l-----'--+-+-...,---,--~-,--,-~~---,----,-~~--f~-r---.f--....,.<-~o+-+-+r-r-+--r--+--r--il'--+-+-+-7"----+--t----l----:""""'r--t-t-t-+-:tlO

z
o

u
>-

91--,.--+-.,..--t--t---:---r--'-t--+--+---,--t---r-+~-rt--?'T--1r--->'t----,.~-t--,f--t---;-;..,.._'-t--r--?1"---t-- >:/-...,.---+--+-'-t--+>""l--+--+--t--i9

:;:
w
w

>
:

o
o
le::
w

~
a..

61--+---r---+-+-+-+--+--'-l'-7'-T---i>''-'-r-.,.-7f'--t-7"---,,--,.f-t-~'i-+--t--,..<'-r---+--+-7"''--t--+-.,---+--+--t,.....,-ir--t-t-t-+-+-i6

o
I

800
HORIZONTAL CENTERS IN FEET

152 L I N K - BELT

1600

1800
Fig. 6254

bulk handling
belt conveyors

Engineering
F Power requirements and belt tenslons, continued
Chart C Horsepower required to elevate material

Chart D H orsepower required to convey material horizonta lly


200

400

TONS PER HOUR OF MATERIAL ELEVATED


1000
800
1200
1400

600

1 -1 -1-

2.3

2.1

t-

-1.9

t-

,_

1--

,_

t- t-

,_

11 - - - - -

tt-

1-

,_

,__

f..::

o 1.6
ou..

1.9

--

1--

a:
w

<t:

1.3 1-

::;::

,_
-

CHART (
1--

o
1- 1.0

--

t= _

a::
w

3: .9
o
.8

.7

.L

1-

1-

,,,_
L

t-- t--

1-

t-

.6
/

.5
/

.4

.3
t-

.i,_
.1
:-,.

1--

V
,/

- V

- -

t-

,_

1-

- -

---

t-

1-

t-

1-

1--

l -

1- 1-

t-

--- ~

,_

--

1.2

1----

- ._-

i--r--

1-

o::
._ 10 o:::>
I

1-

t--

o::
w
a..
CJ)

z
o

-+-- t -

1-

- -

1-

t-

t-

w
a..
>__J

1-

<t:

-t-~

1-

1--

1- t-

__J

<t:

a:
w

1- ~

z
o

a:o

,_

t-

Q
o::

__J

1-

1-

,_:__

t
1- t -

--

1.6

1. 3

t=t-- ,_

t-

1.7

1.4

-t-

,__

_,_ ,__

1.8

t-

1.5

1/
~ ---

'-

r-

v ~1

- [/V
,_ -

t-

,,__ ,_

b'

t-

,/

,__

,__ 1---

t-

1-

--

1.1

a..
w
CJ)
o::

1-

MUL TIPL Y RESULTS FROM CHART


BY TOTAL LI FT

--

1-

1-

w 1.2

f---

1-

<t:
__J

t-

- ,__

1-

1-

>
w

,__

a:: 1.5
w
a..
__J
<t: 1.4
1-

,__ ,__
,__ ,__

2.1
2.0

,__

,__

,_

:= t:=

1 - 1--

1-

---

2.2

t-

1.8

1-

,_ ,__

,_

1-

1-

u..
::::; 1.7

- ,_

2000

,__

1--

,__._
t-

t--

1 - -t -

,_ _r=

2.0

1800
t-

2.3

--

2.2

1600

1-

,__

1<t:

::;::

>w
3
CHART

1-

MULTIPL Y RESUL TS FROM CHART


TONS PER HOUR
BY
100
f riction facto r == .025

>
z
o

o::
w

3:
o

a..
w
CJ)
o::

o
I

200

400

600

800
1000
1200
1400
LENGTH OF CONVEYOR IN FEET

1600

1800

2000
Fig. 6252-53

L 1 N K - B E L T 153

bulk handling
belt conveyors

Engineering
F Power requirements and b e lt tensions, continued
Final colculotions by the Anolyticol Method should be bosed on the
actual weights of f1nolly selected belt ond revol ving peris. However,
the opproximote weight of bel! for lenlotive colculotion moy be obtoined by using !he Grophicol Method to determine opproximote
horsepower, from which th e Tight Side Tension, T1, moy be estoblished,
ond the weight ob toined from Table 19, pog e 158.
An exomple of !he use of the Anolyticol Method is given on pog e
172.

Belt tensions and power formulas


The forces which contribute to the power req uiremenls of o conveyor build up in, ond ore lransmitted by, the bel! os tensions. In oddition to their effect on power requirements, belt tensions olso influence
the design ond selection of oll componen! pe ris. Thus, belt tensions
provide the bosis for colculoting the mejor loods o s well os power
requirements.

Since the relotionship of T1 ond T2 depends up on the coefficient of


friction and ore of contoct, ond the difference b etween T1 ond T,
determines the volue E, these ore the onl y two foctors hoving direct
inAue nce upen the effective driving power which o p ulley will develop.
A greoter coefficient of friction con b e obtoined by logging the
pulley ond g reoler o res of contoct con be ob toined by snubb ing the
belt or by use of tondem or dual motor drives.
T1, the Tight Side Tension, is the tension in the b elt ot the driving
pulley ond moy be exp ressed
T1 = E+ T2
In sorne coses it moy be odvontogeous to use o dua l pulley drive
to increase !he ore of contoct of bel! o n drive p ulleys os shown in
diogrom below:
/

HEAO PULLEY
SECONOARY
ORIVE PULLEY 1
_.i.....,.~..i,---')~--,T'z-

The followi ng def1nitions and descriptions apply to bel! conveyors


afte r they hove reached their normal speeds. They do not take into
considerotion inertia forces menlioned on page 151.
For conve nie nce, we lisl below the symbols used in connection with
the more complete def1nitions which follow them:
= Horsepower required lo drive conveyor.
= Speed of conveyor in fe et per minute.
= Effective tension req uired to drive conveyor.
= Tight side te nsion al primory drive pulley.
= Slock side lension al drive p ulley.
= Slock side tension al primary drive pulley of o dual
motor drive and the light tension of secondary drive pulley.
Tmox. = Ma ximum tension in belt, wherever it occurs.
T,
= Sog tension between looded idlers.

H
S
E
T1
T2
T,

___,__>
<

ORIVE PULLEY

360 to 500 wrop


Total E=T1- T2
T3 is the Slock Side Tension for the primory d rive pulley of a dual
d rive, ond is olso the Tighl Side Tension for the secondary d rive
p ulley.

Table 12 Constants and tension factors o

~:~=
~PULLEY

e-) T
:=
L

Fig. 4852

Du a l pulley drive

f ig. 4845

LORIVE PULLEY fig. 4846


Snubbed drive pulley

Plain drive pulle y

180 wrop
E= T1 - T"

180 to 240 wrop


E= T1 - T2

E, !he Effective Tension or horsepower pull, is !he le nsion in pounds


al the drive pulley required to pull !he conveyor. lt is equol to the
algebraic sum of all of the forces acting on the conveyor while it is
running.
E may be calculated from belt tensions by !he Analytical Method
described on poge 172. Or, if !he operating horsepower is obtoined
from Cho ris B, C ond D, pages 152 and 153, then,
E= H X 33000

!! for single

Type

Single
Pulley

Snubbed
Pulley

lt should be noted thot, although E is sufficient to pull the belt, it is not


the Maximum Tension nor the Tight Side Tension.

154 L 1 N K - B E L T

Are of
con to et
of belt

Dua l
Pull ey

pulley

drive
T2
T1 for both pulleys of
T; dual pulley drive

Slock side tension


factor required
for driving belt 6

Gravity tokeup 4

on drive

pulleys,
degrees

T2, the Slack Side Tension, is the tension required in !he belt al the
driving pulley of a single pulley drive and al the secondary pulley
of a dual pull ey drive. 11 must exert sufficienl pressure between the
bel! and driving pulley to tronsmit the required power without
slippoge.
The required amount of Slock Side Te nsion, T2, d epends upon the
ore of contoct b e tween the b elt ond the driving pulley or pulleys
ond olso o n the co-efficient of friction between the belt o nd pulleys.
Toble 12 shows foctors by which the e ff ective horsepower pull, E,
should b e multiplied to determine the mnimum required slock te nsion
T2 ond it olso shows the constan! rotios of T1 ond T2 for bore ond
lo gged drive pulleys ond for vorious ores of contoct betwee n the
b elt ond pulley.

Constant ratios

Orive

Bore
pulley

l ogged
pu lle y

Bore
pulley

logged
pulle y

180

2.19

3.0

.85

.50

200
210
215

2.39
2.50
2.55

3.39
3.61
3.72

.72
.67
.64

.42
.38
.36

220
230
240

2.6 1
2.73
2.85

3.83
4.07
4.33

.62
.58
.54

.35
.33
.30

360
380
4 00

4.80
5.25
5.72

9.02
10 . 19
11 .5 1

.26
.23
.21

.13
.11
.09

420
450
500

6.25
7.12
8.86

13.00
15.27
21.2 1

.19
.16
.13

.08
.07
.05

..t. Volues for screw tokeups ore not given here os they would be empiricol

due to uncertointy of monuol odjustment. When screw takeups ore used


it is common proctice to use o factor 503 to 1003 greater thon shown
fer grovity tokeups.
t; To determine mnimum T2, multiply Effective Tension E by Slock Side Tension
fo cto r.
o Based on coefficient of fri ction between be lt and drive pulley of .25 fa r
bore pulley ond .35 far logged pullev.

bulk handling
b e lt conve yor s

Engineering
F Power requ ir ements a n d b elt tensions, continued
The two drive pulleys of dual motor drives must run ot different
peripheral speeds to compensate for the difference in b e lt speed resulting from the contraction of belt due to the decreased load between the two pulleys. The design of duol pulley drives involves a
number of special considerations of mechanicol and electricol equipment and should be referred to Link-Belt.
Tmax is the Maximum Tension in th e belt. For most conveyors, Tmax
occurs al the driving pulley as T1, but under certain conditions the
Maximum Te nsion may occur sorne distance from the driving pulley.
T., the Sag Tension, is the mnimum tension which should be in ony
portion of the carrying run of the belt to preven! excessive sag of
the belt between the idlers.
Excessive sag will require more power and couse additional belt
wear due to more disturbance of the moterial being corried as it
passes over ond between the idlers.
The amount of sag at any point along a belt vares with the
spacing of the idl ers, the amount of te nsion in the belt at that point
and the weight per foot of the loaded b elt. Therefore, sag can be
lessened by spacing idlers closer or p utting more tension in the belt
by adding to the takeup pull.

Table 8, page 147, shows the recommended average spacing for


various series of idlers for different weights of materials and various
widths of belts. Experience indicates that, for the over-all economy of
the mo jority of installotions, these spacings should not be exceeded.
G reater distance between idlers may be indicated when belt tensions
would be sufficient to preven! excessive sag al longer spacing.
Good proctice is to limit the amount of sag to not more than 23
of the distance between idlers except where the b elt travels under
loading chute skirts. lf the idlers under the skirts are spaced al one
half of the distance they are spaced jusi ahead of the skirts the sag
under the skirts will not ordinarily be excessive.
Chori E can be used to determine the required idler spacing for
whatever tension may be in the belt, or it can be used to find the
belt tension required for various idler spacings to preven! more than
23 sag. Any tension which may be added to reduce sag should be
added to all te nsions throughout the belt.
Ex a m ple-When combined weight of load and belt is l 00
pounds per linear foot, idlers should be spaced not more than 4 feet
apart where tension in belt is 2500 pounds. O r, when weight per
foot of loaded belt is l 00 pounds, tension in belt should be not less
than 2500 pounds where idlers are spaced 4 feet apart.

Chart E Recommended idler spacing to prevent excessive sag of belt


WEIGHT PER FOOT OF LOAD ANO

'

5
6

8
10

/
BELT TENSION IN POUNDS REQUIRED TO LIMIT SAG OF BELT TO 2 % OF ID LER SPACING
f og 4840

Belt selection

The selection of the belt is one of the most importan! considerations


in the design of a belt conveyor. The belt carries the material and
transmits the power to move the load. lt is the pa rt most subject to
wear and replacement.
Belt life depe nds upon the molerais handle d as well as the design
of other parts of the conveyor such as pulleys, idlers, loading devices,
trippers, chutes and cleaners. Proper care and maintenance contribute much toward extending belt life.
Many types of belts are available for such specific purposes as
high temperatures, resistance to acids, for food products, for resisting
impact and obrasion, and for parts and packag es. Among these
types are flat steel bond, wire mesh, tre ated and untreated canvas,
and rubber covered. Rubber covered belts of various constructions
are generally used for handling bulk materials and the data in this
section a pply particularly to this ty pe.
Previous Link-Belt publications hove contained specifications of
belting from which final belt selection could be made, as the belting
construction al thot time was standordized within close limits. With
the advent of many new molerais and o variety of constructions for
belt carcosses, e och with an advontage for a particular need, it is
now impractical to provide specification information he re for the
final selection of a belt. Link-Belt will be glad to assist in such final
selections when desired.

Belts ore now made in various types of ply or cord constructions,


using such materiols as synthetic fibers, cotton duck, steel cables, or
combinations of these material s. Each belt is capable of a safe moximum
tension stress. In this book such tension stresses or rotings hove been
g rouped as tension ranges in table form for correlating data suita ble
for making all necessary belt calculations on a te ntative ba sis. Minar
adjustme nts may b e necessary to corree! for the specific belt that is
finall y selected.
Proper belt selection requires consideration of the following:

Belt car cass


The carcass of a belt provides the longitudina l strength for transmitting the power and the lateral strength for resisting impact and
for carrying the load. The carca ss is made of vorious layers or plies
of fabric and/or cords, and they are held together by resilient
rubber, called friction. The tension rating depends upon the materials
and construction of the carcass, but the quality of the belt is determined by the friction.
Table 14, page 156, shows tension ra ting s of belts on 20 idlers
with respect to width as they are influenced by lump size, choracteristics and weight of material. Permissible operating tensions are
also limited by the type of splice and characteristics of the control
equipment for accelerating the belt when starting under load, as
shown in Table 13, page 156.
(continued)

L 1 N K - B E L T 155

bu lk handling
belt conveyo rs

Engineering
G Be lt se le ction, continued

Abrosiveness of material hondled.


Size o f lumps ond their tendency lo leor ond cut lhe cover.
Chorocleristics of material ho ndled, such o s hec t, oils, o cids,
moislure.
Length ond speed of conveyor.
Melhod of looding conveyor.
Tabl e 15 shows the grade o f cover recommend ed for vo rious
conditions of service, ond Tab le 16, poge 157, shows lhe influence
of conveyor leng th, speed o nd lensio n on g ra de o f cover required .
Table 17, p oge 157, contoins recommended lhickn esses of covers
for vorious conditions of service.

Be lts ore ovoilobl e with higher tension ro tings !han t hose shown
in !he tab les, including sleel cable lype. However, they involve specio l
design considerotions ond should be referred lo Link-Belt.
Corcosses ore mode with differenl grades of friction material os
required by lhe severily of service ond frequ e ncy of fl exing the
bel! oround vorious pulleys. The grade of bel! depends upan the
diomeler of p ulleys, lenglh of conveyor, speed of bel!, number of
plies o nd omounl of stress in belt. A skim cool of rubber between
lhe fr icl ion plies is necessory where frequency of flexi ng st roins is
high, such os in shorl, high speed conveyors, or where il is severe
os in conveyors with undersize pulleys.
Table 15 shows !he friction recommended for 20 ond 45 idlers
o nd for vorious conditions of service. Also Table 16, poge 157,
shows the fr iction recommended by Link-Belt bronds os il is influenced
by conveyor lenglhs, speed s ond lensions.

Ta ble 1 3 Permissible operating tensions


Permissible aperating lensian per inch of belt width
Vulcanized splice
Metal splice
1
Across line
Across line
Gradua l
Gra dual
>la rling
occeleration
starting
1 accelerotion

Rated belt
tension in pound s

per inch
ol belt width

Belt cove r

0-300
300-500
- 500-1000

803
753

653
653

- --

The cover of o bel! provides o proleclive casing for the corcoss, to


which it is vulconi zed. Covers ore mode in vorious g rades bosed o n
!ensile strenglhs, ond in thicknesses to suil such conditions os:

803
803
803

..

1003

lOOL
1003

Ta ble 14 Rated belt tension on 20 belt idlers as determined by lump size and weight of material
Lump sii: e, inche sA O

Rated
belt tension

Belt width, inches


18

in pounds

per inch
ol belt width

0-100
100-150
150-200
200-250
250-3 00
300-350
350-4 00
400-5 00
500-600
600-750
750-1000

24

30

36

42

48

54

60

72

84

Weighl per cubic faot a l material, pounds


50 11oo l 50I 50 11oo l 50I 50 11oo 150 50

G
G
4 1G
2 1 -G
4 4 G

6 2
6 5
8 7
... . ..
8 8

- ...
---.. -.
.. . . . . . .
.

. . ...

..

. ..

..

. . .
...
.

..

. .

..

. ..

.. .

11 oo

1501 50 loo 1501 50 1001 15o 50 1oo 1501 50 11oo 1 5ol 5o 110011501 50 110011 50

6 2 G
4 2 G
6 4 G
6 2 G
6
4
8 6 2 8 5 2 8
8 12 8 6 10 8 6 10
---.. .
. . . . 12 12 10 14 10 8 14
. .. . . "f:i i 2""f2 16 12 10 20
..
. . . . .. . ..
. . f 6 i6" "f2 20
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 16 16 20
G
G

.. . . . .

. . . ..

..

6 G G
G
4 G
6 4 G
6 2 G
6 4 8 6 4 8 4 2 4
10 8 12 8 6 12 8 4 8
12 10 18 12 8 16 12 8 12
----
20 16 22 16 12 20 16 12 16
24 18 14 22
20 20
i4 24T -8 26
. . . ..
1
24 24 24 28
.. . . . .
G

G = Granular
Maximum lump size of certain materials may be increased to he limils shown
in Table 6, p'lqe 146, und"'r hiqhly favorable loadin3 condi1on<.

.~.~.p; ~.~.

6 3 8 4
8 6 12 8
12 8 16 12
16 10 20 16
20 16 26 20
28 20 33 26

6
8
10
14
18

10
14
20
26
38

6 4
10 6
14 10
20 14
24 16

o Belts lo r lumps below dashed line should be checked with Link-Belt lar
troughability.

Table 1 5 link-Belt brands of rubber-covered belts as d e termined b y type of service and belt idlers
Service far which
recommended

Type
al
belt
idler

Materials far which


recammended

Brand
al
friction in corcoss
ond adhesion,

Brand
ol

Breaker
strip

cover

and slrength,
pounds

in pounds
1

Extremely deslructive conditions,


severe impocl.
Resistonce to gouging, leoring
ond stripping of cover.
Severe flexing.
- Resistonce lo weo r ond g ouging
of cover.
Resistonce to impoct.
Generolly severe service no!
worronting Foultless Brand.

--

Where fle xing ond obrosion ore


not seve re.
G e nerolly moderole se rvice.

20
1

Medium shorp, heovy lumps.


Lorge crushed ores, stones, cool,
shole, eorlh with only smoll
percenlog e of heovy, shorp lumps.
Sond, grovel.

-20

- -45
1

Light or med i:.im heovy moteriols.


Sond, soda, osh, sugor, wood chips,
sol t, groin ond beons.
Cool, grovel, crushed sto ne with
lumps not over 3 inch ond mixed
with fines.

Ll. Under certain conditions, other brand friction may be necessary. Consult Link-Belt.

156 L 1 N K - B E L T

-Lion

Foultless

3500-4000

20-24

45

---

Foultless

Heovy, shorp ond jogged lumps.

On b e lls
with 3112"
cover ond over

16- 19

Lion

LionLi.

2500-3000

- --

16-19

20

Service

45

Lio nll.

12-15
Non e

16-19

Service

800- 1000

bulk handling
belt conveyors

Engineering
G Belt selectlon, continued

Belt stretch

When belts will be exposed to temperotures higher thon 150 F., or


lower thon - 20 F., or to repeoted contocts with oil, ocids or chemicols, consult Link-Bel! for recommendotions.

Chonge in belt length due to climotic conditions is usuolly negligible,


but the stretch due to tension is im por tan! in determining the omount
of trovel required for the tokeup. Table 18, poge 158, shows the
recommended trovel of tokeups for belts with cotton ond synthetic
corcosses ot operoting tensions of 7 5 3 ond 100% of roted tension
of belt. Also, other considerotions of tokeup trovel ore covered on

Troughability
The obility of the looded belt to trough properly on the corrying
idlers d e p ends upon the material hondled os well os the width, thickness ond construction o f the belt. Sotisfoctory troughing chorocteristics
moy be expected for the belt widths ond tensions shown on Table 14,
poge 156. However, cord ond wire cable belts trough more reodily
thon other types of equivalen! widt h ond tension ro ting, ond moy be
d esirobl e in speciol coses.

poge

160.

Some problems of belt stre tch involve consid erotions beyond tokeup
trovel ond should be referred to Link-Belt. Among these ore the
following:
Where it is necessory to know the omount of stretch in belt o t sorne
intermediote point of o conveyor.
(continued)

Table 16 Recommended brands of belts for lengths, speeds and tensions


Brand of bel!
Horizontal

Rated belt lension

centers

100 percenl of rated belt lension

50 percent of roted bel! tension

of
conveyor,

Belt speed, feel per minute

feet

2
- - -:-:- -+--5__..t

:o ~i''

l.T

~--.r_-3o.,-;._,t;.,.~1U~:.:-: ,.-;:,.-~;'];,;E \;.:-:5 ::;~6-0~0~1--,--s:~-,~,. .,~,_.;_,:,.[E,ss. ._15=0=:=2=0=0:~-2-5=0=:=3=-o-o-+-<-4 0-o-+-s-o_o+-6-0-o_

lf-'. : c25""0.. :...

100
150

..

<, LION ;t

500
'%2ha: .... . }," .1\ ''W<+ .
_ _:...:...:'-----1f---+--+--+---+---+--4--l---+--.J---+--~;.;....;~~,"'--,
LION.-.,..-+--+---+-~600
. .\ ' !" ~
- ------+---t---t---1---1---1---t---+----+---+---+--SERVf lCE
.,~,;;;;zr~::.;;;;''.J:/rl
t 1-,,,'""'
.:{I-{:1...
,. ' - - + - 1000
' <
,_
1500
-

- '-'~:

.oL Faultless brand belt should be used, but lile may be reduced. Pulleys

Based upan continuous service with belts _opera ting over pulleys of
diameters shown in Table 20, page 159.
Selections must be checked against Table 15, page 156. lf this indicates
o higher grade of belt far service, follow that recommendation.

25

per cent farger in diameter than !hose in Table 20, page 159, and a
skim coat of rubber between plies are recommended far odditional lile.

Table 17 Recommended minimum thickness of rubber covers for conveyor belts


Thi ckness of rubb er covers, in ches t::.

Kind of material corried by belt


Degree
of
obrasiveness

Mildly
obrosive

Very
obro sive

Exomples

size,

Foultless brand

inches

.1
bituminous coo l, gro in,
eorth, round grovel, loom
sond, wood chips, cemenl

Up to :Y.
:Ya to 2
2 to 6
Over 6

o nthrocite cool, sho rp


sond, quo r tz, coke

Up to :Y.
:Y. to 2
2 to 6
O ver 6

gronite, flint rock, trap


rock, gloss cullet , ores

Up to :Y.
:Ya l o 2
2 to 6
Over 6

Pulley side
of belt

Carrying side of belt

Lump

16

Ye

.3 1 .5 1 1.0 12.0 1 .1
1

6
3hl
316

6
3hl
Ye
316

6
3hl

6
3hl
Ya
36

'.4
Ya
316
5116 -'.4-- --Ye %
'6 '6 '116
'.4 316 Ya Ye Ya
:y. '.4 316 5hl 5hl
:Ya 5/6
'.4 316 316
-- -- -- - '.4 Ya '6 '6 '116
:y. '.4 Ya Ya Ya
:Ya
:Ya
'.4 3/6 3;6
'Is :Ya :y. '.4 '.4

t::. Based on material being fed to belt in the direction of belt trovel and
ot approximate belt speed. lncrease cover thickness on carrying side
when material is fed to belt at right angles to direction of belt travel

lion brand
L/ S o

3hl
316
516
3/a
316

:y.

. ...
....
-516

....

.3
1

6
Ya
3
6

.5
1

'.4

6
3hl
316
316

'6

'6

'.4
'.4

Ya
'.4

-- - -

- :Ya'6
5I6

.... ....

1.0 2.0 1 .3
1

6
3hl

'6
Ye
36

'6
Ya
hl
3116

-- -

5\6

'.4

'I

:y.

. ... . ... .. . .

6
3hl
Ya
316

'hl
3/6

--

Service brand

Ya
3\6
3/s

Ya
316

.5
1

1.0 1 2.0
1

6
3hl
Ya
'.4 '
-- -- -'6
Ya
'6
9hl 316 Ya
. ... 516 316
. ... :Ya '.4
316
9hl
:Ya

6
Ya
316

Foult- 1 L'
l ess
br'~~d
brand

Service
brand

6
'hl
Ya
'6

6
Ye
hl
3116

'116

'hl

'hl

-1 - - -- - - - - -'6

16

-- - -- - - - - - - - - - -'116 :Ya 3/6 Ya Ya


Ya . ... . . .. .. . . ....
'6
'I6
'116
3\6 . ... . . .. . . . . . . ..
'.4 . .. . .. . . .... . ...

or at speed much !aster or slower than belt speed.


o Distance from head pulley to foot pulley, in feet, divided by speed o f
conveyor, in feet per minute.

L 1 N K - B E L T 157

bulk handling
b e lt co nveyors

Engineering
G Belt selection, continued

On systems comprising severo( long ond/or heovily looded conveyors, belt stretch moy influence the deloy required for storting eoch belt of the system in order to preven! spillag e.
Steel cable constructed belts stretch less thon fobric belts of the
sorne length. They require less tokeup trove! ond involve other
special problems.

Belt wei ght s

Table 1 8 Takeup travel requirements


Mnimum length
of

Operating
belt tension,

in per cent of
rated
belt tension

takeup, in per cent o f con veyor centers


Average

Average

cotton carcoss

synthetic carcass

100
75

l '/2-2
1 - l '/2

splice is not justifled ond tension in belt will permit. A metal fastener
must be short ond flexible enough to bend oround the pulleys and
flexible enoug h crosswise of the belt to permit p roper troughing of
the belt.
Metal splices should be covered with uncured rubber to exclude
moisture and dust from the corcoss of the b elt.
Tabl e 13, page 156, shows the permissible operoting tensions for
vulconized and metal splices under either across the line or gradual
sta rting conditions.

/4 -l 'f4
'12- l

The weights of belt carcosses shown in Table 19, pog e 158, o re


average for the indicoted ro ted tensions ond the weights of covers
ore standard for thicknesses included. These weights o re suitable for
colculoting tentotive power requirements by the Grophicol Method
ond for tenta tive tension volues by the Anolyticol Method, b ut odjustments in colculo tions should be mode for the weight of belt
flnolly selected. This is porticulo rly importan! when using the Analyticol
Method in connection with the design of:
Descending conveyors
Convex and concove curves
Extremely long horizontal belts

Belt splices
The strength of o conveyor belt is limited to the strength of the splice
which hold s the ends of the belt together.
Th e vulconized splice is the bes! and is recommended for all importan! conveyor b el! instollotions. Vulconizing is o fleld operation
ond must be done by experienced men using o portoble fleld vul canizer. A vulconized splice, whe n properly mad e:
Will develop neo rly the full strength of the belt.
Will mointoin the surfoce of the belt o n both sides,
forming o smooth, e ndless conveyor.
Will trove ! smoothly over the idlers.
Will bend around pulleys without injury to the b e lt.
Will permit belt cleaners to operote to the best odvontoge.
Will seol the ends of the belt ogoinst injury from
moisture ond fine material.
Metal fosten e rs moy be used where the expense of a vulconized

Ta ble 19 Approxima te belt weights


Rated
belt tension, in pounds
per inch of width

0 -1 00
150

200
250
300

.204

350
400

.254

500
600

.279
.299
.319
.364

75 0

Al l we ights bosed on y." top cover ond '!u" cover en pulley side. Add .017
pound fer eoch 1 " difference in cover thickness.

Terminal equipment selection

The selection of proper Terminal Equipment con contribute much to prolonging the life of the belt ond to the dependobility of the conveyor.
Terminal Equipment serves the purposes of driving the b e lt, of taking up the stretch, ond of chonging the direction of its trove l. The Orive
Terminal consists of a pulley or pull eys with its shofts, beoring s, mechonical power tronsmission units, motors ond controls. The Tokeup
Terminal includes pulley, shaft with screw tokeu ps or with counterweighted tokeup mechonism. Other terminals moy include foot, bend
or snub pulleys with the ir shofts ond beorings.
The orrongement of the vorious terminols is influenced by the poth
of the conveyor, the belt tensions of vorious locotions olong the conveyor, or by spoce restrictions. Sorne typicol orrangements of drive
and tokeup terminols ore shown on poge 168 ond of the ir components on poge 196. The locotion of vorious terminols with relotion to
eoch other vories to suit the requirements of paths of trove! such as
those shown on poge 137. The most economicol locotion of the drive
of on oscending or d escending conveyor is at the upper end, but it is
possible to drive such o conveyor anywhere along the return be lt-or
ot the lower end, os conditions dictate. Simil orly, o counterweighted
tokeup moy be locoted onywhere olong the return b elt o n the low
tension side of th e drive.
Reversible conveyors are built to carry material in e ilher directio n.
However, they require specia l considerotion a s to orrongement ond

1 58 L 1 N K - B E L T

.184
.189
.214
.229
.239

1000

Weight in pounds, per


foot of length and
inch of wid th

locotion of tokeup to compensate for slock in belt on either sid e of


drive pulley.
The type of motor ond control moy be on importont factor in determining the selection of the belt. On lo rge, heovily loaded, hig h
speed conveyors, belts of lower te nsion ratings may be used if occel eroting stresses ore li mited by sto rting them g roduolly, os indicote d on Table 13, poge 15 6.
As o convenience in selecting te rminols for moderate power requirements, o wide ronge of Pre-Selected Terminal Equipment is
tobuloted ond d imensioned on page 213. Also, complete Pre-Bilt
conveyors ore ovailoble with terminols, belts ond structures, os shown
on poge 222.
Sorn of the more importont considerations of Terminal Equipment
Selectio n ond design ore covered below:

Pulleys
The selection of pulleys is of considerable importance in the design
of a b e lt conveyor, since pulleys offect the ollowoble tension in the
be lt, the life of the belt, shaft ond beo ring size, and size and ratio of
speed reducing equipment.
Diameter of pulle y s should be la rge enou gh to preve n! separotion of the belt plies ond excessive stressing of the outer plies of
fobric when the b elt bends o round the pulleys.
(continued)

bulk handling
belt conv eyo rs

Engineer;ng
H Termi nal equlpment selectlon, continued
While larger pulleys require more space, and greoter torque and
ratios in speed reduction equipment, they usually will be justifled by
savings in both flr st cost and replacement cost of the belt. Since the
belt constitutes a high percentag e of the cost of the conveyor and is
the part most subjected to wear and deterioration, prolonging its life
by using pulleys of ample diameter should be profltable.

Table 20 shows recommended mnimum diameter of pulleys for


various functions based on the rated tension of the belt at the pulley.
For extremely hot materials, pulley diameters somewhat greater
than recommended by Table 20 may be helpful in increasing the life of
belts, since the larger diameters decrease the stress between the belt
plies and help compensate for the deterioration of the compound
which binds the plies together.
W idth o f pulle ys should be greater than width of belt. Width
of standard pulleys exceeds belt width by 2" for belts up to 42 " wide,
3 " for belts b e tween 42" and 60" wide, and 4 " for belts wider than
60". However, pulleys with faces wider than standard are desirable
far conveyors which are very long, or that hove complex terminal
arrangements or which handle sticky materials.

Table '21 Circumference of pulleys


Pulley

Pulley

Pulley

Pulley

dio meter,

circumference,

dio meter,

circum f e rence,

feet
4.19
5.24
6.28
7.85
9.42

inches

inches
16
20
24
30
36

42
48
54
60
72

feet
11.00
12.56
14.13
15.71
18.84

Calculation of loads on pulleys, shafts and b e a ri ngs


Loads on drive pulleys are both radial and torsional loads.
The radial load is the resultan! of the te nsion in lhe belt as it approaches the pulley, Tight Side Tension, or T1, and the tension in the
belt as it leaves the pulley, Slack Side Tension, or T2

BELT

T,

Cr own f a ce pulley s hove a deflnite and desirable centering and


guiding effect on the belt. Two closely adjacent pulleys should not
both be crowned if it will result in a reverse bend in the belt.
Highly str essed pulleys should be straight-foced.
Snu b pulleys should be used to provide additional wrap around
drive pulleys and to bring the return belt in line with the return idlers,
so as to relieve return idl e rs adjacent to pulleys from excessive loading.
Lagged pulle y s are especially advantageous for transmitting
horsepower to the conveyor belt as shown in Table 12, page 154.
They are also desirable for othe r than drive pulleys as the rubber
covering of the pulley rim provid es a cushion to protect the surface of
the belt as it passes over the pulleys. Lagging also helps make pulleys
self cleaning of sorne materials that may hove a te nde ncy to build up
on lhe pulley surface, since its resilience causes the material to crack
and fall off in small pieces.

"-ORIVE
PULLEY
Fig 4857

The radial load imposed on a pulley shaft by the pulley is the


resultanl of the pulley radial load resultan! and the weight of the
pulley. This is shown in the following diagram. This load is applied et
the shaft al the two hubs of pull ey.
(continued)

Mag netlc sepa r ator p ulle ys are often used for removing tramp
iron and sleel peris from moterials carried by be lt conveyors and belt
feeders to prolect crushing, grinding and rolling equipment.

BELT

Spe ed of pulleys in revolutions per minute is found by dividing


sp eed of the belt in feet per minu te by the circumference in feet of
the pulley as shown in Table 21. This does not take into consideration
thickness of the belt, nor does it consider slipping or creeping of
the belt o n the pulley which will somewhot counteract the increase of
speed which would result if circumference were flgured by using the
diameter of the theoreticol neutral axis of the belt. lf there is a difference, a slightly faster speed of belt than is required is better than
a slower speed.

WEIGHT
OF
PULLEY

Table '20 Recommended minimum pull ey d iom eters L'I.


Roted belt
tension,

Pulley function ond belt co rcoss


Toil tokeup ond 1 Bend ond 4
low tension
high tension snub
Synthetic 1 Coitan 1 Synthetic Cotton 1 Synthetic

Heod ond drive

pounds per
inch of width

Coitan

0- 100
100- 150
150-200
200-250
250-300
300-350
350-400
400-500
500-600
600-750
750-1000

16
20
20
24
30
36
42
48
54
60
72

;:-=-\

RESULTANT PULLEY
LOAD ON SHAFT

Oiometer, inches

16
18
20
20
24
30
36
42
48
54
60

15
18
18
20
24
30
36
36
48
54
60

15
16
18
18
20
24
24
30
36
42
48

12
16
18
20
24
24
24
30
36
36
48

12
16
18
18
20
20
20
24
30
30
36

Where belt tenslon of pulley is less thon 50% of Roted Belt Tension.
A Use pulley diometers for cotton belts fo r oll belts wilh corcoss ol conon
combined with synthetic.

Fog. 4858

L 1 N K - B E L T 159

bulk handling
belt conveyors

Engineering
H Terminal equipment selectlon, continued

Since shofts mo y b e sub jecte d to other loods such o s from drive


equipmenl, bockstops, e le., ond their b e nding moments vory with the
locotion of lood s ond beorings, the methods for moking the remoining
colculolions to d e te rmine moximum bending moments ond torsiono l
moments will be found on pog e 570 ond the method for d e termining
the size of shofts will be found o n pog e 57 4.
Lo ads o n bearings ore determine d from the o mount ond
lo cotion of loods on shofts ond the locotion ond number of beoring s
su pporting the shofts. Me thods for delermining these loods ore shown
on pog e 570.

Takeup types, location, and amount


of pull and travel required
The use of takeups is necessory:

To mo intoin proper Slock Si de Te nsion, T2, or pressure o f the belt


on the driving pulleys lo lronsmil the horsep ower required fo r
d riving or re to rding the b elt.
To mointoin proper te nsion in the belt al looding po ints or o th e r
places olong the be lt to pre ve n! excessive sogging of the belt.
To compensote for belt stretch or shrinkoge.
Two types of tokeups in general use o re:

The screw type of which there ore vorious styles or series. See
poge 198.
The grovily o r counte rweighted type, of which there ore two
styles, eoch of which is ovoilob le os o complete terminal, with
p ulle y, shoft, beorings ond corrioge. See poge 198.
Screw takeups ore used for light, short centers, porto bl e ond underground conveyors or for conveyors not requiring long tokeup trove!
or frequent od justmenl. They should be used o nly when, due to spoce
limitolions or other conditions, it would be impossible or improcticol
to use the grovity type.
To reduce fre quency o f odjuslments ond to insure sufficie nt pressure of the belt ogoinst the driving pulley a l oll times, o greoter
omount of te nsion is usuolly p ul into the belt with screw tokeups
thon would otherwise be required. This unknown ond vorying o mount
of excess tension increoses the loods ond weor on shofts ond beorings
ond, if p roperly considered, moy sometimes require o stronge r or
more ex p ensive belt. See Table 12, poge 154, for comporison of
recommend ed Slock Side Tension foc tors.
Screw tokeups should nol be used when te mperoture ar other
climotic conditions chonge ropidly or chonge sufficiently to cause
wid e voriotions in the length of the belt.
Gravity takeups meet oll the requiremenls for which tokeups ore
needed in o belt conveyor, hoving such odvontoges os:
Mointoining constan! selected b elt tensions without odjustments.
Requiring no more belt te nsion thon is necessory to p rovide p roper
pressure of b elt on driving pulleys ond lo preven! excessive
seg in the belt.

Table 22 Factors for radial load on bend idler pulleys _.


Radial Are of 1 Rad io! Are of 1 Rodio !
contoct,
lood
contoct, loo d
lood
degrees factor degrees factor degrees factor

degrees

Radial
load
factor

5
10
15

.09
.17
.26

50
60
70

.85
l.00
l.17

120
130
140

1.73
1.8 1
1.88

190
200
210

l.99
1.97
1.93

20
25
30
40

.35
.43
.52
.68

80
90
100
110

1.29
1.41
l.53
1.64

150
160
170
180

l.93
1.97
1.99
2.00

220
230
240
250

1.88
l.81
1.73
l.64

Are of 1

contact,

Are of

contact,

A Resultan! load on 1dler pulley

160 L

N K- B E LT

belt tension X radial load fac tor.

Minimizing power requirement of ond weor on shofls, beoring s


ond d riving e q uipment.
Saving manual od justmenls.
Reducing the number of times belt mus! b e shortened ond
respliced beco use of permonent stretch.
Locatio n of takeup is sometimes determined by convenience in
locoting supports ond occess for mointenonce. lf tokeup is locoted
where the tension in the belt is le os!, the minimu m omount of pull or
counterweight will be required.

When o foot end o r heod end pulley is used os the tokeup pulley,
f ewer pulleys ore required o nd the number of times the belt mus!
bend over o pulley is decreosed which tends tow o rd increosing th e
life of the belt.
The greoter the distonce between the driving p ulley ond the tokeup
p ulley on horizontal conveyors, the more sluggish mo y be the effect of
the tokeup while the conveyor is b eing storted, since the tokeup must
overcome the inertio required to sto rt lhe return belt ond idlers between the two p ulleys. To reduce slippoge ond consequenl bell weor,
the tokeup p ulley should be locoted os neor the driving pulley o s
procticol so thot ony occumuloted stretch in the bel t, coused by slo rting, will be absorbed os quickly o s possibl e. On the steeper inclined
conveyors, the weight of o return run of belt descending from the
d rive p ulley moy be sufficient to preven! slo rting stretch from o ccumuloting where the belt leoves the pull ey.
Screw tokeups ond the horizontal style of g rovity tokeups ore
usuolly placed al the foot end of conveyors, whereos wh en the
tokeup is to be placed ot sorne inte rmediote point o long the conveyo r,
the vertica l slyle grovity tokeup is used .
Amount of takeup pull required depends upan:
Mo ximum tension in b e lt al point where tokeup will be placed.
Angle of wrop of bel t oround tokeup pull ey.
Slo pe of the line of trove! of the tokeup.

The omount of tension in the belt al ony pla ce olong the conveyor
con be determined by the Anolyticol Method of colculoting horsepower.
When the ongle of wro p of the belt o round the pulley is 180, the
resultan! pull on the tokeup p ulley is two times the tension of the b elt
al the pulley. Table 22 shows fo ctors by which the b elt tension con b e
multipl ied to f1nd the resultan! pulley loods for vorious ongles of wro p.
Whe n the line of trove! of o grovity tokeup is ve rtical, the e nti re
weight of the pulley, shoft, b eorings o nd frome is utilized in producing
pull ond therefore the o mount of counterweight p ull need ed will be
the difference between the required resultan! p ull ond the weight of
these peris.
When the line of trove! of the to keup is horizontal ar slightly inclined, the omount of counterweight pull required for o grovity to keup
will b e the full tokeup pt!lley load resultan! plus the o mount req uired to
move the weight of the tokeup terminal o long its !rocks or g uides.
Takeup pulley diamete rs ore selected from Table 20, pog e 159.
The len gth of take up travel should be sufficient to:
Compensote for stretch of belt when full driving load is opplied.
Compensote for permone nt stre tch of b e lt.
Comp ensote for elongotion or shrinkoge of the belt due to wide
voriotions in tempe ro ture ond other climotic conditions.
Provide for stretch which occomponies storting the belt.

The omount of to keup trove! to ollow d epends on o g reot number


of vorying conditions. The percentoges shown on Table 18, poge 158,
ore sufficient to compensote for the requirements menlioned obove,
under most operoting conditions.
Sometimes both the scre w ond the grovity tokeups ore used in the
sorne conveyor; the grovity typ e to toke core of the constont operoting Auctuo tion, ond the screw type for occosionol odjustments ond
troining of belt.

bulk handling
b elt conve yors

Engineering
H Terminal e qulpm e nt selectlo n, continued

Backstops Torqu e requirement s


When the unbo lonced grovilalional forces in a conveyor belt exceed
the frictional forces, os in the sleep er ascending conveyors and in
conveyors having sleep ascending portions, a hald-back or backslap
should be provided lo preven! loaded conveyar from running backword when it is stopped or power is interrupted. lf o looded or
portially looded conveyor should run bockward, considerable ma terial
moy occumulote o round the lower e nd to be cleared oway a nd reloaded, possibly causing damage to the belt ond o ther parts of the
conveyor.
Bockstops usuolly ore selected on the basis of pound feet of
lorq ue, or on the bosis of horsepower al o given shaft speed.
When the horsepower required to operate the conveyor has been
determined b y the Graphicol Method from Chorts B, C ond O, pag es
152 ond 153, the opproximate pound feet of lorque required to be
held b y o backstop placed on the drive p ulley shaft con be calculated
from the follow ing formulo:

T
Where

H1

(27~0R)

(H , _ H2

H,)

horsepower to elevale material


horsepower to transporl material horizontally
horsepower to operate empty conveyor
rodius of conveyor drive pulley, inches
speed of belt, feet per minute
pound feet of torque required of backsto p
placed on drive pulley shoft

When the belt tensions in the conveyor hove been colculated by the
Anolytical Method, page 151, ond example on poge 172, the pound
feel of torque required to be held by o backstop placed on the
drive pull ey shoft can be calculoted from the following formulo:

Where

F
G
R
T

total frictiono l forces o pposing


movement of belt
net or unbolonced g rovitotional forces
cousing bockword movement of belt
radius of conveyor drive p ulley, inches
pound feet of lorq ue required of bockstop
place d on d rive p ulley shoft

The obove formulas do nol include ony considerolio n of the friction


in the pull ey shaft b earings ond the drive equipment which will assist
in preve nting o conveyor from running backword. lt is recommende d to
disre gard them and mount the bockstop on the drive pulley shoft so
that drive equipment can be replaced without having to unload the
conveyor. Of course, if the backsto p were placed on a faster turning
countershaft, its required holding torque would b e inversely proportional to the speed of the pulley shaft and the shaft on which it
would b e placed, thereby sometimes permitting a smaller backstop,
but this is not recommended exce pt where it may be justifled because
of space limitations or supporting difficulties.

1 Loading

Calculations should b e made considering lhe va rious ways the conveyor might be loaded when power might foil or be shut off, so that
the backstop will be large enough to take care of the worst condition.
For instance, with a conveyor having a horizontal run loading into a
steep ascending run, the worst condition would be when the conveyor
is stopped with no material on the horizontal belt and the inclined bel!
is fully loaded.
For type of backstop best suited to o particular p roblem, consult
link-Belt.

Mechanical power transmlsslon equipment


Selectio n of equipment for transmitting power from motor to the d rive
pulley shaft requires careful consideration of conditions of service, so
that dependability and life expectancy will be consisten! with the
other peris of the conveyor.
Where space is adequote, an enclosed gea r sp eed reducer with
fl exible couplings to drive pulley shaft ond motor is simple, dependable and easy to maintoin. Where space beside the conveyor is
limited, an enclosed chain drive from the head shaft enables the
speed reducer a nd motor to b e located above, beneath or in front of
conveyor. Also, o chain drive from heod shaft provid es a convenient
means of changing speeds, if desired.
A few d rive orrangements are illustrated on pages 196-197, and
complete data for selection are contained in companion Cotalog l 050.

Electrlcal equipment
The selection of motors and controls for belt conveyors is d ependen!
on the stretch cha racteristics of the belt, the path the conveyor follows,
strength of splice, etc. Severe surging results from uncontrolled accelerotion of lo ng belts having considerable stretch. Concave curves
in the belt path may dictate controlled starting, especially for smoll
radius curves. Mechanical splices g e nerally require lawer tensions
during acceleration than vulcanized sp lices.
Almost any constant speed motor is suitable for d riving a belt conveyor. For a greot many b e lt conveyors a sq uirrel coge motor with
"line " starting is suitable. A wide variety of d rives is avoilable for
controlled occelerotion. These ma y range from squirrel coge motors
with reduced voltoge or part winding starting, wound rotor motors
with various type s of control to synchronous or sq uirr el coge motors
with e ddy current clutches or conlrolled torque hydroulic couplings.
Each has its advanlages and disadvantages and should be co refully
selected.
There are a great mony other electrical consideralions. The availoble power supply must be considered for reliability, voltage variations, ability to absorb regenerate d power, etc. For systems of conveyors, interlocking must be provided for seq uence starting and
stopping; the coasting of the various conveyors mus! be token into
account with respect to sp illage at transfe r points when stopped
simultaneously under a power failure. Dual motor d rives must be
designe d with respect to the difference in belt speeds at T1 and T, and
the va riatio ns in the speed d ifference under changing loods. Protection against slippage, excessive side drift, b uild up of material in
chutes or on p ulleys ar idlers may be desirable. The location of brakes
is im portan!.

material on the belt

The method and equip ment for loading the belt contrib ute much
toword p rolonging the life of be lt, reducing spill ag e to a minimum,
and in keeping the belt trained during its operation. Since little can
b e done to attain these o bjectives after the material has come to rest
on the b e lt, the means of loading the b elt is o very important consid era tio n of b elt conveyor design.
The design of chutes and other loading equipment is influenced by
such conditions as the capacity, size and characteristics of material
handled, speed and inclination of be lt, and whether it is loa d ed al

one or severo! p laces. Most of these design consid e rotions o re illustrated schemotically in Fig ures 6240 ond 6241, page 162, which
clorify the description of the p rincipal requirements for p roper loading. These requirements ore outlined below o nd are loter amplifled.
l. To load the ma terial on belt at o uniform
rote.
2. To load it on the belt centrally.
3. To red uce impact of material falling on
belt.
(continued)

LI N K B E LT 161

bulk handling
belt conveyors

Engineering
1 Loading material on the belt, continued

4. To
5. To
the belt
6. To
p oint.

deliver ma terial in the direction of b el! travel.


d eliver ma terial to b el! al a velocity as near the speed of
os possi ble.
maintain o minimum ong le of inclinatio n of b e l! al lood ing

Fig. 6241

MAI N CONVEYOR BELT

1 . Loading material at a uniform rote usuolly requires the


use of o feeder, which ma y be selecte d from !hose d escrib ed on page
84. The feed e r should b e interlocked with the belt conveyor so it
will stop operoting when the conveyor is p urposely or occidentally
stop pe d.
Some times it is possible to feed o b el! conveyor directly from o
gote -co ntrolled chute if the material is smoll ond free flowing, but
the gole should be o rrang ed so the bel! will not be flooded or overloode d when it is sloppe d or is operoting al re d uced speed.
In oddition to o uniform flo w to the looding chute, the chute itself
mus! b e designed lo preven! momentory surges o r possible plugging.
The slope of chute bottom should b e od equote ond cleoronce B,
f ig. 6240, should be obout twice the moximum d imension of the
lorgesl lump. Vo lley angles should be e liminoted if p ossi ble, or mode
sleep e nough to preven! o b uildup of moteriol tho t le nds lo pock o r
stick in lhem.
2. Loading material centrally on the belt is occompli shed
b y directing the flc:>w of material centroll y ond by conflning it between
skirt pioles until the turbulence of fl o w has sub sid ed. This requires
coreful considerotion of lhe design of chutes ond their skirt pioles.
The skirt pioles should extend 5 to 8 feet beyond the point where
the moin slreom of ma te rial flows on the b el!. Their lenglh depends
upon the material hondl e d ond the speed ond inclinotion of the rece iving belt. The d istonce A be tween skirts should be obout 2h of
b e lt width for belts up to 30" ond obout ?l.i of bel! width for belts
wider thon 30". This is sufficient cleoronce for the lorgest lumps
shown in Table 6, poge 146.
The spoce b etween lower e dges of the steel skirts ond the belt
should increose in the direction of bel! trove! to ollow pieces of
material to work fr ee without domoging lhe bel! or forcing it off its
ce ntral position on idlers. The lower edges of skirt plotes should be
fltted full length with rubber strip s to provide o se o l ond to protect
the Eielt.

A rrange me nt of tran sfer be lt conveyor


Proper conloct between the rubber seoling strips ond !he b el! is
mointained by spocing the id lers closely. Dimension D on figure 6240
is usuo lly 6 " ond dimensions E, f ond G depe nd upon the size ond
weight of material hondled, bel! tension o nd sog. Refer to poge 155.
In coses where material is received a l right o ngles to the b elt, lhe
design of chutes mus! be considered more corefully !han for in-line
tronsfers. Chutes should be orronged to defl ect the flow centrolly ond
not ollow material to surg e higher ogoinst one skirt !han lhe other.
Also, the ongle of chute pioles ond volley o ngles mus! b e odequote to
p reven! b uildu p of material.
The speciol tronsfer belt conveyor shown in fig ure 6241 provides a
positive meons for chonging the dire ctio n of flow of unusuoll y lorge
quontities of material. lt is o lso d e pendoble for tronsferring sticky
moteriols thot mi!jhl te nd to build up in the volley ongl es of conve ntionol sloping chutes.
3. lmpact of material falling on the beit is reduced by
keeping height e in fig ure 6240 to o mnimum consisten! with other
requirements of !he chute design. The chute bo ttom plote should be
locoted to receive the impoct from the flow of oll moteriols except
!hose thot stick to ond build up on chutes, where dischorge directly
on lhe belt moy be necessory. f or mo teriols contoining lorge, heovy
lumps, scolping bors should be used insteod of o chute bottom, permitting the fines to pass through ond form a cushion on the be l! for
the lumps.
When scalping bors are used, the fines ore conflned ond directed
to the belt by o dribble chute. Also, dribble chutes ore often used to
cotch material removed by the bel! cleoner. G enerolly, the ongl e
a of the dribble chute should be considerobly steeper thon the on gle
3 of scolping bors or moin chute bottom.
(continued)

,..----------- ....
1

1
1

1
1

. -----------
SKIRT
PLATES

A
RUBBER-~

SEALS

SECTION AA

Fig. 6240

Arronge ment of transfer chute

162 L

N K- B E LT

bulk handling
belt conveyon

Engineering
1 Load lng m a teria l on the belt, continued

Stone boxes ore sometimes used for highly obrosive moteriols insteod of sloped chutes in order to reduce weor of chute liners. They
hove vertical sides with ledges or portiol bottoms, on which material
builds up to form its own slope. Skirts ore ottached to the bottom of
the stone boxes.
Rubber cushion impact idlers, closely spaced under the loading
point, provide a high degree of protection for the belt when lumpy or
heovy moteriols ore hondled.
Tronsfer conveyors, as shown in Figure 6241, poge 162, ore used
to reduce impact on lorge expensive moin belts when handling large
quontities of material which contoins lorge, heavy lumps. The drop
from head pulley is held to a minimum.
4. Dellvery of m ate r ial in dlre ctlon of be lt trave l is usually accomplished by sloping the chute bottom or scolping bars in the
direction of belt trovel to deflect the flow properly. Right angle
tronsfers require particular attention to the design of chute sides
and volleys to be sure that, as the direction of flow is changed, it will
be delivered centrally to belt without buildup or plugging.
When large copacities ore transferred at right angles to high
speed belts, the tronsfer belt conveyor shown in Figure 6241 provides
a dependoble meons of delivering moteriols in the direction of trovel
of the receiving belt.
5. De livery of material at a veloclty near the belt speed
reduces, turbulence ond scuffing of belt os the material flows to the
belt. This is porticulorly importont for high speed belts.

The chute bottom should be sloped ond sometimes curved to impar!


o forword velocity to free flowing moteriols. Far moterials that hove
o tendency to pack or stick in chutes, a transfer conveyor may preve
economical, provided the copocity ond cost of replacing the main
belt worrants such en expense.
6 . Th e angle of lncllnatl on of belt at l oadlng polnt should
be kept at a minimum to allow the material to come to rest while it is
conflned between the skirts. Coorse, granular or lumpy materials
require a longer time to settle on a steeply inclined belt than fine,
moist moteriols-porticulorly at high belt speeds. When the belt is
too steep, lorge lumps or sphericol pelletized material moy become
dislodged ond roll bock along the sides of the bed of fines ofter
leaving the looding chute skirts. Similarly, lumps may become d islodged and roll back from the end of bed as it "tails out" after feed
has been shut off.
lmproved looding of steeply inclined belts may be obtoined by designing the conveyor with o loading run at or neor horizontal before
it curves up to the steeper incline. Longer skirts ore usually necessory
for high speed belts, and in sorne cases, they moy be desirable the
full length of conveyor to preven! occasionol lorge lump s from falling
off. Covers over skirts, with omple cleoronce for bed of material, moy
be odvisable os a protection to personnel.
Descending conveyors, hoving steep declined portions require
similor considerotion of loading conditions.
Link-Belt will ossist in the design of loading fa c/lities for conveyors
thot must be inclined neor the limits of Table 1, p o ge d2.

Discha r g ing mate ria l fro m the belt

Moteriols moy be dischorged from belt conveyors to meet o wide


voriety of requirements. The dischorge locotions moy b e conflned to
one or more speciflc points, or the material moy be distributed along
as much of the length of conveyor os desired. With auxiliory stockers
and shuttles, material may be stockpiled over wide oreas.
Sorne of these methods of dischorging ore shown schemoticolly on
poge 138 and o few instollotions ore illustroted on poges 133 ond
l 34. The following methods moy be used to dischorge material from
be lt conveyors:
1. Dischorg ing over en end pulley.
2. Dischorging over one or more flx e d trippers.
3. Dischorging over movable trippers.
4. Plowing material from one or both sides of
belt by flxed or troveling plows.
1 . Dlscharge over an e nd pulley con be into a spout or
chute or directly onto o pile. Locotion of dischorge is therefore limited to one end of o nonreversible conveyor and to each end of a
reversib le conveyor.
Even though normal operotion of the conveyor moy not require
dischorge over end pulley, provision should be mode for dischorge
over the end of ony material which moy not be cleonly dischorged by
intermediote dischorging means.
The range of dischorge over end pulleys moy be extended by o
belt slinger, or o shuttle conveyor, which is o horizontal belt conveyor, mounted on wheels with trocks parolle l with the belt. Shuttle
conveyors ore usuolly reversible.
2. Dlscharge over flxe d trlppers is effected when material
is to be spouted into one or more fl xed points along the path of the
conveyor.
Tripper chutes can be provided to dischorge to one side or beth
sides of the conveyor or back onto the belt to by-pass the side discharge.
Any number of flxed trippers can be instolle d along the conveyor
but in order to prolong the life of the b e lt, it moy be odvisoble to
use a shuttle conveyor or o movable tripper to reduce the number of
tronsfers of material ond bends in the belt. Sorne conditions moy die

tate a series of individual conveyors, one dischorging onto the other


or into bins ot the tronsfer poinh.
3 . Discharge over movable trl ppers is used when material
is to be distributed continuously or intermittently a long one or both
sides of a conveyor. Vorious types of trippers ore illustroted ond
dimensioned on pages 201 -208.
When o movoble tripper is equipped with o shuttle conveyor et
right ongles to the moin conveyor, material can be distributed olong
the moin conveyor in o wider pile than by chutes.
Movoble trippers can be held stationary for intermittent or flxed
points of dischorge ond moy be provided with o chute to by-pass
material bock onto the conveyor belt.
4. Discharge by plows or scrape rs is generally used fo r
removing light, free-flowing, granula r bulk moteriols et p redetermined points olong the conveyor. Also, sorne fine, heavy materiols,
such os foundry sand, may be plowed off.
Plows can be mode to dischorge variable quontities of material
from either edge or both edges of the belt ond to be put into or
token out of operoting position from remole points. Although they
are usually used with flot belts, they con be used with thinly looded
troughed belts by flottening the troughed belt und er the plow. While
usuolly instolled in o flxed position, they o re sometimes mode so they
con b e moved along the conveyor.
Plows ore comparatively inexpensive ond require little spoce but
should be used with coution to prevent domoge to the belt. Wh~ n
plows are used, the speed of the belt should normo lly not exceed
200 feet per minute and the belt should be joined by o vulconized
splice.
D lscharge chutes should alwoys be mode lorge enough and
steep enough to prevent clogging ond should be so locoted that
lumps of material will not become caught or wedged between the
conveyor be lt ond ony edge of the chute.
When belt cleaners or scropers are used, the bottom of the chute
should be. placed low enough to cotch the dribble unless separate
dribble chutes a re used.
(continued)

L 1 N K - B E L T 163

bulk handling
b elt conveyo rs

Engineering
J Dlschar g l ng ma teria l from the b elt, continued
Provision should be mode for clearance ond slorage of lramp iron
when a magnelic separalor pulley is used.
11 is good insurance lo install a limil or pressure lype switch in the
chute or bin inlo which the conveyor discharges, orranged lo stop
the b e lt ot o predetermined level of material. lf the material build s
up in !he chute or bin fosler tho n il is token oway, such devices
pre ve n! overAow and domoge lo !he bel!.

To reduce weor on the chute, ond breakoge of frogile material


po ssing through it, the locotion ond de sign should toke into considerotion the path or lrajeclory thal material will tend lo follow
when dischorg ed over o pulley. This poth, which is determined by
the combined inAuence of grovity, bel! sp e ed ond p ulley dio meler,
con be found g ro phico lly from Chori f .

Chart F Tro jector y of material over dischorge pulley


BELT
SPEED
FPM

ANGLE A A
PULLEY DIAMETER - INCHES

72

66

60

54

48

42

EXAMPLES

3,6

30

24

1,

4 ,,

7 3Z

'h
12 ..

17 .

23!

3or

3916'.

48!

58!"

69/f

81 ji"'

94f

108~

20

,.
15

...

23"

J"

CONDITION
NO. 3

s-..;-*"E
"'\'r\= O

X..

~L

~ '-'~~ 1
. G~
~
G
60

F 1
CONDITION
NO. 2

CONDITION

N0.4

f19. 4841

Chori f moy be used to determine the trojeclory of material from


dischorge pulley for the conditions illuslrote d obove ond os described
below:
Co ndition 1 opplies lo horizontal and oscending belts when ongle
A exceeds 0, ond for descending belts when angle A exceeds
ongle W.
Co ndition 2 opplies to descending belts when ongle A is less than
ongle W .
Condition 3 opplies to horizontal belts when ongle A = 0
Co ndition 4 opplies to inclined be lts when ongle A = 0

B =

l" per 100 feet per minute speed o f belt (4" for 400 FPM, 2Y," fo r
250 FPM, etc.) meosured olong tongent line al some scole used lor
i ndicoting dimension C.

C = Rodius of dischorge pulley in inches plus l" ( 19" lor 36" diometer pulley,
25" for 48" pulley, etc.). This 1 odded to the pulley rodius is intended
to represen! the opproximote thickness of the belt ond therefore the
lower porticles ol the moteriol. The chori is bosed on this volue bul il
it should be desired to find A where C is difieren!, then,

v
cos A= G C

A. A = Angle from vertical ot which material will leove belt o s il trovels over

where V

dischorge pulley. 11 is found o t the point on chori where o line projected


to the right from the belt speed intersects o line projected downwo rd
lrom the pulley diometer.

164 L 1 N K - B E L T

belt speed in leet per second


occelerotion of grovily = 32.16
= distonce in leet from center o f pulley to tongent line
desired.

bulk handling
belt conveyors

Engineering

Other engineering consi derations that may apply

In odd ition to the foregoing fundamental e ngineering data required


for the d esign of all b e lt convcyors, othe r engineering consid erations
are necessory lo assure successful operoting results. Some of these
matte rs that apply to most bel! conveyors and involve a wide variely
of conditions con only b e d escribe d rather broadly. Others involve
specific or unusuol conditions. Among these consid erations are the
following:

Convex changes in v e rtical path of conveyor


A convex change in !he trave l of material on a conveyor occurs when
o change is made from:
Ascending run lo horizontal run.
O ne ascending run to another less sleep asce nding run.
Horizontal run to d escending run.
One descending run to a stee per descending run.
Convex changes in path can b e mad e by using one of the lwo
me thods illuslraled in !he following dia grams:

~
~
Conve x cu rve
Be nd pulley
The convex curve is recomm end e d for all installations where
space will permil. lt causes less additional stress in the edges of a
troughed belt, less odditional load on the end rolls of idl ers al !he
bend a nd less disturbance of the material o n the b e lt a s it p asses
from one run to the other, thereby reducing we ar on !he be l!
ond prevenling spillage of material over !he e dges o f the belt.
The minimum radius recommend e d is d etermined by the following
formula s:

The bend pulley is recommended only when space will not p ermit
a convex curve, and the n only when !he conveyor is not sufficiently
loaded to cause spillag e of material over !he e dges of !he be lt o s
il passes over !he pulley.
The diameter of the be nd p ulley should be large enough lo insure
material maintaining contact with !he bel! as !he b elt changes directio n. The diameter require d varies with the cosine of the a ng le of
change in direction ond the square of the speed of the bel!, and
b ecomes quite large fo r b elt sp eed s g reater than 500 feel per min
ute. This is fr e quently another reason why the convex curve should
be used .
The diame ter of b e nd pulley should not be less than:
16 inches when b e lt spee d is 200 feet per minute.
20 inches when be lt speed is 300 feet per minute
36 inches when belt sp eed is 400 feet per minute
54 inches when belt spee d is 500 feet per minute
and in no case should it ever be less !han the minimum recommended
in Table 20, page 159.

Concave changes in vertical path of conveyor


A concave change in the trave l of material on a conveyor occurs
when o change is mad e from:
A horizontal run to an ascending run.
O ne a sce nding run to o steeper ascending run.
A descending run lo horizo ntal run.
One desce nding run lo another less steep descending run.
Concave chang es in direction can be made by using one of the
me thods illustrate d here:

5W

PULLEYS

Using idlers with end rolls inclined 20 deg rees' R = ( l )( l -P)


2

7W

Using idlers with end rolls inclined 45 degrees: R = (l )(l-P)


2
where R = minimum recommended radius of curve, in fe et
W = width of be lt, in inches
P = lension in belt al curve, pounds, divide d by maximum
permissible operating bel! tension, pounds.
The recommoende d ma ximum spacing of lroughed bel! idlers on !he
curve is found from !he following fo rmula:
S R(B + M)
O =r + R(B+ M)
where o = spacing of idlers on curve, in feet.
s = average idle r spacing recommended in Table 8, page

147.
R = rad ius of curve, in feet.
B = weight of one linear foot of belt, in pounds.
M = weight of mate rial carried per one linear fool of b elt,
in pounds.
T = le nsion in b elt a t curve, in pounds.

CONCAVE CURVE
Fig. 4 855
Bend pulleys or two separate conveyors ma y be compulso ry
for some installations because spa ce is no! suffici e nt for p rop er radius
of curve. They should be avoided wherever possible. In ad dition to
re quiring more termina l equipment and o transfer chute with skirt
pioles, the y cause many more loa d impacts on the b e lt and more
fr e que nl b e nding of !he belt.
Two sepa rate conveyors ore preferred inslead of b e nd pulleys
e ven though on additional d rive would be r equired, but !he belt
te nsion may be decreased enough so that, in some cases, a less
expensive be l! may b e used.
The concave curve is recommend ed wherever space will permit.
lt is fo rmed by supporting the belt on idlers set to a curve d path.
The radius of curvalure of this path should be g rea l e nough to
preve n! lifting of the b e lt from the idlers und er a ny of the conditio ns
e ncounte red in the operation of the conveyor.
(continued )

rod ii for concove vertical curves


WEIGHT IN POUNDS PER FOOT OF EMPTY BELT

Bosed on groduol occelerotion of belt. Fa r ocrossthe-line storting, opproximote rodii moy be determined by odding 50% to rodii shown, or they moy
be occurotely colculoted lrom inertio fo rces.

Fig. 4839

L 1 N K B E L T 165

bulk handling
belt conveyors

Engineering
K Oth er englneerlng conslderatlons, continued

Unusual conveyor belt arrangements

The b e lt is most likely to lift while it is being storted empty or while


being storted when o long horizontol run opprooching o curve is
heovily looded ond the curved ond oscending portions of lhe belt
o re emply.
Chori G, poge 165, shows the minimum rodii for concove curves
for vorious belt lensions et lhe op prooch point of the curve ond for
vo rious weights per fool of the em ply belt.
Chori G, poge 165, is bosed on gradua l occe lerotion of the belt.
Across-the-line storters should b e ovoided unless the rodius is mode
al leost 50% greoler thon the mnimum determine d from the chori.

The b rood opplicotion of belt conveyors has resulted in the develop


ment of mony speciol design feoture s to provide for o wide ronge of
vo riotions in moterio ls hondled, ond conveying requiremenls.
As en exo mple, o speciol o rrongement of the return run of the belt
con be opplied so thot the cleon side of the b e lt rides on the return
idlers. This is porticulorly odvontogeous on o conveyor handling wet
or sticky mate rial thot would te nd to cause on undesiroble ornount of
b uild up of material on the re turn pulleys ond idle rs. W ith this feoture
the return run,of the belt is turned over ofter leoving the heod pulley
of the conveyor; the cleon side rides the intermediole idle rs; ond the
(continued)

TANGENT
POINT

~-----

(+)

fig . 4 856

Table 23 Coordino tes for plotting concave curves


Rc dius of

Angle, degrees

concove

curve,
feel

10

11

12

14

13

15

16

18

41- 4Y1
55- 1 ~

4 6-4 \4
61 -9 Ya

20

S Base length of curve, feet ond inches


150
200
250
300

13- 0% 15. 9y,


17- 5~ 20. 1oy,
21- 9 Y2 26- 1 ~
26- 1'14 3 1- 4 ~

18243036-

350
400
4 50
500

30- 6 \1,
34-1 ov.
39- 2111.
43- 6 1 ~

4 2- 7 %
48- 9
5 4-1ov.
60-11 \4

36- 7
41 - 9'.4
47- o~
52- 3 ~

3Y.
4 y,
5;.
6 '14

20- 10Y2
27-1 0
34- 9 Y2
41 - 9

23- 5 ~ 26-0~ 1 2831 - 3 ~ 34-8'14 3839. 1 ~ 43 . 41~ 4746-1 l y, 52-1 y, 57.

48556269-

54. 9
60-9~.
62- 6V1 69-5 Y2
70- 4>.4 78-11 \1,
7 8- 2 ~ 86-9l11

8 Y2
8
7Y,
7

3 1- 2\4
41 - 7
51 - 11'14
62- 4y,

33. 8 1 ~
44-11 %
56- 2%
67- 51~

36- 3y, 38-9 l11


48- 4Y1 5 1- 9~
60- 5>.4 6 4-8 Y2
72- 6 1~ 77-7'14

66- 9y, 72. 9\4


7 6- 3V1 83- 2
85-lOVa 93- 61\,1,
95- 4l'a 103- 11 Y2

7 8- a 1 ~
89-11'14
10 1 2'14
112. 51 i.1,

84- 8 \1, 90 -7 11.


96- 9 ~ 103 -6~
109.1 ov. 116-5 Ya
120- 11 v. 1 29-4 1 ~

7~
11 ~

8~
2 1~

68 - 10 1 ~

82-

8~

5 1- 3 Ya
68- 4l11
77.3 ~
85- 6~
92-SY, 102- 7 \4

96- 5 1 ~ 108-1V1 119- 8Y2


1 10- 3\1, 123 -7~ 1 36- 9 111.
124- o~ 139-0 1\,1, l53-l 01~.
137- 9 1~ 1 54 -6V. 171 . o y,

T Distonce from tangent point to intersection, feet ond i nches


11 - 9 111. 13- 1Y2 14- 5 ~
15- 8% 17-6
19- 3 y,
19 - a y, 21- l OY, 24- Olla
1
23- 7~ 26 - 2 ~ 2 8-1 OYa

150
200
250
300

7- l OY.
9. 211. 1O- 5l'a
6- 6~
10- 5'14 12-2'14
13-11' ~
810-11
13- l \4 15- 3Y2 17- 5'14
1
13- 1 ~ 15. a ~ 18- 4~ 20- 11 '14

350
4 00
4 50
500

15- 3V. 1 8- 4 Y1 21 - 4l11 24. 5 1i.1, 27- 6~ 30 -7 ~


17- 5 ~ 20 - 11 ~ 24- 5 ~ 27- 11111. 31 - 5'14 34-11'~
27- 6\4 31. 5 y, 35- 5
39-4V,.
19- 7'14 23- 7
21-10
26- 2Y, 30- 6 1 ~ 34- 11 ~, 39- 4~ 43-8%

Rc d ius of

17- 111.
22- 9 ~

28- 5 1~
34- 2 Y1

36- 9 ~
4 2- OY2
47. 3~
52- 6V.

39-1 OY,
45- 6%
51 - 3\4
56-1 1 ~,

47 - 6~

26- 5V.
35- 3 ~
44- 1
52-1 0'14

55 - 5~
46- o 1~ 49-2 \4
52- 71~1 5 6-2 ~.
63-4 \4
1
59. 2 1~, 63- 2 i.1. 71 -3 \4
65- 91i.1, 7 0 - 3\4 79-2 \4

6 1- 8~
7 0- 6V.
79. 4~,
88- 2

18- 5 119. 9 1 21 - 1
24- 61 ~ 26- 3 1~ 28- 1 ~
30- 8~ 32-10 % 35. 1y,
39. 5 1~ 4 2 - 1' ~
36-10
42- 11 1\,1,
49- iy,
55 - 3
61 - 4 1\,1,

23 - 9 ~

31-8Y1
39-7 V.

Distcnce from lcngent point, feet

concave

curve,
fe e t

33- 8 ~
38- 6~
43. 3 1~,
48- 1 '14

15- 9~
21- 0\4
26- 3~
31 - 6V.

10

15

1 20

25

30

1 35

40

45

50

55

1 60

1 65

70

1 75 1

80

85

90

A Length of o rdin ote, feet o nd inches


150
200
250
300 -

0-9
0-4
0- 1
1 -4~
0-0'14 0 -3
0-6'14 1-011.
0-0V. 0-2 ~ 0-5 ~ 0-9Y1
O-OY2 0 -2
0- 4 ~ 0-8

350
4 00
450
500

0-0~

0-0~

0-0Y.
0-0~

2- 1 ~
1- 61 ~
1- 3\1,
1- OY2

0 . 1111. 0 -3V1 0-6V1 0 - l OY.


O-l Y2 0- 3 ~ 0-6
O- 9 ~
0-1 y. 0 -3
0-5Y. O- 8~
1
0 -1 \4 0 -2 11. 0- 4 1~ O- 7 Y2

166 L 1 N K - B E L T

3. ov. 4-1111. 5- 5~
4.o y, 5. 1 ~ 6 - 4 ~
2- 3V. 3-1
1- 9 1\1, 2 - 5~ 3-2 1\.1< 4. 111. 5-0V.
1- 6~. 2-0Y2 2-8~ 3 4 1i.1, 4-2Ya

6-2
5-1

1- 3 ~ 1-911. 2-3Y2 2 - 1 0 1 ~ 3-711. 4-4~


1- 1 y, 1-6~ 2-011. 2- 5~ 3-1 v. 3-9~
1- 0 \1, 1-4 l4 1 - 9 ~ 2- 2 1 ~ 2 - 9~ 3. 4 ,,
0 - 10'14 1-2 '14 1 -7~ 2. o ,. 2-6 Y1 3-0Y.

7 -3% 8 -7~
6-0'14 7. 1y, 8- 3y, 9-6 V. 10- l OV.
5-2~
4- 6~

4-0l4
3.7 y.

6 -0 1 ~. 7. ov. 8-1 ~ 9 -3~


5-3'14 6- 2 ~ 7 -1 l4 8- 1
4-8'14 5. 5'14 6-3V. 7 . 2y,
4 - 3~ 4 - 11 ~ 5-7%
6 - 5~

1 0-51~

11-914
10-311.
8- 1li. 9- 1il<
7 - 3~
8-2Ya
9- 1 ~

bulk handling
belt conveyors

Engineering
K Oth er e ngineering consideratlons, continued
bel! is ogoin turned bock to normal corrying position al the foot end.
The necessity for cleonup of dribble from the belt, between its terminols, is procticoily eliminoted. Such on orrongement is porticulorly
odvontog eous on o long centered belt.
Unusuol orrongements con be developed so thot the bel! conveyor
con hondle moleriols in e ither or both directions simultoneously, moking use of the usual re turn run for conveying. The two runs of the
conveyor moy be in their normal relotionship, one obove the other,
or by meons of oppropriote ly opplied g uid e puileys, b e horizontall y
seporoted.
With p roper engineering of o belt conveyor ond its looding ond
dischorging faciliti es, it con be odvontogeously opplied to convey
other thon the usual bulk moleriols. As on ex omple, bel! conveyors
hove become populorly opplied for handling of pulp wood logs.

Safety devices
A wide selection of sofety devices is ovoiloble to be applied for
vorying o rrong ements of conveyors ond conditions surrounding their
operotion. Sofety puil cords can be strung the length of the b el!
conveyors. Puiling on the sofety cord al ony point immediotely shuts
off the power.

opplications where the material moy tend to b uild up to on undesiroble degree on the return idlers.

Welghing
When it is necessory to weigh moteriols in tronsit on belt conveyors
ond record the omount delivered to certoin points of o processing
system, outomotic recording scoles ore used. These scoles con be
either mechonicol, electronic or oir operoted. Impulses from electronic
type scoles can be used to control the feeders delivering moteriols
to the b el!.
The scoles con be furni she d for standard width conveyors. These
units o re occurote, compoct, ond do nol disrupt lhe conlinuous flow
of material on the belt.
There ore olso ovoiloble batch feeders thot consist of be lt feeders,
weighing or meosuring hoppe rs.

Magnetic separation
Tromp iron con be removed from moteriols corried on belt conveyors
b y either permonent or electro-mognetic puileys.
The pie ces of tromp iron ore drawn lo the belt surfoce os they pa ss
over the mognetic puiley. The pieces then foil free o s the belt leoves
the puiley, folling into o chute or bin.

Terminols ond drive mochinery con be protected by guords to ony


degree necessory, depe nding upon exposur e to p e rsonne l. For the
highest d egree of p rotection, expended metal guords co n completely
e ndose oil moving porls. Generoily, guording of high speed rototing
peris ond puileys is od equote.

Other types of seporotors ond metal detectors o re ovoiloble thot


ore suspended over the streom of material on the conveyor. The
metal d etectors indicote the presence of mognetic or non-mognetic
meto Is.

Cotolog 1050 provides informotion for the proper selection of


bockstops. Bockstops con play on importan! peri in sofety lo personnel os weil os protection of the conveyor equipmenl.

S ampling

Automotic tokeup mochinery should be completely e ndosed with


expende d metal guords or the like. In oddition, o counterweighted
tokeup con be supplied with o meons to overt its free foil in the cose
of occidental porting of the belt.

There ore sompling systems ovoiloble thot toke o representotive


somple of the material os it posses over the conveyor dischorge.
Somples moy be token for vorious reosons ond con be coilecte d on o
continuous or intermittent bosis. The sompling system crushes, sizes
ond prepares the somple for loborotory onolysis.

Dust control
ClearJlng the belt, pulleys and idlers
The wide diversity of moteriols ond their cho rocteristics hondled on
bel! conveyors has resulted in !he developmenl of o wide voriety of
meons o f deoning belts on opplicotions where the material te nds to
odhere.
Rubber or fobric bloded wipers locoted on or neor the heod
puiley of the conveyor, provide odequote deoning ond economicol
construction ond mointenonce for the lorgest number of opplicotions.
Generoily, the blodes o re mounted in o pivote d frome ond ore held
in contoct with the bel! by meons of springs or counlerweights.
When the conveyor is handling material thot cannot be sotisfoctorily deoned from the be l! by me ons of such rubber or fobric bloded
deoners, it moy be necessory lo consider the use of water spray,
compressed oir, or fl xed or p ower driven revolving brushes. Sometimes it is necessory to use two or more of these d evices in combinotion.
On opplicotions where it is onticipoted thot material will tend to
build up on the faces of conveyor puileys, it is desiroble to hove the
puileys logged with rubber. Proper selection of the grad e of rubber
ond, if ne cessory, the opplication of grooving to the rubber, will
generoily overl the problem. In the most difficult coses it moy be
necessory to opply puiley scropers, orronged so thot the scropings
ore deflected from the poth of the belt.
Considerotion of return bel! rubber treod idlers should be given on

Dust control ond p rotection of personnel con b e occomplished by


e nclosures. Where required, the entire belt cenveyor ond its terminols
con b e totoily enclosed ond the dust e xhousted to dust collecting
systems. Mony opplicotions require no more thon e ndosures al tronsfe r
points, with or without dust collecting systems.

Supports and gallerie s


Belt conveyor supports ore simple ond ore eosily designed. Typicol
structurol sle el supports, lo suit o wide ronge of conditions, ore iilustrote d on poge 168. These iilustrotions wiil serve to suggest other
possibilities to suit particular opplicotions. Completely stondordized
Pre-Bilt structures ore shown on poges 222 to 235.
Goileries oAd housings ore used to endose belt conveyors where
the conveyors ore corried ocross open spoces. They con be incorporote d in o bridge structure ond con be designe d for convenient
occess to the conveyor. A wide selection of modern moteriols such o s
rooflng ond siding, ond window ond door froming, ofte n moke it
possible to design conveyor goileries uniformly ble nding with the
orchitecture of od joining building s ond slructures.
Housings preven! ice ond wind from cousing o bel! to run off-center
ond on empty b el! from being blown off the idlers. They olso decreose
deteriorotion of the belt by p rotecting it from the sun.
Typicol goileries ond housings ore illustroted o n pog e 169.
(continued)

L 1 N K - B E L T 167

bulk handling
b e lt conveyors

Engineering
K Other e ngineering conslderations, continued

Typical structural steel supports


Belt conveyo rs hove the odvontoge of requ iring only simple o nd
eo sily desig ned structures. This opplies to te rminals and bend s

o s well a s to stra ig ht runs . The foll owing d rawings illu st rote this
in typica l designs o f structu res. O the r designs to suit o th er conditions can be reo dily a dapted .

Head terminal s

Fig. 4644

Fig. 4645

Snubbe d pulley dri ve

Dual pulley drive

Snubbed pulley drive


w ith ve rtical gravity 1
take up
L

1
_J

Foot termina Is

Fig. 4647

Horizon tal grav ity takeup


above floor

Fig. 4648

Horizontal gravity takeup


through floo r

Fig . 4649

Screw takeup

Conve x bends

Fig. 4651

Be nd pulley

Bend idlers

Concave bends

Fig . 4655

Cross sections

Fig. 465 2

Belt conve yor only

168 L 1 N K - B E L T

Fig. 4653

Be lt conveyor with tripper

Fig . 4654

Be lt conveyor with w ind guards

bulk handling
belt conveyors

Engineering
K Other engineering considerations, continued

Typical galleries and housings


Go lleries ond housings ore used lo endose belt conveyors ond
provide o ccessibility whe re the co nveyo r is co rried on o bridge,
os when it is required to spon open spoces. Mony forms o f

Fig. 4656

Horizontal closed golle ry


with wolkwoy both sides

~5/

go lle ries ond housi ngs are possible, dependi ng upon the cond itions encounlered .
Typicol golleries o nd housings ore illu slroted .

Fig 4657

Ho rizontal closed galle ry


with walkway one side

"\

rr:::.. /J ~\ :?;

e
~

'

\1
J

~
1

Fig. 4659

Fig. 4658

lnclined clo sed gollery


with walkwoy both sides

lnclined closed gollery


with walkwoy one side

Fig. 4660

Horizontal or inclined open gollery


with walkway both sides, and cover over conveyor only

Fig. 6379

Pre-Bilt, stondardized structures,


a vailable for belts up to 36" , are shown on page 222.

L 1 N K - B E L T 169

bulk handling
belt conveyors

Engineering

l Examples of belt conveyor calculations


The following exa mpl es illustra te the use of the fo regoing data for
establishing matters of d esign a nd for selecting compone nts.
Exampl e 1 indica tes the conve nience of determining the horsepower
require ment by the G ra phica l Me thod . lt is within the limits of the
presele cte d Terminals shown o n pag e 21 3 a nd of Pre-Bilt sectional
be lt conveyors, pag e 222. See pag e 228 for Pre- Bilt sectional b elt
conveyo r se lectio n exa mple.
The conveyor in Exa mple 2 has a com plex p a th of travel, with

both concave and convex curves. For this reason, the Analytical
Method is necessary for the calculation of required belt te nsions a nd
horsepower.
The procedure fo r both examp les follo ws the steps mentioned on
p oge 140. Colculotions ore corried out to the extent necessory fo r
o n understo nding of principies ond method s, o nd the results ma y be
used os the bosis for selection of mochinery components from this ond
other link-Belt cotologs.

Example 1 Graphical Method

Fig. 6238

Path of b elt conveyor fo r Example 1

Step A Basic data


Material to b e ho ndled ..... .... . 2" a nd under bituminous cool
Copocity in short tons ........ . ... 450 tons per hour (peak)
W e ight of ma teria l .. ........... . 50 pounds per cubic foot
Operoting cond itions ............ 3 to 4 hours per doy,
conveyor housed,
temperoture obove freezing,
degrodotion not importan!

Step B Is belt conveyor suitable for material?


A belt conveyor is suitoble for ha ndling bituminous cool. See poge
141.

Loadlng Class
Table 3 , page 143, indicotes Loading Closs B.

Width and s p eed for capaclty required


Table 4, poge 144, indicotes that the capacity o f 450 TPH of
material we ighing 50 pounds per cubic foot requires o 30" wide
belt al a speed between 500 and 600 FPM. The actual speed of
556 FPM is interpoloted from the table.

Width a s d eterminad by siz-e of lumps


Table 6, poge 146, indicates that 2 " and under materia l is within
the limits of a JO" belt with Looding Class B.
Therefore, a 30" wide belt will handle 450 TPH of 2 " o nd under
coal weighing 50 pounds per cubic foo t a l a speed of 556 FPM.

Step C Is angle of lnclination within safe limits?


From Cho ri A, p age 141, a 46-foot rise in 400 fe e t equols 11 'h
0
foot rise in 100 feet, or on a ngle of about 6 Y, Table 1, poge
142, indico tes a moximum ongle of 16 for sized bituminous cool
with lumps 4 " ond under, so 6 Y, 0 is within safe limits.

Step D Consideration of belt width and speed


Speed as determlned by material handle d
Ta ble 2, poge 143, indicotes that cool moy be handle d al
speeds up to 700 FPM when degradation is not a factor.

170 L 1 N K - B E L T

Step E Se le ct belt idl er type , series and spacing


Table 9, poges 148-149, indicales thot, for se rvice of 3 lo 4 hours
per da-y and 50-pound ma terial, Series 6000 idlers ore sotisfoctory, ond Table 7, poge 146, indicotes thot 2" lumps ore
within the limits of Series 6000. From Table 8, poge 147, 20
troughed belt idler spocing is 4 Y2 feet ond return be lt idler
spocing is 1O feet. Both troughed b e lt training idle rs and re turn
belt training idl ers should be spoced in a ccordonce with the
footnote on Table 8.
(continued)

bulk handling
belt conveyors

Engineering
L Exampl e 1, continued

Step F Determine the power requfrements


and belt tensions (Graphical Method)
Horsepower is determined by the Graphical Method from Choris
B, C ond D, pages 152-153. The opproximate weight of the belt
and revolving idler parts is 28 pounds per lineal foot, obtained
from the table on Chori B. On the basis of this weight, the total
horsepower al the drive shaft is calculated from the three choris:
.93 X 556
Chart B-Empty conveyor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
OO
5.17
1
Ch art C-Elevate material ... ..... ...... .. . 45 X 46
20.7
1.4 X 450
Chart D-Convey material horizontally ...... - - - 6.3
100
Total horsepower al drive shaft .......... . . . ...... = 32.17

In order to determine the required motor horsepower, it is


necessary to allow for losses in the drive components (sp eed reducers, roller chain drives, etc.), which are generally in the range
of 10% of the transmitted horsepower. For more accurate efficiencies of the drive components, refe r to Catolog 1050.
32.17
motor HP required = ~ = 35.7 HP
Thus, a 40 HP motor is req uired to drive conveyor.

Pre-selected terminals, shown on page 21 3, may be selected b y the pre-selected terminal method below.
Individual terminal components, if required, may be select ed by the individua lly selected terminal method below.

Method for determining pre-selected terminals


Pre-selected termlnals are selected from Table 27 on page 213,
which lisis horsepower al lhe drive shaft for belt speeds of 1 00 FPM,
which in this case is:
32.17 X 100
HP at 100 FPM =
= 5.79 HP

556

Table 27 indicates a selection of Terminal Group 30C24307


which is suita ble for 6.07 horsepower al a be lt speed of 100 FPM.
The belt tensions are shown in Terminal Group 30C24307
as 3000 pounds for T1 and 1000 pounds for T2.

Step G Selection of belt


Termina l Group 30C24307 indicates o belt having a rated lension
of 154 pounds per inch of width, which may be 147 pounds when
reduced in proportion to the required horsepower.
Table 16, page 157, indicates a Service brand belt. Table 17
indicates Ya " cover on tne carrying side and 1m" cover on the
pulley side of belt. Also, from Table 14, strength of be lt is adequate
for hand ling 2" and und er coal.
Step H Selection of t erminal e quipment
Terminal Group 30C24307 specifies pulley a nd shaft sizes.
Takeup travel will b e up to 6 feet for a cotton b e lt, or up to 4
feel for o synthelic b elt, as shown on Table 18, page 158, using
75% of rated be lt lension. Therefore, a vertical counterweighted
tokeup is necessary as trove! exceeds the limit of a screw takeup.

Takeup pull req uired is twice the T2 value shown for Terminal
Group 30C24307, or 2000 pounds. This would be mad e up of
the weight of takeup pulley, shaft, beorings, moving frame, and
such additional counterweight as is necessary to equal 2000 pounds.
Backstop

The backstop ralings (ither pound feet of torque or HP a l a given


RPM) are based upan harsepawer required to elevate load, less
50% of horizontal horsepower required for empty conveyor
and ma terial.
Torque rating of backstop is d etermined from tne upper formula
on page 161 :
backstop torque = ( 2750 X 12)( 20.7 - [ 5.17 + 6.30 ])
2
556
= 888 pound feet
Horsepower raling of backstop is determined from net backstop
horsepower, and heod shaft speed is calculated from belt speed,
using Table 21, page 159:
6 .30)
5 . 17
backstop HP = 20.7 - (
= 14.97 HP
2

head shaft sp eed =

556

.
= 88.54 RPM
6 28

Ste ps 1, J, K
These steps may be completed as required, based on such fore
going data as are applicable.

Method for determining individually selected terminals


Step G Selection of belt
For this method it is necessary to determine effective belt operating
tensions.
Using drive shaft horsepower from Step F, effective horsepower
32.17 X 33000
pull E is determined; E =
= 1909 pounds.
556
Based on using 180 b elt wrap and lagged drive pulley, T2 is
determined from Table 12, page 154: 1909 X .5 = 955 pounds.
Thus, either T1 ar Tmax. = 1909 + 955 = 2864 pounds; or
95.5 pounds per inch width for 30" belt. From Table 13, page 156:
95.5
rated belt lension = _
= 147 pounds per inch width
65

takeup and tail p ulleys and 16" for bend pulleys.


Shaft siz:es-Drive shaft torque = E X p ulley radius R

= 1909 X 1O = 19,090 inch pounds.


f rom Chori A, page 575, ossuming suddenly applied load d ue
to across-the-line starting, a 31114" dio meter shaft is indica ted. This
must be checked for comb ined bending and torsion whe n the
actual bearing centers are known. Snub, takeup and foot shafts
are also simila rly selected on bosis of data on page 159. Ta keups
ond bockstops are selected by melhods described above under
pre-se leGted lermina ls.

Pulley sb:es -from Table 20, page 159, a 150-pound be lt

requires mnimum diameters of 20" for drive pulley, 18" for

Steps 1, J, K ma y be completed as required.

L 1 N K - B E L T 171

bulk handling
belt conveyors

Engineering
Example 2 Analytical Method
Note that the Anolytical Method is necessary in this example for the calculations af belt
tensions and horsepower, since the example contains bath concove ond convex curves.
215 WRAP
LAGGED PU LLEY

f1g . 6239

Poth of b elt conveyor for Example 2

Assumed lifl of belt ot trippe r. IFor trippers, see poge 204.1

.A Fer explonotion of Lo see poge 150.

Step A Baslc data


Ma terial to be hondled . . .... 5" maximum lump unsized
crushed slone
Capacity in short lons ... ..... 900 TPH (peak)
Weight of material. ..... . . . . 100 pounds per cubic foo t
Operoting conditions ... . . .. . 2 shifts ( 16 hours per doy) conveyor housed, heated terminals,
tempero lures to - 1 O F in inlermediote gollery. Stone delivered
lo screening pion! surge bin.

Step B Is a belt conveyor suitable for material?


A be lt conveyor is suitoble for handling crushed stone. See poge
141.

Step C Is angle of inclination within safe limits?


From Chori A, poge 141, o 20-foot rise in 150 feel equols o
10-foot rise in 75 feet, or on ongle of obout 8. Table 1, poge
142, indicotes o moximum ongle of 16 for unsized crushed stone
with lumps over 4 ", so 8" is within sofe limits.

Step D Conslderation o f belt width and speed


Speed as determined by material handled
Table 2, pog e 143, indicotes thot unsized sto ne moy be hondled
al sp eeds up to 650 FPM, depending on relotio n of lump si ze to
belt width flnolly selected.

Loading class
Ta ble 3, poge 143, indicotes Looding Closs B.

Although o 30" belt can hondle the copocity al 555 FPM,


degrodotion is reduced al o lower b e lt speed-desiroble for
recovery of lorger size p ieces al screening plont. Considering the
next wider belt, Table 4, pog e 144. indicotes thot 900 TPH of
material weighing 100 pounds per cubic foot con be co rried on
o 36" belt oto speed of under 400 FPM. lnterpoloting from tab le,
o speed of 383 FPM resulls; however, it is common proctice to
roise this minimum belt speed to on even figure. The re fore, the
balance of this exomple will be bosed on o 36" wide belt ot
400 FPM (su bject lo the considero lions on poge 145).

Step E Select b elt id le r type, series and spacing


Tab le 9, poges 148-149, indicotes thot for service of 16 hours
per doy o nd 100-pound ma terial, Series 7000 or 8000 belt idlers
ore sotisfoctory, ond from Table 7, page 146, thot 5" lum ps ore
within the limits of eithe r series; however, Series 8000 will be used
for the balance of this e xomple. From Table 8, poge 147, the
spocing for 20 troughed belt idlers is 4 feet ond the return belt
idlers is 1 O feel. Both the troughed belt troining idlers ond the
return belt troining idlers should be spoced in occord once with
the footnote on Table 8.

Step F Dete rm ine powe r r e quirements


and belt tensions ( Analytical Method)
Horsepower ond bel t te nsions o re colculoted here for the belt
ofter it is o peroling al o uniform sp eed ond the lensions are listed
in Table 24, poge 173. lnertio forces discussed on poge 151 ore
no l considered, o s the speed is modero le ond it is ossumed thot
no hozord is involved from the slight coosling thot would occur
ofter power is interrupte d.

Wldth and speed for capacity required


Table 4, pog e 144, indicotes thol the copocity of 900 TPH of
material weighing 100 pound s per cubic foot requires o 30" belt
al a speed be tween 500 ond 600 FPM. The actual sp eed of
555 FPM is inte rpoloted from the table.

Wldth as determined by slze of lumps


Table 6, poge 146, indirotes thot unsized materi al with up lo
1 O" lumps is within the limits of o 30" belt with looding Closs B.

172 L 1 N K - B E L T

Determine frict ional and gravitation al resistances


to movement of loaded belt. Refer to pages 150-1S1
A. Frictional forces = total weight o f item co using the friction X
corree! friction factor (coefficienl of friction). See Table 11,
poge 151, for friction foctors.

= total weight of item b eing roised


(or lowered) X vertical trove!. See pag e 151 for detoiled
explonotion.
(continued)

B. Grovitotionol forces

bulk handling
b e l t conveyors

Engineering
L Ex ample 2 , continued

C. Weight of revolving idler ports (pounds per foot), from Table


1 O, page 150, al 4-foot and 10 -foo t spocing from Step E.
55
Corrying b elt idlers = 4 = 13.75 pounds per foot

Colculations for determining power requiremenls and be lt tensions resulting from these frictional and gravitational forces are
given b elow:

Use 14 pounds per foot.


50
Return b elt idlers = TO = 5 pounds per foot

!. D etermine the welghts of ltems that contribute to

D. Other forces contri buting to friction are compensated for by


addition of 150 -foot theoreticol belt section L.,.

frlctlo n

A. Weight of material (pounds p e r linear foot on belt)


900 X 2000
X
= 75 pounds per linear foot
40 0
60
B. Weight of belt (pounds per linea r foot of b elt)
Al this point in the analytical solution, the specifkations of belt
are unknown. Since it is not possible to make a final selection of
the belt until the oper ating tensions a re known, and since the
tension ca nnol be occurately d e te rmined withoul including the
effect of belt friction ond g rovity, o tentotive selection of the belt
musl be mode.

11. D eterm ine frictlona l a nd gravltatlonal r eslstances


t o m ovemen t of l oad e d belt

Frictional ond g rovitotionol forces con now be colculoted and


Table 24 con be developed.
111. Calcul ate t he r e quir e d horsepowe r

From Table 24, E = 3992 pounds.


3992 X 400
HP al drive p ulley shaft =
= 48.4 HP al drive
33000
pulley shaft.
In order to d e termine the required motor horsep ower, it is
necessory to ollow for losses in the drive components (speed
reducers, roller choin drives, e tc.), which ore generolly in the rang e
of 10% of the tronsmitted horsepower. For more accurote
efficiencies of the drive componenls refer lo Catolog 1050
48.4
motor HP required = _
= 53.8 HP
90
Thus, o 60 HP motor is required to drive conveyor.

Table 14, pog e 156, indicotes that o .36" wide belt carrying
100 pounds per cubic foot material having 5 " moximum lumps
should b e o 200 to 250 PIW (pound s p er inch of belt width) b elt.
A 250 PIW belt is tentatively selected . This must b e checked later
ogoinsl the mo ximum tension.
Table 15, pag e 156, indicotes o Lion brand be lt is required for
handling slone.
Table 17, poge 157, indicotes thot Lion brand b elt corrying
,,
.,
L
600
(
)
stone with 2 to 6 lumps and on S ratio of
= 1.50, use 1.0
400
should hove A." top cover ond 1116" bottom cover. The ossumption is
thot the feed chute will be reosonob ly well d esigned so material
con b e load ed neor be lt speed in the direction of belt trovel.

IV. Ca lculate the belt tenslons

A. De termine the required tokeup weight.


The calculotions develop ed thus far in Column 1, Table 24, o re
bo sed entirely on the tensions required to d rive the conveyor,
and ot the drive pulley they result in E = 3992 pounds. Suff icient te nsion must be odded both to the slock side of drive
pulley and to E to tronsmit the required horsepower. In ord e r
to minimize belt tension, select o 215 snubbed, logged d rive
(continued)

Table 19, poge 158, shows the weight of a 25 0 PIW belt


hoving 3ti6 ond 1i" rubber covers to be 9.54 pounds p er foot
Use 9.5 pounds per foot.

Ta ble 24 Tabulotion of computo tions for Exomp le 2


Forces

Tensions a t points shown

3
Finol tension
Frictiona 1 forces
Gravitationa l forces
ofter adding
Run
to mo ve tensions
Due to After adding 335 pounds
each run
are friction and 1437 poundi for sag.
(algebraic shown gravity only
for T2
(added to all
sum)
Moterial
Mdterial
Belt + idlers
Belt A.
tensions in
column 2)
1
1
AB
(9.5 + 5)2 42 X.02 = 7 0
70
B
70
1507
1842
(9.5 + 5)150 X.02 = 44
BC
9.5X( - 20)= - 190 - 146
- 76
e
136 1
1696
CD
(9.5 + 5)200- X .02 = 58
58
D
- 18
14 19
1754
(9.5 + 5)150 X.02 = 44
DE
44
E
26
1463
1798
EF 75 X 150 X.025 = 281 (9.5 + 14)150 X.02 = 71
352
F
1815
378
2150
FG l5 X 200 X.025 = 375 (9.5 + 14)200 X .02 =94
469
G
847
2284
2619
G H 75 X 150 X.025 = 281 (9.5 + 14)150 x .02 = 71 75 X 20 = 1500
9.5 X 20 = 190 2042
H
2889
4661
4326
HJ 75 X 210 X .025 = 394 (9.5 + 14)21 O X .02 = 99
493
J
3382
4819
5154
JK 75 X 20 X .025 = 38
9.5 X 2 0 X .02 = 4 75 X 6 = 450
9.5X6=57
549
K
3931
5368
5703
109
KM
9.5 X- 6 = - 57
52
M
3983
5420
5755
MT,
(9.5 + 1420 x.02 = 9
9
3992
542 9
5764
T1
T2A
T2
o
1437
17726.
A
1772
o
1437
Total effective horsepower pull E = 3992
(olgebraic sum)
1

Points
Total pull where

Belt pull required to propel tripper. Factor Y for tripper from page 205,
multiplied by 33,000 = .0033 X 33,000 = 109 pounds.
6. Required ta~eup weight T = 2T2 or 2A.

A.

Gravitational fo rces indicated (-) a re those acting in o direction to assist


movement of the belt. Ali other forces of frlction a nd gravity retord belt
movement.

L 1 N K - B E L T 173

bulk handling
belt conveyors

Engineering
L Example 2, continued

pulley, for which a slack side te nsion factor of .36 is obtained


from Table 12, page 154.
T 2 = 3992 X .36 = 1437 pounds
and, adding this to E,
T1

= 3992

1437

Backstop
The backstop un this exomple belt conveyor would hove its maxi
mum loading when run GH only is loaded. (This is a very theoretical
possibility, but the selection of a backstop size is generally bosed
on the worst condition.) The re q uired bockstop torque is deter
mined a s follows:

= 5429 pounds

Also, 1437 pounds must be added to ali othe r tensions in


column l to compensote for the odde d T2 te nsion. These ore
shown in Column 2.

= (

D(

G -

R ) See pag e 161


12

The values of G ond F ore toke n from Table 24 using material


on run GH only. (Do not include force to propel tripper)

The required we ight of tokeup is-

= ( 1500 - 845)(12)
2
12 = 1078 pound feet

2 X T2 = 2874 pounds

A backsto p should b e selected for a torque of l 078 pound fe e t.


B. Check the sag te nsion
Chori E, page 155, shows that o belt conveyo r having:
o b e lt weig hing 9.5 pounds p e r linear foot
material we ighing 75 pounds per linear foot
idler spacing of 4 f eet
requires a mnimum tension of 2150 pounds in ord e r to limit the
sag to 23 of the idler spacing .
The tabulation of computations for Example 2 shows the tension ot point F to be 1815 pounds ofter adding in the proper
takeup weight as explained obove. This tension must b e raised
to 2 150 pounds. This is accomplished by add ing :
2150 -

1815

Step G Selection of belt


The final calculoted moximum operating te nsion, a s shown in
Table 24, is locoted at T, and equols 5764 pound s. The belt
selected must be roted to carry this load. A 36" wide belt o perating
at this load has:
5764
l 60 pounds per inch of width. For vulconized
36
splice and ocross-the-line storting a factor o f 803 is
introduced (See Table 13 on poge 156.)
160

Loading chute should b e designed in occordonce with p ractice


described on pag e 161 .

Step J Consider means of dlscharging material


from the belt.
Selection of the proper trippe r is required for distributing stone
to the surge bin. See poge 204 for selection of tripper.

= 335 pounds to each te nsion in the tabulation.

Therefore Column 3 contains final te nsions at all points, includ


ing those required for sog. Note that re q uired weight of takeup
is increosed to 3544 pounds.

JW =

Step 1 Consider means of loading material


on the belt.

200 PIW mnimum rating of belt to be used.

A 200 PIW belt o peroting ot l 003 of its p ermissible tension


due to starting conditions is satisfoctory if special consideration is
give n the b e lt to handle the 5" lump size. Ste p F should be repea ted
if o 200 PIW belt is used, to consider effect of lower b elt weight.
Otherwise, the originally selecte d 250 PIW belt is satisfactory.
At this point, if degradation of material were not importan!,
a check could be made to d etermine the effect of a higher belt
speed on the b e lt te nsions. A higher be lt speed would reduce a ll of
the frictionol and gravitationol forces resulting from ma terial
weight. In such o case, it might b e found possible to use o lo wer
roted b elt after it is checked for lump size a nd weight of material.

Step K Consider other engineering matters


that may apply.
A. Co ncove curve ra dius
The determinotion of this radius is impo rtan! to o prop e rly designe d b e lt conve yor. lf this rod ius is no t sufficie nt, the te nsion in
the belt will cause it to lift up ond off the idlers when storting
with the belt em pty ot the curve.
Cho ri G , poge 165, indicotes o mnimum rodius of 300 feet is
necessory for o b e lt weighing 9.5 pounds per foot ond hoving o
te nsion of 2619 pounds at the opprooch point of the curve (Point
G in this exomple). This is suitoble for o belt with gradually occelerated storting conditio ns. However, with ocross-the-line storting,
a study of the increase in all te nsions due to o dditionol retarding
forces coused by the inertio of oll parts be ing occe leroted is
required. The study of these inertio forces is b eyond the scope of
this cotolog. Consult Link-Be lt.
For estimo ting p urposes, o generoll y occepted rule for ocross
the-line storting suggests a mnimum concove curve rodius equol
to l 50<f0 of the required rodius for groduolly a cceleroted be lts:
1.5 X 300

5 X 36

= (

)(

Step H Selection of terminal equlpment

Takeup trove l should be up to 12 feet foro cotton fo bric be lt or


up to 7 Y, feet for a synthetic be lt. See Table 18, page 158.

174 LINK - B ELT

450 feet mnimum rodius

B. Convex curve rad ius


Convex curves are discussed on poge 165. For 20 idlers, 36"
wide b e lt, 4661-pound tension at the curve (Point H in this exom ple)
the minimu"m rodius R equo ls

12
All pulley ond shaft sizes ma y now be selected as shown on poge
158, using the tensions at the p oints where the p ulleys ore located.
For this example, a 24" diame ter he ad pulley is selecte d from
Table 20, page 159, when using o 250 PIW belt.

_ 4661 ) = 3 1. l feet mnimum convex curve rodius


9000

The recommended maximum spocing (O) of the troughed belt


idle rs around this curve equals

4 X 31.1 (9.5
75)
4661
31.1 (9.5
75)

1.27 feet

After d e terminotion of these rodii, step C sho uld be rechecked


using the tang en! line to the two rodii os o slope.

bulk handling
b elt con v e yors

componens
The mechanical components of a belt conveyor consist of the idlers which carry and train the belt;
the polleys, with their shafts and bearings, which propel the b elt and change its direction of
travel; and the drive equipment for transmitting power from the motor to the driving pulley or
pulleys.
Careful selection of mechanical components contributes substantially to the dependable and
economica l performance of a belt conveyor. Proper components influence the life of the belt as well
as first cost and operating cost of the complete installation. Most successful performance depends
upon a balanced design and !he selection of components most suitable to the requirements of each
conveyor, which should be considered as a complete operating unit rather thon on o ssembly of parts.
Link-Belt has furnished belt conveyors in every industry, to operate und er all conditions of
service and in sizes ranging from the small est to the longest sing le belt conveyor ever built, and
anoth er conveyor hoving the highest lift . Link-Belt manufactures o complete line of comp onents to
serve every in dustry need, includ ing Pre-Bilt sectional belt conveyors. Also, Link- Belt offers the
services of its engineers for designing the conveyors, recommending the equipment, and occep tin g
performance responsibility, thus assuring the purchaser the beneflts of one source and o ne resp onsibility.
The following pages briefly illustrate the p rinci p a l com ponents manufactu red b y Link-Belt .
Add itionol d et ails ore contained in oth er catalog s w hich are avoiloble at the nearest Link- Belt
District Sales Office.

Belt idlers
The Link-Belt line of belt conveyor idlers consists of five different series, ronging in application from light o r intermittenl
service to continuous heavy-duty service. They are made for
a broad range of belt widths, with rolls of various diameters,
materiols and coating s. This broad coverage permits selection of the series best suited to individual requirements.
Typ es of b elt idlers within the five series includ e 20d eg r ee and 45-d egree troughing, rubb er cushion, belt training, flot belt an d return id lers.
Belt id ler rolls can b e furnished w ith shells of various
moteria ls. Rolls with steel outer shells are used for the
ma jo rity of installa tions, an d a re usually the most eco nomical
selection . Rolls with gray iron outer shells ore recom mended

when hand ling very abrasive materi als o r w hen o corrosionresist ant material is required . Rolls with rubb er treods or
with shells of various metals and coating s can o lso be
furnished.
Rubber treod carrying rolls are recommend ed to p rotect
the belt by obsorbing impact under looding points, especia lly
when large lumps and heavy meterais o re co rried .
Rubber trea d return rolls o re recommended where wet or
sticky meterais cling to the b elt or w here resistance to corrosion and chemical action o n iron or steel is req uired.
Beater type return rolls ore recommended where wet ond
sticky materi als cling to the belt.

Series 5000 belt conveyor idlers


This series is for intermittent o p erotion, relative ly low capacities, ond for lightweig ht, nonab rosive
materials of limited lump size.
All rolls ore 4" in d iameter ond have a pa ckage type commercia l b all b ea ring of o mple size
with b uilt-in labyr i~t h grease seal, which is fltted into precision die formed steel end s.
The steel roll ends are pressed onto a steel center tube, and into an outer shell, then welded
into position. The center tu b e is g r ease-filled after assembly.
The %" diometer through-shoft ossures b earing and seal ali gnment, and is equipped for pressure lubrication. Yoke contour and slot in shaft ends lock all brackets together in a rigi d t russ
structure. Even under unusually severe impacts, this sturdy arrongement prevents spr ea d ing of
brackets. Removable st eel retainer clips hold rolls in position.
The inverted angle base ond formed st eel b rackets are accura tel y jig w el d ed to form on
integral unit frome for accur ate roll alignment.
Ty p es of belt idlers available in Series 5000 ore illust roted . All are ovailable for 14" to 30"
be lt widths. Dimensions are shown on pages 181- l 9 5.

20 troug hed belt idler

Fl ot belt idler

Return belt idler

LINK - B ELT 175

bulk handling
belt conveyo rs

Series 6000 belt conveyor idlers

37646

Grea seable roll

37646

Factory seal ed roll

The 20 idl ers are for intermittent operation, med ium cap acities, and for modera t e weight,
semi-abrasive materials containing lumps l arger and heavier than those handled by Series
5000 idlers, or, for continuous operation wh en handling lightweight, fine meterais. The 45
idlers are for continuous opera tion, handling lightweight meterais such as grain and wood
chips in greater volume th an 20 idlers.
The rolls are 4" and 5" in diameter and hove a precision ty pe, d eep groove, single row
ball bearing with built-in close f1ing triple lab yrinth grease seal for the greaseable type. These
rolls can also be furnished with factory lubricated and sealed bearings.
The ends of the outer shell are counterbored and the full length center tube is journalled
concentrically, an d with precision die formed steel ends are all brazed into an integral unit,
providing roll concentricity. The ends of the center tube are bored concentrically with each
other after roll assembly to avoid prest ressing the be arings and to provide correct bearing
alignment. The center tube is grease-filled a fter assembly and its large diameter permits the
easy movement of grease to the bea rings. The efficient grease-in, dirt-out labyrinth t y pe
bearing sea l with the larg e grease reservoir requires only infrequent lubricat ion.
The .669" ( 17 mm.) diameter throu gh-shaft assu res bearing and sea l alignment and is
equi p ped for pressure lubrication. Grease-through lubrication is accomplished by means of
connectors between end and center roll shafts for simul taneous lubrication of all rolls through
flttings al outer end of either end roll.
The inverted angle base, deep ribbed formed steel brackets a nd foot straps are accurately
jig-welded to form an int eg ral unit fram e for a ccurate roll alignment. Yoke contour and slot
in shaft end lock all brackets together in a rig id truss structure. Even under unusually severe
impact th is sturdy arrangement prevents spreading of brackets. Removable steel retainer clips
al each b racket hold rolls in position.
Ty pes o f idlers available in Series 6000 a re illustrated . The 20 idlers are available for
14" to 36" belt wi dths. The 45 idlers are available for 24" to 48" b el t widths. Dimensions
are shown on p ages 181-195.

39239

20 troughed belt idl er

45 troughed belt i dler,


unequal length rolls

Flat belt tra ining id ler, positive acti on type

39243

Return b eltidler

39238

20 troughed belt rubber cushion idler

39240

45 troughed b elt traini ng idl er,


positive acti on type, unequal length rolls

20 troughed b elt t raining idler,


positive action type

176 L I NK-BELT

39241

Flat belt id ler

Return b elt rubb er tread idl er

Retu rn b elt training idler,


positive action type

bulk handling
belt conveyors

Series 7000 belt conveyor idlers


The 20 idlers are for continuous operation, high capacities, and for heavier weight,
abrasive materials where the size of lumps is limited by the width of the belt. The
45 idlers are for sorne type of service as th e 20 idlers but handle maximum
vo lume, limited only by the construction of the belt.
All rolls are 5 " in diameter and hove a precision tapered roller bearing with a
combination outside diameter and face-type grease seal of synthetic material.
The counterbored outer shell and the journalled full length center tube are continuously welded to precision die formed steel ends to form an integral concentric
unit. The ends of the center tube are bored concentrically with each other to provide
corred bearing alignment. The center tube is grease-fllled after assembly and its
large d iameter permits easy move ment of grease to th e bea rings. The two efficient
sea ling lips o f the bearing keep g rease in and dirt out, and the large reservoir of
grease extend s the regreasing cycle. Upp er end s af the concentrator rolls hove a
de Aector cap a ttached to the hex nut to further p rotect the b earing.
The 3A 11 d iameter through-shafts are threa d e d o n b oth ends a nd b earings are
externa ll y a d justed by grooved hex nuts which provid e positive lock ond a large
orea seat in brackets. Shafts are equipped for pressure lu b rication. G rease lea d s
ot outer end of end rolls a nd shaft connectors b e tween rolls faci litate lub ricotion.
For convenience, o greose leo d is extend ed from near sid e of the idler to the upper
b earing of the o pposite end ro ll.
The inverted angl e base, d ee p ribbed forme d steel b racke ts and foot straps are
accura te ly jig-welded to form o n integral unit frome for a ccurate roll a lignment.
Yoke contou r ond mo chine d g roove in the hex nut lock a ll brackets to g eth er in o
rigid truss structure. Even under unusuolly severe imp act th is sturd y arra ngement
prevents spre ading of brackets. Removable steel retainer cl ips at each brocket
hold rolls in position.
Types of idlers available in Series 7000 are illustrated. The 20 idlers are avoiloble for 18" to 48" belt widths. The 45 idlers are availoble for 24" to 48"
belt widths. Dimensions ore shown on pages 181-195.

Flat belt idler

3925 1

Flat belt training id ler,


positive action type

20 troughed belt tra ining idler,


actuating disc type

39246

20 troughed be lt id ler

33910

Return b elt idler

39249
39432

20 troug hed belt rubber cushion idl er

39433

Retu rn belt rubber tread idle r

45 troughed belt idl er, equal length rolls

39252

39247

20 trou ghed belt training idl er,


positive a ction type

45 troughed be lt training idl er,


positive action type, equal length rolls

Return belt training idler,


positive action type
LINK - BELT 177

bulk handling
belt conveyors

Series 8000 belt conveyor idlers


The 20 idlers ore for continuous operotion, high copacities, ond for heovier wei ght,
obrosive moteriols where th e size of lumps is fimited by the width of the b elt. The
stronger and heavier 6" diameter rolls give added life under more severe service,
and are suitoble for wider belts than the Series 7000 idlers. The 45 idlers are for
the sorne type of service as the 20 idlers but handle maximum volume, limited only
by the construction of the belt.
Ali rolls are 6 11 in diameter and hove a precision roller bearing. A separo te cortridge type sea! assembly offers triple beoring protection with its labyrinth sea!, felt
and neoprene contact seal ond grease fllled clearances.
The counterbored outer shell and the journalled full length center tube are continuously welded to precision die formed steel ends to form an integral concentric
unit. The ends of the center tube are step-bored concentrically with each other to
provide correct bearing olignment. The center tube is grease fllled after assembly
and its large diameter permits the easy movement of greo se to the bearings. The
efficient greose-in, dirt-out cortridge seol and lorge reservoir of grease extend the
regreasing cycle. The upper ends of the concentrator rolls hove a deflector cap ottached to the hex nut to further protect the bea ring.
/1
The 3/.i diameter through-shofts ore threaded on both ends and bea rings are
externally odjusted by grooved hex nuts which provide positive lock and a large
crea seat in brockets. Shofts ore equipped for pressure lubricotion. Greose leods
at outer end of end rolls and shaft connectors between rolls focilitate lubrication.
For convenience, a grease leed is extended from near side of the idler to the upper
bearing of the opposite end roll.
The inverted angle base with jig-welded foot straps ond tough, heovy ribbed
malleable iron brackets flrmly bolted ot jig located holes in ongle base, forms an
integral unit frame for accurate roll alignment. Yoke contour and machined groove
in the hex nut lock ali brackets together in a rigid truss structure. Even under unusually
severe impoct, this sturd y arrangement prevents spreading of brockets. Removable
steel retainer clips at each brocket hold rolls in position.
Typ es of idlers avoilable in Series 800 0 are illustrated. All a re availoble for 24"
to 60" belt widths. Dimensions are shown on pages 181-195.

20 tro ughed belt id ler

20 troug hed b elt rubber cushion id ler

178 L 1 N K - B E L T

20 troughed belt training idler,


positive action typ e

20 troughed belt training idler,


actuating d isc typ e

20 troughed b elt picking conveyor


and feeder idler

Variable troughed b elt idler

bulk handling
belt conveyors

Series 8000 belt conveyor idlers

39259

45 tro ughed belt idler, equal length roll s

Flat belt rubber cushion idler,


fi xed shaft type

Return belt rubber tread idler

Flat belt rubber cushion idler,


live shaft type

Return belt training idl er,


positive action type

Flat be lt training idl er, positive action type

Return be lt rubbe r tread training idler,


caster camber type

Re turn belt idler

Return belt beater idler

39260

45 troughed belt rubber cushion idler,


equal length rolls

39261

45 troughed be lt tra ining idler, positive


action type, equal length rolls

339 17

Flat belt idler

L 1 N K - B E L T 179

bulk handling
belt conveyors

Series 9000 belt conveyor idlers

39278

39268

20 troughed belt idler

39269

20 troughed belt rubbe r cushion idle r

This series is for continuous o perotion, highest copocities, ond for the heoviest ond
coorsest moteriols.
Rolls ore 6" or 7 " in diome ter ond hove o heovy duty precision topere d roller
beoring. A se porote cortrid ge type seol ossembly offe rs triple beoring p rotection
with its lo byrinth seo l, felt ond neoprene conto ct seol ond greose fllled cleorances.
Th e v.i " thick counterbored outer shell ond the journolled full leng th heovy gouge
center tube ore continuously welded with precision d ie formed steel ends to form
on integral conce ntric unit. The e nds of the center tube ore step-bored concentricolly
with eoch other to provide correct beo ring olignment. The center tube is greose fl lled
o fter ossembly ond its lorge d iometer permits the eosy movement of greose to the
beorings. The efficient greose-in, dirt-out cortridge seol ond lorge reservoir of greose
extends the regreosing cycle. The upper ends of the concentrotor rolls hove o
deflector cap ottoched to the hex nuts to further protect the b eorings.
The 1 v.i " diometer through-shofts ore threoded on both ends ond beorings ore
externolly odjusted by grooved hex nuts which provide positive lock ond o lorge
oreo seot in brockets. Shofts ore equipped for pressure lub ricotion. Greose leods
ot outer end of end rolls ond shoft connectors b etween rolls focilitote lubrico tion.
For convenience o greose leed is extended from neor side of the id le r to the upper
beoring of the opposite end roll.
The heovy inverted ongle base is fltted with tough, heovy rib b ed molleoble iron
brockets which ore flrm ly bolted a l jig locoted holes in ongle base, forming on
integral unit frome for occurote roll olignment. The end b rocket ond foot ore cost
into o single unit providing moximum rigidity ond support. Yoke contour ond mochined
groove in the hex nut lock oll brockets together in o rigid truss structure. Even under
unusuolly severe impoct, this sturdy orrongement prevents spreoding of b rockets.
Removoble steel retoiner clips ot eoch brocket hold rolls in position.
Typ es of idlers ovoiloble in Series 9 000 o re illustroted. All ore ovoiloble for
36" to 84" belt widths. Dimensions ore shown on poges 181-195.

39270

20 troughed belt train ing idl e r,


positive action type

33938

39273

39271

20 troughed be lt picking conveyor


and feeder idl er

33947

180 L 1 N K - B E L T

Return belt training idler,


positive action type

33904

Flat b elt rubber cushion idler,


live shaft type

33939

Va riable troughed belt idl er

Re turn belt rubbe r tread idler

Flat belt rubbe r cushion idl er,


fi xed shaft type

20 tro ughed belt training idle r,


actuating d isc type

39272

39274

Flat belt idler

39276

Return belt rubbe r tread training idler,


caster cambe r type

39277

Return belt idle r

Return be lt beater idler

bulk handling
b e lt conveyors

r<-~~~~~~~-c ~~~~~~~--+<
t*-~~~~~~~~ A ~~~~~~~~---+I

,. uso

Serles 5000 4" d iamete::7olls


Belt 1 ldler weight,
width,
pounds i

ldler
number

5%
5%
5%
5%
5%
5%

7%
8
8 Y4
8 Y.!
8%
9 Ye

inches:

5401- 14
5401-16
5401 -18
5401-20
5401-24
5401 - 30

14
16
18
20
24
30

22
24
26
28
32
38

IN CHES

24
26
28
30
34
40

Y.!
Y.!
Y.!
Y.!
Y.!
Y.!

23
25
27
29
33
39

16 r1
18 y.
20%
22 y.
26 y.
32

v.

5 Y.!

2 Y.!

6 Ya
6 r1
7Y.i
8 r1
10%

2'h

y.

Y.!
Y.!

2 Y.!
2 Y2
2 Y.!
2 'h

4 Y2
4 'h
4 Y.i
4 'h
4 'h
4 'h

%
r1

'h
'h
'h

1
1 Y4
1 'h

Y.!

Series 6000"' 4 " and 5 " d1ameter rolls


ldler
number

4
dameter
rolls
6401 - 14
6401 - 16
6401 - 18
6401 -20
6401-24
6401 -30
6401-36

5
da meter
rolls
6501-14
6501- 16
650 1-18
6 501-20
650 1-24
6501 -30
650 1-36

Belt
width,

ldler weight,
pounds

4 " 1 5"
inches diameter
diameter
rolls
rolls
14
34
37
16
36
40
18
42
38
20
40
45
24
45
50
51
30
57
57
64
36

B
4
1 5
diomelerldiometer
ralls
rolls

4 1 5
diameter diameler
rolls
rolls

diameter d iameter

rolls

5 'h

6
6
6
6
6
6
6

'h

o/a

Y2

%
r1

ralls

INCHES

25
27
29
31
35
41
47

:v.
:v.

17
19 Ya
21
23 Ya
27 Ya
32 r1
38 o/a

17
18%
21
22 %
26 3/.
32 Y2
38 y.

23
25
27
29
33
39

45

6%
6%
6%
6%
6%
6%
6%

7 Ya
7 %
7 %
7%
7 :V.

0
9
9
9

Ya
3/a
o/a
1o Ya

7V.
7

r1

10 3/.i
11 'h

v.

v.

9
9%
9 r1
10 Y1
10 Y2
11 Y4
11 %

Y1
%
Y2
r1
10 r 1
12 r1
6
6
7
8

'h
'h
Y.!
Y.!
'h

8
8
8
8
8
8
8

1
1 Y4
1 Y2
1%

Se ries 7000 5" d1ameter rolls


Belt 1
;<idth,

ldler
number

1 mches

7501 - 18
7501 -20
7501 -24
7501 -30
750 1-36
7501-42
7501-48

ldler weight,
pounds

IN CHES

18
20
24
30
36
42
48

52

55
61
81
90
107
118

29 'h
31 'h
35 Y2
41 'h
47 'h
53 'h

20%
22 r 1
26 r 1
32 o/1
38 Y1
45

51

59 'h

50 3,4

57

27
29
33
39

45

8
8
8
8
8
9
9

Y4
Y4
Y4

o/a
o/a

1o o/a
lo r1
1 1 y,
12 Y1
13 Ya
14 Y4
15

6UM
7%
81 %
101 SM
l 21 s1,
15 Y4
17 y.

6
6
6

Y.!
'h
Y.!
y.
o/a

7 'h
7 'h
7 'h
7 Y2

'lo

'lo

8
8
8
9 Y2
9 'h
9 'h
9 'h

r1
1
1 Y4
l ~

1%
2 Y4
2 'h

Series 8000 6" diameter rolls


ldler
number
Steel
rolls
8601 -24
8601 -30
8601-36
8601-42
8601 -48
8601 -5 4
8601-60

Gray

Belt
width,

iron

inches

rolls
860 1C- 2 4
860 1C-30
8601C-36
8601C-42
8601 C-48
8601C-54
8601C-60

24
30
36
42
48
54
60

ldler weight,
pounds

35 Y2
41 Y2
47 'h
53 'h
59 Y2
65 Y.!
71 'h

26 'h
32 Y4
38
44%

Steel 1 Gray
rolls

71
92
103
122
135
165
179

iron

rolls
96
133 139
165
182
2 18
239

INC HES

33
39

8 3/.

45

9 Ya
9 Ya

51

9 Y.!

50 Y.!

57

56
62 Y1

63
69

9 'h
9 o/a
9 Ya

v.

11 %
12 %
13 Y2
14 %
15V.
16 V.
17

8 15;1,
10";1'
121.&.
15 Y4
17 Y4
19 ;1,
21 s;1,

8
9 'h
9 'h
9 Y2
9 'h

1 Y4
1 'h
1 r1

2 Y4
2 Y.!

10 'h
10 'h

3
3 Y4

Series 9000 6 " and 7" diame ter rolls


B
ldler weight,
O
1
F
Belt
6
6
pounds
G
l
A
1
6.
1
e

1
7'
1dio 7"
width,
diameter
diameter
da
meter
meter 1
diameterjdiometer
6.
7
7
6"
ralls
rolls
rolls
rolls
rolls
rolls
inches diameterldiameter
di a meter 1 diameter
rolls
rolls
INCHES
ralls
rolls
13 111, 9 'h
36
199
214
53
10 Ya
15
970 1-36
40 r1
40 'h 5 1 1 Ya
14 r 1
9601 -3 6
9601-42
9701-42
42
2 17
236
59 46 o/a 46 Y4 57 1 Ya
1 o/a
15 Ya
16 Y1 15111, 9Y.i
48
237
258
65
52
52
63
1 Ya
10 Ya
16
16 r 1 1711;1, 9 'h
9701-48
9601 -48
17
7 1 58 Y4
1 o/a
9601-54
970 1-54
54
274
296
57%
69
10 Ya
17 Y2 19 %
9 'h
297
320
77
63 Y4
63
75 10 Ya
1 o/a
17 Ya
18 Ya 21 'h
9701 -60
60
9601 -60
9 'h
345
87
11 %
19 o/a
9601 -72
970 1-72
72
370
89 74 'h
74 Ya
10 r1
20 Y4 25
9 'h
84
462
487
101
86
1 1 o/a
12 Ya
21 Ye
22 Ya 29
12
9 6 01-84
970 1- 84
85 o/1 99
Hove dimensions certified fo r installation purposes.
Available in greaseable and lactory sealed construction.
struction will be furnished unless otherwise specified.
6 To top of dischorge ond bend pulleys, excepting foot pulley.
For weight of revolving idler parts, see Table 10, page 150.
ldler
number

v.

o
o
o

o
o
o

v.

v.

v.
v.

R
6

1 r 1 12
2 Y4 12
2 Y2 12
12
3
3 Y4 12
3 'h 12
3/. 3 3/. 14 'h
Greoseoble con%
%
%
%
%
3/.

LINK-BELT 181

bulk handling
b elt co nveyors

20 troughed belt rubber cushion idlers

BOLTS-N

,.. .,,,
Series 6 000

4" ond 5 " diomeler rolls


ldler weight,
pounds

ldler number

4"

5"

dio meter

dio meter

rolls

rolls

6 404-14
6404-16
640 4- 18
640 4 -20
640 4 - 24
6404 -3 0
640 4 -3 6

6504- 14
6 504-16
6504-18
6504-2 0
6504-2 4
6504-30
6504-3 6

Belt
wid th,
inches

14
16
18
20
24
30
36

8
O

4"

31
34
36
39
43

34
37
39
42
47
54
61

50
57

5"

diometer diometer

1 5"
dio meter dio meter
ro lls
rolls

rolls

4"

5"

5"

4"

rolls

rolls

rolls

dio meter diometerl d io meter dio meter

rolls

/J.

rolls

INCHES

25
27
29
31
35
41
47

17
18 JA
21
22 JA
26*
32 Y2
38 y.

16 %
18 \12
20 o/s
22 Ye
26 Ye

32 \la
37%

23
25
27
29
33
39
45

6 V1
6%
6%
6%
6 V1
6 V1
6 V1

8 V1
9 \11
9 3/e
9
1o \la
1o31.
11 Y2

7 Ye
7 3/1
7 Ye
7 Ye
7 3/s
7 Ye
7Ye

v.

9
9
9
1o
1o
11
11

5A&

3/1
o/1
Va
\la
\12

5 ".-i6
6 11!16
7 5!16
9111,
10 11A&
12 11A&

y.
V1

6
6
6
6
6
6
6

Y2
Y2

8
8
8
8
8
8
8

v.

\12
\12
\12
\12
\12

V1
1
1
1 \12
1 31.

v.

Series 7000 5 " d iometer rolls


ldler number

Belt
width,
inches

7 504-18
7 504-20
7 50 4- 24
7 504-30
7504-36
7504-4 2
7 504 -48

ldler weight,
pounds

49
52
58
78
87
104
115

29 \12

B
1

R
1

/J.

INCHES

18
20
24
30
36
42
48

31 \12
35 \12
41 \12
47 Y2
53 \12
59 \12

v.
v.

27
29
33
39
45
51

20 31.
22%
26%
32 o/a
38 3/s
45
50 31.

1o o/1
10%
1 1 3/s
12 3/a
13 \11
14
15

8
8 \/
8
8 o/s
8 o/s
9
9

57

6 13!16
7 9!16
s 116
101 s16
12 "!16
15
17 y.

v.

6
6
6
7
7
7
7

v.

\12
\12
\12
o/s
o/s

\12
\12
\12
\12

8
8
8
9
9
9
9

V1
1
1
1 \12
1 V1
2
2 Y2

v.

v.
v.

v.

\12
\12
\12
Y2

Series 8 000 6 " diometer rolls


ldler number

Belt
width,
inches

8604 -2 4
8604-30
8604 -3 6
8604-42
8604-48
8 604-54
8604 -60

ldler weight,
p ounds

A
1

D
1

L
1

/J.

INCHES

24
30
36
42
48
54
60

87
112
127
141
168
203
218

35 \12
41 \12
47 \12
53 \12
59 \12
65 \12
71 \12

26 \12
32 y.
38
44 :v.

33
39
45
51

50 \12

57

56 3/a
62 Ya

63
69

8
9
9
9
9
9
9

11 V1
12 V1
13 \12
14 3.,
15 3/a
16 3/ 1
17

31.

Ya
Ya
\12
\12

v.

o/1

8 15!16
1o 15!16
1 2 15!16
15
17 y.
195116
21 !16

6
7
7
7
7
8
8

v.

1 y.
1 \12
1 V1
2 y.
2 \12
3
3 y.

\12
o/1
o/s
o/s
o/1
o/1

Y2

\12
\12
\12
Y2
Y2

v.

8
9 Y2
9 Y2
9 \12
9 \12
10 \12
10 Y2

Series 9000 7 " diameter rolls


ldler number

Belt
width,
inches

9704-36
9704-42
9704-48
9704-54
9704-60
9704 -72
9704- 84

36
42
48
54
60
72
84

ldler weight,
p ounds

230
254
278
318
343
395
514

A
1

53
59
65
71
77
89
101

4 0 \12
46 y.
52

57 V1
63
7 4 \11
85 5/1

Hove dimensions certir.ed for inslolfol1on purpose.


4 Availoble in greoseoble ond foclory seoled conslruclion. Greoseoble conslruction will be furnished unless otherwise specified.

182 L 1 N K - B E L T

e
51

57
63
69

75
87
99

D
1

1o
10
1o
1o
1o
11
12

o/1

/J.

1NCHES

15 3/1
16 Ya
16 Va
17 \12
18 \la
20 y.
22 \11

9 \12
9 \12
9 \12
9 \12
9 \12
9 \12
12

1 V1
2
2 Y2
3
:v.
31.
3
3/1
3 Y2
31.
Ya
31.
3 31.
For we1ghl of revolving idler ports, see Toble 10, poge 150.

v.
o/s
v.
v.

R
1

13"A&
15 11!16
17 11!16
19 31.
21 Y2
25 :Y1
29 Ye

31.
31.

v.

v.
v.

e:,. To top of dischorge ond bend pulleys, excepling fool pulley.

12
12
12
12
12
12
14 !12

bulk handling
b e lt conveyora

20 troughed belt training idlers

positive action type


BEL T TRAVEL )

Se ries 6000 4" ond 5 " diameter rolls


ldler
number

diameter

rolls

dio meter

rolls

6407- 14
6407- 16
6407- 18
6407-20
6407-24
6407-30
6407-36

Bel!
width,
inches

6507- 14
6507- 16
6507- 18
6507-20
6507-24
6507-30
6507-36

14
16
18
20
24
30
36

ldler weighl,
pounds

A
1 5
diomeler diameler
ralls
rolls

68
73
77
80
86
96
106

4
1 5
diomeler diometer
ralls
rolls

4"

65
70
72
75
81
90
99

D
L

y
Dia.

o
INCHES

25
27
29
31
35
41
47

19 :y,
2 1 Ya
23 Ya
25 Y1
29 Ya
34 V1
40 v.

8 y.
8V.
8V.
8 v.
8 v.
8 v.
8 v.

7 :Y4
7:V..
7:V..
7:V..
7:V..
7:V..
7:V..

23
25
27
29
33
39
45

1 l Ya
1 1 v.
1 1 V1
12 Ya
12 'h
13 Ya
13 V1

6
6
6
6
6
6
6

5 'h
6 Y1
6 V1
7 'h
8 V1
10 V1
12 V1

Ve 6 V1
V1 6 V1
V1 1 6 V1
Ve 6 V1
V1 6 V1
V1 6 V1
Ve 1 6 V1

'h
'h
'h
'h
'h
'h
'h

8
8
8
8
8
8
8

daes

"'

projecl
below
base

Se rles 7000 5" diameter rolls


ldler
number

7507-18
7507-20
7507-24
7507-30
7507-3 6
7507-4 2
7507-48

Bel!
widlh,
inches

ldler weight,
paunds

18
20
24
30
36
42
48

94
100
108
133
147
167
182

29 Y2
31 Y2
35 Y2
41 Y2
47 Y2
53 'h
59 Y2

B
1

1%

l o/a

1 :Y1
1
1

9
9
9
9
9

14 YJ
14 'h
14 'h
14 YJ
14 YJ
14 'h
14 YJ

3
3
3
3
3
3
3

y
Dia.

9
9
9
9
9
9
9

14 'h
14 Y2
14 'h
14 Y2
14 'h
14 'h
14 YJ

3
3
3
3
3
3
3

y
1 Dia.

INCHES

22 Ya
24 o/a
28 Y2
34 v.
40 Ya
46 :v..
52 Y2

9 v.

27
29
33
39
45
51
57

9 v.
9 Va
9 v.
9 v.
9 v.

9 ?'1

14
14 v.
14 :v..
15%
16 Y1
16 V1
17 v.

6UJ16

Y2
Y2
'h
o/1

l 2"A'
15 v.
17 v.

6
6
6
7 'h
7Y,
7 'h
7 'h

7'A6

8'%
l "A6

v.
v.

v.
v.

'/1

Seri es 8000 6" diameter rolls


ldler
number
Sleel
rolls

iron

inches

rolls

8607-24
8607-30
8607-36
8607-42
8607-48
8607-54
8607-60

Gray

Bel!
widlh,

8 607C-24
8607C-30
8607C-36
8607C-42
8607C-48
8607C-54
8607C-60

24
30
36
42
48
54
60

ldler weighl,
pounds

Gray

Steel
iron
ralls 1 rolls

11 6
143
158
180
195
2 10
225 1

14 1
173
194
223
243
258
273

1
IN CHES

28 Y2 33
35 Y2
34 y.
41 Y2
39
47 Y2 40 y, 45
1
53 Y1
46 3/4 51
59 Y1
57
1 52 'h
65 Y1 58 Ya 63
71 'h
63 'la 1 69

10
10
10
10
10
lo
lo

Y1
Y1
y,
y,
Y1

v.
v.

14 :v..
15 :y,
16 Ya
16 v.
17 :y,
18 v.
19

51s16

6
7
7
7
7
8
8

l ou;1,
12 15/16
15 y.
17 v.
l 9 Ji6
21 s.n.

1 Ya
l
l
'/1

Y1
Y1
Y2
Y2

Y1
'h
'h

v.
v.
v.
v.
v.

v.

'h
'h

'la

Series 9000 6 " and 7 " diameter rolls


ldler
number

7"

6"
diameter
rolls

9607-36
9607-42
9607-48
9607-54
9607-60
9607-72
9607-84

diameler
rolls

9707-36
9707-42
9707-48
9707-54
9707-60
9707-72
9707-84

Bel!
width,
inches

36
42
48
54
60
72
84

ldler weight,
pounds
A

6" 1diameler
7'
diameler
rolls
rolls

330
357
385
430
461
542
675

348
379
409
455
487
562
703

diameler
7" 1
1diameler
rolls
rolls

y
Dia.

INCHES

54
60
66
72
78
90
102

42 V1
48 :y.
54 3/1
60 Ya
65 3/a
76 Va
88 v.

51
57
63
69
75
87
99

Hove dimensions cerlified for inslallation purposes.


faclory sealed conslruction. Greaseable
construclion will be furnished unless otherwise specified.

A Available in greaseable and

11 Ya
l l :y,
11 3/a
l l :y,
l l :Y1

12 Y2
12 Y2

v.
v.
v.
v.

11
11
11
11
11 'l'1
13
13

19 3/4
20 3fa
2 1 Ya
2 1 'l'a
22 :y,
23 :v..
25 y,

13 11116
15 11116
17 11116
19 :y.
21 Y2
25%
29 Ya

9 'h
9 YJ
9 YJ
9 YJ
9 Y2
9 'h
12

3/4

:v..
:v..
:v..

:v..
:v..
:v..

l y.
l v.
l v.
l v.
l y.
l '/1

'l'1

10
10
10
10
10
10
10

16 'h
16 'h
16 YJ
16 YJ
16 YJ
21 Y2
2 1 'h

3 'h
3 YJ
3 Y2
3 Y2
3 Y2
5 :Ya
5 Ya

For weight of revolving idler porls, see Table 10, page 150.
O Elevation above adjacenl rollers.

L 1 N K - B E L T 183

bulk handling
b e lt

conveyors

20 troughed belt training idler


~B ELT

actuating disc type

TRAVEL~

Series 7000 5 " diometer rolls


Bel!
width,
inches

ldler
number

ldle r weight,
p ounds

D
1

L
1

N
1

y
Dio.

IN CHES

7508-18
7508-20
7508-24
7508-30
7508-36
7508-42
7508-48

18
20
24
30
36
42
48

92
98
10 6
131
144
165
180

21 \4
23 y,
27 \/a
33 \/2
39 \4
44 %
50 o/o

29 !t.
31 \/2
35 Y2
41 \/2
47 Y2
53 \/2
59 \/2

27
29
33
39
45
51
57

12 \4
12 y,
12 v.
13
14 y,
15
15

9 o/o
9Va
9 Va
9 Va
9Va
9 o/o
9o/o

v.
v.

61316
7 9116
8 15116
10 15!16
12 15116
15 \4
17 \4

5%
6 3116
7 9116
9%
11 'l'a
13
15 5/a

6
6
6
7 Y2
7 Y2
7 Y2
7 \/2

v.

1 y,
1 :v.
1 :v.
1
1
o/o
o/o

Y2
Y2
Y2
o/o
o/o
o/o
o/o

14 Y2
14 Y2
14 Y2
14 Y2
14 Y2
14 Y2
14 Y2

3
3
3
3
3
3
3

Ser ies 8000 6 11 diometer rolls


ldler weighl,
pounds

ldler
number

Belt
width,
inc.hes

Gro y

Steel
rolls

iron

rolls

Steel
rolls

Gray

y
Dio .

iron

rolls
INCHES

8608-24
8608-30
8608-36
8608-42
8608-48
8608-54
8608-60

8608(-24
8608 C-30
8608C-36
8608(-42
8608C-48
8608(-54
8608C-60

24
30
36
42
48
54
60

120
146
161
183
198
213
228

144
171
195
224
244
255
275

35 Y1
4 1 \/2
47 \/2
53 \/2
59 \/2
65 Y2
71 \/2

27
33 y,
39 Ya
44

v.
sov.
56 Ya
62 v.

1O Ya
10 Ya
lO Ya
10 y,
1o y,
1O \Is
1O \/a

33
39
45
51
57
63
69

15
13 :v.
1 8 !16
14 Ya 1QIS/16
14 'l'a 12;16
15 \/2 15 \4
16 \/a
1 17 \4
16'!4 19116
17 \/2 21 '116

7 '116
9%
11 'l'a
13
15 o/a
17%
19'116

v.

6
7 Y2
7 \/2
7 y,
7 Y2
8 y,
8 \/2

Y2
o/a
o/a
o/a
o/a
o/o
o/a

1 :v.
1
1
o/o

14 Y2
14 Y2 1
14 Y2
14 Y2
14 y,
14 Y2
14 Y2

v.

o/o
'la

3
3
3
3
3
3
3

Series 9000 6" ond 7 " d iometer rolls


ldler weighl,
pounds

ldler
number

6.

d ia meter
rolls

d ia meter
rolls

9608-36
9608-42
9608 -48
9608 -54
9608 -60
9608-72
9608 -84

9708-36
9708-42
9708-48
9708-54
9708-601
9708-72
9708-84

Belt
width,

B
A

inches

6"
dio.
rolls

36
42
48
54
60
72
84

332

7
dio.
rolls

6"

7"

d io.
rolls

d io .
rolls

e
6"

dio.
rolls

-1
7"

6"

dio.
rolls

dio.
rolls

11 'l'a
11 'l'a
11 'l'a
11 %
11 'l'a
13
13

16 \4
16 'l'a
17 \/2
18 \4
18'l'a
20 \4
21 \/2

7"
dio.
rolls

INCHES

359
388
433
464
545
678

350
54
381
60
412
66
72
458
490
78
565
90
706 1 102

Hove dime nsions certified lar installalion purposes.


Elevation obove odjocent rollers.

184 L 1 N K - B E L T

40 Va 40 \4 5 1 11 y,
57 11 y,
46 :v. 46
52 y, 51 'l4 63 11 y,
56
57 3.4 69 11
63 \/a 62 'l4 75 11 y,
74 \4 73 'l'a 87 12 \/2
85 'l4 85 :v. 99 12 \/2

v.

16% 13 11116
17:V. 1511;1,
18
17 11116
18 'l4 19 'l4
19 :V. 2 1 Y2
20 o/o 25 :v.
22
29 :v.

11 5116
9 Y2
13;1,
9 Y2
15%
9 Y2
17 :v.
9 Y2
19 Ya
9 Y2
23
9 Y2
27
12

'l4
'l4
3,4
'l4
'l4
l,4

'l4

1 \4 16 \/2
1\4 16 \/2
1 \4 16\/2
1 \4 16 \/2
1\4 l6 Y2
l o/o 2 1 Y2
'Va 21 Y2

Far weight o l revolving idler parts, see Table 10, page 150.

y
Dio.

bulk handling
belt conveyors

20 troughed belt picking conveyor and feeder idlers

BOLTSN
*-------~e-------~~

Series 8000 611 diameter rolls

~elt

ldler

w1dth,

number

k---------A--------~

w
l ldler
weight,
A _ _ _B
C _..__ _
D_ _ _ _F_ _.....__G___.__ ___.._ __....._N
pounds
1_ _
____
__.__ _.___ __

1 inches

8605-24
8605-30
8605-36
8605-42
8605-48
8605-54
8605-60

INCHES

71
92
103
122
135
165
179

24
30
36
42
48
54
60

26%
32 Ya
38 Ya
44 Ya
50 Ya
56 Ya
62 Ya

35 Y2
4 1 Y2
47 Y2
53 Y2
59 y,
65%
71 Y2

33
39
45
51

8%
9 y,
9 Ya
9%
9%
9 o/a
9 o/a

57
63
69

15 9/6
20%
26%
32 %
38 %
44%
50%

10%

11 Ya
11 Ya
11 y,
1 1 y,
11 o/a
11 o/a

5%
5 9/6
5%
5 9/6
5%
5%

y,

6
7 Y2
7 Y2
. 7 Y2
7%
8 Y2
8%

5%

8
9%
9%
9 Y2
9 Y2
10 Y2
10 y,

o/a
o/a
o/a
o/a
o/a
o/a
o/a

o/a
o/a
o/a
o/a
o/a
o/a

11

Series 9000 6 and 7" diameter roll s

6'

dio meter
rolls

9605-36
9605-42
9605-48
9605-54
9605-60
9605-72
9605-84

dio meter
rolls

9705-36
9705-42
9705-48
9705-54
9705-60
9705-72
9705-84

Belt
width,
inches

36
42
48
54
60
72
84

6"

ldler weight,
pounds

ldler
number

7"

dio.
rolls

dio.
rolls

195
211
228
260
277
315
455

210
230
249
282
300
340
482

6"

7"

dio.
rolls

dio.
rcfls

6"

6"

dio.
rolls

dio.
rolls

d io.
rolls

dio.
rolls

13 3/a
13 3/a
13 3/a
13 3/a
13 3/a
13 3/a
13 3/a

R
6

%
%
%
%
%
%
%

1
1
1
1
1
1
1

INCHES

53
59
65
71
77
89
101

40%
46%
52%
58%
64%
76%
88%

40 3/e
46 3/a
52 3/a
58 3/a
64 3/a
76 3/a
88 3/a

10 Ya
10 Ya
1o Ya
10 Ya
10 Ya
10 y,
10 Ya

51

57
63
69

75
87
99

1o
1o
1o
1o
1o
1o
1o

o/a
o/a
o/a
o/a
o/a
o/a
o/a

12 %
12 ~.
12 %
12 ~.
12 ~.
12 %
12 %

7 Y2 9 y,
7 Y2 9 y,
7Y2 9 y,
7Y2 9 Y2
7Y2 9 Y2
7Y2 9 y,
7 Y2 12

25 y.
31 \14
37 \14
43 y.
49 \14
61 \14
73 y.

12
12
12
12
12
12

14 y,

V a riable
troughed belt idlers
Serles 8000 6 11 d iameter rolls

~el!

ldler
number
1

w1dth,
inches

8606-24
8606-30
8606-36
8606-42
8606-48
8606-54
8606-60

G
M
N
lldler weight,I
A
B
e
:
pounds ----'-----'-------~--------"'"----'-------'-----"----

24
30
36
42
48
54
60

INCHES

177
200
220
248
27 1
295
325

35
41
47
53
59
65
71

40
46
52
58
64
70
76

33
39
45
51

8 ~6

1o 3/a
1o 3/a
10 3/a
1o 3/a
1o 3/a
1o3/a
1O 3/a

57
63
69

7
7
7
7
7
8
8

101 s/6
12 15/6
15 \14
17 \14
19 5;6
2 15/6

26 ~.
32 %
38 ~.
44 ~.

Y2

y,
y,
y,

o/a
o/a

o/a
o/a
o/a
o/a

50 ~.

Y2
Y2

56%
62 ~.

y,

9 Y2
9 Y2
9 Y2
9 y,
9 y,
10 y,
10 Y2

o/a

Serles 9000 6 11 and 7 11 diameter rolls


ldler
number

6"

diometer
rolls

dio meter
rolls

9606-36
9606-42
9606-48
9606-54
9606-60
9606-72
9606 -84

9706-36
9706-42
9706-48
9706-54
9706-60
9706 -72
9706-84

Belt
width,
inches

36
42
48
54
60
72
84

ldler weight,
pounds

F
A

58
64
70
76
82
94
106

54
60
66
72
78
90
102

51

7"

6"
dio meter
rolls

dio meter
rolls

359
394
429
465
498
570
642

..

Hove dimensions certifred fer instollotion purposes.


6 To t op of dischorge ond bend pulleys, excepting foo t pulley.

380
419
457
495
531
606
681

6"
dio.
rolls

7"

dio.
1 rolls

9 y,
9 y,
9 y,
9 Y2
9 Y2
9 Y2
12

46
52
58
64
70
82
94

%
%
%
%
%
%
%

11 y,
11 y,
11 y,
11 y,
11 y,
11 y,
14

INCHES

75

11 \14
11 \14
1 1 \14
1 1 \14
11 \14

87
99

11 \14
11 \14

57
63
69

11 %
11 %
11 %
11 %
11 %
11 %
11 %

13 11/6
15 11/16
1711116
19%
21 Y2
25 3/a
29 o/a

Shim os required.
Fer weight of revolving idler ports, see Table 10, poge 150.

LINK - BE L T

185

bulk handling
b elt conveyors

45 troughed belt idlers equal le ngth rol ls

Series 7000 5 " diomete r rolls


ldler
number

Belt
width,

inches

ldler weight,
pounds

24
30
36
42
48

64
84
93
1 10
121

35 Y2
41 y,
47 Y2
53 Y2
59 y,

G
1

N
1

R
6

w
1

INCHES

7502-24
7502-30
7502-36
7502-42
7502-48

22 %
27 'la
3 2 Y2
38
42 %

8 y.
8 '/a
8 'la
9
9

33
39
45
51

57

14 'l'a
16 %
18
20
21 Y2

v.
v.

v.

Y2

6
7 Y2
7%
7%
7 y,

8 "li6
1o"li6
1 2 1s,6
15 y.
17 y.

8
9
9
9
9

3
4
4 o/.
5 Y2
6

'la
%

'la
'la

v.

Y2
Y2
Y2
Y2

Series 8000 6 " diometer rolls


ldler
number

8602-24
860 2-3 0
8602 -36
8602-42
8602-48
8602-54
860 2-60

Belt
width,
inches

24
30
36
42
48
54
60

ldler weight,
p ounds

78
99
109
132
143
155
168

35 y.
41 y.
47
53
59
65
7 1 \4

G
1

N
1

R
6

w
1

INCHES

v.

22
26 'l'e
31 %
37 %
42
47 Ye
52

v.
v.
v.
v.

33
39
45
51
57
63
69

v.

8
9
9
9
9
9
9

15
17
18
20
21
23
24

Ye

v.
Y2
1/2
%
%

8 15/i6
1O 15\6
12 1s;.6
15
17
1 9 5/i6
2 1 5/i6

y.

Ya

6
7
7
7
7
8
8

v.
v.

1/2

'l'1
:Ya
%

v.

y,
Y2
112

y,
1/2
1/2

'la

y,

8
9 Y2
9 Y2
9 Y2
9 V2
101/2
10 Y2

3
4
4%

%
%
'la
'la

5 Y2
6
7
8

v.

45 troughed belt rubber cushion idlers equal length ro lls

f t H1

Series 800 0 6 " diometer rolls


ldler
number

8623-24
8623-30
8623- 36
8623- 42
8623-48
8623-54
8623-60

Belt
width,
inches

24
30
36
42
48
54
60

ldler weight,
pounds

R
6

w
1

INCHES

84
11 0
126
150
168
20 3
222

v.
v.
v.
v.
v.

35
41
47 \4
53
59
65
71 y.

Hove dimensions certified far instollotion purposes.


6 To top ol dischorge ond bend pulleys, excepting loot pulley.

186 L 1 N K - B E L T

B
1

22 Ya
26 %
31%
37 :Ya
42 Ye
47 Ye
52

33
39
45
51

57
63
69

8 :y.
9
9
9 y,
91/2
9%
9%

v.
v.
1

15 \4
17
18%
20 Y2
21%
23%
24 'l'e

8 15!i6
101 s,6
l 2"!i6
15 \4
17 \4
l 9 '!6
21 %

6
7 Y2
7 1/2
7 Y2

7 Y,
8 Y2
8 y,

Y2
%

'la
'la
%
%
%

3 y.
4
4%
5 1/2
6
7
8

v.

Far weight al revolving idler pa rts, see Table 10, poge 150.

8
9 Y2
91/2
91/2
9 Y2
10 Y2
10 Y2

bulk handling
belt conveyors

45 troughed be lt training idlers positive a ction type, equal length rolls


BELT TRAVEL

l,><--1<_ __

,lf

li_J- - B O LTSN
-__

f t 6JU

Series 7000 5 " d iometer rolls


ld ler
num b e r

7509-24
7509-30
7 5 09-36
7509-42
7509-48

Be lt
wid th,
inches

ldler weight,
pounds

24
30
36
42
48

113
139
151
175
186

A
1

o
1

G
1

N
1

y
d io.

INCHES

35 Y2
41 y,
47 y,
53 y,
59 Y2

21
25 ~.
30 Yo
36 y.
41

33
39
45
51
57

9 Yo
9 v.
9 Yo
9 Yo
9 Yo

1 8 3/e
19 %
21 v.
22 Y
24'/.i

8Jl6
1
12 " A
15 \4
17 v.

6
7
7
7
7

"I

Y2
Yo
o/a
Yo

Y2
Y2
Y2
Y2

1 3/e
1
1
Yo

9
9
9
9
9

14 y,
14 Y2
14 y,
14 Y2
14 Y2

3
3
3
3
3

dio.

s;.

Serles 8000 6 " diometer rolls


ldler
nu mber

8 609-24
8 609-30
8609-36
8609-42
8609-48
8609-5 4
8 609-60

Belt
width,
inches

24
30
36
42
48
54
60

ldler weight,
pounds

N
1

y
1

INCHES

123
150
164
190
203
300
314

35 Y2
41 y,
47 y,
53 y,
59 Y2
6 5 Y2
71 y,

21
25 ~.
30 o/1
36 \4
41
46
50 ~.

Hove dimensions certified lor instollotion purposes.


Elevotion obove odjocent idlers.

33
39
45
51
57
63
69

10 y.
10 y.
10 y.
10 Ya
10 y,
1o v.
1o v.

18 3/e
19 %
21 v.
22 %
24 \4
25 %
27 v.

8 " A
1
12 " A
15 \4
17 \4
19'/
21 'I6

"I

6
7
7
7
7
8
8

Y2
Y2
Y2
Y2
Y2
Y2
Y2

o/a
o/a

Yo
o/a
%
%

1 Y1
1
1
Yo
o/a
Y2
y,

9
9
9
9
9
9
9

14 y,
14 y,
14 Y2
14 y,
14 %
14 y,
14 Y2

3
3
3
3
3
3
3

For weight ol revolving idler porls, see Toble 10, page 150.

L 1 N K - B E L T 187

bulk handling
b e lt conveyors

45 troughed belt idlers unequal leng th rolls

1 BOLTS N
t::;======="==---==~----===------c:iiC:l _x

' + - - - -- -- -

a.::~~~

Series 6000"" 4 " and 5 " d iameter rolls


l dler number

5"

4"
dio meter
rolls

diometer
rolls

6403- 24
6403-30
6403-36
6403 -42
6403-48

6503-24
6503- 30
6503-36
6 503-42
6503-48

Belt
width,
inches

24
30
36
42
48

ldler weight,
pounds

4"

B
A

4"

roll s

diometer dia meter

roll s

ro lls

46
52
58

52
59
66
83
91

75
82

5"

d io meter diome ter

5"

r o lls

4H

51f

F1

4#

5"

rolls

ro lls

roll s

ll

diamete) d io meter diameter dio meter

e:,

rolls

INCHES

35
41
47
53
59

22
28
34
39
45

Y2

y,
Y2
3/s

3/a

21 314
27 314
33 314
38 %
44 %

33
39
45
51

57

6 'l'1
6 'l'1
6 'l'1
7\4
7\4

13 :y,
13
l 3 3/a 1
15 l4
15 l4 1

73/s
73/a
73/a
7314
7 314

:v.

13 314
13 314
13 314
15%
15%

8 'l'1
14 'l'1
20 'l'1

8%6
8% 6
8% 6
22 'l'1 1 'l'1 7 Y2
2 8 ~. 10%7 Y2

y,

3
3
3
4
4

l/2
Y2
Y2
Y2

8
8
8
9 l/2
9 Y2

45 troughed belt training idlers positive a cti on type, uneq ual leng th rolls
BELT TRAVEL

'4--- -- - -B -

~'-'=~~~~~="~~~~~~~~~=="'-- -"-

~--

c - --

~--------

L_~=:_J

A - --

Se ries 6000"" 4" and 5 1' diometer rolls


ld l er number

4
dio meter

rolls

6 4 10-24
6410-30
6410-36
6410-42
6410-48

dio meter

1
1

rolls

6510-24
6510 -30
6510-36
651 0- 42
6510-48

Belt
width,
inches

24
30
36
42
48

ldler weight,
p ounds

84
93
10 2
112
120

ldio meter d io meter

rolls

Q 1

INCHES

35
41
47
53
59

23 /a
29 3/a
35 :y,
40 y,
46 y,

33
39
45
51

57

H ove dimens1ons certified for instollotion purposes.


A Availoble in greaseable and factory sealed construction. Greoseoble
construction will be furnished unless otherwise specified.

188 L 1 N K - B E L T

4
rolls

dio meter dio meter


ro lls
roll s

79
86
94
10 4
111

7 'lf4
7314
7 314
7%
7 314

e:,

8
1 8
8
8
1 8

l4

y,
l4
l4
l4

16 V.
16 V.
16 V.
17 y,
17 %

8
14
20
22
28

%
%
~.

8%
8%
8 'l'1

'l'1

lo 'l'1

10 ~.

6
6
6
7 y,
7 y,

Y2

Y2

'l'1
'l'1

y,
y,
y,

~.

To top of dischorge ond bend pulleys, excep11ng foot pulley.


o Eleva lian above adjacent idler
For weight of revolving idler parts, see Table 10, page 150.

6
6
6
6
6

~.
~.

~.

'l'1
~.

8
8
8
9 Y2
9 y,

bulk handling
belt conveyors

Flat belt idlers

Series 5000 4" diameter rolls


Belt
width,

ldler number

ldler weight, pounds

15
16
17
19
22
27

24 :v.
26 :v.
28 3f4
30 :v.
34 3/4
40 :v.

inches

!NCHES

14
16
18
20
24
30

5 41 3-1 4
54 13-1 6
54 13- 18
54 13- 20
541 3-24
54 13-30

e
23
25
27
29
33
39

3
3
3
3
3
3

V2
Y:>
V2
V2
V2
V2

17
19
21
23
27
33

V2
V2
Y:>
V2
Y:>

V2
V2
Y:>
Y:>
V2

2
2
2
2
2
2

y,

4 V2
4 V2
4 V2
4 Y:>
4 y,
4 V2

y,

Series 6000"' 4 " and 5 " diameter ro lls


ldler number
4 diometer
rolls
641 3- 14
6 41 3- 16
6 4 13- 18
64 13-20
6413 : 24
64 13-30
6413-36

5" diometer

rolls
65 13 -14
65 13- 16
65 13- 18
65 13-20
65 13-24
6513-30
6513-36

Belt
width,

ldler weight, pounds

14
16
18
20
24
30
36

4" diameter5" diometer


rolls
rolls
18
21
20
23
22
25
24
27
31
27
37
33
43
39

Bel!
width,

ldler weight, pounds

inches

!NCHES

24
26
28
30
34
40
46

y.,
y.,
y.,
y.,
y.,

23
25
27
29
33
39
45

v.
y.,

17
19
21
23
27
33
39

V2
V2
V2
V2
V2

3
3
3
3
3
3
3

y,
V2

6
6
6
6
6
6
6

V2
V2

y,

V2
V2
V2
V2

8
8
8
8
8
8
8

Series 7000 5 11 diamete r rolls


ldler number

A
1

inches

75 13- 18
7513 -20
75 13-24
7513-30
75 13-36
7 5 13-42
75 13-4 8

INCHES

28 :v.
30 :v.
34 :v.
40 :v.
46 :v.
52 :v.
58 :v.

18
20
24
30
36
42
48

32
35
40
47
54
59
66

Belt
width,

ldler weight, pounds

inches

Steel rolls 1

v.

27
29
33
39
45
51
57

4
4 Y.,
4 y.,
4 Y.,
4
4
4

20
22
26
32
38
44
50

v.
v.
v.

%
%
%
%
%
%
%

6
6
6
7
7
7
7

V2
V2
V2
o/e
%
%
%

8
8
8
9
9
9
9

V2

y,
V2
V2

V2
V2
V2

y,

Series 8000 6 " di ameter rolls


ldler number
Steel rolls

Gray iron
rolls
8 6 13C-24
86 13C-30
86 13C-36
8 6 l 3C-42
8 6 l 3C-48
86 l 3C-54
86 13C-60

8 613-24
86 13-30
8 6 13 -36
86 13 -42
8 6 13-48
8 6 13-5 4
8 6 13-60
11

24
30
36
42
48
54
60

46

55
64
72
80
88
96

Gray iron
ralls
71
84
100
109
127
141
154

D
1

M
1

L
1

INCHES

34 :v.
40 :v.
46 :v.
52 :v.
58 :v.
64 :v.
70 :v.

4Y.,
4Y.,
4 y.,
4Y.,
4Y.,
4Y.,
4 y.,

33
39
45
51
57
63
69

26 %
32 %
38 %
44 Va
50%
56 Va
62%

6
7
7
7
7
8
8

V2
%

o/e
o/a
o/a

o/e
o/a

8
9
9
9
9
10
1

y,
V2
V2
V2
V2
V2

V2

y,
V2

y,
V2

o y,

11

Series 9000 6 and 7 d iameter ro lls


ldler number
6" diometer
rolls
96 13-36
96 13-42
9 61 3- 4 8
96 13-54
96 13-60
96 13-72
96 13-84

7" diameter
rol Is
971 3-36
9713-42
97 13-48
9713-54
97 13-60
9713-72
9713-84

Belt
width,
inches
36
42
48
54
60
72
84

ldler weight, pounds


6" diameterl7"
rolls
138
152
167
182
197
227
257

Hove dimensions certified for instollation purposes.


For weight of revolving idler parts, see Table 10, poge 150.

dio meter
rolls
150
166
182
198
214
246
278

D
1

N
1

L
1

INCHES

53 V2
59 V2
65 V2
71 V2
77 V2
89 y,
101 V2

51
57
63
69
75
87
99

4
4
4
4
4
4
4

46
52
58
64
70
82
94

%
%

:v.
:v.
:v.
:v.
%

9 V2
9 y,
9 V2
9 y,
9 y,
9 V2
12

12
12
12
12
12
12
14 y,

Avoiloble in bo th greoseoble ond foctory seoled construction. Greoseoble


construction will be furnished unless othe rwise specified.

L 1 N K - B E L T 189

bulk handling
belt conveyors

Flat belt rubber cushion idlers

fixed shaft type

Series 8000 6 " diometer rolls


ldler
number

8615-24
8615-30
86 15-36
86 15-42
86 15-4 8
8615-54
8615-60

Belt
width,
inches

ldler weight,
pounds

60
76
89
103
114
129
142

34 %
40 %
46 %
52 %
58 %
64%
70%

24
30
36
42
48
54
60

26 Va
32 Va
38 Va
44 Va
50 Va
56%
62 %

112

5/a

8
9 112
9 112
9 112
9 112
10 \/2
10 \/2

46
52
58
64
70
82
94

12
12
12
12
12
12
14 \/2

INCHE

33
39
45
51

4
4
4
4
4
4
4

57
63
69

11.

6
7
7
7
7
8
8

v.
v.

114
114

v.

y.

112
112
112
\12
\/2
\/2

v.
o/a
v.
v.
o/a

Serles 9000 7 " diometer rolls


ldler
number

9715-36
9715-42
97 15-48
97 15-54
9715-60
9715-72
9715-84

Belt
width,
inches

ldler weight,
pounds

173
192
211
228
247
285
323

53 112
59 \12
65 112
71 112
77 \12
89 \/2
1o1 \/2

36
42
48
54
60
72
84

INCH~S

51
57
63
69

4
4
4
4
4
4
4

75
87
99

9 112
9 112
9 \/2
9 \/2
9 112
9 \/2
12

3/4

%
%
%

314
3f.t

Flat belt rubber cushion idlers

live shoft type

~t}@\,
1..

_..::i

'*----~

,_

' .,.,

Series 8000 6" diometer rolls


ldler
number

8616-24
8616-30
8616-36
8616-42
8616-48
8616-54
86 16-60

Belt
width,
inches

24
30
36
42
48
54
60

ldler weight,
p ounds

104
118
134
148
165
179
195

26 Va
32 Va
38 Va
44 Va
50 Va

o/a
Ya
Ya
Ya

56%
62 Va

Ya
Ya

8
8
8
8
8
8
8

o/a

8 Va
9
9
1o 112
10 \/2
1o \/2
13

INCHES

55

33
39
45
51

61
67
73

63
69

2 114
2 y.
2 \/4
2 y.
2 y.
2
2

37
43
49

57

v.
v.

4
4
4
4
4
4
4

v.
v.
v.
v.

5/a

6
6
6
6
6 11.
6 y.
6

v.

5/a
5

/a
o/a
o/a

v.

5/a

y,

31,
3/a

3/a

3/a
3/a
3/a
3

Series 9000 7 " d iometer rolls


ldler
number

Belt
width,
inches

ldler weight,
pounds

97 16 -36
9716-42
9716 -4 8
9716-54
9716 -60
9716-72
9716 -84

36
42
48
54
60
72
84

236
264
293
339
372
416
434

INCHES

55 v.
61 \/2
67 \/2
74
80

92
104 \/2

Hove dimensions certifted for installation purposes.

190 L 1 N K B E L T

51
57
63
69

75
87
99

2 \/2
2 3/4
2 >.
3
3 \/4
3 11.
3 3/4

v.

5
5 \12
5 \12
6
6
6
7

\/2
\/2
\/2
\12

6 3/4
7 \la
7 \la
8 \la
8 y,
8 y.
10

46
52
58
64
70
82
94

;,
;,

314
>.
314

v.

For weighl of revolving idler ports, see Table 10, poge 150.

v.
v.

bulk handling
belt conveyors

Flat belt training idlers positive

action type

~------~~

wr------~
J

_J

M--iJ

...,.

~--w--_..,.

..

Series 6000& 4" ond 5" diometer rolls


ldler
number

4
dio meter
rolis

die meter
rolls

6414-14
6414-16
6414-18
6414-20
6414-24
6414-30
6414-36

6514-14
6514 - 16
6514-18
6514-20
6514-24
6514-30
6514-36

ldler weight,
pounds

Belt
width,
inches

4"

diemeter
rolls

14
16
18
20
24
30
36

53
56
58
61
67
75
83

23
25
27
29
33
39
45

3 'h
3 '12
3 '12
3 'h
3 V2
3 'h
3 'h

6
6
6
6
6
6
6

17
19
21
23
27
33
39

'l:i
'h

6 V1
H

'l:i
'l:i
'l:i
'l:i
'l:i

6
6 V1
6 V1
6
6

8
8
8
8
8
8
8

5"

diemeter
rolls

56
59
62
66

72
81
91

INCHES

**
*

20
22
24
26
30
36
42

24
26
28
30Y4
34Y4
40 3,4
46 3,4

V1

v.
v.

V1
V1
V1

v.

8
8
8
8
8
8
8

2
2
2
2
2
2
2

V1
V1
V1
V1
V1
V1
V1

r.

r.
r.

Serles 7000 5" diometer rolls


ldler
number

Belt
width,
inches

7514-18
7514-20
7514-24
7514-30
7514-36
75 14-42
7514-48

18
20
24
30
36
42
48

ldler weight,
po unds

91
96
104
130
142
158
172

28Y4
30Y4
34Y4
40Y4
46Y.
52 3,4
58 3,4

1 G

INCHES

23 V2
25 '12
29 'h
35 V2
41 'h

47 'h
53 V2

4
4
4
4
4
4
4

27
29
33
39
45
51
57

y.
y.
y.
y.
y.
y.
y.

14
14
14
14
14
14
14

5 3/e
5 311
So/a
5 311
5 o/1
5 Ya
5 o/1

6
6
6
7'1:i
71/:i

'l:i
'h
'l:i

7'h
7'h

2o v.
22
26
32
38 V1
44
50

6
7 V2
7 1/:i
7 'h
71/:i
8 'h
8 'h

v.

9
9
9
9
9
9
9

14 'h
14 'h
14 'h
14 '12
14 'h
14 'h
14 'l:i

26%
32 V1
38 V1
44 V1
50 V1
56 V1
62 v.

V2
o/1

9
9
9
9
9
9
9

14 'h
14 V2
14 'h
14 'h
14 'h
14 'h
14 'h

v.
v.
v.
r.
r.

v.

o/1
o/1

Series 8000 6 " diometer rolls


ldler
number

Steel
rolls .
1

8614-24
8614-30
8614-36
8614-42
8614-48
8614-54
8614-60
Hove

dimen.io~s

Grey
iron
rolls

86 l 4C-24
8614C-30
86 l 4C-36
8614C-42
8614C-48
8614C-54
86 l 4C-60

Belt
width,
inches

24
30
36
42
48
54
60

ldler weight,
pounds
Steel
rolls

34Y4
40 Y4
46Y4
52Y4
58Y4
64Y4
70 3,4

29 'h
35 V2
41 'h
47 'h
53 '12
59 '12
65 'l:i

33
39
45
51
57
63
69

4
4
4
4
4
4
4

ere y
iron
1

114
140
156
182
188
204
221

rolls

137
168
189
221
231
253
275

INCHES

cerlified lor instellotion purposes.

y.

v.
v.
v.

y.
y.
y.

14
14
14
14
14
14
14

5%
5 3/e
5 3/e
5 3/e
5 3/e
5 311
5 3/e

v.

'11

v.

'11

v.

For weight o revolving idler parts, see Table l O, p age 150.

& Aveileble in both greaseable and factory sealed construc11on. Greaseable

construction will be furnished unless otherwise specified .

LIN K-R~ LT

191

bul k han dling


b e lt convey ors

Return belt idlers


BOLTSN
~-~~~~~~e~~~~~~~-~

...-~~~~-M~~~~~~

1,,

MS

Serle s 5000 4" diameter rolls


ldler
number

5417- 14
5417-16
5417- 18
541 7 -20
5 41 7-24
54 17-30

Belt
width,
inches

ldler weight
pounds

15
16
17
18
22
26

24 :y.
26 :y.
28 :y.
30 :y.
3 4 :y.
40 :y.

14
16
18
20
24
30

17
19
21
23
27
33

Y:i

Y:i

4 y,
4 Y:i
4 Y:i
4 Y:i
4 Y:i
4 Y:i

17
19
21
23
27
33
39
45
51

y,
y,
y,
y,
y,

8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8

INCHES

23
25
27
29
33
39

1 :y.
1 :y.
1 y.
1 y.
1%
1 y.

24 %
26 y.
28 y.
30Y.
3 4 y.
40Y.
46Y.
52 y.
58 y.

23
25
27
29
33
39
45
51

3 Y2
3 Y:i
3 y,
3 Y:i
3 Y:i
3 Y2
3 y,
3 Y2
3 Y:i

2 Y:i
2 Y:i
2 Y2
2 Y:i
2 Y:i
2 Y2

y,

Y:i

y,
y,

Se ries 6000.& 4" and 5 " diameter rolls


ldler
number

4
dio meter

rolls

dio meter

inches

rolls

6 417-14
6 4 17-16
6 417-18
64 17 -20
6 4 17-24
6 417-30
6 4 17-36
6 417-42
6 41 7-48

Belt
width,

6517-14
6517- 16
6517- 18
6517-20
6517-24
6517-30
6517-36
6517-42
65 17-48

14
16
18
20
24
30
36
42
48

ldler weight,
pounds

4"

dio meter

5"

dio meter

rolls

rolls

12
14
16
17
19
23
27
31
35

15
16
18
20
23
27
31
35
40

INCHES

57

6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6

Y:i
Y:i

Y2
Y:i

Serie s 7000 5" d1ameter ralls


ldler
number

7517- 18
7517-20
7517-24
7517-30
7517-36
7517-42
7517-48

Belt
width,
inches

ldler weight,
p ounds

DLI.

18
20
24
30
36
42
48

30
32
37
45
52
58
65

28 y.
30 :y.
34 :y.
40Y.
46Y.
52314
58 y.

27
29
33
39
45
51

4
4 V.
4
4 V.
4
4
4 v.

20 ~I
22 %
26%
32%
38 %
44 ~.

Y:i
Y:i
Y:i

8
8
8
9Y:i
9 Y2
9 Y:i
9 Y:i

INCHES

v.
v.
v.
v.

57

6
6
6
7Y:i
7Y:i
7 Y2
7 Y2

o/a
o/a
o/a
o/1

50 ~.

Series 8000 6 " d1ameter rolls


ldler
number
Steel
rolls

8617-24
8617-30
8617-36
8617-42
8617-48
8617-54
8617-60

G roy iron
rolls

8617C-24
8617C-30
8617C-36
8617C-42
86 17C-48
86 17C-54
86 17C-60

Belt
width,
inches

24
30
36
42
48
54
60

ldler weight,
pounds
Steel
rolls

36
43
50

61
74
85
98
112
124
137

57
65

72
79

DLI.

Groy iron
rolls

INCH ES

33
39
45
51

v.
v.
v.
v.
v.
v.

70Y.

63
69

4
4
4
4 y.
4
4
4

53 :y.
59%
65 %
71 y.

51

7
7
7
7
7
7

34 314
40314
46 %
52 :y.
58 y.
6 4 314

57

6
7
7
7
7
8
8

8
9Y:i
9 'h
9 Y2
9 Y2
10 Y2
1 Y:i

Y:i

26 ~I
32 %
38 ~I
44 ~I

Y2
Y2
Y2

56 ~I
62 %

o/1
o/1
o/1
o/1
o/a
o/a

46
52
58
64
70
82
94

y.
y.

12
12
12
12
12
12
14 Y2

Y2
Y2

50 ~I

Y:i

Series 9000 6 " and 7 " diameter rolls


ldler
number

7"

6"
dio meter
rolls

9617-36
9617-42
9617-48
9617-54
9617-60
9617-72
9617 -84

diameter
rolls

9717-36
9717-42
9717-48
9717-54
9717-60
9717-72
9717-84

Belt
width,
inches

36
42
48
54
60
72
84

ldler weight,
pounds

6"
dio meter
rolls

135
150
165
180
195
225
255

Hove dimensions cert1fied lor installation purposes .


.A Availa ble in both gre oseable ond lactory seoled construction. Greoseoble
construction will be furnished unless othe rwise specified.

192

L IN K BEL T

dio meter
rolls

147
163
179
195
211
243
275
t;.

l
INCHES

57
63
69

77 v.

75

89314
101 314

87
99

9 Y:i
9 'h
9 Y:i
9 Y:i
9 Y2
9 Y2
12

314
314

y.
y.

7
314
4y. drop will be furnlshed unless otherwise spec1fied. lY. drop w1ll be

furnished il spe cified, at no additionol cost.


a for wei9ht ol re volvin9 idler parts, see Ta ble 1O, poge l 50.

bulk handling
b elt conveyors

Return belt rubber tread idlers

Series 6000 4 " and 5 " diameter rolls


ldler number
4

dio meter

s
dia meter

rolls

rolls

64 18- 14
64 18-16
64 18-1 8
6418-20
6418-24
6418-30
6418-36

6518- 14
65 18- 16
6518- 18
6518-20
6518-24
6518-30
6518-36

Belt
width,

ldler weighl,' pounds

inches

4
diomeler
rolls

14
16
18
20
24
30
36

13
15
16
17
18
19
22

s
J

14
16
17
18
19

22
25

D
1

dio meter
rolls

M
1

INCHES

24 314
26 314
28 '.4
30 314
34 314
40 'I
46 314

23
25
27
29
33
39
45

3 'h
3 '12
3 '12
3 'h
3 'h
3 'h
3 'h

6
6
6
6
6
6
6

16131,
18 131,
20 131,
22 13116
26 131,
32 131,
38131,

'12
'h
'h
'h
'h
'12
'h

20 Va
22 Va
26 Va
32 Va
38 Va
44 Va
50 Va

'12
'12
'h
o/s
Ya
Ya
o/s

8
8
8
9'12
9 '12
9 'h
9'12

'12
Ya
Ya
o/s
Ya
Ya
o/s

8
9!12
9'12
9!12
9!12

8
8
8
8
8
8
8

Series 7000 5" diameter rolls


ldler number

Belt
width,
inches

7518-18
7518-20
7518-24
7518-30
7518-36
7518-42
7518-48

18
20
24
30
36
42
48

ldler weighl,
pounds

INCH ES

21
22
25
31
35
39
44

28 314
30 314
34 314
40 314
46 314
52 '.4
58 314

27
29
33
39
45
51

ldler weight,
pounds

30
35
40
45
50

34 314
40 314
46 314
52314
58 :y.
64 314
70 314

33
39
45
51
63
69

4 '14
4
4 '!.
4 '!.
4 '14
4 '14
4

57

4 '14
4 '14
4
4 'I
4
4 'I
4 '14

v.
v.

6
6
6
7 'h
7'12
7'12
7 'h

Serles 8000 6" diameter rolls


ldler number

8elt
widlh,
inches

8618 -2 4
8618-30
8618 -36
8618-42
8618-48
8618-54
8618 -60

24
30
36
42
48
54
60

55
60

INCH ES

57

v.

v.

6
7 '12
7'12
7'12
7'12
8 'h
8 '12

26 Va
32 Va
38 Va
44 Va
50 Va
56 Va
60 Va

lo !t2
lo '12

Series 9000 6" diameter ro lls


ldler number

Belt
widlh,
inches

9618-36
9618-42
9618-48
9618-54
9618-60
9618-72
96 18-84

36
42
48
54
60
72
84

ldler weighl,
pounds

80
87
94
102
109
123
137

45 13116
51 13116
57 1 %
63 13/\,
69 1 %
8 l 131,
93 131,

31.

IN CH ES

53 314
59 314
65 314
71 314
77314
89 314
l 0 1 :y.

Hove d imensions certifi ed fa r in~ la lla t io n purposes.


Availoble in bo th g reaseable and fa clory sealed construclion. G reaseable
construclion w ill be furnished unless o lherwise spec ified.

51

57
63
69

75
87
99

7
7
7
7
7
7
7

9 '12
9 '12
9 '12
9 '12
9 '12
9 '12
12

Y4

314
314
314
314
314

12
12
12
12
12
12
14 !t2

D. 4 y. drop w ill be fur nished unless o lherwise speci fied. 114 drop will be

furnished if specified, al no a ddilio nal cost.


Far w eight of revolving id ler p eris, see Tab le 10, page 150.

L 1 N K - B E L T 193

bulk handling
belt

conveyors

Return belt training idlers positive action type 0

Serles 6000,. 4" ond 5" diometer rolls


ldl"r number

s diometer

4" d iometer
rolls

rolls

6420-14
6420-16
6420-18
6420-20
6420-24
6420-30
6420-36
6 420 -42
6420-48

6520-14
6520-16
6520-18
6520-20
6520-24
6520-30
6520-36
6520-42
6520-48

Series 700 0

ldler w"ight, pounds

Belt
width,
inches

4 dio meter

14
16
18
20
24
30
36
42
48

61
64
67
69
75
84
93
101
11 0

S'

rolls

63
67
70
73
79
89
98
106
115

d io meter
rolls

Belt
;'idth,

7520- 18
7520-20
- - 7 520-2 4
7 520-30
7520-36
7520-42
7 520-48

Series 8000

20 v.
22 v.
24 v.
26 v.
30 Yo
36 Yo
42 Yo
48 v.
54 v.

ldler weight, pounds

w
1

23
25
27
29
33
39
45
51
57

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

3 V2
3 V2
3 V2
3 V2
3 V2
3 V2
3 V2
3 V2
3 V2

6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6

17
19
21
23
27
33
39
45
51

6 r.
6 r.
6%
6 r.
6 r.
6 r.
6 r.
6 r.
6 r.

V2
V2
y,

V2
V2
y,

V2
V2
V2

8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8

862 0 ( -2 4
862 0 C-30
8620(-36
8620C-42
8620C-48
8620C-54
8620C-60

Series 9000

D~

29 y.
31 y.
35 y.
41 %
47 Y
53 y.
59 y.

10 4
10 9
117
143
153
171
185

23%
25 %
29%
35 %
41 %
47 %
53 %

4 v.
4 v.
4 v.
4 v.
4 v.
4 v.
4 v.

27
29
33
39
45
51
57

14
14
14
14
14
14
14

v.
v.
v.
v.
v.
v.
v.

6
6
6
7
7
7
7

20 %
22 r.
26 r.
32 r.
38 r.
44 r.
50 r.

V2
y,

V2
y,

9
9
9
9
9
9
9

V2
V2
V2
y,
%
%
%

14 V2
14 V2
14 V2
14 V2
14 V2
14 V2
14 V2

6 11 diometer rolls

Gray iron
r olls

8620-24
8620-30
8620-36
8620 -42
8620-48
8620-54
8620-60

ldler weight, pounds

Belt
wi dth,
inches

Steel r olls

24
30
36
42
48
54
60

126
152
168
194
200
216
233

151
183
204
236
247
269
291

8
1

Groy iron
rolls
1

D~

l
1

N
1

w
1

INCHES

29 %
35 %
41 %
47 %
53%
59 %
65%

35%
41 y.
47 %
53%
59%
65%
71 %

4 v.
4 v.
4 v.
4 v.
4 v.
4 v.
4 v.

33
39
45
51
57
63
69

14 v.
14 v.
14 Yo
14 v.
14 v.
14 Yo
14 v.

6
7 V2
7 V2
7 V2
7 y,
8 V2
8 y,

26 r.
32 r.
38 r.
44 r.
50 r.
56 r.
62 r.

y,
%
%
%
%
%
%

14 y,
14 V2
14 y,
14 y,
14 y,
14 V2
14 V2

9
9
9
9
9
9
9

6 11 ond 7" diometer rolls

ldler number

rolls

INCHES

18
20
24
30
36
42
48

ldler number

9620-36
9620-42
9620-48
9620-5 4
9620-60
9620-72
9620-8 4

INCHES

25 y.
27 y.
29 y.
31 o/.
35 y.
41 y.
47 %
53 y.
59 y.

1 inches

7" d iometer

6" diomet"r

l
1

5 " diometer rolls

ldl er number

Steel roll s

F
1

rolls

9720-36
9720-42
9720-48
9720-54
9720-60
9720-72
9720-8 4

Belt
width,
inches

36
42
48
54
60
72
84

ldler weight, pounds

6" d iameter 1
roll s

253
277
301
343
368
496
614

d iameter
rolls

264
289
314
357
383
514
635

5 4 y,
60 V2
66 y,
72 y,
78 V2
9 0 V2
102 V2 1

Hove dimensions certifred for insta'lo11o n purposes.


Available in greoseable ond facto ry seoled construction. G rea seable
~ on stru c tion w ill be furnished unless o therwise spe cifr ed.
o For return beh t ro1ni ng id lers for reversib le behs consuh Link-Be lt.

194 L 1 N K - B E L T

44 Ya
50 3/1
56 :y.
62 :y.
68 :y.
80 :y.
92 :y.
t:,.

D
1

51
57
63
69
75
87
99

7
7
7
7
7
7
7

1
INC HES

18 r.
18 r.
18 r.
18 r.
18 r.
21 Y1
2 1 Ya

9 V2
9 V2
9 V2
9 y,
9 y,
9 V2
12

M
1

40
46
52
58
64
76
88

y.
%
y.
%
%
%

N
1

10
10
10
10
10
10
10

16 y,
16 y,
16 V2
16 y,
16 y,
21 V2
21 V2

4V." d rop will be fu r n1shed unless o therwise specifred. IY." d rop will ba
furnished if speci fr ed, al no additionol cost.

Fo r weight o f revolving idler port s, see Table 10, page 150.

bulk handling
b e lt conveyors

Return belt rubber tread lraining idlers . caster camber type o

______ ( - - - - - - -

BELT TRAVEL

--+--\ r

,____

~{''
l

Series 8000 6 11 diameter rolls


ldler
number

Belt
width,
1

8622-24
8622-30
8622 -36
8622-42
8622-48
8622-54
8622-60

inches

24
30
36
42
48
54
60

lldler weight,
pounds

10 1
112
123
145
156
171
184

35 3/.c
41 %
47 :Y4
53 %
5931.c
65 3/.c
71 o/.

O
1

F
1

INCHES

33
39
45
51

4
4
4
4
4
4
4

57
63
69

\/4
\/4
'/.e
'/.e
\/4
'/.e
\f4

9%
9%
9%
9%
9%
9%
9%

6
7
7
7
7
8
8

r.
r.
38 r.
44 r.
50 r.

\/2

y,
y,
y,
y,
y,

26

y,

32

%
%

56 ~

62~

7%
7%

8
9
9
9
9
10
10

7 :Y.

:y,
:y,

7%
7%

%
%

7:Y.
7%

Y:z
Y:z
Y:z
Y:z
Y:z
\/2
Y:z

11

Series 9000 6 diameter rolls


ldler
num ber

Belt
width,

9622-36
9622-42
9622-48
9622-54
9622-60
9622-72
9622-84

inches

36
42
48
54
60
72
84

ldler weight,
pounds
242
278
295
318
337
379
421

L
1

INCHES

54
60
66
72
78
90
102

y,
y,

51

\/2

63
69

57

y,
y,

75

\/2
\/2

87
99

7
7
7
7
7
7
7

13 %
13%
13%
13 %
13%
13 %
13%

o For re1urn belr training odlers far reve rsible belts consult Link-Belt.

9
9
9
9
9
9
12

y,
\/2
y,

y,
y,
\/2

:y.
:y.

3913116
4513116
5 ]13,i,
5713/16
63 13116
751 %
8713,i,

o/.
%

o/.

:y.
:y.

12
12
12
12
12
12
14 y,

8 :Y.
8:Y.
8%
8 31.c
8%
8 :y.
8 :Y4

4y. drop will be furnished unless otherwise specified. 1%" drop will be
lurnished if specified, ol no addilional cost.
Far weight of revolving idler ports, see Table 10, page 150

Return belt beater idlers

Series 8000 6 " diameter rolls


Belt

ldler
number

width,

8619 -24
86 19-30
8619-36
8619-42
8619-48
8619-54
86 19-60

24
30
36
42
48
54
60

inches

ldler weighl,
pounds

47

34 :y.
40 :y.
46 :y.
52 %
58 %
64%
70 :y.

33
39
45
51

53 3/.c
59 :y.
65 :y.
71 :y.
77 :y.

51

75

89 3/.c
10 1 :y.

87
99

56
65
74
82
92
102

r.
r.
r.
r.
50 r.
56 r.
62 r.

y,
:y,
Ya
Ya
Ya
s;,
s;.

INCHES

57
63
69

4
4
4
4
4
4
4

'/.e
'/.e
'/.e
'/.e
'/.e
'/.e
'/.e

7 Y,
7 y,
7 y,

7 Y,
8 \/2
81h

26
32
38
44

8
9
9
9
9
1
1

y,
y,

Y:z
\/2
o \/2
o Y:z

Serles 9000 7" diameter rolls


Belt

ldler
number

width,

97 19 - 36
97 19-42
9719-48
9719-54
9719-60
97 19-72
9719-84

36
42
48
54
60
72
84

inches

ldler weight,
pounds
130
142
154
165
178
202
226

Hove dimensions certified far instollalion purposes.

INCHES

57
63
69

7
7
7
7
7
7
7

9 \/2
9 \/2
91h
9 Y:z
9 \/2
9 y,
12

46
52
58
64
70
82
94

3/.c

:y.
3/.c

:y.
%

o/.

:y.

12
12
12
12
12
12
14 1h

4V. drop will be furnished unless otherwise specified. 1:y. drop wilt be
furnished if specified, at no oddilional cost.
For weight of revolving id le r parts, see Table 10, poge 150.

L I NK - B ELT 195

bulk handling
b e lt conveyors

Components
Drives
The belt conveyor drive, which p erforms the imp ortant function of propelling the loaded belt,
should be desi gned for a high degree of dependability and o mnimum of mointenonce. lt should be
consistent with the over- all design of conveyor and
should conform to spoce limitations ond desired
orrangement.
Li!"k- Belt manufactures components ond complete
drives to serve every industry need-from small,
single pulley drives to large, dual pulley drives
ond complex terminal arrangements for reversing
service. Link-Bel! has designed and built a wide
ronge of ty pes, including single pulley drives up
to 1500 horsepower ond reversing drives for 60"
convey ors w ith more thon 2000-foot centers.
As a leading manufocturer of speed reducers,
Link-Belt offers a wide range of types and sizes from fractional horsepower Motogears to herringbone gear units which drive the largest belt conveyors in existence. All conform to the exocting
specif1cations of the American Gear Manufocturers
Associotion. Mony special accessories ore ovoilable
for Link-Belt speed reducers ond they moy be
Single pulley d rive with roller chain drive to he ad shaft from Link-Belt
Moto gear far convenience of locotion and suppo rt. Photo 38427

equipped with specio l beoring seols for such severe


service os sinter plants and foundries.

Slng te pulle y drlve with herring bone g ear speed reducer, geared flexible couplings o nd
3 00 HP motor with fo n far specia l tro pical ve ntilation, a ll mounted o n a unit base. Photo 36132

196 L 1 N K - B E L T

bulk handling
belt conveyors

Componen Is
Drives, continued
Flexible couplings are manufactured by linkBelt in both geared and chain types, to meet all
conditions of belt conveyor service.
Chain drives are sometimes used between a
speed reducer and the drive pulley shaft to provide a flexible arrangement in a limited space,
as th ey permit the motor and the speed reducer
to be located above, below or in front of the drive
pulley. Chain drives also facilitate changing the
conveyor speed and are usually Jower in first cost.
They are dependable and may be housed in oiltight and dust-tight casings.
Alignment of conveyor belts and drive components is most effectively maintained, and life of
parts is extended, b y the use of rigid bases for
d rive components.
Pulleys, shafts, bearings and b ackstops, which
are also important parts of drives, are described
later in this section.

Single pulley drive for belt feeder with choin drive, herringbone gear
speed reducer, P.1.V. variable speed drive, motor ond roller choin couplings. Precise variotions up to 6: 1 may be obto ined with o P.I. V.
Photo 31284

Complete data on speed reducers, couplings,


chains and other drive components are contained
in Catalog 1050.

Dual pulley drlve for 49 wide bel! conveyor. A 200 HP motor drives
primory pulley ond o 100 HP mo tor drives secondory pulley through herringbone geor speed reducers ond geored flexible couplings. Photo 357 58

Single pulley drlve for world's highest lift belt conveyor ond lorgest single pulley drive ever built, consisting of herringbone geor speed reducer, geored
Aexble couplings, eddy-current clutch ond 1500 HP
synchronous motor. Post brake type backstop is In back
ground. Photo 31957

Single pulley drlve for 48" wide belt conveyor, with herringbone geor
speed reducer, 250 HP motor ond geored Aexible couplings. Photo 38305

L 1 N K - B E L T 1 97

bulk handling
belt conveyors

Components
Takeups
Th e basic ty p es of takeups used for bel t conveyors are:
manu ally adjusted screw typ e and automatic counterweighted type for vertical or horizontal travel. Arrangements and a pplications vary wi d ely with conveyor requirements. Occasionally, other specia l types are used, such as
those actuated by spring s, torqu e motor or hyd roulics.
For the counterweighted type, a safety device is available
to prevent the free foil of the takeup and its counterweight
in case of accidenta l parting of the belt.
Lin k- Belt manufactures all t ypes of takeu p s and provides
en gineering service for application and for d eveloping
sp ecial designs.

Vertical counter welghte d tak eup for 60" wide belt. Note
mili beoring pillow blocks, and grooved, rubber lagged pulleys
to prevent buildup of sticky iron ore. Photo 361 30

DS roller bear ing take ups on inclined belt con

veyo r far manual


Pholo 34941

adjustmenl of belt lension.

Horixantal type counte rw e lghte d takeups with plain bearings used

on sixteen 24" wide belt conveyors handling copper o re. Photo 25671

198 L 1 N K - B E L T

bulk handling
belt conveyors

Components
Pulleys and shafts
Belt conveyor pulleys and shafts are manufactured by
Link-Belt in all types and sizes. By obtaining these two
important components from one reliable source, the user is
assured of proper flt, ease of erection and best performance.

Pulleys for belt conveyors are usually welded steel, drum


type, for maximum strength, minimum weight, and for
resistance to shock during handling and operation. Their
ruggedness, concentricity and balance reflects Link-Belt's
b road experience in the belt conveyor fleld.
Welded steel pulleys are available with straight or
crown faces in all combinations of diameters and face
widths. The y ma y be furnished with rubber lagging, either
b o lted or vulcanized to rim surface. Lagging for drive
pulleys is usually grooved to resist slippage. Softer rubber
lagging for snub and bend pulleys reduces the tendency for
sticky materials to adhere to the pulley faces.
Pulleys for shafts o f sm all and moderate diameters are
equipped with taper lock bushings for ease of erection
and to insure and maintain a tight f1t during operation.
Large, heavil y loaded drive pulleys are often bolted to
forged Aanges of d rive shafts for best use of shaft properties, to provide structural unity between pull ey and shaft,
and to resist the consta nt stress reversals under heavy loa d .
Casi iron pu ll eys are also rnade by Link-Belt for certain
corrosive conditions.

Welded steel pultey with toper lock bushing provides the meons for quick
ossembly ond mointoining light fil betwee n shoft, key ond hub. Photo 37692

Shafts are available in various types of carbon and alloy


sleel and may be hect treat ed as required. They are cold
flnished or forg ed and rnay b e turned, ground and polished
as desired .
Norrnally, shafts are keyed in the pull ey hubs, but very
heavy duty driving shafts rnay be forged with Aang es for
bolting directly to the end discs of pulleys.

W elded steel pulteys with rub ber logging, ho ving herringbone grooves on
drive puliey for increosed troction ond circumferentiol grooves on snub puliey
to preven! b uildup of ore. Note olso mili beoring piliow blocks, variable
troughing idlers ond bockstops. Pho to 361 09

Welded steel pulteys ouembled in 1250 HP drive for 60" belt. Orive puliey i~ bolted to Aanges forged on drive
shaft, which is extended for backstop. Note logging, mili bearing pillow blocks and substantial base. Photo 35521

L 1 N K - B E L T 199

bulk handling
belt conveyors

Components
Bearings
Mill
bearing

2783 4

Ball or
roller
flange
block

36273

3360 9

27827

Roller bearing
pillow block

Llnk-Belt's complete line of ball and roller bearings includes oll lypes
of mounlings, far shofts from % lo 11 ", ond with seo Is for oll conditions
of service.

Babbitted
bearing
flange
block

Link-Belt, as a lead ing manufactu rer a f mounted b earings


for ali power transmission purposes, offers bearings to
meet every condition of belt conveyor service.
Ball and rolier bearings are both available in a li required mounting types, inclu d ing pillow blocks, Aange units
and screw ta keups-in shaft sizes up to 1 1". Most pillow
block housings a re cast iron, but Link-Belt also makes a line
of heavy duty mili type roller bearing p iliow blocks with
split cast steel housings for the most severe service in steel
milis, mines, foundries and sinter plants.
Bearing seals of ali standard types are d esigned to
effectivel y keep grease in a nd dirt out. Also, sp ecia l seals
can be provided for unusually d usty or abrasive cond itions or for corrosive atmosphere.
Babbitted a nd bronze bearings are also manufactured
by Link-Belt in a fu ll line of types and sizes. Housing s are
of cast iron or steel.

Bronze
bearing
pillow block

Separate catalogs and se lection d a ta are available.

30228

2 1140A

21744

Babbitted bearing
pillow block

Babbitted bearing ang le


pillow block

Backstops
Backsto ps, to p revent backward movement of be lt when
power is interrupted, are made for mounting on driving
pulle y shaft, on an intermed iate d rive shaft, or are built
into speed reducers. link-Be lt can furnish any of these
types to meet the requirements of a speciflc belt conveyor.

37042

Llnk-Belt's complete line of plain b e arings includes oll types, bobbitted


ond bronze bushed, ond housings of casi iron or casi sleel.

Llnk-Belt mlll type roller b e oring p lllow blocks ore built far the most
severe service, os on this foo t pulley of 60" belt conveyor handling iron ore.
Pho to 36103

200 L 1 N K B E L T

Link-Be lt babbitted or bron:i:e b earings ore widely used for belt conveyors in mony industries. Photo 3 1772

bulk handling
b elt conv eyo rs

auxiliary equ1pmen'I
link- Belt has developed a wide variety of auxiliary equipment to extend the usefulness of belt conveyors beyond the simple function of transporting bulk materials
from one location to another. Sorne t ypes of such equipment become an integral
part of a conveyor, while others are self-conta ined units that are normally used to
supplement a belt conveyor system.
The most common types of auxiliary equipment are trippers and plows which are
used for discharging the material from the belt at one or more points, or along
the length of the conveyor. A wider range of distribution is obtained by special
trippers equipped with cross belts, either flxed or shuttle t ype. Also, traveling
stackers and bridges equipped with belt conveyors are used for stockpiling over
extensive oreas.
Boat loaders, shuttle conveyors and belt slingers also serve speciflc needs for
directing the flow of material from a belt conveyor system to required location.
Travel ing loading hoppers with feeders provide the means for loading the belt
anywhere along a desired portian of its length.
Other functions may be performed while the material is en route over a belt
conveyor system by such auxiliary equipment as automatic scales, sampling devices,
magnetic pulleys and electro or permanent magnets.
Standard trippers are illustrated here with dimensions and selection information.
Following the tripper data, a few of the many other types and variations of auxiliary
equipment are described briefly to illustrate their principies and their possibilities
for application to other problems.
Except for standard trippers, most auxiliary equipment is designed for a speciflc
requirement. From our broad experience in this fleld Link-Belt offers a w id e variety
of existing designs of auxiliary equipment and its services in developing special
designs as needed.

Belt trippers
Two styles of link-Bel! stondord trippers ore described in the following poges, with dimensions ond selection information. Although
many special types and designs hove been developed to mee! a
wide varie ty of requirements, !he Series 51 and 53 trippers ore
adaptable to o mojority of bel! conveyor instollotions.
The Series 51 trippers ore for heavy duty service ond ore for handling the heavier moterials ond those requiring steep chute ongles
to insure proper discharge.
The Series 53 trippers, while primorily intended for handling groin,
moy olso be used to odvontoge for mony other light moterials that
con be discharged through o shallow angle chute. Both ore for use
with belt conveyors having o single direction of trovel.

Many standard occessories a re ovailoble for both types to meet


the requirements of most instollations. Other occessories include special bin seo l chutes to confine d ust creoted by dischorging material,
ond speciol enclosures for the some purpose. Also, chutes moy be
p rovided with liners or built in the stone box type for handling heovy
obrasive ore.
Material moy be discharged beyond the ronge of conventionol
chutes by short cross belt conveyors mounted on Series 51 trippers
or on sp eciolly designed tripp e rs. Also, this same method is someti mes used to assure dependoble discharge of sticky moterials thot
would not flow through o chute.

Serles 5 1 b elt propelled trlpper equipped with chute hoving dust seo l
plows for opening !he rubber seoling strips over bunker opening. Photo 29876

Serles 53 belt propelled trlpper distributing groin to storoge silos of


lorge elevotor. Photo 39130

L 1 N K B E L T 201

bulk handling
belt conveyors

Belt trippers

Series 5 1 moto r p ropelled tripper

Series 5 1 ca b le p ropelled tripper

Series 51 b e lt trippe rs
Series 5 1 belt trippers ore belt propelled, cable propelled, or motor
prope lled, ond ore for heovy duty service. They will hondle heovy
moteriols ond those requiring sleep chute ongles to insure proper
dischorge.
These trippers hove o rigid welded steel frome to resist shock ond
minimize distortion. Pulleys ore of welded steel construction equipped
with toper lock bushings to preven! shifting ond to provide o light
clamp fit on the shoft. Pulley shofts ore of generous size ond ore
corried by Link-Belt self-oligning roller beoring pillow blocks. To
assure wheel alignment, the single Aange wheels are mounted on
through axles, operating in self-a ligning roller bearing pillow blocks.
Wheel guords ore provided.
Crossover plotforms, providing access to b oth sides of the conveyor,
can be provid e d. Such platforms are normally attached to the front
of the tripp er chute and frame, and includ e a handrail, steps or a
ladder al each end.
A b e lt scroper, for cleaning the belt between the two tripper
pulleys, is normally provided. Other auxiliary accessories can be
supplied.
Although primarily used with the several types of chutes shown o n
page 207, Series 51 b e lt trippers may be adapted for use with a
cross shuttle be lt and other discharg e arrongemenls.
Th e m otor p r opelled trlpper is used where continuous and uniform distribution of material along the conveyor is required or where
the tripper is to be moved or reversed frequently. Propelled by an
independenl electric motor, it can be automatically reversed at eoch
end of its travel by limit switches corried on the lripper and actuated
by stops placed where desired along the runway. Push butlons ore
provided for manual control to permit continued discharge al any
desired location. The tripper can be moved when the conveyor belt
is moving or stationary. Electric curren! moy be transmitted to the
tripper through trolley wires, or severol types of rigid conductors, or a

cable reel carried on the tripper.


Each tripper is provided with o hand operoted, powerful, quickaction roil clamp for holding it in a fixed position. When desired , the
tripper can be equipped with an electricolly operated brake which
is aulomatically set when curren! is interrupted. Each tripper is provided with an operotor's platform.
The roil clamp, the push button controls ond the operator's platform
con be on either side of the frame. The motor ond speed reducer can
also be on either side; however, it is recommended thot they be on
the side opposite the operotor's platform and control butlons. When
operotion from both sides is d esired, specia l dual controls and roil
clomps can be furnished; however, a platform attached to the discharge chute is recommended to e nable the operotor to cross over
the belt lo a single sel of controls. Travel speed is 30 feel per minute.
Th e cabl e propelled tripper is for installations where o power
propelled tripper is required, b ut where electricol conductors ar
trolley wires needed for the motor propelled tripper are undesiroble.
Movemenl of the tripper, eilher for automatic reversing or for movement to specific locations, is obtained by a single wire rope suitably
reeved through lhe tripper a nd a stationory sheave, and driven by
a winding machine. The single wire rape drive assures tripper olignment throughout the trovel distance.
The independently controlled winding machine drive p ermits automatic reversing by limit switches located along the !rock or m a nua l
operotion by means of push buttons when continued dischorge is
desired al a given location. The winding machine motor is equipped
with a disc type broke which brings the tripper lo o stop al each end
of its travel or al any point within the trovel, and holds it stotionory
by the propelling rape.
The independenl motor drive permits the tripper to be moved
while the belt conveyor is in operation or stopped. Trovel speed is
33 feet per minute.

TRIPPER

SHEAVE

CA BLE SUPPORT

Schematic orrangement of Series 51 cable propelled tripper

202 L 1 N K - B E L T

RAIL
STOP

WINDING MA CH INE
Fig. 6444

bulk handling
belt conveyors

Belt trippers

Series 51 b elt propell e d trippe r

Series 53
belt prope ll e d tripper
The belt propelled trlpper is used where trovel distonce a nd
direction will be monuolly controlled. Power to move tripper is obto ined from the conveyor belt, ond is tronsmitted from o pulley shoft
to o countershoft through manuolly e ngog ed friction wheels, ond
from the countershaft by chain drive to the tripper wheels.
Eoch lripper is provided with o hond operoted, powerful, quickoction ral clamp fer holding it in o fixed position. An operotor's platferm ond o sofety guord over the friction wheel drive are olso
furnished.
The ral clamp, operoting lever and plotferm moy be placed on
either side. Tripper trovel sp eed is approximotely ene tenth the speed
of the conveyor bel!.
Dlscharge chutes for Serles 51 trippers ore Types A, B, C, D
ond E on poge 207. Chutes ore normolly furnished occording to the
dimensions shown, but con be provided with such voriotions os:
increosed projections with or without intermediote dischorge poinls,
vertical extensions, ond ends orronged with plows fer bin dust seals
os on poge 207 and in Photo 29876 on poge 201.
To protect operotor, the sides of the upper por! of chutes exlend
beyond the point where the b elt contocts the p ulley.
The dimensions listed ore fer chutes used where the conveyor b e lt
speed is between 300 ond 400 FPM ond fer moteriols thot will flow
free ly on the slope o ngles shown. Consult Link-Bel! fer dime nsions of
chutes used with b elts troveling less thon 300 FPM or fa ster than
400 FPM or fer handling moteriols requiring o steeper sloping chute.
Also consult Link-Bel! fer recommendotions fer handling molerials
which flow on o much flatter slope. A flatter sloped chute, in sorne
coses, moy p ermit o smoller tripper, d e pending upen such conditions
os belt speed, belt tension, amount of material hondled o nd type
of chute.
The plate thicknesses shown ond the dime nsions given are fer
handling mildly abrosive maleriols hoving lumps not lorger thon holf
the maximum size pe rmitted by lhe conveyor be lt, a s shown in Table
6, poge 146. Chutes with thicker pioles or renewoble, weor resisting
linings ore recommended fer handling obrosive ond Jorge lump
moteriols. Chutes fer lorger size lum ps can be furnished.

Series 53 belt trippers


Series 53 belt trippers are designed fer handling grain ond similor
lightweight bulk moteriols thot will flow through o chute inclined ot
on ang le of about 34 degrees from the horizontal. They moy b e
belt or coble propelled.
The rigid welded steel frome with o 72 " or 84" wheel base ond o
low center of grovity, provides strength and stability to resist shock
ond distortion.

Welded steel pulleys ore fitted with toper lock bushings to provide
o light clamp fil on the shofts. Self-oligning boll beoring pillow
blocks ore used on the 72" wheel base trippers ond self-olig ning
roller beoring pillow blocks on the 84" size.
The 1 2" diometer single flonged wheels ore mounted on individual
shofts with self-oligning boll beoring flonged beorings on su pports
which stroddle the conveyor to permit o lower roil mounting. Unit
stand belt idler supports con be used to support the roils becouse of
this feoture.
Powe r fer tripper movement is obtoined from the pulley shofts
through steel roller choin drives to o countershoft provid e d with two
interlocked Link-Belt friction clutches. Engogement of one or the other
of the two clutches results in the ferword or reverse rototion of the
countershoft, which in turn drives the two front wheels. Fer sofety, the
clutches mus! be held in e ngogement during trovel. When pressure
on the operoting lever is releosed the clutches outomaticolly dise ngoge
to provid e o "deod -mon" control. Tripper trovel sp eed is opproximotely one-eighth the conveyor belt speed.
A hond-o pero ted friction broke on the countershoft permits occurote
spo tting ond holding of tripper al dischorge points.
The dischorge chute hood, guords ond removoble side pioles
protect lhe o p erotor from the moving ports. All controls ore eosily
occessible from the operotor's plotform ond con be locoted on either
side of the tripper. Access to either side of the belt conveyor ond the
chute control goles is offorded b y the cross over plotferm.
Dlscharge chutes for Serles 53 trippers ore of flonged welded
sleel, ond ore mode in o voriety of types ond orrongements, fer onewoy, two-woy or three-woy d ischorg e. Fer Ty pe F two-woy chutes,
shown o n page 208, flow of moteriol is directed to either side of the
b elt conveyor by rock-ond-pinion slide goles operoted simultoneously
by o hond wheel ond o choin drive. Type R chutes, through rock-ondpinion slide goles, p ermit flow of mate rial to either side os well os
bock onto the be lt. Vorious chute extensions con be furnished including
ene thot permits dischorg e to two different locotions on the sorne side
of b e lt. Chutes with heovier plotes or renewoble weor-resisting
linings con olso be furnished.
Optlonal features for Serles 53 trlpper include:
A hond-operoted roil clamp to suppleme nt the friction broke.
A feur wheel drive where cond itions worront.
A choff collecting screw conveyor mounted below the upper p ulley
fer returning loose choff to the dischorge chute.

L 1 N K - B E L T 203

bulk handling
b e lt conve yors

Belt trippers
Examples of tripper se lection

Selection of tripper
The type of material to be handled, the max imum belt tension
at the tripper and the slope of the discharge spout will determine the tripper selected.
Series 51 trippers are designed so that instead of having
only one size for extreme conditions of each belt width, a
selection can b e made according to the varying requirements of pulley d iameters, conveyor belt tensions and slope
of discharge chutes. In the Series 53, a choice between
pulley diameters and corresponding maximum belt tensions is
available.
The selection of the tripper number is made from Table 26.
Dimensions will be found on pages 205, 206 and 208.
A properl y selected tripper will conform to the following
requirements:

A pulley diameler equal to or gre ater than the recommended


minimum diameter as determined by ra ted belt tension of the belt
tripper. These minimum pulley diameters are shown in Table 25.
A be lt tension rating of tripper, equal to or greater than the maximum tension in the conveyor belt al the tripper.
A chute with slope angle stee p enough to assure fl ow of material
through it. Ordinarily, the following slo pe angl es hove b een found
satisfactory:
For very fr ee-flowing moterials such as
groins a nd beans .. . .. . .. . ...... . . .... 30 to 35
For free-flowing materials such as
clean g ravel and clean sized coal ....... 35 to 40
For moderately free-flowing materials
such as low moisture sand, crushed
stone, coal and ores ........ ... ........ 4 0 to 50
For sluggish materials similar to moist
earth or wet coal and ores having
fines and doy . . .. .. .... ...... . .. . ... . 50 to 60
lf material should require a steeper slope, a short, reversible
cross belt is often used instead of a chute .
Table 25 Recommended minimum pulley diameters
Mnimum pulley diameter, inches
Belt
at_e_d_b_e_lt_t_e_ns_io_n.;..,.;..p_o_
un_d_s...:,p_e_r _in_c_h _o_f _b_e_lt_w_i_dt_h_ __
carcass _ _ _R_

1 0-99

1 100 -149 I 150-199 1 200-249 J 250-299 l 300-34 9

Example 1
Select a belt tripper to handle coal under the fellowin g conditions:
Conveyor be lt .... . ...... .. .. ... ...... 24" wide
8elt tension at tripper ... . .... . ... . ... . 1900 pounds
Required chute angle .. .. .. . ... . . .. . . . . 45

Solution
1900 pounds belt tension
.
.
= 79 pounds per inch of w1dth
24 ,, wide belt
Table 25 shows a minimum recommended pulley d iameter of 16"
fer this tension.
Table 26 shows that Number 518242 0, 51 C2420 or 51 M2420
trippers are required with a Typ e E chute or lhe Number 51 82424,
51 C2424 or 51 M2424 trippers are required fer Typ es A, 8, C and
D chutes.

Ex amp le 2
Select a b elt tripper to hand le grain under the fellowi ng conditions:
Material will flow through a chute having approximately a
33 angle.
8elt width, specif1cations and tensions sorne as in Probl em 1.

Solut ion
Table 26 shows that Number 5382418 trippe r ma y be used with
any ene of the chute va riations.

Exam ple 3
Select a trippe r lo handl e crushed stone under the fellowing condilions:
Conveyor b elt .. . . . . ........ ....... . .. 24" wid e
8elt tensio n at tripper ........ .. . ... .. . 4200 pound s
Required chute angle . . ..... ........... 4 5

Solutio n
4200 pounds belt tension
.
.
= 175 pounds per mch of w1dth
24 ., wide belt
Table 25 shows a minimum recommended p ulley d iameter of 20"
fer this tension.
Ta ble 26 shows th at Number 5 1 8242 4, 51 C2424 o r 51 M242 4
trippers with a 24 " diometer pulley must be used because of the
belt tension al tripper. Any type chute will meet the requirements.

Tabl e 26 Selection of tripper number


Series 53

Series 5 1
Belt
width,
inches

14
16
- -18
18
- -20
20
- -24
24
24
30
30
30
36
36
- 36
-42
42
42
- -48
48
A Actual

Chute angle,
degrees
A, B,

C,D 1 E
48
57
55
46
- - - --44
54
59
50
43
53
57
47
- -- --40
50
55
45
51
61
--- --52
40
47
58
61
50
- 44
-- - 56
59
47
50
62
- -53
40
44
56
47
-- 41
- - 59
54
44
57
slope 8 in 12.

Moximum

belt lensian
of tripper,
pounds
2500
2500
2500
5000
2500
5000
2500
5000
7000
5000
7000
10000
7000
10000
11 000
7000
10000
11 000
10000
11 000

204 L 1 N K - B E L T

Tripper number

Pulley
diameter,
inches

20
20
20
24
20
24
20
24
30
24
30
36
30
36
42
30
36
42
36
42

Bel!
propelled
5181420
5181620
51 8182 0
5181824
5182020
5 182024
5182420
51 82424
51 82430
5 18302 4
5183030
51 83 036
5183630
51 83636
51 83642
5184230
5184236
51 84242
51 84836
51 84842

Ca ble
propelled
51C1420
51(1620
51C1820
5 1(1824
51(2020
5 1(2024
51(2420
51C2424
51C2430
51C3024
51C3030
51C3036
5 1(3630
5 1C3636
51C3642
51C4230
51C4236
51C4242
5 1(4836
5 1C4842

Motor
1 propelled
5 1M1 420
51M l 620
51M1820
51M 1824
51M2020
51M2024
51M2420
51M2424
51M2430
51M3024
51M3030
51 M3036
51M3630
51 M3636
51M3642
51M4230
51M4236
51M4242
51 M4836
51M4842

Approximate
chute angle,
degrees

Maximum

Pulley

belt tension,

pounds

diometer,
inches

. ..
.. .
.. .
. ..
.. .
. ..

...... ..

. . .
.. .

.. ..
....
.. . .
....
....
....

33
33

2000
2800

18
20

53824 18
5382420

. . .

....

...

. .......

33
33

2000
3600

18
20

5383018
5383020

.. .
...
...
...

Tripper
number

. .. ... . .
.
.

.......

.. . .. . .
.......
.. .. . .. .
.

...

. ...

. ..

. . . .... .

33
33

2000
3600

18
20

5383618
5383620

. . ..

...

. ...... .

33
33

3000
48 00

. ...

18
20

53 84 218
5384220

.. .

. . ......

33
33

3000
48 00

18
20

53 84818
53 84820

. .

...

-..

6. 6 6
AG .... -:-:

CAN BE ASSEMBLED AS SHOWN OR OPPOSITE AS SHOWN

..,...-
CD

,.

LIFT OF
MATERIAL

.."'
CD

'm: 1

r'-.

~ w- ,J

T L

>-----

~ w-

' -RAILS AH

- _;

HR

HF

BEL T PROPELLED

CABLE PROPELLED

MOTOR PROPELLED

Fig. 6255

Series 51 belt, cable and motor propelled trippers


Tripper number
Bel!
propelled

5181420
5181620
5 181 820
5181824
5182020
51 82024
5182420
5182424
5 182430
5183024
5 183030
5 183036
51 83630
5183636

. .......

5 184230
51 84236

. .......

"

rn

-i

5184836
5 184842

Coble
propelled

Motor
pro pelled

5 1C1420
5 1C1 620
51C 1820
51C182 4
51C2020
51C2024
5 1C2420
51C2424
5 1C2430
51C3024
5 1C3030
51C3036
5 1C3630
5 1C3636
51C3642
51C4230
51C4236
5 1C4242
5 1C4836
5 1C4842

5 1M1420
5 1M1620
51 M182 0
51M1824
5 1M2020
51M2024
51M2420
51M2424
51M2430
5 1M3024
5 1M3030
51M3036
5 1M3630
51M3636
51M3642
5 1M4230
5 1M4236
51M4242
51M4836
5 1M4842

Approx
weight

Axle lood,
p oundst

e o ch,
pounds

HF

2000
2050
2 100
2600
2 150
2650
2250
2800
4700
3000

1250
1290
1330
1700
- 1370
1730
1450
1840
3000
1980
5000 3200
6000 3800
5300 3400
6300 4000
7700 5100
5600 3600
>--- 6600 4200
8100 5300
6900 4400
8500 5500

HR

Approx.
Foctor
y

750 .00 13

Moximum extra belt


lenglh retension,
quired,
pounds feel and
inches
bel!

2,500
2,500
760 .00 13
770 .00 13
2,500
5,000
900 .0018
780 .0013
2,500
920 .0018
5,000
800 .00 13
2,500
960 .00 18
5,000
1700 .0033
7,000
1020 .00 18
5,000
1800 .0033
7,000
2200 .0042 10,000
1900 .0033
7,000
2300 .0042 10,000
2600 .... . 11,000
2000 .0033 7,000
2400_ .0042 10,000
2800 ..... 11,000
2500 .0042 10,000
3000 .... . 11,000

9-0
9-0
9-0
10-4
9-0
10-4
9-0
10-4
12-7
10-4
12-7
15-2
12-7
15-2
17-3
12-7
15-2
17- 3
15-2
17- 3

Axle beoring

N
18)

AG

Bo bbitted 1 Roller
INCHES

4 9 '12
4 9 '12
49 '12
59 o/a
49 '12

59 v.

49 '12

59 o/a
73 ra

59 v.

73 ra
83 ra
73 ra
83 ra
94 v.
73 ra
83 ra
94 1/4
83 ra
94 v.

Hove dimensions certified for installation purposes.


lncludes: roller bearing pillow blocks for pulley shafts and oxles, operator's plotform, belt scraper.
hand operated clamp to engoge roil. Does not include dischorge chute.

* lhaulage
ncludes: roller bearing pillow blocks for pulley shofts ond oxles, belt scroper, towing brocket and
equipment shown on page 206. Does not include dischorge chute.

.A. lncludes: speed reducer, totally enclosed motor and push button starter for manual and automatic
operation for 220/ 440 volt 60 cycle AC, 3 limit switch es, rail clamped limit switch trips, wiring in
conduit between motor. starters, limit switches and push buttons, roller bearing pillow blocks for
pulley shofts ond oxles, operotor's plotform, belt scrope r. hond o peroted clamp to engoge roil.
Does not include: dischorge chute, broke on motor, electric conductors olong runway, curren t
collec tors o r cable reel, wiring from power source to cont rols.

20
20
20
24
20
24
20
24
30
24
30
36
30
36
42
30
36
42
36
42

8 v.
8 v.
8 v.
72
1o v.
54
8 Y..
72
10 v.
54
8 v.
72
10 v.
90
13 Ya
72
10 v.
90
13 Ya
108
16 Ya
90 11 13 Ya
108 11 16 Ya
120 11 19 Ya
9 0 11 13 Ya
108 11 16 Ya
120 11 19 Ya
108 11 16 Ya
120 11 19 Ya
54
54
54

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
11
9
11
11

32
34
36
36
38
38
42
42
42
48
48
48
54
54
54
61
61
61
67
67

22 o/a
23 v.
24 v.
24 v.
25 'l
25 o/a
27 o/a
27 o/a
30 v.
30 v.
33 v.
33 v.
36 v.
36 v.
36 v.
39 Y4
39 %
39%
42%
42%

21 v.
22 o/1
23 v.
23 v.

33 '12 5 >. 12 '12 16 29 '12 14


34 '12 5 >. 13 % 18 30% 14
35 '12 5>;. 14 '12 20 31 '12 14
35 '12 5>;. 14 '12 20 31 '12 14
24>!." 36 '12 5 >. 15 '12 24 32 '12 14
24 v. 36 '12 5 >. 15 '12 24 32 '12 14
26 v. 38 '12 5 lf. 17 % 26 34 '12 14
26 v. 38 1/2 5 >. 17 '12 26 34 '12 14
27 '12 40 1/2 7 v. 17 26 34 '12 18
29 v. 4 1 1/2 5 >. 201/2 32 37 '12 14
32 37 '12 18
301/2 431/2 7 v. 20
30 1/2 43 1/2 7 v. 20
32 37 '12 18
33 1/2 46 1/2 7 v. 23 38 40 '12 18
33 '12 46 1/2 7 v. 23
38 40 '12 18
33 '12 46 '12 7 v. 23
38 42 '12 18
18
37
50 7 v. 26 '12 44 44
- - - - -- -- 18
37
50 7 v. 26 1/2 44 44
18
37
50 7 v. 26 '12 44 46
18
40
53 7 v. 29 1/2 51 48
18
40
53 7 v. 291/2 51 49

30 v. 8 v.
31 v. 9 v.
32 v. lo v.
32 'la 10 v.
33 1/a 11 v.
33 1/a 11 v.
35 1/a 13 v.
35 1/a 13 v.
35 1/a 13 v.
38 1/4 16 v.
38 v. 16 v.
38 '!. 16 v.
19 v.
41 v. 19 1/.
41 v. 19 v.
44 31. 22 >.
-44 >. 22 >.
44 31. 22 %
47 31. 25%
47 3i. 25%

Rails,
AH,
pounds
per
yard

0
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
40
30
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40

0 Does not include weight of dischorge chute. For totol weight of cable propelled tripper, odd weight
given, on odditionol 3% of this weight, ond weight o f houloge equipment shown on poge 206. See
columns HF ond HR for oxle loods.
t No ollowonce mode for weight of dischorge chute or effect of tension in conveyor belt. lf, when
these ore considered, load ot HF is less thon Y. o f total lood on oll four wheels, consult Link-Belt.
Horsepower factor for belt p ropelled trippers with Type A, B, C, D or E chute:
Horsepower to odd to conveyor belt horsepower to propel tripper = Speed of belt (FPM) X
factor Y. Belt pull in pounds to propel tripper = Factor Y X 33,000.
Consult Link-Belt for odditionol horsepower re q uired when ends of chutes ore fitted with bunker seo Is.
18) Cleoronce for drive choin.
0 Ro ils normolly used. Roil clamp suitoble for 25 to 45 pound roils, but con be oltered to suit roils up
to 80 pounds per yord, when specified.

fT

et

c::r

:;

"::io

Q)

A'

::r

<

=i

....

=i

'<

o..

(7Q

bulk handling
belt conveyors

Belt trippers

RAIL STOP
\

2~0 '

-~1'.'.__

l.:- 20' APPROXIMATE

SECTION AA

SPACING OF CABLE SUPPORTS -

Fig. 6257

Haulage equipment for Series S 1 ca ble prop elled tripper

Tripper
number

Approx.
weight

AE

AF

ea ch,

BC

BD

BE

pounds.

INCHES

51Cl420
51 (1 620
51 ( 1820

675
675
675

34
34
34

51(18 24
51C2020
51 C2024
51 C2420

675
675
675
675

40
34
40
34

51(2424
51 C2430
51(3024

675
675
675

40
47 Ya
40

v.

47 'le
49 'le
51 3/a

22 o/r
22 .y.
22 Ya

17
17 Va
17 Va

51 y,
53 'le
53 'le
57 y,

22%
22 %
22 o/r
22 Ya

17 Ya
17
17 Va
17 Va

57 'le 22 %
57 Ya 1 19 %
63 V2 22 %

17 Va
14 3/a
17 Va

- -- - - - - - -

--- -

v.

- - -

Approx.
weight
eoch,
pounds.C,.

72
72
72

51 C3030
51(3036
51 C3630

775
775
775

78
72
78
72

51 C3636
51 ( 3642
5 1(4230
51(4236

775
775
775
775

78
88
78

51 C4242
51(4836
51(4842

775
775
775

--

- --

Hove dimensions certified l or instollotion purposes.


H ouloge equipment includes houloge mochine with totolly enclosed motor
wit h disc type mo tor mounted broke, push bullan reversing storter lor
manua l ond outomotic operotion l or 220 i 440 volt, 60 cycle AC, two limit
switches, two over-trovel limit switches, propelling cable, coble supp o rts,

206 L 1 N K - B E L T

Tripper
number

--

AE

AF

BC

BD

BE

14 'le
14 'le
14 'le

88
100
88

1
IN CH S

v.
v.

47
59
47 Va

63 V2
63 V2
69 V2

19 ra
19 ra
19 ra

59
66 r a
47
59 Va

v.

69 V2
69 V2
76
76 v.

19 ra
19 ra
19 r a
19 ra

14 'le
14 'le
14 y,
14 'le

100
108
88
100

66 ra
59
66 ra

76 v.
82 V2
82 V2

19 ra
19 ra
19 ra

14 y,
14 lfa
14 y,

108
108
108

--- -

v.

- - - --

v.

- -- - - -

- - - - - - - -- - -

v.

sheoves, cable ollochments ond slock cable switch.


Does not inclvde wiring lrom power source to controls.
6. Bosed on 50-loot tripper trovel. Add or subt roct 2 pounds lor eoch loot
ol dillerence.

bulk handling
belt co nveyors

Belt trippers

RETURN TO BELT
TYPES B ANO C ONL Y
Ty p e B chute

Type A chute

Side view of chute

Ty p e C ch u te

Arrangeme n t of
b i n dust sea l

ENDj
VERTICAL
EXTENSION
Type O chute

C hute end extensions

Type E chute

Fig. 4838

Series 5 1 belt t ripper <hutes

Use with
tripper
number

...

1420
1620
1820
1824
2020
2024
2420
2424
2430
3024
3030
3036
3630
3636
3642
4230
4236
4242
4836
4842

A
Chut e angle,
degrees
Types
ABCD

48
46
44
50
43
47
40
45
51
40
47
50
44
47
50
40
44
47
41
44

Type
E

57
55
54
59
53
57
50
55
61
52
58
61
56
59
62
53
56
59
54
57

Thickness
of
pi ate
regularly
furnished

10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10

ga.
ga.
go.
go.
ga .
go.
go.
go.

>,.~,

in.
go.
3;1, in.
3JI. in.

10

31,
3A,
3A,
3A,
3A,
3A'
3A,
3A'

in.
i n.
i n.
i n.
in.
in.
in.
in.

Weight, pounds

e
t

D
!:!.

235
245
260
355
270
365
295
390
600
405
670
720
735
785
935
800
850
1020
920
1090

305
325
340
465
370
480
380
505
760
540
860
950
935
1025
11 75
1030
1090
1290
1170
1380

6 'h
6 'h
6 \/2
6 \/2
6 \/2
6 'h
6 Y2
6 \/2
8
6 Y2
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8

23
23
23
31
23
31
23
31
34
31
34
31
34
37
40
34
37
40
37
40

12
12
12
18
12
18
12
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18

1 1 ll2
11 \/2
11 \/2
12 \/2
11 \/2

INCHES

260 230 o
270 240

285 250
0
375 335 o
295 260
v.
390 345
'l'a
3 15 275 o
420 370
l/1
660 620 1 y,
450 400 o
730 675
~
810 750 l ~
805 725
%
875 800
~
1015 935 1 y,
870 780 1 v.
930 850 1 3_4
1100 1000 2 ~
1010 910 1 :y.
1190 1075 l ~

Have dimensions certifoed for instollotion purposes.


& Tripper numbers ore equivalen! to numbers in Table 26, page 204 ond
numbers listed on precedi ng poges. Prefoxes 51M, 5 1C, or 51B ore
omitted here since some chut es con be used on either motor propelled,
cable prope lled, or belt propelled trippers. In ordering chute, specify
full tripper number: os, Type A chute for number 51M2430 tripper.
Bottom of chu te is % obove top of roils
0 Bottom of chute is 1 obove top of roils.

Type
Type
Type
1 Ty:e 1 Tyr 1
A
D 1 E

175
185
195
260
205
270
220
290
480
315
530
590
580
645
765
630
705
830
770
900

23
24
25
25
27
27
29
29
29
32
32
32
35
35
35
40
40
40
43
43

9 9
9 10
9 11
12 11
9 12
12 12
9 14
12 14
12 14
12 17
12 17
12 17
12 20
12 20
12 20
12 23
12 23
12 23
12 26 \/2
12 26 \/2

53
53
53
63
53
63
53
63
77
63
77
87
77
87
97
77
87
97
87
97

8
9
14 v. 10
21
10
15 y, 11
20 % 11
14 :y. 13
20 :y. 13
25 l/1 13
20 \/2 16
24 \/2 16
28 ~ 16
24 v. 19
19
27 ~
30 'la 19
24 y, 22
26 ~
22
22
29 ~
26 v. 25
25
29 ~
15 ~

15 ~

12~

11 \/2
12
15 ~

12
14 ~

15 \/2
14 ~

15 \/2
15 \/2
13 ~
15 \/2
15 \/2
14 \/2
15 \/2

t far coble propelled trippers odd 4', ond vory dimension B occordingly.
!:!. Dimension to which vertical extensions ore furnis hed unless otherwise
requested. Speci fy omount of extension below top of roil.
o fa r Type E chu tes: 14Ye for 1420
14Ye" for 1620
1s for 1824
18V. for 2024
L 1 N K - B E L T 207

IT

O"

"o

:::r
Q)

<

::l
Cl..

:;'
~

- -A- -PULLEY
FACE

o
"<

.....

33 42'
-- t

,::

--.-

a:J

..._ 16::' -

rn

2--0!" ...

TYPE A CHUTE

r
-1

L~

N- CLEARANCE
GRAIL GAUGE
K

CAN BE ASSE MBLED AS SHOWN OR OPPOSITE AS SHOWN

C L

C L

~ 16., -

TRIPPER

TRIPPER

'z'.-o:".a.

161: ,..

TYPE F CHUTE

2"
y

---.-

T ,.1

R -

FLOOR LINE

P MINIMUM

P MINIMUM

IL
~

EXTENSIOr\ SPOUT 2

EHENSION SPOUT 1

~.

'

TO SUIT

CON DITIO~

..... 16,

R -

-<- 161.

.J

33 42

2~0: ,, ...

;f

'

TYPE R CHUTE

Ser ie s 5 3 tripper and chutes


Approx.
Tripper
number

Approx.
weight,
pounds

Factor
y

Maximum

ex tra

belt
pounds

belt
required,
feet ond

2000
2000
2000
3000
3000
2800
3600
3600
4800
4800

tension,

8- 1o
8 - 10
9-5
9-5
9 -5

26
32
38

18
18
18
18
18

72

30
30
32
32
33

35 v.
35 V
36 v.
36 V
37 v.

49 Y2
55 V2
61 V2
67 V2
73 V2

29 y,

41 y,

72

18:Y.,
18 :y.,
19 :y.,
19 :y.,
20 :y.,

32 y,
35 Y1
38 'la
41 y,

44 y,
47 5/ 1
50 y,
53 'la

9-5
9-5
9-1 1
9- 11
9- 11

26
32
38

20
20
20
20
20

84
84
84
84
84

18 :y.,
18 :Y.,
19 :Y.,
19 :y.,
1 20 3.4 1

30
30
32
32
33

36 v.
49 V2
36
55 y,
37\4
6 1 V2
37 V.
67 V2
38
1 73 Y2

29 'la
32 'la
35 'la
38 'la
41 s;.

4 1 'la
44 'la
4 7 Ya
50 'la

inches

5382418
53830 18
5383618
5384218
5384818

3450
3600

.00 139
.00 173
.00241
.00275
.00315

5382420
53 83020
5383620
5384220
5384S20

3200
3400
3600
3900
4 100

.00 139
.00173
.00 241
.00275
.00315

2900
3000

3200

16

43 Y2

16
20
20
22

1 47
50 v.

50 V2
55
59 :y.

INCHES

44
51

44
51

72
72

72

Hove dimensions cerlified for inslollolion purposes.


lncludes, ope rotor's plo1form, hand brake, boll bearing longe blocks on axles, ball bear ing pillow
blocks on pulley shofls for l ripp e r numbers 5382418 t o 53B4818 ond roller beoring pillow blocks on
pulley shofls for lripper numbers 53B2420 I O 53B4820.
Does nol include, chu te, chule exlensions, cross wolk, or roil c lamp.
0 lncludes, weighl of cross walk ond Type F chul e but no chul e extensions.

v.
v.

53

v.

18
18
18
18
18

Y2
V2
V2
V2
V2

39 'l'1
45 'l'1
51 'l'1
57 'l'1
63 'l'1

17 V2
17 V2
17 y,
17 y,
17 y,

39 'l'1
45 'l'1
5 1 'l'a
57 'l'1
63 'l'1

v.
v.
v.
50 v.
54 v.
38 v.
42 V
46 v.
50 v.
54 v.
38
42
46

1 14
1

16
18
20
22

14

16
16
16
18
20
1 20 1 20
22
22 1

0 Horsepower to odd ro conveyor belt horsepower l o propel tripper


(FPM). Belt pul/ in pounds 10 propel trip per = Factor Y X 33000.
6 lnside to inside o f heod o f roils.
o From top of roil lo underside of lower pulley.
0 Clearance for drive choin.
.6. lnside o f chule to lop o f roil.

54

v.

57 'l'1

50 V2
55

43 V2

47
50 v.
54

v.

59 3/a
64
68 'l'1

v.

57 'l'1

Factor Y

64 v.
68 'l'1

belt speed

......-.

ft)

,,,,-

..
ft)

"'

e:

::l
()'Q

bulk handling
belt conveyors

Belt plows
Meterais such os wood chips, pulp ond foundry sond moy
be plowed from belts et moderote speeds. Plows provide
en economicol meons of d ischorging to one or more intermediote points o long o belt convey or.
In foundries, sond is often plowed from flot b elts et o
number of points simultoneously. Plows moy olso b e o rronged for outomotic operotion occording to the requirements of the bins they serve.

Shuttle belt conveyors


A shuttle belt conveyor is o simple horizontal trock-mounted
belt conveyor which receives the flow of material from o
ftxed conveyor ond dischorges it olong the length of o bin
or pile. Reversible shuttles distribute material in both directions from their central receiving point.
Shuttle belt conveyors often ore used for lumpy, sticky or
highly obrosive material thot would be objectionoble in
tripper chutes.
Shuttle belt conveyors require less heod room thon trippers ond their weight is well distributed. They moy be
built in oll belt w idths ond in lengths which ore limited only
by the drives ond tokeup mechonism.
A speciol form of shuttle belt conveyor is the troiling
convey or which receives material from o ftxed point but
dischorges it to o troveling stocker, to which the heod end
of the troiling convey or is ottoched. One such unit, bu ilt b y
Link-Belt, is designed for en ultimote length of 3 0 0 0 f eet.

Plows d ischa rg e sand fro m b e l! to ho pper obove mo lding machine. In this


found ry, each molde r contro ls the supply o f sond for his slo tion. Pho to 38518

Belt conveyor stackers


Link-Belt p ioneered in the development of b elt convey or
stockers for distributing material over wide orees required
in stockpiling ond disposol of overburden.
Stockers con be built for ony width of belt ond the
length of booms is limited only by economics. Most units
hove booms between 50 ond 150 feet long, but Link-Bel!
hes built two crowler-mounted stocker belts 25 0 f eet long
over-oll ond, recently, hes instolled o trock mounted pivoted
boom stocker with o 275-foot rodius.
(continued)

Shuttle b elt conve yor 4 8 " wide trave ls over bias! furnace stock bins to
d istribute coke which is transpo rted fro m coke plan! by another bel! conveyor
with 5611-fool centers. Pho to 379 86

Be lt conveyo r s tocker on 24" wide, 143 -foot ce nters b e l! conveyor is


p ivoted al foot end and travels 240 deg rees on a ra d ial !rack while d ischarging grave! to crescenl shape d stockpile. Photo 3665 8

Shuttle b elt conveyor 24" wid e with 5 0 0 -foot centers on high structure
dislributes phospha te rock bo th sid e s o f 30" wide incline d conveyor to stockp ile a b out 1 0 0 0 feet long . Pho to 3 0796

L 1 N K - B E L T 209

bulk handling
belt conveyors

Belt conveyor stacker designs vary greatly to meet operating requirements, but fall into the following general types:

Stationary fixed boom type, consisting of a cantilever


of enough o f the conveyor head end structure to allow
unobstructed movement of vehicles on the pile beneath.
This t y pe is wi dely used in Jorg e power plants to form th e
initi al conica l piles of coal w hich is more widely di str ibuted
a nd com pacted by earth moving equipment.

Stationary type with separate boom b e lt p ivoted


about receiving hopper at foot end. Th is t ype re-

Self-propell e d stacke r with 275-foot radius boom, equipped with 42"


wid e belt conveyor, hondles t aconite pellets, stockpiling them 90 feet high
ond more than 800 feet wide ot the base. Trailing bel! conveyor which delivers
to stacker has 1382-foot centers designed for o future edensian to 3000
feet. Photo 38273

volves t hrough an are of 2 00 to 25 0 and can bed a


crescent-shaped p il e of substant ially greater volume than
the conica l p ile formed b y the flxed boom t y pe. Sorne
st ackers of this type hove booms cantilevered full leng th
ond others ore supported on a radial track near the
outer end.

Traveling, self- propell e d type which usually span the


main b elt a nd ope ra te on tracks beside it. Material may
be d ischarged to either or both sides. In sorne coses, the
discharge end of the main bel t is a tt ached to the stacker
frame, and moves with it on tracks as a trail ing conveyor.
In either case, the stacker belt conveyors may be mounted
on cant ilevered booms of the following types:
Rigid boom which discharges material a flxed d istance
from the main belt.
Pivoted boom, which revolves obout t he center of receiving hopper, and d ischarges material on both sides
of the main belt onywhere within the rodius of the boom.
Crawler mounted stacker belt conve yors with hoppers
and feeders for receiving material from shovels or d raglines. In effect, this type extends the range of the shovel
by the length of the stacker ond the height of its dischorge.

Se lf-p rope lle d s tacker s wilh pivoted booms can blend moterials as they
are bedded into piles in shallow windrows. This bel! conveyor is 42" wide
and lhe boom has a 150-foot rodius. Photo 28956

Se lf- p rop e lle d stacke r wilh bel! conve yo r 36" wide ond a 100-foot radius
boom, dislributes overburden to spoil bank a l an iran ore mine. Stacker receives material from the troiling conveyor o f a a ne-mile conveyor system.
Photo 32604

2 10 L 1 N K - B E L T

A relotively high degree of b lending may b e obtained b y


the traveling, pivoted boom type stocker os the ma terial is
bedded into the p ile in small, orc-shap ed windrows. The
size of windrows and disp ersion of materi al is regulated
by odjusting the t rove! and rotating speeds of the stacker.
In addition to the many designs ovailoble, Link-Belt will
design sp eciol stackers for speciflc requirements.

Stacke r with 54" belt conveyor is oboul 250 fee l long over-a ll, is equipped
with o hopper and feed er and is mounted on cro wlers. lt handles overburden
fro m stripping shovel to spoil pile. Photo 2367 5

bulk handling
b elt conveyors

Belt conveyor bridges


Traveling bridges equipped with belt conveyors p rovide
for storing a large volume of material in a relatively small
orea.
The bridge belt conveyor receives ma t erial from a main
conveyor operating parallel ta the bridge runway. Distribution from the bridge belt may be by tripper or shuttle.

Vessel loaders
Belt conveyor ty pe vessel loaders provide economica l, high
capacity loa d ing a f bulk materials to ocean or lake vessels,
or to river borges. Functionall y, they ore similar to stackers
os they usuall y receive ma terial fram a stationary dock
belt and d ischa rge into hatches b y means of a b oom b elt.
Barge loaders and certain moderate capacity units for
loading ocean vessels ore stationary, but higher capacity
loaders t rove! along the dock from hatch to hatch, reducing
the dela ys and exp ense of shifting the vessel.
Vessel loaders may be built with boom belts of any
width, ond the booms may b e retractable and hinged for
trimming, to accommodate ship s of vorious sizes, to compensote for d ifferences in water leve!, and to clear the
ship 's rigging.

11

Trave ling b e lt conve yor bridg es stock p ile coal on both sides of a 48
distributing bel! from boa! unloader. Tripper travels in bridge trusses.
Photo 32765

Vessel unloaders
Large self-unloading boats, as used on the Great Lakes,
provide a flexible and economical means of transporting
such free flawing bulk materials as coal, stone and taconite
pellets. Belt canveyors ore used ta canvey materi al fram
the holds and on the pivoted st acker booms. Link-Belt has
furnished belt conveyor equipment for such self-unloaders,
sorne of which hove 250-foot rad ius boams.

Railroad car loading booms


Belt conveyor loading booms ore used ext ensively for lowering lump coal, stone, taconite pellets and other materiols
into open top cars with minimum degrod at ion. Laading
booms ore hinged and may be of the shuttl e type for
trimming stationary cars, or equipp ed with sp ecia l chutes
to direct flow automatically from one car to the next as a
tra in is moved continuously beneath the boom.

Vessel load ing system of 25 shuttle conveyors operated in two banks for
loa ding taconile pellets lo lwa Greal lakes are boals simultaneously. Each
conveyor has a capacity of 750 to 1500 lons per hour. Photo 395 18

Vessel loa d e r of !he sta lionary lype, with hinged bel! conveyor boom to
comp ensale for tide, vessel size, and to clear rigging of ocean ship s. A motor
driven, swiveling spoul al end of boom controls Aow to hatches. Photo 38108

Vessel loaders of !he traveling lype for loading iron ore into ocean ships
from slorage bunker. The bel! conveyor booms ore hinged and pivoted fo r
vertical ond radial movemenl. Photo 381 20

LIN K - BELT 211

bulk handling
belt conveyors

Mag netic devices


Tronsportation of bulk moteriols by belt conveyors provides
a convenient meons for removing mognetic materi al os it
is dischorged over o mognetic heod pulley. For lorge material, or for belts operoting et hi gh speeds, such mognetic
material moy be removed w ith electro or permonent
mognets locoted obove the head pulley. Another orrangement consists of o cross belt bocked up by o mognet,
which is mounted obove the moin belt so that the magnetic
material is outomoticolly picked up from moin belt ond
corried to one side.

Weighing devices

Sampling and w eighing , os iron o re is outomolicolly removed from dischorge of 60" inclined bel! conveyor ond p rocessed in o pen lo we r. The
rejecls ore re turned by bucke t elevotor. Ore is weighed on horizontal b e lt
conveyor in enclosed gollery. Photo 36181

Various types of devices ore ovailoble for weighing materiols os they ore corried on the belt and for autom oticolly
recording the accumuloted weights. Among these ore mechonical integroting scole types and those emplaying electronic stroin gouge princip ies.
Most of these devices ore guoronteed to be occurate
within one-holf of one per cent, ond the actual operoting
accurocy is usuolly well within th is limit.
Weighing devices ore olso sometimes used to outomoticolly control the volumetric flow from feeders to belt conveyors.

Sampling equipment
A belt conveyor provides the meons for sompling bulk moterials occurotely, automotically, continuously ond economically. The required so mple is removed from the flow of
material over the conveyor head pulley, ofter which the
sample is divid ed, crushed ond the re jects are returned to
belt conveyor.
Link-Belt designs and builds sompling systems in conjunction with belt conveyors to suit speciflc requirements.

Belt slingers
Belt slingers are ruggedly built,
yet are easily maneuverable. Receiv
ing chutes ore mode to suit type of
material hondled. Photo 39357

Belt slinger piling ra w sugar between the decks of an oceon vessel,


o location inoccessible lo the shiplooder spo uts. Pho to 39358

Link-Belt belt slingers distribute mote ria ls beyond the ronge


of conventionol chutes. Often, due to the trajectory from o
slinger, the material moy be d ischorged into p l aces thot
would b e relotively inoccessi ble b y other methods.
Belt slingers ore porticulorly suitable for piling material
between the decks of oceon vessels, which could not be
accomplished by shiploader chutes. Similarly, they load
boxcars from a single chute through the door ond d istribute
over wide oreas in worehouses - operations that would
otherwise requir e more expensive ond cumbersome equipment or consid erable manual labor.
Belt slingers ore ruggedly built, reodily portable, ond
are mode in severol sizes. They ore suitoble for handl ing
such free flowing moteriols os raw sugar, fertilizers, sond,
cool, groin ond sorne kinds of ore.

Traveling loading hoppers

Traveling loading hopper wit h bel t feeder for looding sulphur to belt
conveyor from crone bucket. Photo 38104

212 LINK - BELT

Link-Belt builds numerous types of t raveling hoppers to load


bulk moterials along predetermined horizontal runs of belt
conveyors. When material is received from self-unlood ing
vessels, stockers ond other continuous flow machines, the
troveling hopper is l ittle more thon o flored chute to confine
material at tronsfer ond load it on the belt properl y.
Traveling looding hoppers ore equ ipped with feeders to
d eliver o uniform flow to the belt when material is received
from intermittent mochines such as shovels, cranes ond droglines. Tro vel ing hoppers ore olso used to cont rol flow from
gote openings in tunnels ond under long bins.

bulk handling
belt conveyors

Pre-selected terminals
Pre-selected terminals provide a convenient means
of selecting the terminal components for simple belt
conveyors of moderate widths and lengths. Such
components are the belt, pulleys, shafts, tokeups
ond beorings.
The vorious Terminal Groups contoined in Table
27 hove been developed for selection bosed on
the belt horsepower ot o belt speed of 100 FPM.
After obtoining the horsepower ot 100 FPM, selection of the required Terminal Group provides such
design informotion os the T1 ond T2 belt tensions,
the roted belt tension in pounds per inch of width,
ond selection informotion for the vorious components os well os sorne of the more signiflcont
dimensions.
The roted belt tension is the result of opplying
the foctors in Table 13, poge 156, for metal
splices ond ocross-the-line storting. The belt should
be checked for strength, lump size ond material
hondled, os shown in Table 14, poge 156.
The detoiled method for using Table 27 is
omplifled in Exomple 1, poge 170.

32693

Single pulley drive terminal

3269$

Screw takeup terminal

Snubbed pulley drive terminal

Weighted takeup terminal

Table 2 7 Terminal group rotings


Rated
belt

tension,
paunds
per inch
width6

Rated
belt

Maximum
belt
harsepawer
al
100 FPM
belt speed

Terminal
graup
number

Type
af
drive

...

Diameler
af
drive
pulley,
inches

Belt lensian,
paunds o

T10

tension,
p ounds
per inch
widlh 6

115

135

2.87
3.19
3.47

154

3.27
3.63
3.95

2.59

2.95

18A 20207
188 20207
18C 20207
180 20207
18A 20207
188 20207
18C 20207
180 20207
18A24215
188 24215
18C 24215
18024215

8P
8PS
LP
LPS
-8P
8PS
LP
LPS
8P
8PS
LP
LPS

20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
24
24
24
24

1350
620
1350
542
1350
450
1350
372
-722
-1580
1580
634
1580
525
435
- --1580
1800
825
1800
722
1800
600
1800
495

BP indicates unlagged drive pulley with belt wrap ol 180 degrees.


BPS indicotes unlagged drive pulley with belt wrap o 210 degrees.
LP indlcates lagged drive pulley w ith belt wrap o 180 degrees.
LPS indicates lagged drive pulley with belt wrap o 210 degrees.
O Tensions shown based on metal spl ices and acrosslheline starting . See
Table 13, page 156. Tension decreases in same proportion as ratio o
requir ed horsepowe r to maximum horsepowe r.

Terminal
g roup
num ber

100 FPM
belt speed

Type
of
drive

...

Dio meter
af
drive
pulley,
inches

Belt lensian,
p aunds o

T10

T2

2 0 lnch w id e belt

1 8 ln ch w ld e b e lt
2.22
2.46
2.73
2.97

Maximum
belt
harsepower
al

11 5

135

154

2.47
2.73
3.03
3.30
2.89
3.21
3.56
3.86
3.28
3.63
4.04
4.38

20A 20207
8P
208 20207
8PS
20C 20 207
LP
200 20207
LPS
20A 20207
8P
208 20207
8PS
20C 20207
LP
200 20207
LPS
20A24215
8P
2082 4215-1 8PS
LP
2 0 C2 4215
20024215
LPS

20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
24
24
24
24

1500
690
1500
603
1500
500
1500
4 14
--1760
8 05
1760
705
1760
586
1760
485
2000
916
2000
8 02
2000
667
2000
550
(canlinued)

0 T 1 indicotes lension required in belt as il approaches drive pul ley to produce moximum horsepower.
T2 indico tes tension required in belt os it leoves drive pulley to produce
moximum horsepower.
6 Roted belt ten,ions opply lo cotton ply belts lor tronsmitting indicated
horsepower with pulley d iometers shown, using mechonicol 'losteners and
ocross-the -line storting. A lso check w ith Table 14, poge 156, lor lump size
ond weight ol moteriol.

LINK - BELT 213

bulk handling
belt conveyors

Pre-selected terminals
Table 27 Terminal group ratings (continued)
Rated belt

Moximum

tension,

belt
harsepawer
al 100 FPM
belt speed

Terminal
graup
number

3.44
3.82
4.23
4.62
3.94
4.36
4.85
5.27

20A 20215
20B 20215
20C 20215
20 0 20215
20A 24215
20B 24215-2
20C 24215
20024215

paunds
per inch
width LI

162

185

Type
af
d rive

BP
BPS
LP
LPS
BP
8 PS
LP
LPS

Dio meter

af
drive
pulley,
inches

20
20
20
20
24
24
24
24

Belt tensian,
paundso
T O

1 T1

2 100 960
2100 840
2 100 700
2 100 578
2400 1100
2400 965
24 00 800
2400 660

Rated belt
paunds
per inch
width LI

154

200
230

2 4 inch wide b elt


11 5

134

154

160

185

198

245

2.95
3.28
3.63
3.95
~5
3.82
4.24
4.61
3.94
4.36
4.84
5.25
4.09
4.54
5.05
5.48
4.73
5.23
5.82
6.32
5.08
5.65
6.25
6.80
6.32
7.00
7.76
8.45

24A 20207
248 20207
24 C 20207
240 20207
24A 20215-1
24620215-1
24C 20215-1
240 20215
24A24215
24824215
24C242 15 - 1
240 24215
24A20215-1
248 20215-2
24C 20215-1
240 202 15
24A 24307
248 24307
24C 24307
240 24307
24A 2 0 215-2
248 20215 -2
24C 20215-2
240 2 0215
24A 24307
24B 24307
24C 24307
240 24307

BP
8PS
LP
LPS
8P
BPS
LP
LPS
8P
BPS
LP
LPS
8P
8PS
LP
LSP
8P
8PS
LP
LPS
BP
8PS
LP
LPS
8P
8PS
LP
LPS

20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
24
24
24
24
20
20
20
20
24
24
24
24
20
20
20
20
24
24
24
24

1800
1800
1800
1800
2100
2100
2100
2100
2400
2400
2400
2400
2500
2500
2500
2500
2880
2880
2880
2880
3100
3100
3100
31 00
3840
3840
3840
3840

825
720
600
495
960
840
700
576
1100
965
800
662
1145
1005
833
688
1320
1155
962
795
1420
1250
1033
855
1760
1550
1280
1055

8P
8PS
LP
LPS
BP
8PS
LP
LPS
8P
8PS
LP
LPS
BP
BPS
LP
LPS
BPS
LPS

20
20
20
20
24
24
24
24
20
20
20
20
24
24
24
24
30
30

2600
2600
2600
2600
3000
3000
3000
3000
2500
2500
2500
2500
3200
3200
3200
3200
3750
3750

1190
1045
865
715
1370
1205
1000
825
1145
100 4
833
688
1465
1280
1066
883
1505
1030

3 0 inch wide belt


133

154

128

164

192

4.27
4.73
5.25
5.70
4.92
5.45
6.07
6.60
4.10
4.55
5.05
5.48
5.25
5.82
6.45
7.02
--"'6.82
8.23

30A 20215-1
30820215
30C 20215
300 20215-1
30A 24307
308 24307
30C 24307
300 24307
30A 20215-1
308 202 15
30C 20215
300 20215-1
30A 24307
308 24307
30C 24307
300 24307
308 30315
300 30315

O T 1 indicotes tension required in bell os it opprooches dnve pul ley t o


produce moximum horsepower.

T2 indicotes te ns ion required in b elt os it leoves drive pulley to produce


moximum horsepower.

214 L 1 N K - B EL T

Moximum 1

tension,

200

--246

belt
1
horsepower
at 100 FPM
belt speed

4.92
5.45
6.07
6.59
6.40
7.12
7.90
8.55
8.20
9.88
6.40
7.10
7.90
8.55
7.88
8.75
9.72
10.50

Terminal
graup
number

30A 20215-2
308 20215
30C 20215
300 20215 -2
30A 243 07
308 24307
30C 24307
300 24307
30B 30315
300 30315
30A 20307
308 20307
30C 20307
300 20307
30A24315
30B 24315
30C243 15
300 24315

Type
al
drive

8P
BPS
LP
LPS
8P
8PS
LP
LPS
8PS
LPS
8P
8PS
LP
LPS
8P
BPS
LP
LPS

Di a meter
al
drive
pulley,
inches

20
20
20
20
24
24
24
24

--w30
20
20
20
20
24
24
24
24

3 6 inch wide be lt
20
36A 20215
8P
5.08
368 202 15
BPS
20
5.65
132
20
36C 20215
LP
6.28
360 202 15
LPS
20
6.81
36A 24307-1 8P
24
5.90
368 24307-1 8PS
24
6.55
154
24
7.30
36C24307-1 LP
360 24307
LPS
24
7.90
8P
20
36A 20215
4.92
20
5.45
368 20215
BPS
128
LP
20
36C 20215
6.07
20
360 20215
LPS
6.59
--36A 24307-2 8P
24
6.40
24
8PS
7.12
36B 24307-1
166
24
36C 24307-2 LP
7.90
24
LPS
8.55
360 24307
- -368 30315
BPS
30
8.18
192
30
36030315-1 LPS
9.85
24
5.90
36A 24307-1 BP
24
36B 24307- 1 BPS
6.55
15 4
24
7.30
36C 24307-1 LP
LPS
24
360 24307
7.90
30
BPS
8.75
368 30315
205
360 30315-2 LPS
30
10.50
BPS
36
368 36407
10.18
230
36
360 36407
LPS
12.30
-36A 20307- 1 8P
20
5.90
20
6.55
368 20307-1 BPS
154
20
36C 20307-1 LP
7.30
7.90
360 20307
LPS
20
8P
24
36A 24315
7.55
196
24
8.37
36B 24315
8PS

Belt tensian,
pounds o
T O

3000
3000
3000
3000
3900
3900
3900
3900
4500
45 00
3900
3900
3900
3900
4800
4800
4800
4800

1 T2

1370
1205
1000
825
1790
1565
1300
1070
1805
1240
1790
1565
1300
1070
2200
,1930
1600
1320

3 100 1420
3 100 1240
31 00 1030
3100 853
- -3600 1650
3600 1450
3600 1200
3600 995
- - -3000 1370
3000 1205
3000 1000
3000 825
3900 1790
3900 1565
3900 1300
3900 1070
-- -4500 1810
4500 1240
- - - 3600 1650
3600 1450
3600 1200
3600 995
-- - 48 00 1930
48 00 1320
-- 5400 2170
5400 1490
-- -3600 1650
3600 1450
3600 1200
3600 995
- -4600 2100
4600 1840
cantinued

.& BP tndica tes unlogged drive pulley wi th belt wrop of 180 degrees.
BPS indicate s unl.,gged drive pulley w ith belt wrop of 210 degrees.
LP indicotes logged drive pulley wilh belt wrap of 180 d egrees.
L PS indicote s logged drive pulley with bel! wrop of 210 degrees.
o Tensions shown ore bosed en metal splices ond ocross-the-line slorting.
See Table 13, poge 156. Tension decreoses in some proportion os
ratio e l required horsepower l o moximum horsepower.
LI Roled bel t tensions opply to coiten p ly belts fer tronsmill ing indicoted
horsepower with pulley diamelers shown, using mechanical fasleners
and across- the-line starting. Also check wi th Table 14, page 156, fer
lump size ond weight of material.

bulk handling
belt conveyors

Pre-selected terminals
Table 27 Terminal group ratings (continued)
Rated b e lt

Mo ximum

tension,

belt
ho rsepowe r
a l 100 FPM
b elt spee d

pounds
p e r i nch
widlh L:.

Terminal
gro up
number

Type
of
drive

...

Di a meter
of
drive
p ulley,
inches

Belt lensia n,
po und s o
T1 0

I T2

9.25
36C24315
LP
24
4600 1530
10.03
360 24315
4600 1260
LPS
24
-368 3 0 407
8PS
30
5400 2170
9.82
230
11.95
360 3 0 407
LPS
5400 1490
30
-- -4600 2100
7.55
36A 2030 7 -2 8P
20
8.37
368 20 307-2 8PS
20
4600 1840
196
36C 20307-2 LP
4600 1530
9 .25
20
10.03
360 2030 7
LPS
20
4600 1260
--- -- - 9.46
36A24315
BP
24
5760 2630
10.40
368 24315
24
5760 231 0
8PS
247
11.65
36C24315
LP
24
5760 1920
12.64
36024315
5760 1585
LPS
24
7.05
36A 20307 -2 BP
4300 1960
20
7.83
368 20 307-2 8PS
20
4300 1720
185
8.70
36C 20307-2 LP
20
4300 1430
9.45
360 20307
LPS
20
4300 1180
- -9.46
36A 24315
BP
24
5760 2630
247
10.40
36824315
8PS
24
5760 2310
11.65
36C24315
LP
24
5760 1920
12.64
36024315
24
LPS
5760 1585
--13.10
368 30407
8PS
30
7200 2880
3 08
15.80
360 30407
LPS
30
7200 1980
42 inch wide belt
BP
20
3600 1650
5.90
42A 20 30 7
6.55
428 20 307
8PS
20
3600 1450
132
7.30
42C 20307
LP
20
3600 1200
42 0 20307
LPS
20
3600 995
7.90
-24
4200 1920
42A 24315
8P
6.88
1680
7.65
428
24315
8PS
24
4200
154
42C 24315
LP
24
4200 1400
8.48
42024315 -1 LPS
9.22
24
4200 1160
42A 20 307
8P
20
3600 1650
5.90
3600 1450
6.55
428 20307
8PS
20
132
7 .30
42C 20307
LP
20
3600 1200
420 20307
LPS
20
7.90
-3600
- -995
4500 2060
7.38
42A 24315
BP
24
428 24315
8PS
24
4500 1805
8.20
165
LP
4500 1500
9.10
42C 24315
24
420 24315-1 LPS
24
4500 1240
9.88
- -8PS
5250 2 100
9.55
428
303
15
30
193
11 .50
42030315
LPS
30
5250 1440
4200 1920
6.88
42A 24307
8P
24
428 24307
8PS
24
4200 1680
7.65
154
LP
4200 1400
8.48
42C 24307
24
9.22
42 0 24307
LPS
24
4200 1160
428 30315
8PS
30
5600 2240
10.1 0
206
LPS
5600 1530
420 30315
30
12.25
- -428 36407
8PS
36
6300 2520
11.45
232
LPS
13.80
420 36407
36
6300 1730
- 8P
5100 2330
42A 20315
20
8.37
9.28
42 8 20315
8PS
20
5100 2040
187
5100 1700
LP
20
10.30
42C20315
11.18
42 0 20315
LPS
20
5100 1400
10.80
42A24315
8P
24
6600 3020
6600 2640
428 24315
8PS
24
12.00
242
13.30
42C 24315
LP
24
6600 2200
24
6600 1810
420 24315 - 1 LPS
14.45
-8PS
30
8400 3370
15.18
428 30407
308
8400 2310
18.30
420 30407
LPS
30
~

0 T 1 indicotes tensio n re quir ed in belt os it appro oches drive pulley to


pro duce moximum ho rsepower.
T 2 indicot es tension required in belt a s i l l eaves d rive pulley t o produce
ma ximum horsepower.

8P
8PS
LP
LPS
8PS
LPS
8PS
LPS

24
24
24
24
30
30
36
36

6100 2790
6100 2445
61 00 2030
61 00 1675
8400 3370
8400 2310
10080 4050
10080 2780

48A 20307
8P
488 20307
8PS
48C 20307
LP
480 20307
LPS
48A24315
8P
48 82431 5
BPS
48C24315
LP
48024315
LPS
48A 20307
8P
488 20307
8PS
48C 203 07
LP
480 20307
LPS
48A 24315
8P
8PS
488 24315
48C 24315
LP
48024315
LPS
488 30407
8PS
480 30407
LPS
48A24315
BP
48824315
8PS
LP
48C 24315
48024315
- LPS
488 30407
8PS
480 30407
LPS
488 36415
8PS
48036415 ,_LPS
8P
48A20315
488 20315
8PS
LP
48C 20315
480 20315
LPS
48A 24407
8P
48 824407-1 8PS
48C 24407
LP
48024407-1 LPS
8PS
488 30415
480 30415
LPS
48A 2440 7
8P
488 24407 -2 8PS
LP
48C 24407
480 24407 -2 LPS
8PS
488 30415
LPS
480 30415
BPS
488 36507
LPS
480 36507

20
20
20
20
24
24
24
24
20
20
20
20
24
24
24
24
30
30
24
24
24
24
30
30
36
36
20
20
20
20
24
24
24
24
30
30
24
24
24
24
30
30
36
36

4200 1920
4200 1680
4200 1400
4200 1160
4800 2200
4800 1930
4800 1600
4800 1320
3900 1790
3900 1565
3900 1300
3900 1070
51 00 23 30
51 00 20 40
51 00 1700
51 00 1400
6000 2400
6000 1650
4800 2200
4800 1930
4800 1600
4800 1320
6400 2560
64 00 1750
7200 2880
7200 1980
5800 2660
5800 2320
5800 1930
5800 1590
7600 3460
7600 3040
7600 2520
7600 2080
9600 3840
9600 2630
7000 3200
7000 28 00
7000 2320
7000 1920
9400 3760
9400 2580
11520 4600
11520 3170

Maximum

tensio n,

bell
horsepower
atlOOFPM
b e lt speed

Terminal
group
number

10.00
11.50
12.27
13.37
15.18
18.30
18.40
22.20

42A24315
42824315
42C 24315
42024315-2
428 30407
420 30407
428 36415
42036415

pounds
p er inch
width L:.

196

--

Belt tension,
po unds o

...

Dia meter
of
drive
pulley ,
inches

Rote d belt

224
3 08
367

Ty p e
af
drive

T10

I T2

48 inch wide belt


134

154

125

164
192
154
205
231
186

243
305
225
304
370

6.88
7.65
8.48
9.22
7.88
8.75
9.72
10.50
6.40
7.12
7 .90
8.55
8.37
9.28
10.30
11.18
10.85
13.15
7.88
8.75
9.72
10.50
11.55
13.90
13.10
15.80
9.53
10.52
11.70
12.70
12.45
13.80
15.30
16.60
17.40
21.00
11 .50
12.70
14.10
15.35
17. 10
20.60
21 .00
25.25

--

-" 8 P i ndicates unlagged drive pulley with bell wrap o f 180 deg rees.
8PS indi cates unlogged drive pulley with belt wrop of 210 deg rees.
L P indicoles lagged d r ive pulley with belt w rop o f 180 deg rees.
LPS indicat es la gged d rive pulley with belt wra p o f 210 d eg rees.
o Tensions shown ore based o n me tal spli ces and across- the-l ine starting .
See Table 13, page 156. Tension decreo ses in same p roporlio n as ra tio
o f req uired horsepower to moximum horsep ower.
b. Ro ted be lt tensions apply to cotto n ply belts fo r t ransmitt ing indicated
horsepower with pulley diameters sho wn, using mechani ca l fa steners
ond across-the -line starting. Also check wilh Table 14, page 156, for
lump size and w eight o f ma terial.

LINK-BELT 215

cr oe:

:;

"::Jo

<

'<

...,

HEAD
PULLEY

"

CD
1"11

r
-i
Fig. 4662

HEAD PULLEY

SNUB PULLEY AND


SCREW TYPE TAKEUP
Heod

Terminal
group
number

terminal number A

Bobbitted
beoring

Boll ond
roller
beoring

Tokeup terminal number O


Screw takeup
Babbitted
beoring

Ball
bearing

e
1 Snub shaft
HeadlSnub1~~:: ~~t~d 1 Roll~r ~~~d 1 Bol.1
shoft shaft up

Grovity tokeup .C:.


Be bbittedl Roller
beoring beoring

Head shoft

Screw tokeup BobB.ob 1 Bo ll


bitted 1 Roller
b1tted b
beoring

F G H Snub'Screw
shoft lake
up

b eorinalbeanng b eoring beanng beoring ecnng bearing

INCHES

1 8 inch w ide belt


IBA 20207
18A24215

l 8A 202078 l 8A 20207A 18T 161158 l 8T l 6115A


18A24215B 18A24215A l 8T 161158 18T 161 15A

188 20207
18824215

48048
48048

4804A 20 15
4804A 20 15Y,

.. ..
....

l 3 V2
13V2

2'A
3\4

2 V2
2'A

188 202078 188 20207A 18T 16 11 58 18T 16115A 48048


188 242158 18B 24215A l 8T 161158 18T 16115A 48048

4804A 20 15 13V2 13V2


4804A 20 15 v, 13V2 13V2

2 3A
3\4

2y,
2'A

1 8C 20207
18C 24215

1BC 202078 1BC20207A 18T 16 11 58 18T 16115A


18C24215B 18C2421 5A 18Tl6 11 58 18T 16115A

4804 8
48048

4804A 20 15
4804A 20 15y,

13V2
13V2

2'A
3\4

2v,
2'A

180 20207
180 24215

180 202078 180 20207A IBT 1611 58 18T 16 l 15A


18024 2158 180 24 2 l 5A 18T1611 5B l BT 16 l 15A

4 8048
48048

4804A 20 15 13Y2 13 Y2
4804A 20 15y, 13Y2 13y,

2'A
3\4

2Y2
2'A

48078
48088
48088

4807A 22 16
. . . 14'A
4808A 22 l 6 Y2 .. . . 14 'A
4808A 22 l 6 V2 . . . . 14 2A

2'A
3\4
3\4

2Y,

4807A
4807A
4 807A
4 808A

14'A
l 4'A
14'A
14'A

2'A
3\4
3 \4
3\4

2V2
2'A
2 3A
2'A

20C 20207
20C 202 15
20C 24215

20C 202078 20C 20207A 20T 16 11 58 20T 16 11 5A


20C 20215 8 20C 202 15A 20T 16 11 5 8 20T 1611 5A
20C 24 2 15 8 20C 24215A 20T 16 11 58 20T 161 15A

48078
4807 8
48078

4807A 22 16 . . . . 14'A
4807A 22 16Y,
. 14'A
4807A 22 l6Y2 . . . . 14 2A

2'A
3\4
3\4

2y,
2'A
2'A

200 20207
200 202 15
200242 15

200 20207 8 200 20207A 20T 161 158 20T 16115A 48078
200 202 158 200 20215A 20T 161158 20T 16115A 48078
200 24 2 15 8 200 24215A 20T 16 11 58 20T l 61 15A 48078

4807A 22 16 l 4'A 14'A


4807A 22 16Y, 14'A 14'A
4 807A 22 l 6Y2 14'A 14'A

2 2A
3\4
3\4

2y,
2'A
2'A

.. ..
...

. . . . ..
.... ...

..
..

2\4
2\4

I V2
I V2

7Y,
9

7\4

4'A

ay,

5'A 24 2 ~

..

JI ~

2\4
2\4

1V2
1y,

7V1
9

7\4
8 Y2

4'A 20 2 ~ 16 "~
5 3A 24 2 ~ 16 1 ~

1' ~

16124

2\4
2\4

1 y,
1 Y2

7 Y2

7\4

4'A 20 2 ~

ay,

5'A 24 2'tl.

. . . . . "~
.. . . . . 1' ~

16 24
16 24

2\4
2\4

1 V2
1y,

7 V1
9

7 1A
8Y2

2\4
2y,

7 V2

7\4

4 3A 20 2 ~.

2Y,

I V2
1 Ya
1 Ya

9
9

av,
ay,

5'A 20 2'tl.
5'A 24 2 i-1.

1Y2
I V2
I Y2
1 Y2

2\4
2\4
2\4
2Y,

1Y2
1v,
I Y2
1 Ya

7y,
9
9
9

7\4

BY,

4'A 20 2 ~ 16 l' tl. 1 'ti.


5'A 20 21 tl. 16 l' tl. 1 'ti.
5'A 24 2'tl. 16 l 1y,. 1 1~
5'A 24 2' tl. 16 1' ~ 2J.1.

1624
16 24
1624
1624

. . . . .. ..
. . . . . . ...
.... . . . . .

2\4
2\4
2\4

I V2
1v,
1y,

7 V2

7\4
8Y2

5'A 20 2 1~

16124
16 24

ay,

5 3A

. .. . .. l'tl.
. . . . . . "~
24 2 ~ . . . ... 1' ~

16,24

1y,
1V2
1y,

2\4
2\4
2\4

I V2
1V2
1 y,

7 y,
9
9

7\4

4 'A 20 2 ~ 16 1' ti.


" ~ 1624
5'A 20 2 ~ 16 1' ~ 1 ~ 1624
5'A 24 2 ~ 16 1 ~ l' M. 1624

2\4
2\4

I V2
1v,

... .....
. . . .. . . . . .
2\4
2\4

l V2
1y,

202 ~

4'A 20 n~. 16

1 ~

"~

"~

16124
16124
16 24

l't\, 1 6 24

5'A 24 2i-1, 16 Jl t, "~ 16 24

20 inch w id e belt
20A 20207
20A 202 15
20A24215
208
208
208
208

20A 202078 20A 20207A 20T 16 11 58 20T 16115A


20A.202 158 20A 202 15A 20T 16203 8 20T 16203A
20A 242 158 20A 24215A 20T 162038 20T 16203A

20207 208
20215 208
24215- 1 208
24215-2 208

202078 208 20207A 20T 1611 5 8 20T 16 11 5A 48078


202158 20 8 202 15A 20T 16 11 58 20T 16 11 5A 48078
24 2158 208 24215A 20T 161158 20T l 6 11 5A 48078
242 158 208242 15A 20T 16203 8 20T 16203A 48088

22 16 14'A
22 l 6 Y2 14'A
22 l 6Y2 14'A
22 l6Y2 14'A

..

Hove dimensions certified lor installation purposes.


lncludes heod sha lt, ste el pulley, logged lor LP ond LPS drives, ond 2 pillow blocks. Bobbitted
beorings: Series 2-1 500 pillow blocks with collors. Roller beorings: Series 400 pillow blocks.
fer BPS ond LPS drives. olso includes snub shoft, steel pulley ond 2 pillow blocks. Babbitted
beoringS: Series 2-1200 pillow blocks with collars. Boll beorings: Series 200 pillow blocks.

2 2A
2'A

. . . . .. . ..

... .. . . . . .
. .. .. . . . . .
2\4
2\4
2\4
2\4

2\4
2\4
2\4

9
9

av,
ay,

av,
ay,

4 3A 20

2~

. . . ' . l'tl.
. ... . . 2J,1,

.... ..

16 24
1624
2J.1. 1624

lncludes shoft, steel pulley ond 2 tokeups. Bobbitted beorings: Series OS-62800 tokeups with
collors. Ball beorings: Series TDS 200 tokeups.
o Grovity tokeups recommended lor conveyors with centers over 100 leet or l or conveyors
requiring more thon 60 per cent ol the moximum roted horsepowe r.
6 Series 4800 tokeups.

,,e;
1

CD

.."....
-
CD
CD

a.
CD

51

:a
a

;s:;::::r
Q)

:::>

c..

:::>
O'Q

,..
.,.CD
1

SEE IDLER SELECTED


HEAD
PUL LEY

t:F

o
o

+
3o l'HJ~''-sNUB PULLEY
k
WHEN REQUIRED

a.

Fig. 4662

He ad
termina l number
8abbitted
bearing

CD

TAKEUP PULLEY

CD

HEAD PULLEY

Terminal
group
number

8all and
roller
bearing

SNUB PULLEY ANO


SCREW TYPE TAKEUP

Screw t akeup
1

8all
bearing

Takeup termina l number O

8abbitted
bearing

..-"
....
a
-
.,.
CD
CD

Head shaft 1 Snub shaft rc rew takeup 8abG ravity takeupL',


A Head 1Snub \Screw
take- BabBabBabbitted Roll ~r
shaft shaft
bitted 1 Roller bitted / Ball
bitted / Ball
up beoring beanng beo ring beo nng beoring beormg bearing bearong
8abbittedl Roller
bearing 1bearing

F G

:::1

H SnublScrew L M
shaft takeup

INCHES

24 inch w ide belt

.
.
.

16'.4
16'.4
16'.4

2'.4
3l4
3l4

2'12
2'.4
2'.4

..... . ....
..... . ....
. .... . . .. .

2l4
2'12
2'.4

1 '12
1%
1'.4

7 '12
9
9

7l4
8 '12
8'12

4~ 20 2 ~
5'.4 20 21~
5 '.4 20 21 ~

. ... ..
. .....

21-1. 16 24
2~ 16 30

....

16'.4
16'.4

3l4
3'.4

2*
3

. . . .. . . .. .
. .... . . . ..

2 '12
2*

1 o/1

1'!4

9
10'12

8 '12
9V.

5'.4 24 21 ~
6'.4 24 3 ~

. .....
- - ....

21-1. 16 2 4
2 ~ 16 30

248 202078 248 20207A 24T 161158 24T 16 11 5A 48118


248 20215-1 248 2021 58 248 202 15A 24T 161158 24T16115A 48118
248 20215-2 248 202158 248 202 15A 24T 162038 24T 16203A 48128

4 8 11 A 26 18 16'.4 16'.4
4 8 11 A 26 l 8 '12 16'.4 16'.4
4812A 26 l 8 '12 16'.4 16'.4

2'.4
3 l4
3l4

2'12
2'.4
2'.4

2l4
2l4
2l4

l '12
1 '12
1 '12

2l4
2l4
2 '12

l '12
l V.
1%

7V.
9
9

7l4
8 '12
8 '12

4'.4 20 2 ~ 16 1' ~ 1 1~ 16 24
5'.4 20 2 1~ 16 1'7W 1'7W 16 24
5'.4 20 2 1~, 16 1'7\o 21-1. 16 24

248 242158 248 242 15A 24T 162038 24T 16203A 48128
248 243078 248 24307A 24T 162078 24T 16207A 48138

48 12A 26 l 8 '12 16'.4 16'.4


4 813A 26 19 16'.4 16'.4

3l4
3'.4

2'.4
3

2l4
2l4

1 '12
l '12

2 '12
2'.4

1%
1 '.4

9
10'12

8 '12
9 '12

5'.4 24 2 171, 16 1171. 21-1. 16 24


6'.4 24 3 ~. 16 ll J.16 2 ~ 16 30

24C 202078 24C 20207A 2 4T 161158 24T 16115A 48118


24C 202 15-1 24C 202158 24C 202 15A 24T 161 1 58 24T 16 115A 48 118
24C 202 15-2 24C 202158 24C 20215A 24T 162038 24T 16203A 48128

481 l A 26 18 ...
4 8 1 lA 26 l 8 '12 ...
4812A 26 l 8 '12 ...

16'.4
16'.4
16'.4

2'.4
3l4
3 l4

2'12
2'.4
2'.4

. .. .. . . . . .
. .. .. . . . ..
.. .. . . . . . .

2l4
2l4
2'12

1 '12
1 '12
1%

7V.
9
9

7l4
8 '12
8 '12

4'.4 20 2 ~.
5'.4 20 2' 1'1.
5'.4 20 2 1~

24C 242 1 5-1 24C242 158 24C 24215A 24T 161158 24T 16115A 48118
24C 24215-2 24C 242158 24C24215A 24T 162038 24T 162 03A 48 1 28
24C 24307 24C 243078 24C 24307A 24T 162038 24T 16203A 48128

481 l A 26 l 8 '12 .... 16'.4


48 12A 26 l 8 '12 ... . 16'.4
4812A 26 19 ... . 16'.4

3 l4
3l4
3'.4

2'.4
2'.4
3

. . ... . . . ..
.. ... . . ...
..... . . . ..

2l4
2'12
2 V.

1 '12
1%
1%

9
9
10'12

8 '12
8 '12
9 '12

5'.4 24
5'.4 24
6 '.4 24

481 l A
48 1 l A
48 11 A
4812A

2'.4
3l4
3l4
3'.4

2'12
2'.4
2'.4
3

2l4
2 l4
2l4
2'12

1'12
1'12
1
1'/1

7'12
9
9
10'12

7l4
8 '12
8 '12
9 '12

4'.4
5'.4
5'.4
6'.4

24A 20207 24A202078 24A 20207A 24T 161158 24T 16115A 48118
24A 20215-1 24A 202158 24A 202 15A 24T 162038 24T 16203A 48128
2 4A 20215-2 24A 202158 24A 20215A 24T 162078 2 4T 16207A 48138

24A24215
24A 24307

24A 242158 24A 24215A 24T 162038 24T 16203A 48128


24A 243078 24A 24307A 24T 162078 2 4T1 6207A 4 8138

2 48 20207

248 24 2 15
248 24307

24 C 20207

"

240 20207
240 20215
240 24215
240 24307

tD

rn
r
-1

240 202078 240 20207A 24T 1611 58 24T 16115A


240 202158 240 20215A 24T 161158 24T 1611 5A
24 0242 15 8 24024215A 24T 161158 24T 1611 5A
2 4 0 243078 240 24307A 24T 162038 24T 16203A

48118
48118
48118
48128

481 lA 26 18 ...
4812A 26 18 '12 ...
4813A 26 1 8 '12 ...
4812A 26 18'12
4813A 26 19

26 1 8
26 1 8 '12
26, 18 '12
261 19

....

.
.

16'.4
16'.4
16 '.4
16'.4

Hove dimensions certified lor installation purposes.


lncludes head sholt, sleel pulley, logged lor LP ond LPS drives, ond 2 pillow blocks. Bobbitted
beorings: Series 2-1500 pillow blocks with collors. Roller beorings: Series 400 pillow blocks.
For BPS ond LPS drives, olso includes snub shoft, steel pulley ond 2 pillow blocks. Babbitted
beorings: Series 2-1200 pillow blocks with collors. Boll beorings: Series 200 pillow blocks.

16'.4
16 3.4
16'.4
16'.4

2l4
2l4
2 l4
2l4

l V.
1'12
1'12
1'12

v.

21 ~
21 ~

3~

20 2~
20 21 ~
2 4 2'~
24 3~

. .... . 1'~ 116 24

- . . ... l lJ.16 16 24
. ..... 1171. 16 24

. . ....

2!-i. 16 24

. .... .
. .....

111'1. 16 24
2!-i. 16 24
21-1. 16 24

. .....

16
16
16
16

1' ~ 1' ~
1'~
1'~
1'~

16 2 4
1'!-i. 16124
11 ~ 1624
2!-i. 162 4

lncludes sholt, sleel pulley ond 2 tokeups. Babbitted beo rings: Series DS-82800 tokeups with
collors. Boll beorings: Series TOS 200 tokeups.
o Grovily tokeups recommended lor conveyors wilh centers o ve r 100 feet or for conveyors
requiring more tho n 60 per cent ol the moximum roled horsepower.
6 Series 4800 tokeups.

cr e-

:;

ID

e::

o"
:::s
<

'::<:"

.,o

"(

..

::r

o.>

::J

c..

::J
OQ

:;-

"'

."o

rpuj_fl

Q)

FACE

rn

jQ0c

HEAD PULLEY

"
al

-i

Terminal
graup
number

"<
R

o
o

...
~

SNUB PULLEY
WHEN REQUIRED
Fig. 4662

Takeup terminal number o

Head
terminal number
8abbitted
bearing

HEAD
PULLEY

=
<

r SEE IDLER SELECTED

8all and
raller
bearing

Screw takeup
8abbitted
bearing

8all and
raller
1 bearing

SNUB PULLEY AND


SCREW TYPE T AKEUP

Gravity takeup /::,.

8abbittedl Raller
bearing bearing

---

1
1Screw Hea d shaft 1 Snub sha ft 1Screw takeup 8ab- 1
Head Snub ta ke- Bab
R
Bab
s;;;:- Ball and bitted Rall~ r
11
8 11
shaft sha ft up
bitted
lbearin
1
bearing beanng

lbe~rf~O beanng
bitt~d
beonng

bitt~d roll~r
O beonng beonng

Snu b 1Screw
take- l
shaft up

INCHES

30 inch wlde belt


30A 20215- 1 30A 202158 30A 20215A 30T 162038 30T 16203A
30A 202 15-2 30A 202158 30A 20215A 30T16207830T16207A
30A 20307 30A 203078 30A 20307A 30T 162 158 30T 16215A

48198
4B208
4B218

1
4 B19A 32 21 y,
4B20A 32 2 1 y,
4B21A 32 22

19>;.
19:Y.
20Y,

3 y,
3 y.
3 Y.

2>;.
2>;.
3

. . . .. . . . . .
. ... . .....
. . . . . .....

2:y,
3 y,

1%
1 :y,
2:Y.

9
9
l OY,

30A24215
30A 24307
30A 24315

30A 242158 30A24215A 30T 162078 30T 16207A


30A 243078 30A 24307A 30T 162158 30T 16215A
30A 2431 58 30A 24315A 30T 202 15 8 30T 20215A

4B208
4B218
4B258

19>;.
4B20A 32 1 21Y,
4B21A 32 22 . . . 20Y,
4B25A 32 22 Y, ... . 20Y,

3Y.
3>;.
4 y.

2Y.
3
3 y,

. . . .. . . . . .
. ... . . . . . .
. . . . . .....

2>;.
3 Y.
3 y,

1>;.
2>;.
2 >;.

9
l OY,
12

308
308
308
308

308
308
308
308

30T1 6203A
30T 16207A
30T 16203A
30T 16207A

4B198
4B208
4819B
4B2 08

4B 19A
4B20A
4B19A
4B20A

2 1 y,
22
2 1 y,
22

19>;.
19 >;.
19>;.
19 :Y.

3 y.
3>;.
3 y.
3:Y.

2Y.
3
2Y.
3

2 Y,
2 y,
2 v.
2 y,

1 y,
1 y,
1 y,
1 y,

2 y,
2:y, .
2 Y2
2:Y.

1y,
p.
l :Y1
1%

9
1OY,
9
1OY,

308 243 15
308 30307
308 303 15

308 2431 58 308 24315A 30T 162158 30T 16215A


308 303078 308 30307A 30T 162078 30T 16207A
308 303158 308 30315A 30T 16215 8 30T 16215A

4B218
4B208
48218

4B21A 32 22 y, 19:Y. 20Y,


19>;. 19%
4B20A 32 22
4821A 32 22 y, 19:y, 20Y2

4 y.
3 >;.

4y,

3y,
3
3y,

2/,
2y,
2 v.

1 y,
1 y,
1 y,

3 y.
2:Y.
3 y.

2%
l :y,
2%

12
l OY,
12

30C 20215
30C 20307

30C 202158 30C 20215A 30T 162038 30T 16203A


30C 203078 30C 20307A 30T 162078 30T 16207A

48198
48208

4B19A 32 , 21 y, "
4820A 32 22
"

19%
19>/,

3y,
3 Y.

2%
3

. . . .. . . . ..
. ... . . . . ..

2Y,
2:y,

1%
1%

9
l OY,

BY,

9 Y,

5 :Y. 20 2",io
6 % 20 3 1 1.

. ...
. ...

30C 24215
30C 24307
30C24315

30C 242158 30C 24215A 30T 1 62038 30T 16203A


30C24307830C24307A 30T16207,30T16207A
30C 243158 30C 24315A 30Tl62078 30T16207A

4B198
48208
4 8208

4B19A 3221Y, ..
4B20A 32 22
..
4B20A 32 22Y, . .

19>;.
19:y,
19:Y.

3 y.
3 Y.

2>;.
3

1%
1 y.
1 y.

9
lO Y,
12

5:Y. 24 2''A.

..

9 Y,

3y,

2Y,
2Y.
2>;.

BY,

4y,

. . .. . . . . . .
... . .
. . . . . .....
.. .. . 1

6 % 24 3 ~
7 % 24 3"1.

300 20215-1
300 20215-2
300 20307
300 24215

300 2021 58 300 202 1 5A


300 2021 58 300 2021 5A
30020307830020307A
300 242158 300 242 15A

30T
30T
30T
30T

16115A
16203A
16203A
16203A

48188
48 198
48198
4B l 98

4818A
4819A
4819A
4819A

32
32
32
32

3Y.

3 y,

2 :Y.
2:y,
3
2 >;.

2 Y,
2Y.
2 Y,
2 y,

1 y,
117
1 y,
1 y,

2Y.
2Y,
217
2Y,

1 y,
1%
1%
1%

9
9
1OY,
9

300 24307
300 2431 5
300 30307
300 30315

300 2430781300 24307A


300 24315 8 300 2431 5A
30030307830030307A
300 303 l 5 8 300 303 15A

30T16203830T1 6203A
30T16207830T16207A
30T 162038 30T 16203A
30T 162038 30T l 6203AI

4B198
4B208
48198
4 8198

4Bl9A
4820A
4819A
4819A

32 22 19:Y. 19>;.
32 22Y, l 9:Y. 19>;.
32 22
l 9 :Y. 19>;.
32 , 22 Y2 19% 19>;.

3%

3 y,

2 y,
2 y,
2 y,
2y,

l y,
l y,
l y,
117

2Y,
2:Y.
2Y,
2y,

l :Y1

4 y,
3 y,

l OY,
12
lO Y,
12

20215
20307
242 1 5
24307-1

202158
203078
24 215 8
243078

308 20215A
308 20307A
30B24215A
308 24307A

30T1 6203 8
30T 162078
30T 162038
30T 162078

161158 30T
162038 30T
162038 30T
162038130T

32
32
32
32

21 y,
21 y,
22
21 y,

.. . .

... .
.. . .

19:Y.
19:y,
19:Y.
19:y,

19'!.
19:Y.
19>;.
19:Y.

19>;.
19%
19%
19 >;.

3 Y.

3 Y.

4 y.

3
31,
1

2Y,

P;.
1y,
1y,

BY,
BY,

5Y. 20 2''A.
5Y. 20 2",io

9y,

6 >;. 20 3 ~

By,

5 Y. 24 2",io

. . . . ..

. . . ...
. . . .. .

. . . . ..
3 ~ . . ...

2"'6
2~
2 s,~.

16 124
16 30
16 30

7 Y. 2 4 3"11.

2~
16130
2"11.
21s,,14 20 30

BY,

5Y. 20, 2 15/,. 16 l "A

2 ~"

9Y,

6:Y. 20 3 1\, 16 l "A 2 ~


5 :Y. 24 2"A 16 l "A 2';1.
6>;. 24 3 11.. 16 1"11. 211..

9Y,
11

BY,

9Y,
11

9 y,
11

11

6 >;. 124

16
16
16
16

24
30
24
30

7 y, 24 3",io 16 115,io 2 u1i, 16 30


6 :Y. 30 3't i.

16 l"A 2M.

16 30

7 '!. 30 3",io 16 l"A 2"11. 16 30


2 ~..

211..
2~ ..

21,.
2 7 14

16 24
116 30
16 24
16 30
16 30

BY,
BY,

5 :y, 20. 2"ti. 16 Jl'A. 1"116 16 24


5 >;. 20 2u,. 16 1"1. 2J, ,. 16 24

9Y,

6 :Y. 20

16

11 ~

2 ,.

9y,

5 y, 24 12'S,i. 16

11 ~,.

2 ~1.

9Y,
11

9Y,
11

6 >;. 24

3~

3~

16 l " ti. 2';1.

'T'"

16 l "ti. 2 1\.
7 '!.
6 Y. 30 3M. 16 l "ti. 2'11.
7 '!. 30 3"ti. 16 l "A 2v,,

16 24
16 24
16 24
16 30
16 24
16 124

O"

e:

;:s:;::::r
C
::::J

o..

::::J
OQ

Terminal
group
number

Heod
terminal number
8obbitted
beoring
1

8011 ond
roller
beoring

Tokeup termina l number o


Screw t okeup
8obbitted 1
b eoring

8011 ond
roller
beoring

Grovity t okeup LI.


8obbittedl Roller
beoring beoring

Heod shoft 1 Snub shofl


A Heod Snub Screw
toke- Bab
R
Ba b
B
11
11
shoftshoft up
b;tted lb
b;tted l b .
beoring

~r

eonng beoring

...CD,,

.,.

1Screw tokeup

8obBab- Ba ll a nd bitted
Roller
b;u ed 1 roller beoring beoring

earing beoring beoring

toke- l
SnubI Screw
sho ft up

INCHES

36A 20215 36A 202158 36A 20215A 36T 202078136T 20207 A


36A 20307-1 36A 203078 36A 20307A 36T20207836T20207A
36A 20307-2 36A 203078 36A 20307A 36T202158 36T 20215A

4B338
4B338
4B348

4B 33A 3B 24Y,
4B33A 3B 25
4B34A 38 25

... .

36A 24307-1 36A 243078 36A 24307A 36T 202078 36T 20207 A
36A 24307-2 36A 243078 36A 24307A 36T 202 158 36T 20215A
36A24315 36A 243158 36A 24315A 36T 202 158 36T 20215A

4B338
4B348
4B348

4B33A 3B 25
4B34A 3B 25
4B34A 3B 25Y,

.. . .
.. ..
.. . .

36 8 20215 368 202158 368 20215A 36T 202038 36T 20203A


368 20307-1 368 203078 368 20307A 36T 202078 36T 20207A
368 20307-2 368 203078 368 20307A 36T 202158 36T20215A

r.

"
OJ

m
r
-1

23 Y,
23 y,
. . 23 y,

. . . .. . . . . . 2:Y.
... . . . . . . . 2'1.
..... . . . . . 3 V.

3 Y
3 :Y.
3 :Y.

2:Y.
3
3

23 y,
23 y,
23 y,

3 :Y.
3 :Y.

3
3
3 \1.

4B328
4 B338
4B 348

4B32A 3B 24Y, 23 Y, 23 Y,
4B33A 3B 25 23% 23Y,
4B34A 3B 25 23 Y, 23 Y,

3
3 :Y.
3 :Y.

2 :Y.
3
3

2 \1.
2 \1.

1 y,
1 y,
1 y,

368 24307-1 368 243078 368 24307A 36T 202078 36T 20207A
368 24307-2 368 243078 368 24307A 36T 202158 36T 20215A
368 24307 368 243078 368 24307A 36T 202158 36T 20215A

4B338
4B348
4B348

4B33A 3B 25 23Y, 23Y,


4B34A 3B 25 23 Y, 23 Y,
4B34A 3B 25 Y, 23 Y, 23 y,

3 :Y.
3 :Y.
4 Y.

3
3
3 \1.

2 V.
2 \1.
2:Y.

1 y,
1 y,
l :Y.

368 303158 368 30315A 36T202158 36T 20215A


368 304078 368 30407A 36T 203078 36T 20307A
368 364078 368 36407A 36T 202158 36T 20215A

4 B34B
4B358
4B348

4B34A 3B 25Y, 23 Y, 23 y,
4B35A 3B 26 23 Y, 23 Y,
4B34A 3B 26 23 Y, 23 y,

4
4 :Y.
4 :Y.

v.

3V.

2:Y.
3 y,

l :Y.
2
l :Y.

36C 20215 36C 202158 36C 20215A 36T 202038 36T 20203A
36C 20307-1 36C 203078 36C 20307 A 36T 20203 8 36T 20203A
36C 20307-2 36C 203078 36C 20307A 36T 202078 36T 20207A

4B328
4B328
48338

4832A 38 24\12
4B32A 38 25
4833A 38 25

.. .
.. .
.. .

23 Y,
23 y,
23 y,

3 V.
3 :Y.
3 :Y.

2>;.
3
3

. . . . . . . . ..

36C 24307-1 36C 243078 36C 24307A 36T 20203 8 36T 20203A
36C 24307-2 36C 243078 36C 24 307A 36T 202078 36T 20207A
36C24315 36C 243158 36C 24315A 36T 202158 36T20215A

48328
48338
48348

4B32A 38 25
4833A 3B 25
4834A 38 25 Y,

.. . .

.. . .
.. . .

23 Y,
23 y,
23 y,

3 :Y.
3 :Y.
4 V.

3
3
3 y,

..... . . . . .
..... . . . . .

36T 20203A
36T 20203A
36T 20203A
36T 20207A

48328
4B328
4B328
48338

4B32A
4B32A
4B32A
4833A

38
3B
3B
38

24 y,
25
25
25 Y.

23 Y,
23 Y2
23 Y,
23 Y,

23 y,
23 y,
23 y,
23 Y,

3 V.
3:Y.
3:Y.
4 \1

2'!.
3
3
3 v.

2
2V.
2 V.
2 V.

36T 202038 36T 20203A


36T20207836T20207A
36T20215 , 36T20215A
36T20207836T20 207A

48328
48338
48348
48338

4832A
4833A
4834A
4833A

38
3B
3B
38

25Y, 23 y,
25 Y, 23 Y,
26 23Y> l
26 23 y,

23 Y,
23 Y,

3 y.
3
4
4 v.

2 :Y.
2:Y.
2:Y.
2:y.

360 20215
360 20307
360 24307
360 24315

360
360
360
360

202158
203078
243078
243158

CD
CD

.....
CD

36 inch wide belt

368 303 15
368 30407
368 36407

-.."

360
360
360
360

20215A
20307A
24307A
2431 5 A

360 30315- 1 360 303158 360 30315A


360 30315-2 360 303158 360 30315A
360 30407 360 304078 360 30407A
360 36407 360 364078,360 36407A

36T 202038
36T 202038
36T 202038
36T 202078

.. .

..

23Y,
23 y,

4 Y

v.

4 y.
4 y.
4:Y.
4:Y.

v.

4
4 v.

v.
v.

. . . . . .. . ..

. . . . . . ....
. . . . . . ... .
2v.

2:Y.

3 \1.

2'!.
1'14
2:Y.
2>,4

lO Y2
1OY,
12

BY>
9Y>
9 Y,

5 :Y. 20 2"~
6:Y. 20 3 ~
6:Y. 20 3 ~..

9 Y,
9Y,

6:Y. 24 3 ~
6:Y. 24 3 ~
7'!. 24 3"116

11

. . . . ..
. . . . ..

2~

. . . ...

20 30
20 30
2''11. 20 30

. . . . ..
. . . ...
. . . ...

2 ~. 20 30
2u;1, 20 30
2"116 20 30

2~

1 y,

B y,

5:Y. 20 2"116 16 1"116 2';1. 20 24

1'!.
2'/

10 Y>
lO Y,

9 Y>
9 Y>

6:Y. 20 3 ~
6 :Y. 20 3 ~

l :Y.
2'!.
2'1.

lO Y,
lO Y,
12

9 Y,
9 Y>
11

6:Y. 24 3 ~ 16 1"116 2 ~ 20 30
6 :Y. 24 3 ~ 16 1"116 2 1s1" 20 30
7 :Y. 24 3"'" 16 2~.. 2 15116 20 30

3 y.

2:Y.
2'1a
2:Y.

12
13 Y,
13 y,

11
13 y,
13 y,

7:Y. 30 3 1~" 16 2 ~ 21'16 20 30


B:v. 30 4 ~ 16 2"116
20 30
B:v. 36 4 ~ 16 2~ 2''A. 20 30

2Y,
2 Y,
2:Y.

1Ya
1Ya
1'14

B y,

l OY,
10 %

9 Y>
9 Y>

2 Y,
2%
3

1Ya
1%
2%

10 Y>
lOY,
12

9 Y,
9 Y,

1 y,
1 \12
1 y,
1 y,

2 Y,
2 \12
2 \12
2:Y.

1 y,
1 y,
1 y,

1%
1'I
1:y.
1',4

2 Y>
2:Y.
3
2'!.

. ... . . . . . .

. . . . . . ....

..... .....

v.

2 :Y.

3V.

9
1OY>
1Oy,

l:Y.
1'l.

a.

2 Y,
2 :Y.

3 \1
2 :Y.
3 y.

3 V.
3 \1.
3:Y.

v.

v.

11

8 y,

9 y,
9 Y>

1'!.

lO Y,
lO Y,
12

11

1%
1 :y,
2:Y.
l :Y.

12
12
13 y,
13 y,

11
11
13 y,
13 y,

16 l''A. 2 ~ 20 30
16 1"116 2"116 20 30

CD

a-
:1

.a,.

5 :Y. 20 2"1.
6 >,4 20 3 ~..
6 :Y. 20 3 ~

. . ....
. . . ...
.. . . ..

2'/\6 20124
2';1. 20 24
2 ~ 20 30

6 :Y. 24 3 ~
6 ;. 24 3 ~.
7 % 24 3 15116

. . . . ..

2'116

5%
6 ;.
6 ;.
7%

20
20
24
24

. . . .. .
. . . ...

2 15116 16
3~ 16
3 ~ 16
3u,. 16

1"116
l''A.
1"116
1"116

7 % 30 JU/'6 16 2~
7:Y. 30 3 1~'16 16 2~

2~

B:Y. 30 14 ',. 11 6 l
8 :v. 36 4 ~ 16 2~

20 24
20 30
2u;1, 20 30
2~

2;1,
2';1,
2';1.

20 24
20 24
20 24

2~

20 130

2';1.

20
20
2 15116 20
2~ 20
2~

24
30
30
30

Hove dimensions certified for instollotion purposes.


l ncludes heod shoft, steel pulley, logged fo r LP ond LPS drives, ond 2 pillow blocks. Bobbitted
beorings: Series 2- 1500 pillow blocks wilh collors. Roller beorings: Series 400 pillow blocks for
sho fts wilh diomclers through 3y.: ond Series 6800 pillow blocks for shofts with diometers
over 3v.:.
For BPS ond L PS drives, olso includes snub sholt, steel pulley ond 2 pillow blocks. Bobbilled
beorings: Series 2- 1200 pillow blocks wil h collors. Bol l beorings: Series 200 p illow blocks.

lncludes sholt, steel pulley ond 2 tokeups. Bobbitted beorings: Series OS-82800 tokeups w ith
collors. Boll ond roller beorings: Series TOS 200 lokeups for shofts wilh diometers thru 2'ii;
ond Series OS 3-400A tokeups fo r shofls with diometers over 21-;.".
LI. Series 4800 lokeup.
o Grovily tokeups recommended for conveyors wilh centers over 100 feet or far conveyors
requiring more !han 60 per ce nt of the moximum ro ted horsepower.
'(( Shofl 3'ii," diometer i n p ulley ond 2Y.6" diometer in beoring.

cr e-

:;

"

e::

";:,o

;:s::-

<

"o.,

:::J

'<

...

=r

c..
:::J
OQ

fT

e-

";:<::'"

!.
APPROX .

- 6

~L1f1

~~1e
jo s s L

"
al

lT1

+
L= F -

Tokeup terminal number O

Heod
Terminal
group
number

termin a l number

8abbitted
bearing

- L

"

8011 ond
r oller
bearing

Screw tokeup
8abbitted
bearing

8011 ond
raller
beoring

18abbittedl Raller
bearing bearing

C!>

.,o

~-'

"'

--i

j \-'--" /

~
1(

[)

Heod shoft
A Heod 1Snub 1 Screw
to ke- Bob- R
shoft shoft up
b;tted l b 0 11
be oring

~r
eanng

Snub shoft
Bob
B
b;tted lb 0 11.

b eoring

1Screw tokeup

8ob- 1
Bob Boll ond bitted Roller
bated 1 roller bearing beo ring

6%
7'1
6%
7%

20
20
24
24

3 l.
3 15116
3J,
3 15116

1 Screw L
Snub to keshoft up

ea nng beor in q b eoring

INCHES

42 inch wide belt


42A 20307
42A20315
42A 24307
4 2A 2 4 315

...

2%
3 \4
3 \4
3 1.

1%
2 :Y.
2%
2 :Y.

1OY,
12
1OY,
12

2 3/4

3 y.

1%
2%

2%

P;.

l OY,
12
l OY,

1\11
l v.
1%

3 \4
3 \4
3 y.

2%
2%
2%

l OY,
12
12

2
2
2

3 \4
3 \4
3 \4

2%
2 .

2V.

13 y,
13 y,
15

. . . . . . . . . . 2V.
. . . .. . . . . . 3 y.
... . . . . . . . 2 %
. . . . . . . . . . 3 y.

p .
2 3/ 4
1:y.
2:y.

l OY,
12
lOY2
12

48428
48438
48438
48448

4842A
4843A
4843A
4844A

26 Y,
26 Y2
26 Y2
26 Y,

3%
4 \4
3 '.4
4 11.

428 20307 428 203078 428 20307A 42T 202 078 42T 20207A
428 20315 4 28 203158 428 20315A 42T 202158 42T 202 l 5A
4 2 8 24307-1 428 243078 428 24307A 42T 202078 42T 20207A

48428
48438
48428

4842A 44 28 26 Y, 26 Y,
4843A 44 28 Y226 Y, 26 Y,
4842A 44 28 26 Y, 26 Y,

3%
4 y.
3%

3
3\4
3

2Y2
2 Y2
2 y,

l \11
1\11
l lfo

428 24307-2 428 243078 42 8 24307A 42T 202158 42T 20215A


428 24315 4 28 243158 428 24315A 42T 203078 42T 20307A
428 30315 428 303158 428 303 l 5A 42T 202158 4 2T 20215A

48438
48448
48438

4843A 44 28 26Y, 26 Y,
4844 A 44 28 Y, 26 Y, 26Y,
4843A 44 28 Y, 26Y, 26 Y,

3%
4 \4
4 \4

3
3 Y
3 \4

2Y,
2%
2V.

428 30407
428 36407
428 364 15

428 304078 428 30407A 42T 203078 42T 20307A


428 364078 428 36407A 42T 203078 42T 20307A
428 364158 428 364 l 5A 42T 243078 42T 24307A

48448
48448
48468

4844A 44 29 26 Y, 26Y,
4844A 44 29 26 Y, 26Y,
484 6A 44 29 y, 26 Y, 26 Y,

4%
4%
5\4

4 \4
4 \4
4

3 \4

42C
42C
4 2C
42C

42C
42C
42C
42C

42T 202078 42T 20207A


42T 202158 42T 20215A
42T 202078 42T 20207A
42T 20215 8 42T 202 l 5A

48428
48438
48428
48438

4 84 2A
4 84 3A
4842A
4843A

26 Y,
26 Y,
26 Y,
26 Y,

3 >.

3
3 \4
3
3 \4

420 203078 420 20307A 42T 202078 42T 20207A


420 203 15 8 420 20315A 42T 202078 42T 20207A
420 24 3078 420 24 307A 42T 202078 42T 20207 A

48428
48428
48428

4842A 44 28 y, 26 Y, 26 Y,
4842A 44 28 Y2 26Y, 26 Y,
4842A 44 28 26 Y, 26 Y,

3%
4 \4
3:Y.

420 2431 5-1 420 2431 58 420 2431 5A 4 2T 202158 4 2T 20215A


420 24315-2 420 24 3158 420 243 15A 4 2T 202078 4 2T 20207A
4 20 30315 4 20 303158 420 303 15A 4 2T 202078 42T 20207A

48438
4 842 8
484 28

4843A 44 28 Y, 26 Y, 26Y,
4842A 44 28 Y, 26 Y, 26Y,
4842A 44 28 Y, 26 Y, 26 Y,

4 \4
4 \4
4 \4

420 20307
420 20315
4 20 24 307

203078
203 158
243078
243158

42C
42C
42C
42C

20307A
20315A
24307A
24 315A

44
44
44
44

28
. . ..
28 y, . . . .
28
. ..
28 y, . ..

42T 20207A
42T 20215A
42T20215A
42T 20307A

20307
203 15
24 307
24 3 15

42A 203078 42A 20307A 42T 202078


42A 2031 58 42A 20315A 42T 202158
42A 243078 42A 24307A 42T 202158
42A 243158 42A 243 l 5A 42T 203078

44
44
44
44

28
.. .
28 y, . . . .
28
.. ..
28 y, . . .

420 304078 420 30407A 4 2T 20215 8 42T 202 15A 4843 8 4 843A 44 29 26 Y, 26Y,
420 364078 420 36407A 42T 202 158 42T 202 l 5A 48438 4 843A 441 29 26 Y, 26 Y,
420 364158 420 364 15A 42T 203078 42T 20307A 4 8448 4844A 44 29 Y, 26 Y, 26Y,

Hove dimensions certified for instollotion purposes.


.... lncludes heod shoft. steel pulley, logged for L P ond LPS drives, ond 2 pillow blocks. Bobbitted
bearings: Series 2- 1500 pil low blo cks with collors. Roller beorings: Series 400 pillow blocks
o
for shofts with diometers thru 3Y,{ ond Series 6800 pillow blocks for shofts w1th diometers
over 31y1{ .
:,.
For BPS and LPS drives, olso includes snub shoft, steel pulley ond 2 pillow blocks. Bobbitted
"(:(
beorings: Ser;es 2- 1200 pillow blocks with collo rS. Boll beorings: Series 200 pillow blocks.

42 0 30407
420 36407
420 36415

4 Y.
3%

4 y.

3 Y
3

3 y.

. . .. . . .

. . ... . . . . .
. .. . . . . . ..
. . . . . . . .. .

3 y.
3 y.

9 y,
11

9 y,
11

2 y,.

20 30
2"/i 20 30
2 v., 20 30

6 :Y. 24 3l. 16 2%
7 % 24 31511. 16 2l,
7 V. 30 315116 16 2y,.

2~

11
11
13
13
14

8 % 30 4 l, 16
8 % 36 4 1. 16
9 % 36 4"/i 16

11

9 Y,
9 Y,

9Y,
11

9Y,
11

2:y.
2:y.
2%

1:y.
1%
1%

l ov,
12
lO Y,

11

l lfo
llfo
l\11

3\4
3 \4

2Y,
2Y,

3 Y.

2Y,

1 \11
1\11
1 y,

3 Y.
2:y.
2%

2V.
1%
1%

12
12
12

11
11
11

3 y.

2l. 20130
2"11 20 .30
2"11. 20 30
20 30

6:Y. 20 3Y" 16 2%
7 % 20 3 15116 16 211.
6% 24 3l. 16 2Y,,

9Y,

2 Y,
2y,
2Y,

..
. . ..
. . ...
. . .. .

9 Y,
9 Y,

2 ~

2 ~
2~

....

2 ~.

20 30
20 30
20 30

*
*
*

20 30
20 30
24 30

2 l.

20 30

6:Y. 20 3l. . .
7% 20 3"1i6 . . . . ..
6 :Y. 24 3l. . . ....
7 V. 24 3"/i . . ....

2 y.. 20 30
2 1511, 20 30

6% 20 3l. 16 2'116
7% 20 3 1511. 16 2y,,
6V. 24 3l. 16 2%

2l.
2l.
2l.

7 % 24 3 ~ 16 2:y..

2"/i 20 30
2l. 20 30
2Y" 20 30

7 V. 24 315/16 16 2 ~
7V. 30 3u,. 16 2'11

2 ~ 20 30

20 30
20 30
20 30

13 y,
8 >. 30 4 l, 16 2 l. 2"1i6 20 30
13
4:Y.
2:Y.
1%
3\4
13 y,
13
l :y.
8% 36 4 1. 16 2l 2"/" 20 30
4%
4!4
2:Y.
3\4
20 30
14
4
2
3 y.
15
9 :Y. 36 4"11 16 2 1511
5!4
3 Y
tncludes shoft, steel pulley ond 2 tokeups. Bobbitted beor;ngs. Series OS-62800 tokeups w 1th
collors. Boll ond rol ler beo rings: Series TDS 200 tokeups for shofts with diometers thru 2v.;
ond Seri es OS 3-400A tokeups for shoft s with d;ometers over 2Va.".
Grovity tokeups recommended for conveyors with centers o ver 100 fe et o r for conveyors
requiring more thon 60 per cent of the moximum ho rsepower.
Series 4800 tokeup.
Shoft 3Va." diometer in pulley ond 2y,." diometer in beoring.

4Y,

2%
2V.
2 :y.

e::

:::r

Q)

:::i

c..

'(

SNUB PULLEY ANO


SCREW TYPE TAKEUP

1 Grovity tokeup 6

<

rrutLEv'I
FACE

Fig. 4662

HEAD PULLEY

-t

_-_?
[__

TAKEUP PULLEY

J''-SNUB PULLEY
H
WHEN REOUIRED

:i

SCREW
AKEUP

- ---

"1

,..--~

HEAD
PULLEY" \

ACE

,.r--'1'

r SEE IDLER SELECTED

1\

..,.
;
-.."
a.
r..
a
CD
1

CD

CD

-
:a

:::i
OQ

,..

A
PULLEY
FACE

HEAD
PULLEY' \

-..."

CI
CI

-B
Fig. 4662

HEAD PULLEY

Terminal
group
number

Heod
terminal number.6.
8obbitted /
beoring

8011 ond
r oller
beoring

Tokeup terminal number o


Screw to keup
8obbitted /
beoring

8011 ond
roller
beoring

8obbittedl Roller
beoring beoring

...

SNUB PULLEY ANO


SCREW TYPE TAKEUP

Grovity tokeup 6

CI
L

Heod shoft 1 Snub shofl


A Heo d 1Snub1Screw
toke Bab R
Bab11
80 11
shoft shofl up
bitted 1b
bltted 1b
beoring

~r
eor mg

beoring

D
1Screw tokeup

8ob 1
Bab Ball and billed Roller
bittod 1 roller beoring beoring

eormg beoring beoring

Snub 1Screw
toke
shofl up

48 lnch wlde belt

CD

rn
r

-1

48A 20307~48A20307A 48T 202158 48T 202 15A


48A 203158 48A 20315A 48T 203078 48T 20307A

48548
48558

4854A 51 31 y,
4855A 51 32

48A 24307
48A 24315
48A 24407

48A 243078 48A 24 307A 48T 203078 48T20307A


48A 243 15 8 48A 24315A 48T 203078 48T 20307A
48A 244078 48A 24407A 48T 243078 4 8T 24307A

485 58
48558
48578

4855A 51 31 y,
4855A 5 1 32
4857A 51 32Y,

488 20307
488 20315
488 24307

488 203078 488 20307A 48T 202158 48T 20215A


488 203158 488 20315A 48T 203078 48T 20307A
488 243078 488 24307A 48T 202 158 48T 20215A

48548
48558
48548

48 8 24315 488 243158 488 24 315A 48T 203078 48T 20307A


488 24407-1 488 244078 488 24407A 48T 243078 48T 24307A
488 24407-2 488 244078 488 24407A 48T 203078 48T 20307A
488
488
488
488

.. ..

30
30

3:y,

30
30
30

3:Y.

4854A 51 31 y, 30
4855A 5 1 32
30
4854A 5 1 31 y, 30

30
30
30

3 :Y.

48 55 8
48578
4 855 8

4855A 5 1 32
30
4857A 51 32 Y, 30
4855A 51 32 Y, 30

30
30
30

. ...
. ...
. . ..
. ...

4 y.
4Y.
4 :Y.

3
3 y,
3
3 Y.
4 y.

. .. .. . . . ..
.. ... . . . . .
.. ... . ....
. .... . . . . .

..... . ....

9 Y,

lOY,
12

11

3 Y.
3Y.
3Y.

2:Y.
2V.
2 :y,
2:Y.
2:y.

lO Y,
12
13Y,

11
13

3Y.
3 y.

9 Y,

9 Y,

6:Y. 24 3 ~
7:y, 24 3 15116
a:y, 24 4 ~

. . . ...
.. . . ..
. . . ...
.. . ...
. . . ...

2 15116 20 30
20 30

*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
* *
* *

20 3 ~ 16 2 ~
20 3"116 16 2 ~
24 3 ~ 16 2 ~
24 3"116 16 2 ~
24 4 ~ 16 2 ~
24 4 ~ 16 2 ~

20'30
24 30
20 30

13
14
14
15y,

B:Y.
9:Y.
9 :Y.
10>.

30 4 ~ 16 2 ~
30 4 15116 16
36 4 15116 16
36 5f 20

20
24
20
24

9y,

6:Y.
7 '1
7:Y.
BY.

20 3f
20 3"A
24 3 051,
24 4 ~

. . . ...
. . ...

2~ 20 30
2 15116 20 30
2 15116 20 30
20 30

6 :Y.
7 :y.
7:Y.
a :y,
B:Y.
B:Y.

20 3f 16 2 ~.
20 3 15116 16 2~
24 3l-i6 16 2 ~

2~ 20 30
2 15116 20 30
2 ~ 20 30

v.

1 :y.
1
1:y.

3 Y.
3Y.
3 ; .

2:y,
2:Y.
2:y,

lO Y,
12
lOY,

11

3Y.

2:Y.
2:Y.
2:Y.

4 Y.

3Y.

4 :Y.
4 '14

2:Y.
2:Y.
2:Y.

1:y,
1:y.
1:y.

3 Y.
3Y.
3 ;.

2:Y.
2:Y.
2:Y.

12
1 3 y,
13 y,

11
13
13

2:Y.
3 y.
3 Y.
3 y.

1:y.
2
2
2

3 Y.
3 y.
3 y.
3:y,

2:Y.
2 :Y.
2 :Y.
3

13 Y,
15
15
17

2:Y.
3 y.
3 Y.
3 y.

1
2:y,
2:Y.
2:Y.

v.

1 OY:.
12
12
13Y,

11
11
13

9 Y,

2~

2~

20 30
20 30
20 30

30
30
30
30

4 :Y.

4 y.
4 Y.
4 '!.

5 Y.
5 Y.
5:y,

4
4
4 Y,

30
30
30
30

3:y,
4 y.
4 y.
4 :Y.

3
3Y.
3 y.
4 y,

4853 8
48548
48538

4853A 5 1 31 y, 30 1 30
30
30
4854A 51 32
30
4853A 51 32
30

3:y.
4 Y.

3
3 y,
3 Y.

2:Y.
2:Y.
2:Y.

l :Y.
l :Y.
l :Y.

2 >.
3Y.
2:Y.

l :Y.
2:y.
l :Y.

1Oy,
12
12

11
11

4855 8
48 548
48548

485 5A 51 32Y, 30
4854A 51 32Y, 30
4854A 51 32 Y, 30

30
30
30

4 :Y.
4:Y.
4:Y.

4 Y

2:Y.
2:Y.
2:Y.

l :Y.
1 :y.
1

3Y.
3 y.
3 y.

2:Y.
2V.
2 :Y.

13 Y,
l 3 Y,
13 Y,

13
13
13

30
480 304 15 4 80 304 158 480 3041 SA 48T 203078 48T20307A 48558 4855A 51 33
30
480 36415 480 364 15 8 480 364 1SA 48T 202158 48T 2021 S A 48548 4854A 5 1 33
30
480 36507 480 365078 480 36507A 48T 243078 48T 24307A 48 578 4857A 51 34
Hove domensoons cerhfied for onstollotoon purposes.
.6. lncludes heod sholt, steel pulley, logged for LP ond LPS drives, ond 2 pillow blocks. Bobbitted
beorings: Series 2- 1500 pillow blocks with collors. Roller beorings: Series 400 pillow blocks
for sholts with diometers thru 3Yi." ond Series 6800 pillow blocks for sholts with diometers over
31y..".
Fo r BPS ond L PS drves, olso includes snub sholt, steel pulley ond 2 pillow blocks. Bobbitted
beorings: Series 2- 1200 pillow blocks with collors. Boll beorings: Series 200 pillow blocks.

30
30
30

14
20 30
15
9 :Y. 30 4 1~ 16 2~
2
3 Y.
2 :Y.
2~ 20130
15
14
9 :Y. 36 4 ~ 16
2
3 Y.
2:Y.
24 3 0
3 ;.
15Y. 1o :y, 36 5 ~ 16
4Y,
3 y.
2
2 V.
17
lncludes shoft, steel pulley ond 2 tokeups. Bobbotted beorongs: Senes DS-B2BOO tokeups woth
collors. Boll ond roller beo rings: Series TOS 200 tokeups lar sholts with diometers thru Z'A:
ond Series OS 3-400A tokeups l or sholts with diometers over 2V..".
Grovity tokeups recommended lor conveyors with centers over 100 leet or for conveyors
requiring more thon 60 per cent of the moximum roted horsepower.
Series 4800 tokeup.
Sholt 3V.." diometer in pulley ond 2'V.." diometer in beoring.
Sholt 31y.6 diometer in pulley ond 3V.." diometer in beo ring.

48T 203078
48T 243078
48T 203078
48T 243 158

48T 20 307A
48T 24307A
48T20307A
48T 24315A

48558
48578
48558
48588

4855A
4857A
4855A
4858A

51
51
51
51

32 Y,
33
33
34

48C 20307
48C 20315
48 C 24315
48C 24407

48C 203078 48C 20307A 48T 202078


48C 203158 48C 203 15A 48T202158
48C 243 158 48C 24315A 48T202 158
48C 24407 8 48C 24407A 48T 203078

48T 20207A
48T202 15A
48T 20215A
48T 20307A

48538
48548
48548
48558

4853A
4854A
4854A
4855A

51
51
51
51

3 1 y, . ..
32 . . ..
32 . . ..
32Y, . . . .

480 20307
4802 03 15
480 24315

480 203078 480 20307A 48T 202078 48T 20207A


480 203158 480 20315A 48T 202158 48T 20215A
480 243) 58 480 24315A 48T 202078 48T20207A

480 24407- 1 480 244078 480 24407A 48T 203078 48T 20307A
480 24407-2 480 244078 480 24407A 48T 202 158 48T 202 15A
480 30407 480 30 4078 480 30407A 48T 202 158 48T 20215A

30407
30415
364 15
36507

488
488
488
488

304078
304158
364 158
365078

488
488
488
488

30407A
30415A
36415A
36507A

30
30
30
30

4 y.

5Y.
5Y.
5:Y.

o
6

4 Y.
4 y.
4
4

. . . . . . ....
. . . . . .. . .
. . . . . . ....

. . . . . . ....

3 Y.
3 Y.

v.

9Y,

24 4 f
24 4 ~
30 4 ~

*.
.. . ..
. . ....

16
16
16

2~
2~
2~

"'

20 30
20 30
24 30

6 :Y.
7:Y.
6 :Y.
7 :y,
9:y,
B:Y.

3
3 y.
3

4 Y.

6>. 120 3 ~
7:y, 20 3"116

-::s

INCHES

48A 20307
48A 20315

.a

CI

30
30
30
30

'
T

2 15116 20 30
2 ~ 2030

~I *

cr c:::r
CI
:;

e::

"o:::1

=r

<
G

..

"'(

;:;:;~

::i

c..

::i

to

(1Q

bulk handling
b e lt conveyors

Pre-Bill' secl'ional
bell' conveyors

De livering t a ilings and washed co ncentrate from slockpile to truck


hoppers, these Pre-Bilt sectiono l belt conveyors are economical ond relioble . Photo 3 67 6 2

Link-Belt engine ering is pre-built into


standard belt conveyor compone nts.

Link- Bel! Pre-Bi lt conveyors are sectional bel! conveyors


made up of pre-engineered and pre-selected standard
mechanica l components and structures. They provide !he
b enefits of durable, d ependable equipment with the economies and quick service of standardization.
Deliverlng sand and grave l from tunnel under stockpile to railroad car
load ing hopper, this redaim Pre-Bilt sectional belt conveyor is par! af a
system o f nine belt conveyors and two radiol stockers for handling 300
tons per hour. Photo 36663

contents
lnstallations and features . .. ... . . .. . .. ... . .. . .. .. 222
Components ....... . . .. ...... .. . . . . ... . .... . . .. 225
Selection procedure . ..... . .

. . . . .. . . . ..... ...... 228

Terminal group rating s and dimensions . .. .... ...... 230


Selection of d rive . . . . . . . . . .

. ..... . . . ... . ... . .. 23 l

Selection of structures . . ....... . .. ..... . .. . . . . . .. 2 3 2


Componen! combinations and dimensions.

. ........ 233

V ertical automatic gravity takeups . .. . ........... .. 235


Handling 1140 TPH o f o ver - b u rde n and le an o r e, this Pre-Bilt sectional belt conveyor can be easily extended to follow mining o r disposal
operotions, providing low-cost o p erotion. Photo 32597

222 L 1 N K - B E L T

bulk handling
belt conveyors

Pre-Bilt sectional belt conveyors


Pre-Bilt sectionol belt conveyors ore designed to cover o
wide ronge of opplicotions ond operoting conditions. They
ore built in belt widths of 18", 24", 30" ond 36". Standard
terminal equipment is ovoiloble up to 40 horsepower, bosed
on design foctors found most suitoble from Link-Belt's
experience in the belt conveyor fleld . Highly stondordized
structurol fromes ore ovoiloble in both truss on d chonnel
construction, d esigned to A.l.S.C. stondords for o 90 MPH
wind ond for spons up to 50 feet. Supporting b ents, chutes
ond other occessories ore olso stondordized.
Pre- Bilt conveyors ore use d in mony types of pl onts to
hondle o wide voriety of bulk moteriols. They ore operoting
in such primory industries os mining, ore beneflciotion, construction, sond ond grovel, stone ond cool p reporotion.
They o re olso used in such processing plonts os clo y,
gypsum, cement, reody-mix, ospholt, chemicol, brick, foundry, ond fertilizer.

Dellvering heavy m e dia washed ore conce ntrate lo railroad car


loading hoppers, lhese 30" wid e belt conveyars provide "around lhe clock"
dependabilily. Pholo 36763

Washed conce ntrate stockpile and t a illngs conveyor in foreground , ond heavy media washed concenlrole conveyors al
lefl operole reliably in Minne sola iron ore beneflciation planl. Pholo 36760

L 1 N K B E L T 223

bulk handling
belt conveyors

Pre-Bilt sectional belt conveyors

24" wide inclin e d b e lt conve yor handles large volumes of scnd,


grave!, ond crushed slone al recdy-mix concrete plant. Pholo 36772

24" w id e chann el fr ame b e lt conv eyar delivers 400 TPH of sand ond gravel to
o 24 " wide truss frome radial belt conveyor stocker. Photo 36658

Sorne of th e more importan! benefs of Pre-Bilt conveyors ore:

Economy
lower first cost is ossured by elimin otion of design ond detoil engineering chorg es.
Erection costs ore lower, os Pre-Bilt structures ore occurotely b uilt ond
eosy to hondle.

Service
Selectio ns may b e mode quickly and conve niently.
Q uototions can be submitted p romptly.
Pre-Bilt conveyors con be shipped promptly-some ore co rrie d in
stock.
Pre-Bilt conveyors ore avoiloble from nine link-Belt plonts locoted in
voriou s po rts of the United Stotes ond Cenado.

De p e ndability
Rever sibl e b e lt conveyor operates os a shuttle conveyor. The
unit con be positioned along trccks to direct discharge over desired crea of bins. Photo 38427

Equipment ond structures ore designed to high stondards.


Selection informotion for Pre-Bilt conveyors is bosed on best b e lt
conveyor proctice.

Flexib ilit y
A brood ronge of mechanical a nd structurol components is avoilabl e
for a wide voriety of bulk hand ling requirements.
Pre-Bilt conveyors provide o high degree of portability for moving
from job to job.
Extensions or modificotions moy eosily be mode.

Inclines such as lhis pose no


special problems for highly
odop toble belt conveyors.
Photo 37663

224 L 1 N K - B E L T

30" w id e

belt conveyor

hcndles iro n ore concentrote

and t ai ling s from woshing


pion! to loa ding h oppers.
Photo 36758

Three 18" wide b e lt conveyors carry sized and classified ma terial to truck
loo ding bins al scnd ond g rovel pion!. Pho to 35733

bulk handling
belt conveyors

Pre-Bilt sectional belt conveyors components


The principal mechanical and structural components, accessories and
sorne of the optional equipment far Pre-Bilt sectional belt conveyors
are illustrated below. Ali of these peris are standardized far the
following conditions:

far applications which exceed the range of Pre-Bilt standards,


certain advantages may be obtained by using Pre-Bilt components
with such special peris as are needed. Thus, far conveyors requiring
more than 40 horsepower, special drives and their supports ma y be
combined with Pre-Bilt intermedia te peris. Far materia Is heavier than
1 00 pounds per cubic foot, ar far extremely severe service, idlers
of a heavier series and closer spacing may be mounted on Pre- Bilt
frames. In such cases, specific recommendations will be made by
link-Belt.

Belt widths -18", 24", 30" and 36"


Belt speeds-for 18": up to 400 feet per minute
far 24": up to 500 feet per minute
far 30": up to 600 feet per minute
far 36": up to 650 feet per minute
Orive terminals
-up to 40 horsepower
Meterais handled-up to 100 pounds per cubic foot
loading class
-B, Table 19, page 158
ldlers
-20 troughing, Series 6000
ldler spacing
-4' -6" (ar other multiples of 6")
A general description and specifications of majar standard Pre-Bilt
items are given below. Selection information and dimensions ore
shown o n pages 228 to 235. An example is worked out on page 228
to illustrate the ease with which selection data may be used and
points out design matters that must be considered to assure most
successful performance.

terminal

Belt w iper

Fig. 6376

Screw takeup
foot terminal
Laading
happer \

Fixed foot terminal


Bent

Pre-Bilt sectional b el! conveyor


explode d view
Knuckle ioint

--Head terminal is a shop-assembled unit far connecting to a 24" or 42" deep


truss frame ar to a transition section. The assembled terminal consists of the head
shoft and welded steel head pulley having taper lock bushings, with the shaft
mounted in Series 200 self-aligning ball bearing pillow blocks, except on 3 ~/'
and 3 " A6 " diameter shafts far 30" a nd 36" belt widths where Series 400 selfaligning roller bearing pillow blocks are used. The head shaft has an extension
o n one end, keyseated far mounting the driven roller chain sprocket.
Drlve is a Link-Belt Motogear. These are totally e nclosed, compact units having
hardened cut-tooth helical gears running in ail to assure top speed reduction
efficiency. With bracket mounting far NEMA frame motors, the units readily
accommodate a wide range of motors and permit easy motor replacement. The
arrangement of the drive supports with motor and speed reducer mounted above
the belt and a Link-Belt precision steel roller chain reduction to the head shaft
results in a highly efficient and Aexible design. An oiltight chain casing is recommended far the chain drive far long life, low maintenance and safety.
The Motogear is mounted on a base p late that bolts to the top of an adjustable
drive support with legs far belting to the top chord of the truss near the head
terminal. The top member of the drive support can be adjusted to maintain the
Motogear horizontal on inclined conveyors.

He ad terminal
5723

Fig. 5727

Backstop

Backstop is built-in the Motogear drive when used on inclined conveyors. The
backstop automatically prevents reverse rotation af the output shaft due to power
stoppage ar other causes. lf a backstop mounted directly on the head shaft is
preferred, a bracket mounted differential backstop keyed to a projecting e nd of
the head shaft will be furnished.
Ball and roll e r b e arlng plllow blocks are used on head shaft, foot shaft
and takeups. All are Link-Belt self-aligning bearing blocks with superior sea ls lo
keep lubrican! in and dirt out.

Ball be aring p illow block

L 1 N K - B E L T 225 1

bulk handling
belt conveyors

Pre-Bilt sectional belt conveyors

Foot terminal screw takeup is a shop-assembled unit complete with shaft,


welded steel pulleys and Series TOS self-aligning ball bearing screw ta keups
hoving ad justments of 12 ", 18" or 24" for oll belt widths ond olso 30" odjuslments
for 30" ond 36" wide belts. The ossembled supporting frome bolts lo a 24" or o
42" deep truss section.

-----~

------ .

.~

compo nents

----

Fig. 5713

Foot terminal screw ta keup

Gravlty takeup is a stand a rd belt conveyor vertica l grovity tokeup with welded
steel turn pulleys corried by Series 200 self-o ligning boll beo ring pillow b locks.
lt is mounted in o frome thot is bolted to the lower chord of on intermediate
truss. The necessory vertical cleoronce to permit the belt to p a ss through the
bottom of the truss is obtoined by removing one or two broce ongles. Vertical
guides for the takeup frome ore standard 4" 1-beoms for 18", 24" a nd 30" wide
belts ond 6 " 1-beoms for 36" wide belts.
Flxed foot ter mina! is stand a rd with on outomo tic grovity tokeup, olthough
screw tokeups ore somelimes used on the foot shoft of the some conveyor os on
od in troining the belt. lt is shop ossembled to moke o complete component reody
for connecling to o 24" or 42" deep truss frome.
Knuckle lolnt is on odjustoble sho p-ossembled unit to focilitate instollation of
conveyors hoving inclined ond horizonta l truss sections. 11 ca n be used between
24" or 42" deep truss sections ar where 24 " ond 42" deep truss sections join.
The complete unit includes two welded sleel pulleys corried in Series 200 selfoligning ball beo ring pillow blocks. The complete o ssemblies ore mounted on o
steel odjustoble supporting frome which con rea d ily be fleld odjusted to the
req uired ongle. See poge 165 for belt speed limitotions over bend p ulleys.

Gra vity take up a nd


fixed foot term ina l
F19 57:18

Belt ldlers a re Link-Belt Series 6000 b oll beo ring belt idlers. They ore ovailoble
with either 4 " or 5" diometer ro lls, a nd in two typ es: the greoseoble typ e which
has o fitting al one end to grea se oll three ro lls, a nd the foctory seoled type with
completely seoled foctory greosed beorings.
Return belt idlers ore avoiloble with 4" or 5" diometer rolls in either greoseob le
or foctory seoled types.
The beorings are protected by close fitting, triple lobyrinth seols to keep greose
in and dirt out.
UYD &CTwtr:N l "
l"USS S(CTIO ...S, W ll t4
DOlTCD [,('T[hSION,

Belt normolly furni shed is Link-Belt Lion Brand belt with Ya" rubber cover on
corrying side ond 'k" cover on pulley side. This belt is suitoble for handling
mildly obrosive moteriols contoining up to 6 " lumps, such as bituminous cool,
gro in, eorth, round grovel, sond, wood chip s, ond similor moteriols. For handling
more abro sive moleriols and lorger lumps, it is advisoble lo consider heovier
covers for longer belt life.
The belts specifled herein were selected to accommodote belt tensions imposed
by standard drives hoving bore ond logged pulleys os listed in Table 29, poge
230. For further description of these and other belts, see page 155.
Design colculotions for the obove belts ore bosed on the use of mechonicol
splices. For continuous operotion of permonent belt conveyor instollations, vulcanized
splices p rovide deflnite beneflts over belt operotion with mechonicol splices.
These odvontoges ore outlined on poge 158.

USC:O 8(T'W [[N 24" .liND

2'" TAUSS SCCTIO NS

Fi9. 5717

Knuckle joint

Belt idlers and belt

Sectional
truss frame

F19. !>716

Transition truss section

226 L 1 N K - B E L T

Sectlo n a l t r u u frame1 ond supporting structures ore completely stondordized


to cover o considerable range of operoting requirements ond fleld conditions.
Standard 24" deep sectionol truss fromes ore ovoilo ble for spons os specifled in
selection tables, ond 42" deep sectional truss fromes ore ovoiloble for long er
spons which will require fewer su pporting bents or piers.
All necessory attochment holes ore provided in the truss ond terminal fra mes for
easy ossembly ond fleld erection. Bol! holes are spa ced on 6 " centers along the
top chord angle of frame sections which permits the mounting of troughing belt
idlers al any required spocing. The same series of holes provides for fostening
return bel! idler brackets, decking, wind guords, hood covers, loading hopper
and drive machinery supports. Bolt holes in the bottom chord of truss frames provide
for attochment of wolkwoys, gravity takeup assembly and load distributing corbel
angles for ben! connections. Holes for anchor bolts are locoted in the foot terminal frames.
A rigid lateral frame is furnished with each truss section for fleld ossembly.
These lateral fromes, ottached to truss fromes with ribbed bolts in shear, serve to
connect, square, and stiffen eoch two lruss sections, a ssuring ma ximum strength
ond rigidity of completed structures.
Transltlon truss 1ectlon1 are avail able for o ssembly between 24" and 42 "
deep truss sections ond a lso between heod or foot terminal supporting frames ond
a 42 " deep truss frome. They ore mode in o standard length of 7 feet.
Sides of oll truss frome sections are shipped ossembled and are bundled with
loose top ond bottom brocing angles and bolts for fleld ossembly.

bulk handling
belt conveyors

Pre-Bilt sectional belt conveyors

components

Sectlonal channel trames (not shown) ore ovoilobl e in standard sectionol


lengths for ony required length of conveyor centers, mode up of 6 " standard
rolled chonnels. They ore designed to interconnect with standard truss fromes,
drive supports and heod and foot terminal supports.
Hinged struts ore olso ovailable for fabricot ion of concave vertical curve sections
with chonnel stringers.
The channel frame construction is especiolly adoptable for tunnel reclaim
conveyors and for opplicotions where overheod clearances ore limited.
Decklng is bolted together to cover the return run of the belt ond to d efl ect
material thot moy foll from the corrying run. On inclined conveyors, ends of
deck plates ore lopped in o downword direction to shed water ond dirt.
16 gouge crimped ond flonged plotes ore supported by hongers suspend ed from
the top chord of the truss; hold down clips ore bolted to the hanger, clamping the
decking in place. These clips moy also be bolte d to the hongers supporting the
return belt idlers, thus requiring fewer hongers.
Loadlng hopper is provided to properly direct materi al al loading ond tronsfer points on to the center of the belt and has sealing strips between the skirts
and belt. They a re shop a ssembled units, reody for belting directly to the top
chord of truss or channel frame sections. ldlers should be spaced at about 18"
centers beneath the hopper to withstand the impact of loading. The skirt arrongement is suitable for the use of either cushion or impact idlers.
lnclined sides are normally provided. However, vertical sides ore ovailable for
applications such as connections to track hoppers or bin bottoms..
Bents for supporting b elt conveyor structures are available in flve standard
assemblies for each of 18", 24 ", 30" and 36" belt widths. Rigidly braced angle
construction is used for standard bents up to 12 feet high. For higher bents up to
50 feet, channel frames with rigid angle bracing are standard.
Dlscharge chute is shop-ossembled and equipped with clip angles that bolt
directly to the underside of the head terminal supporting frame. For most installations a discharge chute is recommended to direct the flow of materials and
to reduce spillage al transfer points.
Corrugated hoods are available to protect the carrying run of the belt from
th e wind and weother. They are of 16 gauge galvanized steel and are open on
ane side for access and inspection. They a re made in lenglhs from 3 Y2 to 5 feet
and ore bolted to 1O" wide corrugated U-supports of 14 gauge galvanized steel,
which ore bolted to the top chord angle of truss frames by angle brackets. This
design provides a durable ond rigid belt conveyor cover which is also attroctive
in appearance.
On permanent installations designed for year oround operations, it is desirable
to provide a hood cover to p rotect the belt from sun, wind, snow and rain.

Discharge chute
Corrugated hood

-~_.:)

_...,__....-:.:--:--

e---

Belt wlper

Belt wind guard bracket

Belt wlnd guard bracket1 are used on open conveyors where heavy cross
winds may overturn the empty belt on carrying runs. They ore furnished for spacing
at approximately 20-foot intervals.
Belt wlper is a cleoning device to remove odhering material from the return
run belt as it leaves the heod pulley. lt is a standard hinged and spring-loaded
rubber blade scraper-type wiper, a rranged to mointoin on even pressure of the
wiper b lade across the belt. lt is designed for belting directly to the underside of
the head terminal supporting frame, using the same hales as the dischorge
chute bolts.

AA

Corbel connection

Corbel connectlon1 o re used for attaching bents, towers or other supports


at any point on intermediate truss sections. Cleor spans between these supports
must not exceed distances shown on page 232.
A single pin connection is provided in the corbel angle to attach to the top of the
sup porting A-frome for ony incline between truss and bent frame up to 30 degrees.
Walkway wlth hand ralls is ovoiloble for one or both sides of conveyors
to provide occess to all parts of the conveyor. Supporting cross frames with
hond roil uprights ore clamped to lower truss chord angl es of either 24" or 42"
deep trusses. lnclined hand roil sections parallel the path of tronsition truss sections
ond attach to ends of hand roils of both 24" ond 42" trusses.
Timber flooring can be pre-cut ond bolted to the cross frame in fleld assembly.
Metal grating can also be furnished, cut to exact size to suit each installation ond
to flt cross frames as a substitute for wood planking.

Walkway with hand roils

L 1 N K - B E L T 227

bulk handling
belt conveyors

Pre-Bilt sectional belt conveyors selection procedure


The following exom ple illustrotes the method for selecting terminal
comp onents, structures o nd occessories required for o complete PreBilt conveyor. The p roced ure follows the ste ps outlined on poge 140 ,
ond the solution for e och step is p receded b y b rief selectio n informotion, some of which opplies porticulorly to Pre-Bilt conveyor standard s. Also, o few references o re mode to the Belt Co nveyor Engineering section of this book os on cid to o better understo nding of the

principies involved in these selections.


Every effort has been mode to simplify the work necessory for
selection without toking hozo rdous short cuis. Equipment of this kind
deserves coreful study to insure dependoble ond e conomico l p erforman ce.
The requirements estoblished for this exomple ore shown in tne
following sketch ond o re o utlined further under Step A, Bosic Doto.

1 6

~~~t=_J__J__J__J__J__J_J_ J
s

SP ACES Al 14

o : 120 o -

.-c-3

o - -- - - - - e SFACES

- -- - - -- - - - -- -- - - ---APPROX.

Al O

o : '" e - -- - - - - -

400' - - - - -- - - - -- - -- -- 1 J11

Step A Collect basic data required for design

Step E Select proper belt idler and spacing

Assembl e complete informotion obout the material to b e hondled


ond the opero ting conditions.
fxomple Material to be handled ... Bituminous coal, 2" and

Series 6000 ball bearing belt idlers ore standard for Pre-Bilt
conveyors ond o re described on poge 176. They o re a vailoble with
either 4" or 5 " d iometer rolls, ond roll diometer selection is bosed on
operoting conditions, some of which o re broodly o utlined b e low:

under
Capacity in short tons ... 450 t.ons per hour (peak)
Annual capacity ... 400,000 tons
W eight of material ... 50 pounds per cubic foot
Operating conditions . .. 3 lo 4 hours per day, conveyor housed,
temperatures aboue freezing, degradation not important
Step B Is belt conveyor sultable for material?
Consider whether o b e lt conveyor is suitable for handling the material,
po rticul orly if material is hot, sfi cky, fluffy, or contoins very lorge
lumps.
f xomple A belt conveyor is suiwble for handling bituminous coal

as indicated on page 141.


Step C Is angle of lncllnation within safe limits?
Check ongle of inclinotio n to be sure the material moy be conveyed
o n o belt wi thout rollbock or excessive spilloge.
f xomp/e From Chart A , page 141 , a 46-foot rise in 400 feet

equals 11 Yi-foot rise in 100 feet, oran angle of about 6Yi .


Ta ble 1, p age 142, shows a maximum angle of 16 for sized bituminous coa/, lumps under 4'; therefore, 6Yi is within safe
limits.

4 " dlameter ralls

5 " dlame ter rolls

Capacities under 100 TPH


Bel! speeds under 300 FPM
Materials 50 lbs. per
cubic faot and lighter
Lumps nol exceeding 4

Capacities t o mo ximum

lntermittent operotion

Continuous oper o tion

Seasonal ope ration


Expendable installation

Year-around operation
Permanenl installation

Belt speeds lo maximum


Materials up lo 100 pounds
per cubic foot
Lump sizes to maximum

Gre a seable type idlers ore standard ond will be furnished unless
foctory seoled id lers o re specified.
Spacing of belt idlers
Troughe d belt idlers: 4 '-6", b ut moy be modified for unusuol cond itions
to conform to Table 8, poge 14 7, w ithout chonges to the truss supports.
Return belt idlers: 10'-0".

Step D Consider belt width and speed

Belt troining idlers: on both corrying ond return runs, bel! troining idlers
should be locoted 25 to 50 feet from eoch terminal or bend pulley
ond spoced ot opproximotely 80 to 100-foot centers thereafter .
f xomple S eries 6000 troughed belt idlers with 5" diameter

Consider the foctors which influence belt width ond speed, including:
Speed os Determined by Material Hondl ed, Looding Closs, Width
ond Speed for Copocity Required, ond Width os Determined by
Size of Lumps.
fxamp/e Factors influencing belt width and speed:

Step F Determine power requirement and belt tenslons

Speed as determined by material handled. Ta ble 2, page 143,


indicates that coal may be handled at speeds up to 700 FPM
when degradation is not a factor.
Loading class. Table 3, page 143, indicates Loading Class B,
which is standard for Pre-Bilt conveyors.
Width and speed for capacity required. Table 4. page 144,
indicates thal the capacily of 450 TPH of material weighing .50
pounds per cubic foot requires a 30" wide belt ata speed between
500 a.nd 600 FPM. The desired speed is inlerpolated from
the table at 556 FPM, which is within lhe limits of Table 2,
page 143.
W idth as determined by size of lumps. Lump size may be
determined as shown in Table 6, page 146, but T able 28 is
included here as a conuenient reference for selection of Pre- B ilt
conueyors for normal applications and seruice. From this table
it is apparent that 2" and under material i1> we/l within !he
limits of a 30" wide conveyor.
Therefore, a 30" wide Pre- Bilt convey or will handle 450 TPH
of 2 and under coal weighing 50 pounds per cubic foot at a
speed of 556 FPM.
228 L 1 N 1( - B E L T

freaseable type rolls are required for 556 F P M be// speed.


Standard spacing 4'-6" is suitable and belt training idlers may
be spaced for most coni>enient loca/ion with respect to pulleys.

Horsepower is determined by the Grophico l Method from Cho ris B,


C ond O on poges 152 ond 153. The opproximate weight of bel!
ond revolving po rts is obtoined from table on Cho ri B ond, on bosi s
of this weighf, the total horsepower ot drive shoft is colculoted from
the three choris.

Table 28 . Width os determined b y s1ze of lump s.

Bel!
width,
inches

Moximum

Maximum

lump size,
inches

recommended belt
speed, FPM
Unsized

Sized
1

18
24
30
36

4 'h
7

5
8
10
12

Half max.

Max.

size

size

lumps

lumps

400

300

500
600
650

400
450
500

bulk handling
belt conveyors

Pre-Bilt sectional belt conveyors

selecti o n procedure

Re quired horsepower at m oto r is determined by adding the friction


losses of drive componenls (speed reducer, chain drive, bearings, e tc.),
which are generally 103 of transmitted horsepower.
Pre-Bilt terminols are selected from Table 29, page 230, which
lists horsepower ot drive shaft for 100 f PM belt speed, so the use of
this table requires interpolation from conveyor belt speed. From this
table select terminal group number for the belt width previously
selected in Step D. The horsepower selected should be equal to or
greater than the calculated drive shaft horsepower al 100 FPM.
Belt te n sions T1 and T2 are also obtained from Table 29, as they
are required in Step H for selection of takeup.
fxamp/e From table on Chart B, page 152, the approximate

280 RPM output shaft for a belt speed ouer 500 FPM. Also
specify a built-in bachstop.
From Table 31 , page 231, select 19 T driver and 60 T driuen
sprochets for 280 RPM Motogear outpul shaft, a 556 FPM
belt speed and 24" driue pulley . An oil-tight casing is recommended for safety and low maintenance.
Takeup trauel should be 8 feet for a cotton duck belt and an
automat ic counterweighted grauity takeup will be most practical,
as indicated on the lay out sketch. A travel o( about 5 feet is
required if a sy nthetic f abric belt is used.
Takeup pull reqired is twice the T , ualue shown for T erminal
Group 30024307, or 2000 pounds. From Table 36, page 235,
.~elect tal1eup assembly 4920 e f or terminal group 30024307.
The weight o( floating assembly with 16" diameter pulley is .565
pounds, requiring additional counterweight o( 143.5 pounds.

weight o( belt and reuoluing parts is 28 pounds per lineal foot.


On basis o( this weiglit, total horsepower at driue shaft is calculated as follows:
.93 X 556
Chori B-Empty conueyor . . ... ....... . - - = 5.17 HP
100
Chart C-Elevale material ... . . . .. . .. . 0.45 x 46 = 20.70 HP
450 = 6.30 H P
Chori D-Comiey material horizontal/y . . . l .4 x
100
Total horsepower al dr iue shaft = 32.17 HP
Add 10% for frietional lossn; o( driue componenls :
32 17

= 35.7 motor HP required.


.90
Therefore, a 40 horsepower motor is required.
Termina/ Group Number is now detennined by interpolating horsepower al drir>
e shafl 011 hasis o( 100 FPM belt speed:
32 17 x lOO = .5.79 HP at 100 FPM
.5.56
From Table 29, select T erminal Oroup 30024307, haui11g a rating
o( 6.07 HP at 100 FPM. For this terminal group, the maximum
bel! tensions are 8000 pounds f or T, and 1000 pound.~ for 1',.
Step G Select the belt
Terminal Group Rating Table 29 contains belt specifkations for
each terminal group number. Standard belts for Pre-Bilt conveyors
are link-Bel! lion brand, coitan duck, wilh Ya" rubber cover on
carrying side and 1k" on pulley side. Design calculations for belts
are based on using mechanical fasteners.
Belts of equal slrenglh with synlhetic fabric carcasses and other
brands of covers are available where required. The general subject
of belts is described more com ple tely on page 155.
Example The belt in Terminal Oroup 30024307 is 4 ply, 28-

ounce cotton duck, Link-Belt Lion Brand with Ys" rubber


couer on carrying side and ~ on pulley side. This belt is
based on using mechanical fasteners for sp/ices, and for motors
with across-the-line starters.

Step H Select term inal equlpment


Pulley diameters, lagging (if any), and shaft dimensions for standard
Pre-Bilt conveyors are shown in Table 29 for the terminal group
determined in Step F.
Motogears ore listed in Table 30, page 231, by horsepower.
Chain drives are shown in Table 31 with various sprocket combinations. For inclined conveyors, Motogears wilh built-in backstops
should be specifled to preven! backward movemenl of loaded belt
in event of power inlerruption.
Toke up trovel of about 23 of conveyor centers must be allowed for
stretch of cotton duck belts and is occomplished with a screw or
automatic counlerweighted gravity takeup. lnformation regording
takeup travel for other belts is shawn on page 158.
Toke up pull required ta maintain proper belt lension is twice the
T2 value shown in Table 29. For counterweighted takeups this pull is
made up of the weight of takeup pulley, shaft, bearings, moving
frame and additional counterweight a s necessary. Weights and
dimensions of counterweighted takeup assemblies are shown in
Table 36, page 235.
Example T erminal Group 300 24307 includes 24' diameter
lagged head pulley, 3"!{6' diameter head shafl and 16' diameter
foot pulley on 2 "!{6' diameter foot shafl.
Motogear FDB , in Table 30, is used for 40 horsepower with

Step 1 Se le ct str ucture s, t r uss fram es and b e nts


The most economical cambination of truss frames and bents requires
considerotion of the maximum permissible spans for 24" and 42"
deep frames and to relative heighls of benls. Practical seleclions may
be influenced by locations of raadways and other interferences.
Standard length sectional truss frames 24" and 42 " deep ore
available for maximum spans as tabulated an page 232, and typical
combinalions of truss frames ore illustrated on page 233. A standard
transition section 7 feet long is used belween 24" and 42 " deep
lruss frames.
Standard supporting bents are available in 4 lo 50-foot heighls,
in incremenls of 2 feel. Bents are of rigidly braced angle conslruclion
tllrough 12 feet high ond of channel conslruction wilh rigid angle
bracing from 14 to 50-foot heighls. In determining heighls of bents
required it is common proctice to hove foundation piers exlend from
1 fool to several feel above grade. 11 is economical lo d uplicate as
mony bents os is proclical. This can be accomplished on inclined
conveyors by vorying the heighl of foundotion p iers to suit.
Selection of suitable lruss struclures is a matter of choosing the most
economical combination of standard frames. Gene rally, 24 " deep
truss frames o re mosl economical for heights up lo 1 2 feet. Beyond
12 feet it is usually more economical lo use 42" deep truss frames,
permitt~g ~ngerspanL

Standard corbel conneclions a re available for attaching bents,


towers or other supports to any intermediate point on truss fram e.
Decking of 16 gauge crimped and flanged sleel is recommended
for most installations, to protect return belt.
Standard channel frame seclions are available and recommended
for tunnel reclaim conveyors and for applications where clearances
are limited. The channel frame construclion allaws for maximum span
of 1O feet without walkway, or 7 Y2 feet with walkwoy. Typical
combinations of channel frame slructures are illuslrated on page 234.
Standard auxiliary components are available for ready mounling
on standard structures, such as: loading hoppers, discharge chutes,
belt wipers, corrugated curve d hood, belt wind guord brocke ts, and
walkways wilh hand rails.
fxamp/e Th e most economical combination o( lruss frames and

bents for lhis application is determined as follows:


To conuey a horizontal distance of 400 feet with a 46-foot lift
requires a conueyor having 404-fool pulley centers. Refer to
page 232 f or truss selection, and use 24' deep truss sections to
point where bents exceed 12 feet in height. For 30" belt width,
with walhway one side, use 24" deep truss frames with maximum
span 29 feet and 42" deep truss f rames with maximum span
o( 40 feet. An economical combination o( truss f rames fnr this
installation results in the following selection:
Head and foot terminals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3'-0"
2-transition sections (each 7'-0" long) . . 14'-0'
6-24" deep truss sections
1-18'-0" long; 5-21 '0" long .. . . ... 123'-0"
11-42' deep truss sections
24'-0" long ... . .. . .. .. . ....... . . . .264'-0"
404'-0" pulley centers
Selection of bents can be determined by lay out and related to
height of foundation p iers aboue grade.
Include: walhway with harul rails on one side, standard decking; grauity taheup, and other standard optional components as
may be required.
L 1 N K - B E L T 229

bulk handling
belt conveyors

Pre-Bilt sectional belt conveyors

terminal g roup rating s


and dimensions

e
HEAO SHAFT ASSEMBL Y

FOOT SHAFT ASSEMBL Y

Ta ble 29 Terminal group ratings and dimensions 4


Mox imum

Belt

HP et drive
shoft, et
100 FPM
belt spee d

Terminal
group
cotolog

drive

number

pu lle y

Terminal
pulley

Type
of

dio meter

Heod
shoft

F 1 L
Orive foot

foot
shoft

Heod
shoft

foot
shoft

Moximum belt tensi